PageSourceSearch

https://4pay.online/admin_area/assets/help-CYZsc17u.js

js 4pay.online collected 2026-10-04 08:29:08 UTC 681,679 bytes, 1 lines download raw bytes

1const e=JSON.parse(`{"center":{"title":"የእገዛ ማዕከል","subtitle":"የ4pay.online ኮንሶል እንዴት እንደሚሠራ ይረዱ፦ እያንዳንዱ ክፍል ምን እንደሚያደርግ፣ መቼ እንደሚጠቀሙበት፣ እና የትኞቹን ተግባራት ለመፍታት እንደሚያግዝዎት።","searchPlaceholder":"ክፍሎችንና ጽንሰ-ሐሳቦችን ይፈልጉ፣ ለምሳሌ \\"terminal\\"፣ \\"netting\\"፣ \\"reconciliation\\"","emptyState":"ምንም አልተገኘም። መጠይቅዎን ለመቀየር ይሞክሩ ወይም ከታች ያሉትን ሁሉንም ክፍሎች ዝርዝር ይክፈቱ።","allSections":"ሁሉም ክፍሎች","readMore":"ተጨማሪ ያንብቡ","relatedTitle":"ተዛማጅ ጽሑፎች","onThisPage":"በዚህ ገጽ ላይ","resultsCount":"የተገኙ ጽሑፎች፦ {{count}}"},"ui":{"helpButton":"የክፍል እገዛ","drawerTitle":"እገዛ","whenToUse":"መቼ እንደሚጠቀሙበት","concepts":"ቁልፍ ጽንሰ-ሐሳቦች","example":"ምሳሌ","tips":"ምክሮች","related":"ተዛማጅ","openHelpCenter":"የእገዛ ማዕከልን ክፈት","close":"ዝጋ","dismissTip":"ምክርን አስወግድ","learnMore":"ተጨማሪ ይወቁ","sectionHelp":"ለዚህ ክፍል እገዛን ክፈት","notFound":"ጽሑፉ አልተገኘም","openArticle":"ጽሑፉን ክፈት","pageHelp":"የገጽ እገዛ"},"sections":{"overview":{"title":"አጠቃላይ እይታ","summary":"በስርዓቱ ውስጥ ያለውን ገንዘብ በአንድ እይታ፦ የቦርሳ ቀሪ ሂሳቦች፣ የግብይት ፍሰት፣ ሪፖርቶች እና የሒሳብ ደብተር (ledger)። የሂሳቦችን ወቅታዊ ሁኔታ ለመረዳት እና የተለየ ክፍያ ለማግኘት ወደዚህ ይምጡ።","whenToUse":"ይህ ለዕለት ተዕለት ሥራ መነሻ ነጥብ ሲሆን ማንኛውም \\"ገንዘብ ስንት ነው እና የት ነው\\" ጥያቄ ላይ የመጀመሪያ መሄጃ ቦታ ነው። ለሒሳብ ባለሙያዎች፣ ለፋይናንስ አስተዳዳሪዎች እና ለድጋፍ ጠቃሚ ነው፦ ቀሪ ሂሳብ መፈተሽ፣ የደንበኛን ክፍያ በመጠን ወይም በቀን ማግኘት፣ ለተወሰነ ጊዜ ሪፖርት መላክ (export)፣ ከሒሳብ ደብተር (ledger) ጋር ማስታረቅ። ክፍሉ ቦርሳዎችንና ግብይቶችን የማየት መብት ላለው ደንበኛ ይታያል።","concepts":["ቦርሳ (Wallet) — በተለየ ምንዛሬ ውስጥ ያለ የድርጅት ሂሳብ፤ \\"ቀሪ ሂሳቦች\\" ገጽ ለእያንዳንዱ ያለውን ተጠቃሚ ቀሪ ሂሳብ ያሳያል","ግብይት (Transaction) — ነጠላ ክንውን፦ ክፍያ መቀበል (acquiring)፣ ክፍያ መክፈል (payout)፣ ወይም የነጋዴ ክንውን (ተመላሽ፣ capture፣ void)","ደብተር (Ledger — የሒሳብ ጆርናል) — የሁሉም የገንዘብ እንቅስቃሴዎች ባለ ሁለት-ግቤት መዝገብ፤ ለማስታረቅ የእውነት ምንጭ ሲሆን፣ እርማቶችና ማጠቃለያዎች ለብቻ ይገኛሉ","የብሎክቼይን ግብይቶች — ከክሪፕቶ ክፍያዎች ጋር የተያያዙ የኦን-ቼይን ክንውኖች (ETH፣ TRON፣ ወዘተ)","ምዝገባዎች (Subscriptions) — ለተደጋጋሚ ክፍያዎች የሚደረግ ተከታታይ ክፍያ","ሪፖርቶች — ለተወሰነ ጊዜ የግብይቶችና ቀሪ ሂሳቦች ኤክስፖርት፤ የኤክስፖርት መብት ይጠይቃል"],"example":"አንድ ደንበኛ 15,000 RUB ክፍያ አልተከናወነም ብሎ ይናገራል። \\"ግብይቶች\\" ን ይክፈቱ፣ በቀንና በመጠን ማጣሪያ ያድርጉ፣ ክንውኑን ያግኙ፣ እና ሁኔታውን ይፈትሹ። ክፍያው ተከናውኖ ደንበኛው ካላየው፣ ከ\\"ደብተር\\" መዝገብ ጋር ያስታርቁ፦ መጠኑ በቦርሳው ላይ እንደ ባለ ሁለት-ግቤት መንጸባረቅ አለበት። ለወርሃዊ ሪፖርት ማድረግ፣ \\"ሪፖá
1ˆ­á‰¶á‰½\\" ን ይክፈቱ እና ለጊዜው ክንውኖችን ኤክስፖርት ያድርጉ።","tips":["የክስተት ትንተናን በ\\"ግብይቶች\\" ይጀምሩ፣ ነገር ግን እውነታውን በ\\"ደብተር\\" ውስጥ ያረጋግጡ — ጆርናሉ ዋና ሲሆን የግብይት ገጹ ሁለተኛ ደረጃ ነው","\\"የደብተር እርማቶች\\" የሒሳብ መዝገቦችን ይቀይራሉ — በጥንቃቄ እና ግልጽ ልዩነት ሲኖር ብቻ ይተግብሩ","\\"የደብተር ማጠቃለያዎች\\" በሂሳብ የተጠቃለሉ ድምሮችን ያቀርባሉ እና እያንዳንዱን ግቤት ሳያልፉ መደበኛ ማስታረቅን ያፋጥናሉ","ማሳወቂያዎች ለክንውኖች የስርዓት ክስተቶችን ይሰበስባሉ — የክፍያ ወይም የክፍያ ውጤት እየጠበቁ ከሆነ ይፈትሹዋቸው"]},"acceptance":{"title":"ክፍያ መቀበል","summary":"መድረኩን ወደ ክፍያ መቀበያ ነጥብ የሚያደርገው ሁሉ፦ ተርሚናሎች፣ ምርቶች፣ የክፍያ አገናኞች፣ የተቀመጡ ካርዶች፣ የአቅራቢ ቅንብሮች፣ እና Smart Routing። እዚህ ክፍያዎች እንዴትና በማን በኩል እንደሚሠሩ ያዋቅራሉ።","whenToUse":"አዲስ የክፍያ ዘዴ ሲያገናኙ፣ በአቅራቢዎች መካከል routing ሲያዋቅሩ፣ ወይም ክፍያዎች ለምን በተሳሳተ መንገድ እየሄዱ እንደሆነ ሲመረምሩ ወደዚህ ይምጡ። ለonboarding አስተዳዳሪዎች፣ ለነጋዴ ቴክኒካል ባለሙያ፣ እና ለመቀየር (conversion) ኃላፊነት ላለው ቡድን ጠቃሚ ነው። ተርሚናሎችን የማየት ወይም የማስተዳደር መብት ይጠይቃል።","concepts":["ተርሚናል (Terminal) — ከተያያዘ የክፍያ ዘዴና አቅራቢ ጋር ያለ የክፍያ መቀበያ ነጥብ፤ ዋናው የማዋቀር ነገር","ምርቶችና የክፍያ አገናኞች — ያለ ውህደት ለከፋይ ሊላኩ የሚችሉ ዝግጁ ንጥሎችና የክፍያ አገናኞች","የተቀመጡ ካርዶች — ለተደጋጋሚ ክፍያዎች የተመዘገቡ (tokenized) የከፋይ ካርዶች","የአቅራቢ ቅንብሮች (Provider configs) — ለክፍያ አቅራቢዎችና ባንኮች የመግቢያ ማረጋገጫዎችና የግንኙነት መለኪያዎች","Smart Routing — በአቅራቢዎች መካከል የክፍያዎች routing፦ የሕግ አርታኢ (rules editor)፣ የመንገድ ጤንነት (route health)፣ ትንተና፣ simulator፣ እና ML routing","Fiscalization — በእያንዳንዱ የሕግ ክልል መስፈርት መሠረት የፊስካል ደረሰኞችን ማውጣት ማዋቀር"],"example":"የRF ካርድ ክፍያዎች በአቅራቢ A በኩል እንዲሄዱ፣ ካልተሳካ ደግሞ ወደ አቅራቢ B እንዲወርዱ ይፈልጋሉ። በ\\"Routing Editor\\" ውስጥ ሕግ ይፍጠሩ፦ ሁኔታ \\"RF ካርድ\\" -> አቅራቢ A፣ fallback -> አቅራቢ B። በ\\"Routing Simulator\\" ውስጥ ባለ ሙከራ ክፍያ ላይ ባህሪውን ያረጋግጡ፣ ከዚያም በ\\"Routing Health\\" ውስጥ የተሳካ ክንውኖችን ድርሻ ይከታተሉ።","tips":["አዲስ የrouting ሕግ ከማተምዎ በፊት፣ በsimulator ውስጥ ያሳልፉት — እውነተኛ ገንዘብ ከመሳተፉ በፊት የሚፈጠረውን መንገድ ያያሉ","\\"Routing Health\\" ደንበኞች ስለ ውድቀት ማጉረምረም ከመጀመራቸው በፊት የአቅራቢ መዳከምን ያሳያል","የላቁ የrouting ገጾች (ትንተና፣ simulator፣ connectors፣ ML) የ smart_routing_advanced ሞጁል ሲነቃ ይገኛሉ","የአቅራቢ ቅንብሮች ስሱ ቁልፎችን ያከማቻሉ — የግንኙነት ውሎች በእውነት ሲቀየሩ ብቻ ይቀይሩዋቸው"]},"crypto":{"title":"ክሪፕቶ ምንዛሬዎችና ብሎክቼይን","summary":"ከኦን-ቼይን ገንዘብ ጋር መስራት፦ የክሪፕቶ ቦርሳዎችና ቀሪ ሂሳቦቻቸው፣ ትንተና፣ የተቀማጭ ገንዘብ pools እና የገንዘብ ስብሰባ (sweeps)፣ ደረጃ-ተኮር treasury፣ smart contracts፣ multi-signature safes፣ እና የአውታረ መረብ ክትትá
1ˆá¢","whenToUse":"መድረኩ ክሪፕቶ ምንዛሬ ሲቀበል ወይም ሲይዝ ወደዚህ ይምጡ፦ የቦርሳ ቀሪ ሂሳብ መፈተሽ፣ ከተቀማጭ አድራሻዎች ገንዘብ ማጠራቀም (sweep)፣ የአውታረ መረብ ጤንነት (ETH፣ TRON) መገምገም፣ ወይም smart contracts መመርመር። የደንበኛ ገጾች use_crypto_tools መብት ይጠይቃሉ፤ smart contracts፣ multi-sig፣ blockchain health፣ እና ZolT አስተዳደራዊ ናቸው።","concepts":["የክሪፕቶ ቦርሳዎችና ቀሪ ሂሳቦች — የድርጅቱ አድራሻዎችና የነባር tokens እና stablecoins ቀሪ ሂሳቦች (ETH፣ TRX፣ USDT፣ USDC፣ ZOLT)","Deposit Pool እና Sweeps — የተቀማጭ አድራሻዎች pool እና የተቀበሉ ገንዘቦችን ወደ treasury አድራሻዎች በራስ-ሰር መሰብሰብ","Tier Treasury — በማከማቻ ደረጃዎች (hot/cold) እና በአደጋ ሕጎች (Risk Config) መካከል የገንዘብ ስርጭት","Smart contracts እና Multi-Sig Safes — የተሰማሩ contracts እና ብዙ ማረጋገጫ ለሚያስፈልጋቸው ክንውኖች multi-signature safes","Blockchain Health — የnodes እና አውታረ መረቦች ሁኔታ፦ synchronization፣ latency፣ availability","HethWallet እና ZolT Dashboard — የደንበኛ ክሪፕቶ ቦርሳ እና ወርቅንና fiat tokens ን tokenize ለማድረግ ያለ dashboard"],"example":"በርካታ USDT ተቀማጭ ገንዘቦች ወደ ተቀማጭ አድራሻዎች ደርሰዋል። \\"Sweeps\\" ን ይክፈቱ እና በአሁኑ \\"Tier Treasury\\" ሕጎች መሠረት ገንዘብን ወደ treasury አድራሻ መሰብሰብ ይጀምሩ። ከዚያ በፊት፣ የTRON አውታረ መረብ synchronized መሆኑን እና fees መደበኛ መሆናቸውን በ\\"Blockchain Health\\" ውስጥ ያረጋግጡ፣ አለበለዚያ sweep ማዘግየት ይሻላል።","tips":["Multi-signature ክንውኖች በርካታ ፈራሚዎችን ይጠይቃሉ — ሁሉም ፊርማዎች እስከሚሰበሰቡ ድረስ ማስተላለፍ እንደተጠናቀቀ አይቁጠሩ","ትልቅ የኦን-ቼይን ክንውን ከመፈጸምዎ በፊት \\"Blockchain Health\\" ን ይፈትሹ፦ synced ያልሆነ node ወይም የfee ጭማሪ ግብይትን ሊያዘገይ ወይም ወጪውን ሊያሳድግ ይችላል","\\"Risk Config\\" አጠራጣሪ ክንውኖችን ለማቀዝቀዝ የሚያስፈልጉ ገደቦችን ያዘጋጃል — ከcompliance ቡድን ጋር ያስተባብሩ","በrisk engine የሚደረጉ ማቀዝቀዞች በ\\"Risk and compliance\\" ክፍል ውስጥ (Frozen Operations) ይስተናገዳሉ፣ እዚህ አይደለም"]},"coreBanking":{"title":"Core banking","summary":"ለባንክ ድርጅቶች የCore Banking ሞጁል፦ የደንበኛ ሂሳቦች፣ ተቀማጭ ገንዘቦች፣ ብድሮች፣ treasury፣ KYC፣ የቁጥጥር ሪፖርት፣ ማስተላለፎች፣ የካርድ ማውጣት፣ የንግድ ፋይናንስ (trade finance)፣ እና interbank። እንዲሁም የBaaS እና Open Banking (PSD2) አገልግሎቶችን ያካትታል።","whenToUse":"ክፍሉ የሚታየው ለ\\"bank\\" ዓይነት ድርጅቶች እና ለመድረክ አስተዳዳሪ ብቻ ነው። የደንበኛ ባንክ ሰራተኞች ሂሳቦችን ለማስተዳደር፣ ተቀማጭ ገንዘቦችንና ብድሮችን ለማዘጋጀት፣ KYC ለማጠናቀቅ፣ እና የቁጥጥር ሪፖርት ለማዘጋጀት ወደዚህ ይመጣሉ። እያንዳንዱ ገጽ በራሱ መብት ተከልሏል (view_accounts፣ view_deposits፣ view_loans፣ ወዘተ)።","concepts":["ሂሳቦችና ክንውኖች — የባንኩ የደንበኛ ሂሳቦች እና በእነሱ ላይ ያሉ እንቅስቃሴዎች፣ Chart of Accounts፣ እና General Ledger","ተቀማጭ ገንዘቦችና ብድሮች — ገንዘብ ለማሰባሰብና ለማስቀመጥ ከወለድ ስሌት ጋር ያሉ ምርቶች","Treasury እና exchange control — የፈሳሽ ገንዘብ አስተዳደር፣ ገደቦች፣ exchange control","KYC እና የቁጥጥር ሪፖርት — የደንበኛ ማረጋገጫ እና ለተቆጣጣሪው ሪፖርቶች ማመንጨት","Islamic Banking — በAAOIFI ደረጃዎች መሠረት ወለድ-አልባ ምርቶች","BaaS እና Open Banking — ፈጣን ክፍያዎች፣ chart of accounts ማበጀት፣ BaaS አስተዳደር፣ እና በPSD2 መሠረት በconsents በኩል የTPP መዳረሻ"],"example":"የደንበኛ ባንክ ለሕጋዊ አካል 1,000,000 RUB ቋሚ ተመን ያለው የጊዜ ተቀማጭ ገንዘብ ይከፍታል። በ\\"Deposits\\" ውስጥ ከመጠን፣ ጊዜ እና ተመን ጋር የተቀማጭ ውል ይፍጠሩ፤ ስርዓቱ ተጓዳኝ ግቤቶችን በgeneral ledger ውስጥ ያስቀምጣል። በውሉ መሠረት ወለድ ቀኖቹ ሲደርሱ በራስ-ሰር ይንጸባረቃል።","tips":["ክፍሉ የሚታየው ለ\\"bank\\" ዓይነት ድርጅቶች ብቻ ነው — ካላዩት፣ የገባሪው ድርጅት ዓይነት ይፈትሹ","የOpen Banking ገጾች (TPP መዳረሻ እና consents) ለመድረክ አስተዳዳሪ የሚታዩ እንጂ ለደንበኛ ባንክ አይደሉም — ይህ የPSD2 የቁጥጥር በይነገጽ ነው","እያንዳንዱ ተግባር ከተለየ መብት በስተጀርባ ተዘግቷል፦ በዝቅተኛ-መብት (least-privilege) መሠረት ይስጡዋቸው","Islamic Banking በAAOIFI መሠረት ወለድ-አልባ ሞዴሎችን ይጠቀማል — ከክላሲክ ተቀማጭ ገንዘቦችና ብድሮች ጋር አታደባልቁ"]},"dcls":{"title":"dCLS — FX settlement","summary":"በpayment-versus-payment (PvP) መá
1ˆ­áˆ… ላይ የተመሠረተ ከnetting ጋር ያለ የFX settlement ሞጁል። በይነገጹ በአራት ሚናዎች ተከፍሏል፦ የአውታረ መረብ ተሳታፊ (My)፣ የአውታረ መረብ ክትትል (Network)፣ token issuer (Minter)፣ እና dCLS operator (Admin)።","whenToUse":"ክፍሉ የሚታየው በdCLS አውታረ መረብ ውስጥ ለሚሳተፉ ብቻ ነው፦ የጸደቀ መዝገብ ያለው ተሳታፊ ድርጅት፣ token issuer (org type=dcls_minter)፣ እና የአውታረ መረብ operator። FX መመሪያ ለማስገባት፣ የsettlement ዑደትን ለመከታተል፣ tokens mint ወይም burn ለማድረግ፣ reserves ለመሙላት ወይም ለማውጣት፣ እና — ለoperator — netting ለማካሄድና settlement ለማከናወን ወደዚህ ይምጡ።","concepts":["PvP (payment versus payment) — ሁለቱም ወገኖች ምንዛሬያቸውን በአንድ ጊዜ የሚቀበሉበት settlement፣ አንድ ወገን አለማድረስ አደጋን ያስወግዳል","Netting እና windows — በአንድ settlement window ውስጥ የተቃራኒ ግዴታዎችን ማካካስ፦ ከብዙ ማስተላለፎች ይልቅ አንድ ተጣራ (net) ግዴታ ይቀራል","ተሳታፊ እና FX መመሪያ — የአውታረ መረብ ወገን እና ምንዛሬ ለመለወጥ ያለው ጥያቄ፤ በ\\"My\\" ክፍል ውስጥ ተሳታፊው መመሪያዎቹን፣ settlements ን፣ እና የአጋር queues ን ያያል","Mint / Burn — በreserves የተደገፉ fiat tokens ማውጣትና መመለስ፤ ለተሳታፊው፣ ለissuer እና ለoperator queues አሉ","Reserves እና audit — የተሰጡ tokens ድጋፍ፤ operator በ\\"Reserves Audit\\" ውስጥ ይፈትሸዋል","የdCLS ሚናዎች — ከአራት የገጾች ስብስቦች አንዱ፦ የZolT contracts፣ የ4pay.online backend፣ Admin Area፣ እና የHethWallet ደንበኛ <-> አብረው ሙሉ ስርዓቱን ይመሰርታሉ"],"example":"ሁለት ተሳታፊዎች RUB ለCNY ለመለወጥ ይፈልጋሉ። እያንዳንዱ በ\\"My FX Instructions\\" ውስጥ FX መመሪያ ያስገባል። በ\\"Netting Monitor\\" ውስጥ operator ተቃራኒ ግዴታዎችን ያያል፣ netting window ይጀምራል፣ እና ከgross ማስተላለፎች ይልቅ ተጣራ (net) አቋም ይቀራል። reserves ን በ\\"Reserves Audit\\" ውስጥ ካስታረቀ በኋላ፣ operator settlement ን በ\\"Settlement\\" ውስጥ ያከናውናል፣ እና ሁለቱም ወገኖች ምንዛሬያቸውን በአንድ ጊዜ ይቀበላሉ።","tips":["የገጽ ታይነት በሚናው ላይ የተመሠረተ ነው፦ ተሳታፊ፣ issuer፣ እና operator የተለያዩ ስብስቦችን ያያሉ — የ4pay.online መድረክ አስተዳዳሪ ክፍሉን አያይም፣ dCLS ለoperator ተሰጥቷል","Netting የማስተላለፎችን ብዛት ይቀንሳል፦ መመሪያ በትክክለኛው ዑደት ውስጥ እንዲወድቅ settlement windows ን ይመልከቱ","ከsettlement በፊት operator reserves ን ማስታረቅ አለበት — በበቂ ድጋፍ ያለ tokens ማውጣት አይፈቀድም","ከmarketplace የሚመጣ P2P FX የ\\"Financial products\\" ክፍል የተለየ ተግባር ነው፣ የdCLS operator ገጽ አይደለም"]},"risk":{"title":"Risk እና compliance","summary":"አደጋን እና የቁጥጥር ተገዢነትን ለመቆጣጠር መሣሪያዎች፦ ገደቦችና blacklists፣ registry ማስታረቅ፣ የcompliance reporting hub፣ እና audit logs።","whenToUse":"እንደ compliance፣ የፋይናንስ ክትትል ወይም የውስጥ ቁጥጥር ኃላፊ ወደዚህ ይምጡ፦ ገደቦችንና ሕጎችን ማዋቀር፣ ከአቅራቢ registries ጋር ማስታረቅ፣ የቁጥጥር ሪፖርት ማዘጋጀትና ማስገባት፣ የታገደ ክንውን መመርመር፣ ወይም በaudit log ውስጥ የተጠቃሚ ድርጊቶችን መከታተል። ገጾች እንደ view_af_rules፣ view_registries፣ view_aml_alerts፣ view_audit_log ባሉ መብቶች ተከልለዋል።","concepts":["ማጠቃለያዎችና blacklists — ከanti-fraud ሕጎች የተጠራቀሙ ገደቦች እና የተከለከሉ ካርዶች፣ አድራሻዎችና ዝርዝሮች ዝርዝሮች","ማስታረቅ (Reconciliation) — የመድረክ ውሂብን ከአቅራቢና ባንክ registries ጋር ማዛመድ፦ dashboard፣ ፍለጋ፣ imports እና exports፣ የምንጭና የተቀባይ ውቅሮች","Frozen Operations — ለእጅ ግምገማ በrisk engine የቀዘቀዙ ክንውኖች queue","Compliance Hub — የሪፖá
1ˆ­á‰µ ማዕከል፦ templates፣ ሪፖርት ማመንጨት፣ schedules፣ እና ወደ ተቆጣጣሪው የማድረሻ ቻናሎች","AAOIFI Compliance — ከኢስላማዊ የፋይናንስ ደረጃዎች ጋር ተገዢነትን መቆጣጠር (view_islamic_banking መብት)","Audit Logs — ለምርመራዎች የተጠቃሚ ድርጊቶችና የስርዓት ክስተቶች log"],"example":"በቀኑ መጨረሻ የአቅራቢው registry ከመድረክ ውሂብ በ3 ክንውኖች ይለያያል። \\"Reconciliation\\" -> \\"Search\\" ን ይክፈቱ፣ ያልተዛመዱ መዝገቦችን ያግኙ፣ እና ልዩነቱ የት እንዳለ ይወስኑ — በregistry ወይም በግቤቶች ውስጥ። ምክንያቱን ከፈቱ በኋላ፣ ልዩነቶች በራስ-ሰር እንዲገኙ የተያዘ ተደጋጋሚ ማስታረቅ ያዘጋጁ።","tips":["የቀዘቀዙ ክንውኖች በፍጥነት መገምገም አለባቸው — መዘግየት የደንበኛን ገንዘብ እና የsettlement ቀን መዘጋትን ያዘገያል","የቁጥጥር ገደቦች በእጅ በመላክ ምክንያት እንዳያመልጡ የሪፖርት schedules ና የማድረሻ ቻናሎችን አስቀድመው ያዘጋጁ","audit log በምርመራ ውስጥ አስፈላጊ ነው፦ ማን መቼ ቅንብሮችን እንደቀየረ ወይም ክንውን እንዳከናወነ ያሳያል","Blacklists እና ገደቦች በመከላከል ይሠራሉ — ወቅታዊ ያድርጓቸው፣ አለበለዚያ anti-fraud የተሳሳተ ነገር ያሳልፋል ወይም ያግዳል"]},"workflow":{"title":"Workflows","summary":"የንግድ ሂደት አስተዳደር (BPM) ሞጁል፦ process definitions፣ tasks፣ cases፣ decision tables፣ ሕጎች፣ እና onboarding። ኮድ ሳይቀይሩ ማጽደቆችንና የማስተናገጃ መንገዶችን በራስ-ሰር እንዲያደርጉ ያስችልዎታል።","whenToUse":"የተመላሽ ማጽደቅ መንገድ፣ የደንበኛ onboarding፣ የጥያቄ ማስተናገድ ያለ በራስ-ሰር ሂደት ማዋቀር ሲፈልጉ ወደዚህ ይምጡ። ለሂደት analyst እና ለድርጅት አስተዳዳሪ ጠቃሚ ነው። ክፍሉ ለደንበኛ የቀረበ ሲሆን view_workflows መብት ይጠይቃል።","concepts":["Definition — የሂደት ደረጃዎች ንድፍ፦ የድርጊቶች፣ ሁኔታዎችና ኃላፊዎች ቅደም ተከተል","Tasks እና cases — በሚሰራ ሂደት ውስጥ ያሉ የተለዩ የሥራ አሃዶች እና እነሱን የሚያደራጁ cases","Decision tables እና ሕጎች — ሂደት የሚከፋፈልበት \\"ሁኔታ ከሆነ፣ ከዚያ ድርጊት\\" የተመሠረተ አመክንዮ","Onboarding — አዲስ ደንበኛ ወይም ድርጅት ለማገናኘት ዝግጁ ሂደት","Dashboard እና ትንተና — የነቁ ሂደቶች፣ ማነቆዎችና የማጠናቀቂያ ጊዜዎች ማጠቃለያ"],"example":"ከ500,000 RUB በላይ ተመላሾች በአስተዳዳሪ መጽደቅ አለባቸው። በ\\"Definitions\\" ውስጥ ሂደቱን ይግለጹ፦ ደረጃ \\"የመጠን ፍተሻ\\" -> decision table \\"መጠን > 500000\\" -> ደረጃ \\"የአስተዳዳሪ ማጽደቅ\\" -> \\"አፈጻጸም\\"። የሚሰሩ instances በ\\"Tasks\\" ውስጥ ይታያሉ፣ እና ጫናና ቀነ-ገደቦችን በ\\"Analytics\\" ውስጥ ያያሉ።","tips":["በጥቂት ደረጃዎች ቀላል ሂደት ይጀምሩ እና ሲረጋጋ ውስብስብነት ያክሉ — ትልቅ ንድፎች ማረም አስቸጋሪ ናቸው","ተለዋዋጭ አመክንዮን ወደ decision tables እና ሕጎች ያንቀሳቅሱ፦ ከጠቅላላ የሂደት ንድፍ እንደገና ከመስራት ይልቅ ለመቀየር ቀላል ናቸው","በdashboard ላይ \\"የተጣበቁ\\" tasks ን ይመልከቱ — ብዙውን ጊዜ ያልተመደበ ባለቤት ወይም የጎደለ ውሂብ ያመለክታሉ","Onboarding ዝግጁ ሂደት ነው፦ ከዜሮ ከመገንባት ይልቅ እንደ መነሻ ነጥብ ይጠቀሙበት"]},"administration":{"title":"አስተዳደር","summary":"የተሳታፊዎችና የመድረክ ውሂብ አስተዳደር፦ አጋሮች፣ ደንበኞች፣ ድርጅቶች፣ ግለሰቦች፣ ቀሪ ሂሳቦችና billing፣ የማጣቀሻ ውሂብ (ምንዛሬዎች፣ FX rates፣ statuses)፣ የAPI ኮንሶል፣ task schedules፣ የባንክ መሣሪያዎች፣ እና የአገልግሎት መገልገያዎች።","whenToUse"
1:"የመድረክ አስተዳዳሪዎችና አጋሮች ሂሳቦችን፣ የሚና ሞዴልን፣ የማጣቀሻ ውሂብን፣ እና የአገልግሎት ክንውኖችን ለማስተዳደር ወደዚህ ይመጣሉ፦ ድርጅት መፍጠር፣ API key ማውጣት፣ የምንዛሬ ተመኖችን ማዘመን፣ cache ማጽዳት። ብዙ ገጾች አስተዳደራዊ ናቸው (adminOnly)፤ ደንበኛ የተወሰነ ስብስብ ያያል፣ ለምሳሌ \\"Organizations\\" ብቻ።","concepts":["አጋሮች፣ ደንበኞች፣ ድርጅቶች፣ ግለሰቦች — የመድረኩ የሚና ሞዴል፦ ማን በየትኛው ድርጅት ውስጥ በየትኞቹ መብቶች ይሠራል","የድርጅት ቀሪ ሂሳቦችና billing — በድርጅት ቀሪ ሂሳቦች እና ለመድረክ አገልግሎቶች invoicing","የማጣቀሻ ውሂብ — ምንዛሬዎች፣ FX rates፣ እና የማመልከቻ statuses፤ በመድረኩ ላይ የተጋራ ውቅር","የAPI ኮንሶል እና schedules — የAPI keys እና የተያዙ የበስተጀርባ tasks አስተዳደር","የባንክ መሣሪያዎች — ለአጋር ባንክ (Absolut) ክንውኖች","የአገልግሎት መገልገያዎች — cache አስተዳደር፣ የካርድ BIN ውሂብ፣ የተጠቃሚ ስሞች"],"example":"አዲስ ነጋዴ እየተገናኘ ነው። በ\\"Organizations\\" ውስጥ የሚፈለገውን ዓይነት ድርጅት ይፍጠሩ፣ ከአጋር ጋር ያገናኙት፣ ኃላፊ ግለሰቦችንና መብቶችን ይመድቡ። ከዚያ በ\\"API console\\" ውስጥ ለውህደት API key ያውጡ፣ እና በ\\"FX rates\\" ውስጥ የመቀየሪያ ተመኖችን ትክክለኛነት ያረጋግጡ።","tips":["መብቶችን በዝቅተኛ-መብት (least-privilege) መሠረት ይስጡ — መድረኩ ጥራት ያለው (granular) permissions የሚደግፈው ለዚህ ነው","FX rates እና ምንዛሬዎች የተጋራ ማጣቀሻ ናቸው፦ እዚህ ያለ ስህተት ሁሉንም መቀየሮች ይነካል፣ ስለዚህ እሴቶችን በጥንቃቄ ይቀይሩ","ያለ ድርጅት ደንበኛ በዚህ ክፍል \\"Organizations\\" ብቻ ያያል — ይህ የተጠበቀ ባህሪ እንጂ የመዳረሻ ውድቀት አይደለም","cache ማጽዳትን በጥንቃቄ ይተግብሩ፦ በሁሉም የመድረክ ተጠቃሚዎች የሚታየውን ውሂብ ይነካል"]},"settings":{"title":"ቅንብሮች","summary":"የግልና የድርጅት ቅንብሮች፦ ባለ ሁለት-ደረጃ ማረጋገጫ (2FA)፣ የreferral ፕሮግራም፣ የዋጋ እቅዶች (pricing plans)፣ የCopilot AI ቅንብሮች፣ hosted payment pages፣ የስርዓት መለኪያዎች፣ እና የGDPR ውሂብ ባለቤት ጥያቄዎች።","whenToUse":"ለሂሳብዎ 2FA ለማንቃት፣ referral code ለመተግበር፣ የhosted payment page መልክ ለማዋቀር፣ ወይም — እንደ አስተዳዳሪ — የስርዓት መለኪያዎች፣ pricing plans ማዘጋጀትና GDPR ጥያቄ ለማስተናገድ ወደዚህ ይምጡ። አንዳንድ ገጾች ለሁሉም ተጠቃሚዎች ይገኛሉ፣ ሌሎቹ ለአስተዳዳሪ ብቻ።","concepts":["ባለ ሁለት-ደረጃ ማረጋገጫ (2FA) — ተጨማሪ የመግቢያ ጥበቃ፤ ለእያንዳንዱ ተጠቃሚ ይገኛል","የReferral ፕሮግራም — በደንበኛ referral code መተግበር እና በአስተዳዳሪ referrals ማስተዳደር","Pricing plans እና billing — በመድረኩ ላይ ለድርጅቶች የአገልግሎት ውሎች","Copilot AI — ለድርጅቱ የተሰናዳ AI ረዳት ቅንብሮች","Hosted Payment Pages — hosted payment pages ማዋቀር (መልክ፣ ባህሪ)፤ manage_settings መብት ይጠይቃል","የውሂብ ባለቤት ጥያቄዎች (GDPR) — የግል ውሂብ መዳረሻ ወይም ሰርዞ ጥያቄዎችን ማስተናገድ"],"example":"አዲስ ሰራተኛ ወደ ኮንሶል መዳረሻ አግኝቷል። የሚያደርጉት የመጀመሪያ ነገር \\"ባለ ሁለት-ደረጃ ማረጋገጫ\\" ን ከፍተው 2FA ማንቃት ነው። ድርጅቱ በreferral link በኩል ከመጣ፣ አስተዳዳሪው referral code ን በ\\"Apply Referral\\" ውስጥ ይተገብራል፣ እና የክፍያ ገጽ መá
1ˆáŠ­áŠ• በ\\"Hosted Payment Pages\\" ውስጥ ያዋቅራል።","tips":["ከመጀመሪያ መግቢያዎ በኋላ ወዲያውኑ 2FA ያንቁ — ለሂሳብዎ እና ለጠቅላላ ድርጅቱ መሠረታዊ ጥበቃ ነው","የስርዓት ቅንብሮችና pricing plans ለአስተዳዳሪ ብቻ ይታያሉ፦ በተቀናጀ መንገድ ይቀይሩዋቸው፣ ሁሉንም ይነካሉ","GDPR ጥያቄዎች የቁጥጥር ቀነ-ገደቦች አሏቸው — ማስተናገዳቸውን አታዘግዩ","የhosted payment page ለውጦችን ከፋዩ ያያል፣ ስለዚህ ከማተምዎ በፊት ውጤቱን ያረጋግጡ"]},"smartRouting":{"title":"ብልህ ማዘዋወር","summary":"የላቀ የክፍያ ማዘዋወር፦ በአቅራቢ ልክ የልወጣ ትንተና፣ ደንቦችን በታሪካዊ ክፍያዎች ላይ የሚያሄድ አስመሳይ፣ የአያያዥ አስተዳደር እና በሞዴል የመንገድ ምርጫ። የደንበኛው ጥምር ሒሳብ የመላኪያ መስመሮችን የሚያነጻጽርም እዚሁ ነው።","whenToUse":"መሠረታዊ ማዘዋወር በማይበቃበት ጊዜ ይገባል፦ በአንድ አቅራቢ ልወጣ ለምን እንደወደቀ ለማወቅ፣ ደንብን ከመተግበሩ በፊት ለመፈተሽ፣ አያያዥ ለማገናኘት ወይም የመላኪያ መስመሮችን ለማነጻጸር። የSmart Routing Advanced ሞዱል ይፈልጋል፤ እሱ ደግሞ Provider Quality ይጠይቃል፦ ያለ አቅራቢ ደረጃዎች የሚያዘዋውሩበት መሠረት የለም።","concepts":["የማዘዋወር ትንተና — በአቅራቢና በአቅጣጫ ልወጣ፣ ውድቅ እና ወጪ","አስመሳይ — ደንቦችን ከመተግበራቸው በፊት በታሪካዊ ክፍያዎች ላይ ያሄዳል","አያያዦች — የአቅራቢ ውህደቶችን ማገናኘት እና ማዋቀር","የML ማዘዋወር — ከቋሚ ደንቦች ይልቅ ሞዴል መንገዱን ይመርጣል","ጥምር ሒሳብ — የደንበኛ ንብረቶች ጥቅል እይታ እና የመላኪያ መስመሮች ንጽጽር"],"example":"የካርድ ልወጣ በአንድ ሌሊት ወደቀ። ትንተናው አቅራቢው ከሦስት ሙከራ አንዱን እንደሚያጠፋ ያሳያል። ትራፊኩን ወደ ተለዋጭ አቅራቢ የሚያዞረውን ደንብ በአስመሳዩ አሂዱ፤ ከዚያ በኋላ ብቻ አብሩት።","tips":["በአስመሳይ ያላለፈ ደንብ በደንበኞች እውነተኛ ገንዘብ ላይ ይሞከራል","ሞዱሉ በProvider Quality ላይ ይመሠረታል፦ እሱ ካበቃ ክፍሉ ሙሉ በሙሉ ይቆለፋል","መሠረታዊ የመንገድ አርታዒና የHealth ገጽ በክፍያ መቀበል ውስጥ ይቀራሉ — ያለ ሞዱል ይሠራሉ","የML ማዘዋወር ከታሪክ ይማራል፦ አቅራቢዎች ከተቀየሩ በኋላ ሞዴሉ ጊዜ ይፈልጋል"]},"pfpCrowdfunding":{"title":"ሕዝባዊ ማሰባሰብ","summary":"ከብዙ ባለሀብቶች ገንዘብ ማሰባሰብ፦ ዘመቻዎች፣ የባለሀብቶች መዝገብ፣ የገቢ ክፍፍል እና የፖርትፎሊዮ ትንተና። ዳሽቦርዱ ሁሉንም ዘመቻዎች በአንድ ጊዜ ያሳያል።","whenToUse":"ድርጅቱ በመድረኩ በኩል ከባለሀብቶች ገንዘብ ሲያሰባስብ ይገባል፦ ዘመቻ ማስጀመር፣ ማን እንዳዋጣ ማየት፣ ገቢ ማከፋፈል ወይም ትንተና ማሰባሰብ። የParticipatory Finance ሞዱልና የview_pfp_crowdfunding መብት ይፈልጋል።","concepts":["ዘመቻዎች — የማሰባሰብ ግብ፣ ገደብ ቀን፣ ሳይሟላ ሲቀር የመመለስ ደንብ እና የመዋጮ ጣሪያዎች","ባለሀብቶች — ማን፣ ምን ያህል እና በምን ሁኔታ እንዳዋጣ","ክፍፍሎች — ለድርሻ ባለቤቶች የአንድ ጊዜና ተከታታይ የገቢ ክፍያዎች","የፖርትፎሊዮ ትንተና — ትርፋማነት፣ አወቃቀርና የተሰበሰበው እንቅስቃሴ","ማስያዣ — የዘመቻው ገንዘብ ግቡ እስኪደረስ ተለይቶ ይቀመጣል"],"example":"ዘመቻው ከገደቡ አንድ ሳምንት ቀደም ብሎ ግቡን አሳካ። «ክፍፍሎችን» ክፈቱ፣ መሠረቱንና ተቀናሾችን አስቀምጡ፣ መዝገቡን ባለሀብት በባለሀብት ፈትሹ፤ ከዚያ በኋላ ብቻ ጥቅሉን አስጀምሩ፦ በጅምላ ይፈጸማል እና አይመለስም።","tips":["ከማስጀመር በፊት የክፍፍል መዝገቡን ፈትሹ፦ ጥቅሉ በጅምላ ይወጣል እና አይመለስም","በአብዛኞቹ የቁጥጥር ሥርዓቶች በአንድ ባለሀብት ላይ ጣሪያ ይጠየቃል","ያልተሟላ ዘመቻን መድረኩ በቀኑ ይዘጋዋል — የመመለስ ደንቡን አስቀድሞ አስቀምጡ","መድረኩ በምንጭ ላይ ግብር አይይዝም፦ ለማጣቀሻ ብቻ ይሰላል"]},"pfpEthical":{"title":"ሥነ ምግባራዊ ፋይናንስ","summary":"ያለ ወለድ ፋይናንስና የጋራ ቅርጾች፦ ኅብረት ሥራ ማኅበራት፣ ከገቢ ድርሻ የሚመለሱ ውሎች፣ በአባላት መካከል ብድር፣ የማኅበረሰብ ባንክ አገልግሎትና ማኅበራዊ ተጽዕኖ መለኪያ።","whenToUse"
1:"ድርጅቱ ከኅብረት ሥራ ማኅበራት፣ ካለ ወለድ ምርቶች ወይም ከቆጣቢዎች ማኅበረሰብ ጋር ሲሠራ ይገባል፦ ማኅበር ማቋቋም፣ የRBF ውል መፈራረም፣ የተሰጡ ብድሮችን መመልከት ወይም የተጽዕኖ ሪፖርት ማዘጋጀት። የParticipatory Finance ሞዱልና የview_pfp_ethical መብት ይፈልጋል።","concepts":["ኅብረት ሥራ ማኅበራት — የአባላት ድርሻ፣ የዓመቱ ውጤት ክፍፍልና የመውጫ ደንቦች","የRBF ውሎች — ከወለድ ይልቅ የገቢ ድርሻ መመለስ፣ እስከ መመለሻ ጣሪያ ድረስ","የP2P ብድር — በመድረኩ አባላት መካከል ብድር","የማኅበረሰብ ባንክ — የመረዳጃ ካዝናዎችና የቁጠባ ቡድኖች","የተጽዕኖ ዳሽቦርድ — የሚለካ ማኅበራዊ ውጤት፦ የሥራ ዕድሎች፣ ተጠቃሚዎች","የሸሪዓ ግምገማ — ምርቶችን ከመመዘኛዎች አንጻር መፈተሽ"],"example":"ደንበኛው የሥራ ማስኬጃ ገንዘብ ይፈልጋል ግን የወለድ ብድር አይስማማውም። የRBF ውል ይፈራረሙ፦ ጣሪያው እስኪደረስ ድረስ ከወርሃዊ ገቢው ድርሻ ይመልሳል። ውሉ በተወሰነው ጊዜ ውስጥ ይዘጋ እንደሆነ በሞዴሉ ይፈትሹ — አለበለዚያ ድርሻውን ያለገደብ ይቀንሳል።","tips":["በRBF የገቢ ድርሻና መመለሻ ጣሪያ የተሳሰሩ ናቸው፦ ገቢው ሲያንስ ውሉ በጊዜው አይዘጋም","የማኅበሩ ትርፍ በስምምነት ይከፋፈላል፣ ኪሳራው ግን በመዋጮ ድርሻ ብቻ","የሸሪዓ ተስማሚነት ምርቱ ከመውጣቱ በፊት ይፈተሻል፦ ልዩነቱ በግምገማ ይታያል","አጋዥ መርሐግብሮች (ROSCA፣ ሙሻረካ፣ በክፍያ መከፋፈል) ምርቱን ደረጃ በደረጃ ገንብተው ከመላካቸው በፊት ያረጋግጣሉ"]},"pfpGovernance":{"title":"የጋራ አስተዳደር","summary":"የጋራ ውሳኔዎችና መዝገባቸው፦ የማኅበረሰብ ሐሳቦችና ድምፅ አሰጣጥ፣ የበጀት ዑደቶች፣ በአባላት መካከል የጋራ ብድር፣ የቁጥጥር ሪፖርትና የክፍሉ አጠቃላይ ገደቦች።","whenToUse":"ውሳኔውን አንድ ኦፕሬተር ሳይሆን ማኅበረሰቡ ሲወስን ይገባል፦ የበጀት ዑደት መክፈት፣ ሐሳብ ለድምፅ ማቅረብ፣ የጋራ ብድር ሒሳቦችን መመልከት ወይም ለተቆጣጣሪ ሪፖርት ማድረግ። የParticipatory Finance ሞዱል ይፈልጋል።","concepts":["ሐሳቦችና ድምፅ — የድምፅ ሞዴል (አንድ አባል አንድ ድምፅ ወይም በድርሻ) እና ምልዓተ ጉባኤ","የበጀት ዑደቶች — የጋራ በጀትን በማኅበረሰብ ጥያቄዎች ማከፋፈል","የጋራ ብድር — ያለ ውጭ ገንዘብ በአባላት መካከል ዜሮ ድምር ማወራረድ","DAO — የራሳቸው የውሳኔ ደንብ ያላቸው ማኅበረሰቦች","ቁጥጥር — ስለ የጋራ ፋይናንስ ሪፖርት","ቅንብሮች — ለክፍሉ ሁሉ የሚሠሩ የኢንቨስትመንት ገደቦችና ደፎች"],"example":"ማኅበረሰቡ ዓመታዊ በጀቱን ያከፋፍላል። መጠንና የድምፅ ገደብ ቀን ያለው ዑደት ክፈቱ፣ ጥያቄዎችን ሰብስቡ፣ ምልዓተ ጉባኤውን ጠብቁ — ከዚያ በኋላ ብቻ ዑደቱን ዝጉ፦ ጥያቄዎቹ በድምፅ ውጤት ይፈጸማሉ።","tips":["ምልዓተ ጉባኤና የድምፅ ሞዴል ዑደቱ ከመከፈቱ በፊት ይቀመጣሉ፤ በኋላ አይቀየሩም","የጋራ ብድር አዲስ ገንዘብ አይፈጥርም፦ የሁሉም አቋሞች ድምር ሁልጊዜ ዜሮ ነው","ከቅንብሮች የሚመጡ የኢንቨስትመንት ገደቦች በክፍሉ ዘመቻዎች ሁሉ ላይ ይሠራሉ","የá‰
1áŒ¥áŒ¥áˆ­ ሪፖርት ከእውነተኛ መረጃ ይገነባል — ከማውጣትዎ በፊት ያስተካክሉ"]},"islamicFinance":{"title":"እስላማዊ ፋይናንስ","summary":"በሸሪዓ ደንቦች የባንክ ምርቶች፦ ሙራበሓ፣ ኢጃራ፣ ሙዳረባና ሙሻረካ፣ የባንኩን እስላማዊ ክልል ማዋቀርና በAAOIFI መመዘኛዎች ኦዲት።","whenToUse":"በእስላማዊ ሞዴል የሚሠሩ የ«ባንክ» ዓይነት ድርጅቶች ይገባሉ፦ ክልሉን ማዋቀር፣ የምርት ውሎችን ማስተዳደር፣ የሸሪዓ ኦዲት ማዘጋጀት። የIslamic Finance ሞዱልና የview_islamic_banking መብት ይፈልጋል፤ የመሠረተ ልማት ፋይናንስም በዚሁ ሞዱል ላይ ይመሠረታል።","concepts":["ሙራበሓ — ከወለድ ይልቅ በተገለጸ ትርፍ መሸጥ","ኢጃራ — በኋላ በመግዛት የሚጠናቀቅ ኪራይ","ሙዳረባ — ትርፍ በመጋራት የአደራ አስተዳደር","ሙሻረካ — የድርሻ ሽርክና፦ ትርፍ በስምምነት፣ ኪሳራ በመዋጮ ድርሻ ብቻ","ክልል ማዋቀር — ምንዛሬዎች፣ ክልልና የባንኩ ምርት መለኪያዎች","AAOIFI — የእስላማዊ ፋይናንስ ተቋማት የሒሳብና ኦዲት መመዘኛዎች"],"example":"ደንበኛው ያለ ወለድ ብድር መሣሪያ መግዛት ይፈልጋል። ሙራበሓን ተጠቀሙ፦ ባንኩ መሣሪያውን ገዝቶ በተገለጸ ትርፍና በክፍያ መርሐግብር ይሸጥለታል። ትርፉ በውሉ ተይዞ በመዘግየት ምክንያት አይሰላም።","tips":["ትርፉ በውል ተይዟል፦ በመዘግየት ምክንያት እንደገና ሊጣል አይችልም","በሙሻረካ ኪሳራ በመዋጮ ድርሻ ብቻ ይከፋፈላል፣ ትርፉ በሌላ መንገድ ቢከፋፈልም","ክፍሉ የሚታየው ሞዱሉ ለነቃላቸው የ«ባንክ» ዓይነት ድርጅቶች ብቻ ነው","የመሠረተ ልማት ፋይናንስ ይህን ሞዱል እንደ ጥገኝነት ይፈልጋል"]},"tokenization":{"title":"የንብረት ቶክናይዜሽን","summary":"እንደ ቶክን የወጡ እውነተኛ ንብረቶች፦ የንብረት መዝገብና ግምት፣ የሰነድ ማረጋገጫ፣ የድርሻ ማውጣት፣ የባለቤቶች መዝገብና የገቢ ክፍፍል።","whenToUse":"ድርጅቱ ቤት፣ መሣሪያ ወይም ሌላ ንብረት ወደ ድርሻ ቀይሮ ለባለሀብቶች ሲሸጥ ይገባል፦ ንብረቱን መመዝገብ፣ ሰነዶችን ማረጋገጥ፣ ቶክን ማውጣትና ገቢ ማከፋፈል። የRWA Tokenization ሞዱል ይፈልጋል።","concepts":["የንብረት መዝገብ — መግለጫ፣ ግምት፣ ሰነዶችና የማረጋገጫ ሁኔታ","ማረጋገጥ — ከማውጣት በፊት ባለቤትነትንና ግምትን ማረጋገጥ","ቶክን ማውጣት — የድርሻ ብዛትና የአንድ ድርሻ ዋጋ","ባለቤቶች — ማን ምን ያህል ድርሻ እንደያዘ","የገቢ ክፍፍል — ለባለቤቶች በድርሻቸው መጠን ክፍያ","ቦንዶች — ለባለሀብቶች የሚቀርቡ የዕዳ መሣሪያዎች"],"example":"ሕንፃው ተገምቶ ተረጋግጧል። የድርሻ ብዛትንና የአንዱን ዋጋ አስቀምጡ፦ ከወጣ በኋላ አይቀየሩም፣ ምክንያቱም ባለሀብቶች ይህንኑ አወቃቀር ነው የሚገዙት። የኪራይ ገቢውን ለባለቤቶች በመደበኛ ክፍያ አከፋፍሉ።","tips":["የድርሻ ብዛትና ዋጋ በማውጣት ጊዜ ይቆለፋሉ፦ ከተሸጡ በኋላ አይቀየሩም","የንብረት ሰነዶች በውጭ ማከማቻ ይቀመጣሉ — አገናኙ ሳይቀየር ይቆያል","የድርሻ መዝገቡን መድረኩ ይይዛል፤ በሰንሰለት ላይ ማውጣት የተለየ የብሎክቼይን ሞዱል ይፈልጋል","ገቢው በክፍያ ጊዜ ባለው ድርሻ ይከፋፈላል፣ በግዢ ጊዜ ባለው አይደለም"]},"infraFinance":{"title":"የመሠረተ ልማት ፋይናንስ","summary":"የመሠረተ ልማት ፕሮጀክቶች አውጪ ዳሽቦርድ፦ የንብረት፣ የቦንድና የሱኩክ ፖርትፎሊዮ፣ የኩፖን ክፍያ መርሐግብርና ለባለሀብቶች ሪፖá
1ˆ­á‰¶á‰½á¢","whenToUse":"የረጅም ጊዜ ፕሮጀክት አውጪዎች ይገባሉ፦ ፖርትፎሊዮን መመልከት፣ የሚቀጥለውን የኩፖን ክፍያ ማረጋገጥና ለባለሀብቶች የጊዜ ሪፖርት ማዘጋጀት። የInfrastructure Finance ሞዱል ይፈልጋል፤ እሱ ደግሞ Islamic Finance ይጠይቃል።","concepts":["ፖርትፎሊዮ — ንብረቶች፣ የወጡ ቦንዶችና ሱኩክ በአንድ እይታ","ሱኩክ — የቦንድ እስላማዊ አቻ፦ ከወለድ ይልቅ ከንብረቱ የሚገኝ ገቢ","የኩፖን መርሐግብር — ለባለሀብቶች የሚቀጥሉ ክፍያዎች ቀንና መጠን","የባለሀብት ሪፖርት — ለተመረጠው ጊዜ የፖርትፎሊዮ ሁኔታ ማውጣት"],"example":"የኩፖን ክፍያ በአንድ ሳምንት ውስጥ ይደርሳል። በዳሽቦርዱ መጠኑንና የባለሀብቶችን ቁጥር ፈትሹ፣ ከዚያ የጊዜውን ሪፖርት አዘጋጁ፦ የፖርትፎሊዮን ሁኔታ እንደ ማረጋገጫ ወደ ባለሀብቶች ይሄዳል።","tips":["ሞዱሉ በIslamic Finance ላይ ይመሠረታል፦ ያለ እሱ ክፍሉ ሙሉ በሙሉ ይቆለፋል","ሱኩክ ከንብረቱ ገቢ ይከፍላል እንጂ እንደ ወለድ አይደለም — ይህ ሪፖርቱንም ይቀይራል","ሪፖርቱ በማውጣት ጊዜ ያለውን የፖርትፎሊዮ ሁኔታ ያሳያል"]},"programmableMoney":{"title":"ፕሮግራም የሚደረጉ ክፍያዎች","summary":"ሁኔታ ሲሟላ የሚፈጸሙ ክፍያዎች፦ በፈራሚዎች የጋራ ማጽደቅ፣ ከውጭ የመረጃ ምንጭ መነሣት ወይም የጊዜ ገደብ መድረስ።","whenToUse":"ገንዘብ ወዲያውኑ ሳይሆን በሁኔታ መውጣት ሲኖርበት ይገባል፦ ፊርማዎችን መሰብሰብ፣ ከውጭ ምንጭ ማረጋገጫ መጠበቅ ወይም እስከ ቀን ማዘግየት። የProgrammable Money ሞዱል ይፈልጋል።","concepts":["ሁኔታ — ክፍያው እንዲፈጸም ምን መሆን እንዳለበት","ፈራሚዎች — ማጽደቃቸው የሚያስፈልጋቸው አባላትና ብዛታቸው","የውጭ ምንጭ — ሁኔታውን የሚያስነሣ መረጃ","የጊዜ ገደብ — ራስ-ሰር የመፈጸሚያ ቀንና ሰዓት"],"example":"ሥራው ከተረከበ በኋላ ለተቋራጭ ክፍያ። «ከሦስት ፈራሚዎች የሁለቱ ማጽደቅ» በሚል ሁኔታ ክፍያ ፍጠሩ፦ ገንዘቡ ተይዟል፣ ግን ፊርማዎቹ ሲሟሉ ብቻ ይወጣል።","tips":["ሁኔታው ገንዘቡ ከመያዙ በፊት ይቀመጣል፤ በኋላ አይቀየርም","ፈራሚዎችን በተጠባባቂ ምረጡ፦ የአንዱ ዕረፍት ክፍያውን ያቆማል","በጊዜ ገደብ የሚፈጸም ክፍያ ራስ-ሰር ይሠራል — የሰዓት ክልሉን ፈትሹ"]},"otherProducts":{"title":"ሌሎች ምርቶች","summary":"የተለየ ሞዱል የማይፈልጉ ምርቶች፦ የስጦታ ካርዶች፣ የበጎ አድራጎት ፈንዶችና ወቅፍ፣ የግምጃ ቤት ድልድይና የ«ቼርቮኔትስ» የማወራረጃ ክልል።","whenToUse":"ሞዱል ሳይገዙ ለሚገኙ ምርቶች ይገባል፦ የስጦታ ካርድ ጥቅል ማውጣት፣ ፈንድ ማቋቋም ወይም የ«ቼርቮኔትስ» ክልል መገንባት።","concepts":["የስጦታ ካርዶች — ስመ ዋጋ፣ ኮዶችና ለጠቅላላው ጥቅል ማስያዣ ያላቸው ጥቅሎች","ወቅፍና በጎ አድራጎት — ፈንዶችና የገቢ ክፍልን ራስ-ሰር መምራት","የግምጃ ቤት ድልድይ — በምንዛሬ ጥቅል ቀሪ ሒሳብ","የ«ቼርቮኔትስ» ክልል — ማኅበረሰብን፣ የማወራረጃ መረብንና የጋራ ፋይናንስን የሚያገናኝ አጋዥ"],"example":"ለበዓል የስጦታ ካርድ ጥቅል ያስፈልጋል። ስመ ዋጋንና ብዛትን አስቀምጡ፦ ለጠቅላላው የጥቅል መጠን ማስያዣ ይያዛል፣ ስለዚህ ገንዘቡ ካላመቀ ማውጣቱ አይሳካም።","tips":["የጥቅሉ ማስያዣ ሙሉ በሙሉ ይያዛል፦ ገንዘብ ካጠረ ማውጣቱ አይሳካም","የቀዘቀዘ ጥቅል ወዲያውኑ ለክፍያ መቀበሉ ይቆማል"]},"partners":{"title":"አጋሮች","summary":"መድረኩ ሦስት ደረጃ አለው፦ የመድረክ አስተዳዳሪ፣ ከድርጅቱ ጋር ደንበኛ፣ እና አጋር — የደንበኛችን ደንበኛ። ይህ ክፍል የአጋሩ የሆነውን ሁሉ ይሰበስባል፦ የአጋሮች ዝርዝር፣ ካታሎጎቻቸው፣ የክፍያ አገናኞችና የገዢዎች የተቀመጡ ካርዶች።","whenToUse"
1:"አዲስ አጋር ሲገናኝ ወይም በእሱ ስም አንድ ነገር ሲዋቀር።","concepts":["አጋር የካቢኔ ተጠቃሚ አይደለም፤ የድርጅትዎ አካል ነው። መድረኩ መረጃውን በአጋር መለያ ይለያል።","ካታሎግ፣ አገናኞችና ካርዶች የእያንዳንዱ አጋር ናቸው፦ የድርጅት አጠቃላይ ካታሎግ የለም።","እነዚህ ገጾች የራሳቸው ፈቃዶች አሏቸው፦ view_products፣ view_links፣ manage_cards።","ክፍሉ ስለ ክፍያ መቀበል አይደለም፦ ተርሚናሎችና መንገዶች በ«ክፍያ መቀበል» ውስጥ ናቸው።"],"example":"ድርጅት የመስመር ላይ መደብርን እንደ አጋር ያገናኛል፣ በካታሎጉ «ዓመታዊ ምዝገባ» ይጨምራል፣ ከዚያም የክፍያ አገናኝ ይሠራል።","tips":["ብዙ ንጥሎች ሲኖሩ በአጋር ስም ይፈልጉ።","አገናኝ ራሱ ምንም አያከናውንም፦ መጀመሪያ የአጋሩን ክፍያ መቀበል ይመልከቱ።","አገናኝ ለምን እንደማይከፈት ከመመርመርዎ በፊት የአጋሩን ተቀባይነት ያረጋግጡ፤ አገናኝ በራሱ ምንም አያከናውንም።"]},"erm":{"title":"የድርጅት ስጋት","summary":"የድርጅቱ የስጋት ወሰን በአንድ ቦታ፦ ተፈጥሯዊና ቀሪ ግምገማ ያለው የስጋት መዝገብ፣ ተለዋዋጭ የሙቀት ካርታ፣ የስጋት ፍላጎት፣ ቁልፍ የስጋት አመልካቾች፣ የተግባር ኪሳራ ክስተቶች፣ ቁጥጥሮች ከማዕቀፎቻቸው ጋር፣ እና ጉድለቶች።","whenToUse":"እንደ የስጋት አስተዳዳሪ፣ የውስጥ ቁጥጥር ኃላፊ ወይም ኃላፊነት ያለው ሥራ አስፈጻሚ ወደዚህ ይምጡ፦ ስጋት ይመዝግቡና ይገምግሙ፣ የፍላጎት አጠቃቀምን ይከታተሉ፣ ለተጣሰ አመልካች ምላሽ ይስጡ፣ የተግባር ኪሳራ ይመዝግቡ፣ ቁጥጥር ይፈትኑ፣ ወይም ስጋትን እንዳለ ለመቀበል በቀረበ ጥያቄ ላይ ይወስኑ። ገጾቹ እንደ view_erm፣ assess_risks፣ manage_erm_kri፣ register_loss_events እና approve_risk_acceptance ባሉ መብቶች ይገደባሉ።","concepts":["የስጋት መዝገብ — እያንዳንዱ ስጋት ከሁኔታው (ረቂቅ፣ ንቁ፣ የተቀነሰ፣ የተቀበለ፣ የተዘጋ፣ ጊዜው ያለፈበት)፣ ባለቤቱ፣ ምድቡና ከሚያርፍባቸው ዓላማዎች ጋር","ተፈጥሯዊና ቀሪ — ሁለት የግምገማ ሽፋኖች፦ ከቁጥጥሮች በፊትና በኋላ። በሁለቱ መካከል ያለው ልዩነት ቁጥጥሮቹ በእውነት የሚያመጡት ነው","የስጋት ማትሪክስ — ተለዋዋጭ ፍርግርግ፣ ከ3x3 እስከ 6x6፦ የዕድልና የተጽዕኖ ደረጃዎች ቁጥር ከሞዱል ቅንብሮች ይመጣል እንጂ በኮድ ከተቸነከረ 5x5 አይደለም","የስጋት ፍላጎት — ድርጅቱ የሚያውጀው መቻቻልና አሁናዊ አጠቃቀሙ፤ ጥሰት ምልክት ነው እንጂ ሪፖርት አይደለም","ቁልፍ የስጋት አመልካቾች (KRI) — ከኪሳራው በፊት እንጂ በኋላ የማያስጠነቅቁ አረንጓዴ/ቢጫ/ቀይ ደፎች ያሏቸው የሚለኩ መስፈርቶች","የኪሳራ ክስተቶች — የተከሰተ የተግባር ስጋት፣ በባዝል II ምድቦች የተመደበ፣ ከጠቅላላ፣ ከተመለሰና ከተጣራ መጠን ጋር","ቁጥጥሮችና ማዕቀፎች — ስጋቱን የሚገታው ምንድን ነው፣ እንዴት ይፈተናል፣ የትኞቹንም የማዕቀፍ መስፈርቶች ይሸፍናል","ጉድለቶች — ቁጥጥር የማይሠራበት ቦታ፣ ከምልከታ እስከ መሠረታዊ ድክመት የተደረደረ","AI ያቀርባል፣ ሰው ይወስናል — በAI የተፈጠረው ሁሉ እንደ ረቂቅ ይመጣል፣ ካልተረጋገጠም በ30 ቀናት ጊዜው ያልፋል"],"example":"ስለ ያልተሳኩ ክፍያዎች የሚናገር አመልካች ለሁለት ተከታታይ ቀናት ወደ ቢጫ ይቀየራል። አመልካቹን ይክፈቱ፣ መለኪያዎቹንና የተያያዘውን ስጋት ይመልከቱ፣ ከዚያም በስጋት ካርዱ ላይ ያለውን ቀሪ ግምገማ ያረጋግጡ። ቀሪው ነጥብ ከታወጀው ፍላጎት በላይ ነው፤ ስለዚህ የመፍትሔ ዕቅድ ይከፍታሉ፣ ባለቤትና የመጨረሻ ቀን ይመድባሉ፣ ነጥቡን ማውረድ ያለበትንም ቁጥጥር ያያይዛሉ።","tips":["ሁለቱንም ሽፋኖች ይገምግሙ፦ ተፈጥሯዊ ግምገማ ብቻ ያለው ስጋት ቁጥጥሮቹ እየሠሩ ስለመሆኑ ምንም አይናገርም","የማትሪክሱን መጠን ከሞዱል ቅንብሮች ያንብቡ — ድርጅት 3x3 ወይም 6x6 ፍርግርግ ሊጠቀም ይችላል፤ በኮድ የተቸነከረ 5x5 እያንዳንዱን ስጋት በተሳሳተ ቦታ ያስቀምጠዋል","የAI ረቂቆች 30 ቀን አላቸው፦ ይመልከቷቸው፣ መዝገቡ ጊዜያቸው ያለፈ ሐሳቦች ክምር እንዲሆን አይተዉት","ሙሉ በሙሉ ቢመለስም እንኳ የኪሳራ ክስተትን ይመዝግቡ — ድግግሞሹ እንደ መጠኑ ያህል አስፈላጊ ነው","ፈጽሞ ያልተፈተነ ቁጥጥር ዕቅድ ነው እንጂ ቁጥጥር አይደለም፦ የፈተና መርሐ ግብሩን በሕይወት ያቆዩት"]}},"pages":{"setupWizard":{"title":"Setup Wizard","summary":"Setup Wizard ለመጀመሪያ processing ማዋቀሪያ ደረጃ-በ-ደረጃ wizard ነው። በጥቂት ማያ ገጾች ላይ አራት የተያያዙ አካላትን (partner-merchant፣ provider wallet፣ partner wallet፣ terminal) በቅደም ተከተል ይፈጥራል እና በአማራጭ multi-currency ያነቃል፣ በመጨረሻም ለአጋሩ የሚሰጡ ዝግጁ credentials ያወጣል። wizard አለበለዚያ በተለያዩ ክፍሎች በእጅ እንዲያዋቅሩ የሚጠይቀዎት ሁሉ ከfield validation እና ከአካላት በራስ-ሰር ማገናኘት ጋር በአንድ ቀጥተኛ ሰንሰለት እዚህ ተሰብስቧል።","whenToUse"
1:"አዲስ ነጋዴ ከዜሮ ማገናኘትና ክፍያ መቀበል ወይም መክፈል ሲፈልጉ wizard ን ይክፈቱ፦ የአጋሩ ዝርዝሮች (email፣ የኩባንያ ስም) እና የክፍያ አቅራቢ credentials (Merchant ID፣ API keys) አሉዎት። ይህ የመጀመሪያ ወይም ቀጣይ አጋራቸውን ለሚያዋቅር እና ቦርሳዎችንና terminal በእጅ ለብቻ መፍጠር ለማይፈልግ ሰራተኛ ዋና ሁኔታ ነው። wizard ከproduction ማስጀመር በፊት የሙከራ አካባቢን በፍጥነት ለማዘጋጀት እንደ ምቹ መንገድም ጠቃሚ ነው።","concepts":["የWizard ደረጃዎች — welcome (አጠቃላይ እይታ) -> partner (partner-merchant) -> provider (provider + wallet) -> partner-wallet (partner wallet) -> terminal (terminal) -> multi-currency (አማራጭ) -> completion (ማጠቃለያ)። ከላይ ያለው progress bar የተጠናቀቁ፣ የአሁን፣ እና የሚመጡ ደረጃዎችን ያደምቃል።","\\"Partner\\" ደረጃ — merchant ይፈጥራል፦ Email (login፣ ቅርጸቱ ይረጋገጣል)፣ የኩባንያ ስም፣ Password (በራስ-ሰር የተፈጠረ 12 ቁምፊ፣ ቢያንስ 8፤ የማሳየትና እንደገና-የማመንጨት አዝራሮች አሉት)፣ እና \\"Enable Partner Area access\\" checkbox (በነባሪ የበራ — አጋሩ ወደ የግል አካባቢ መግባት ይችላል)።","\\"Provider\\" ደረጃ — አካባቢ መምረጥ (በነባሪ Test፣ ለመጀመር ይመከራል / Production)፣ ከዝርዝሩ የክፍያ አቅራቢ መፈለግና መምረጥ፣ በprovider schema መሠረት credentials ማስገባት፣ እና የክፍያ ዘዴዎችን ማመልከት (bank_card፣ sbp፣ apple_pay፣ google_pay፣ crypto)። general በሚል ቋሚ ስም provider wallet ይፈጠራል። እዚህ የተመረጠው አካባቢ በሁሉም ተከታይ አካላት ይወረሳል።","\\"Partner wallet\\" ደረጃ — ለሚገባ ገንዘብ Internal Wallet፦ ምንዛሬ ብቻ ይመረጣል (ነባሪ የprovider ምንዛሬ ነው)፣ ስሙ ሁልጊዜ general ነው፣ ዓይነት internal። ከእሱ ጋር backend የአገልግሎት ቦርሳዎችን FEE (የfees ማጠራቀሚያ) እና HOLD (በprocessing ወቅት ገንዘብ ማገድ) በራስ-ሰር ይፈጥራል።","\\"Terminal\\" ደረጃ — አጋሩን፣ provider ን፣ እና ቦርሳዎችን ያገናኛል። ዓይነት፦ payment (ክፍያ መቀበል) ወይም payout (ክፍያ መክፈል) — በአንድ terminal አንድ ብቻ። ዝቅተኛና ከፍተኛ መጠኖች ይዘጋጃሉ (ነባሪ 100 እና 500,000 በምንዛሬ ዋና አሃዶች፣ በጥቃቅን አሃዶች ይገባል) እና የአጋር fee፦ መቶኛ (ነባሪ 1.5%) እና ቋሚ ክፍል።","\\"Multi-currency\\" ደረጃ (አማራጭ) — በbackend ላይ ለድርጅቱ multi_currency_enabled flag ከነቃ ይታያል። በክልል ምንዛሬዎችን ይጠቁማል፣ የpricing plan ምንዛሬ ገደብን ያከብራል፣ የadapter warnings ያሳያል (የትኞቹ ምንዛሬዎች routed እንዳልሆኑ)፣ እና ሲረጋገጥ chart of accounts እና ነባሪ 0.5% FX markups ይፈጥራል። ደረጃው ሊዘለል ይችላል።","Completion — የተፈጠሩ ሁሉንም አካላትና IDs ያላቸው cards፣ ከዚህም በተጨማሪ የአጋሩ credentials ያለው ብሎክ (የPartner Area link፣ Login፣ Password) ከቅጂ አዝራሮች ጋር። Password አንድ ጊዜ ብቻ ይታያል። ከዚህ ወደ Dashboard መሄድ ወይም ወዲያውኑ ሌላ አጋር ማዋቀር ይችላሉ።"],"example":"ምሳሌ፦ በሙከራ አካባቢ በSber በኩል ካርዶችን ለመቀበል የመስመር ላይ ሱቅ ማገናኘት። \\"Partner\\" ደረጃ፦ email [email protected]፣ ስም \\"My Store LLC\\" ያስገቡ፣ የተፈጠረውን password ይቀበሉ፣ የPartner Area checkbox ን ይያዙ። \\"Provider\\" ደረጃ፦ አካባቢ Test፣ ከዝርዝሩ provider ን ያግኙ፣ Merchant ID፣ API Username፣ እና API Password ይሙሉ፣ bank_card የክፍያ ዘዴ ያመልክቱ — ስርዓቱ provider wallet general በRUB ይፈጥራል። \\"Partner wallet\\" ደረጃ፦ ምንዛሬ RUB (በራስ-ሰር ተሞልቷል)፣ እና FEE እና HOLD ከዋናው ቦርሳ ጋር ይፈጠራሉ። \\"Terminal\\" ደረጃ፦ ዓይነት payment፣ ዝቅተኛ 100 RUB፣ ከፍተኛ 500,000 RUB፣ fee 1.5% + 0 ቋሚ። multi-currency ን ይዝለሉ። በመጨረሻው ማያ ገጽ የPartner Area link፣ Login፣ እና Password ን ቀድተው ለአጋሩ ይስጡ።","tips":["በመጨረሻው ማያ ገጽ ላይ ያለው የአጋር password አንድ ጊዜ ብቻ ይታያል — ወደ Dashboard ከመሄድዎ በፊት መቅዳትዎን ያረጋግጡ (\\"Copy all\\" አዝራር የPartner Area link፣ Login፣ እና Password ን አብሮ ያስተላልፋል)።","አካባቢ (Test ወይም Production) በ\\"Provider\\" ደረጃ አንድ ጊዜ ተመርጦ ለሁሉም አካላት — ቦርሳዎችና terminal — በዝምታ ይተገበራል። provider wallet ከመፍጠርዎ በፊት ይፈትሹት፤ ለቀጥታ ትራፊክ ቆይቶ የተለየ prod terminal ያስፈልጋል።","በ\\"Terminal\\" ደረጃ ላይ ያሉ የገደብ መጠኖች በጥቃቅን አሃዶች (kopecks፣ cents) ይገባሉ፤ ወደ ዋና ምንዛሬ መቀየሩ ከfield በታች ይታያል። ከፍተኛ መጠኑ ከዝቅተኛው በጥብቅ የሚበልጥ መሆን አለበት፣ እና የfee መቶኛ ከ0 እስከ 100 መሆን አለበት፣ አለበለዚያ form አይቀበልም።","wizard እንደገና ማስኬድ ደህንነቱ የተጠበቀ ነው፦ አጋር ወይም provider wallet፣ ወይም እንደዚህ ያሉ መለኪያዎች ያለው terminal አስቀድሞ ካለ፣ ስርዓቱ duplicate error ከመወርወር ይልቅ ነባሩን አካል እንደገና ይጠቀማል። \\"Add another partner\\" አዝራር wizard ን ወደ መጀመሪያ ይመልሳል።","\\"Multi-currency\\" ደረጃ ላይታይ ይችላል — ይህ ስህተት አይደለም፦ በድርጅቱ backend flag ይቆጣጠራል። የAdapter warnings (\\"no adapter\\"፣ \\"does not route\\") መረጃ ሰጪ ናቸው እና የምንዛሬ ምርጫን አያግዱም።"]},"systemSettings":{"title":"የስርዓት ቅንብሮች","summary":"በ\\"Administration\\" ክፍል ውስጥ ያለ የመድረክ ዓለም አቀፍ ቅንብሮች ገጽ። አዲስ ለተፈጠሩ ድርጅቶች የሚተገበሩ ነባሪ እሴቶችን ያዘጋጃል። በአሁኑ ስáˆ
1ªá‰µ ውስጥ በገጹ ላይ አንድ ብሎክ ብቻ ቀርቷል — \\"Fee Configuration\\" — ይህም ወደ pricing plans ገጽ ያዞራል፣ እዚያም ጠቅላላው የfee መዋቅር ይዋቀራል።","whenToUse":"ለአዲስ ድርጅቶች የመድረኩን ነባሪ ባህሪ መፈተሽ ወይም ማዘጋጀት ሲፈልጉ ክፍሉን ይክፈቱ — በዋናነት የSaaS fee እንዴት እንደሚሰላ። መዳረሻው ለአስተዳዳሪዎች ብቻ ነው፦ የአስተዳዳሪ ሚና ከሌልዎት፣ ገጹ \\"Available to administrators only\\" ማስጠንቀቂያ ያሳያል እና ምንም ቅንብር አያሳይም። ማስታወሻ፦ ቅንብሮቹ ከለውጡ በኋላ የተፈጠሩ ድርጅቶችን ብቻ ይነካሉ፤ ነባር ድርጅቶችን አይነኩም።","concepts":["ለአስተዳዳሪዎች ብቻ መዳረሻ — ገጹ ሚናውን (isAdmin) ይፈትሻል። የአስተዳዳሪ መብት የሌለው ተጠቃሚ ከቅንብሮች ይልቅ ቀይ ማስጠንቀቂያ ይታይለታል፣ እና ሁሉም ተግባር ተደብቋል።","ለአዲስ ድርጅቶች ነባሪ እሴቶች — የገጹ ቁልፍ ሐሳብ፦ እዚህ የተዘጋጁ መለኪያዎች የአሁኑን ድርጅቶች አይቀይሩም ነገር ግን ከተቀመጡ በኋላ ለሚፈጠሩት መነሻ እሴቶች ይሆናሉ (ከላይ ያለው መረጃ ሰጪ banner ይህንን በቀጥታ ይገልጻል)።","Fee Configuration — በገጹ ላይ ያለው ብቸኛ ተጨባጭ ብሎክ። fees ቀደም ሲል እዚህ በቀጥታ ይስተካከሉ ነበር፤ አሁን ብሎኩ የSaaS fee ማዋቀር ወደ pricing plans መዛወሩን ያብራራል።","\\"Go to Pricing Plans\\" አዝራር — ተጠቃሚውን ወደ /pricing-plans ገጽ ይወስዳል፣ fees የሚዋቀሩበት። ይህ በገጹ ላይ ያለው ብቸኛ ድርጊት ነው።","Pricing plans fees ማዋቀሪያ ቦታ — በብሎኩ ጽሑፍ መሠረት፣ እያንዳንዱ እቅድ የራሱን የfee መዋቅር ከmulti-currency ድጋፍ ጋር ይገልጻል። ማለትም fee በአንድ ዓለም አቀፍ ቁጥር ሳይሆን በተለየ እቅድ ውስጥ ይዘጋጃል።"],"example":"አዲስ ሰራተኛ ተግባር ተሰጠው፦ \\"ለምናገናኛቸው ደንበኞች የመድረክ fee ያዘጋጁ።\\" በአስተዳዳሪ ሚና \\"Administration -> System settings\\" ን ይከፍታሉ። ከላይ ሰማያዊ መረጃ ሰጪ banner ያያሉ፦ ቅንብሮቹ ነባሪ እሴቶችን ያዘጋጃሉ እና ከለውጡ በኋላ ለተፈጠሩ ድርጅቶች ይተገበራሉ። ከታች \\"Fee Configuration\\" card ሲሆን የSaaS fee ማዋቀር አሁን በpricing plans በኩል እንደሚስተናገድ ያብራራል፣ እያንዳንዱ የራሱን የfee መዋቅር ከmulti-currency ድጋፍ ጋር ይገልጻል። ሰራተኛው \\"Go to Pricing Plans\\" ን ጠቅ ያደርጋል፣ ወደ /pricing-plans ገጽ ይደርሳል፣ እና እዚያ የሚፈለጉ የfee መለኪያዎች ያለው እቅድ ይፈጥራል ወይም ያስተካክላል። fee በቀጥታ በ\\"System settings\\" ገጽ ማዘጋጀት አሁን አያስፈልግም — ይህ የመግቢያ ነጥብና ማብራሪያ ብቻ ነው።","tips":["በዚህ ገጽ ላይ የfee ግቤት fields (መቶኛ፣ ቋሚ፣ ዝቅተኛ፣ ከፍተኛ) አይፈልጉ — በአሁኑ ስሪት እዚህ የሉም። fee ማዋቀር ራሱ ወደ \\"Pricing plans\\" ክፍል ተዛውሯል፤ የስርዓት ቅንብሮች ገጽ በአዝራር በኩል እዚያ ብቻ ይመራል።","ወሰኑን ያስታውሱ፦ ለውጦች ከተቀመጡ በኋላ ለተፈጠሩ ድርጅቶች ብቻ ይተገበራሉ። አስቀድሞ የነቃ ድርጅት ውሎችን ለመቀየር፣ ከዓለም አቀፍ ነባሪ ቅንብሮች ይልቅ በቀጥታ ያስተካክሉት።","ከቅንብሮች ይልቅ \\"Available to administrators only\\" ማስጠንቀቂያ ካዩ — ሂሳብዎ የአስተዳዳሪ ሚና የለውም። በሌሎች ክፍሎች በኩል ለማለፍ ከመሞከር ይልቅ ሚናዎችን ከሚያስተዳድር ሰው መዳረሻ ይጠይቁ።","በpricing plans ውስጥ ያለው fee ብዙ ምንዛሬዎችን ይደግፋል እና ለእያንዳንዱ እቅድ የተለየ ነው። እቅድ ከማስተካከልዎ በፊት፣ የሚያስፈልጉዎትን ድርጅቶች የሚያገለግለውን ትክክለኛ እቅድ እየከፈቱ መá
1ˆ†áŠ‘áŠ• ያረጋግጡ — እዚህ ነጠላ \\"ለጠቅላላ መድረኩ አንድ ቁጥር\\" የለም።"]},"terminals":{"title":"Terminals","summary":"terminal ገንዘብ ለመቀበል ወይም ለመክፈል ከመድረኩ ወደ ተለየ provider (ባንክ፣ SBP gateway፣ ክሪፕቶ አውታረ መረብ) የተዋቀረ የግንኙነት ነጥብ ነው። \\"Terminals\\" ክፍል የሁሉም እንደዚህ ያሉ ግንኙነቶች registry ነው፦ እዚህ ይፈጠራሉ፣ ይዋቀራሉ፣ እና ይነቃሉ/ይጠፋሉ፣ እና routing engine የትኛው terminal እያንዳንዱን ግብይት እንደሚሰራ ለመምረጥ እነዚህን ቅንብሮች ይጠቀማል።","whenToUse":"ክፍሉ አዲስ የክፍያ provider ለሚያገናኝ ወይም ለአጋር ክፍያ መቀበል/መክፈል ለሚያዋቅር ሰራተኛ ነው፦ ምንዛሬ፣ የክንውን ዓይነት (መቀበል ወይም መክፈል)፣ የመጠን ገደቦች፣ fees፣ provider credentials፣ እና የመቀበያ ሕጎችን ማዘጋጀት። ችግር ያለበትን ቻናል ጊዜያዊ የሚያጠፉበት (\\"Active\\" ን ማንሳት ወይም weight ን 0 ማድረግ)፣ ተመሳሳይ ውቅር የሚያባዙበት፣ ወይም የተለየ terminal በID የሚያገኙበትም ነው። ዝርዝሩ በሁለት tabs ተከፍሏል፦ \\"Regular terminals\\" (ከአንድ አጋር ጋር የተያያዘ) እና \\"Shared terminals\\" (ለማንኛውም አጋር የሚገኝ)። የአካባቢ ማጣሪያ (prod/test/all) እና በID ፍለጋ አሉ። \\"Routing Editor\\" አዝራር ወደ የተለየ routing rules editor ይመራል።","concepts":["Provider እና የክንውን ዓይነት — provider (ለምሳሌ tbank፣ alfabank_sbp፣ ethereum) ክፍያው በየትኛው ባንክ/gateway እንደሚሄድ ይወስናል፤ ዓይነት payment (መቀበል) ወይም payout (መክፈል) ከግብይት ዓይነት ጋር መዛመድ አለበት፣ አለበለዚያ terminal አይስማማም","Priority vs Weight — እነዚህ የተለያዩ ነገሮች ናቸው። Priority፦ ዝቅተኛ እሴት = ቀድሞ ይፈተሻል (0 ከፍተኛ ነው)። Weight (0-100)፦ አስቀድሞ ከተስማሙ terminals መካከል፣ ከፍተኛ weight = ብዙ ጊዜ ይመረጣል፤ weight=100 ከweight=50 ሁለት እጥፍ ይመረጣል፤ weight=0 terminal ን ከrouting ሙሉ በሙሉ ያገላል","የመጠን ገደቦች በጥቃቅን አሃዶች — min_amount እና max_amount በkopecks/cents ይዘጋጃሉ፣ በrubles አይደለም። 100 rubles = 10000፣ 1 ሚሊዮን rubles = 100000000። ግብይት የሚያልፈው min_amount <= amount <= max_amount ከሆነ ብቻ ነው","provider_wallet_name — የግዴታ field። በprovider በኩል ያለው የቦርሳ መለያ ነው። ባዶ ከተተወ፣ terminal በrouting ወቅት በዝምታ ከምርጫ ይወድቃል፣ እና ክፍያዎች በእሱ በኩል አይሄዱም","Provider parameters (provider_params) — ለተለየ ቻናል credentials እና ቅንብሮች (keys፣ login/password፣ terminal_key፣ returnUrl/failUrl፣ የክፍያ ስርዓት ዓይነት፣ fiscalization)። በform builder ወይም እንደ JSON ይሞላል፤ ለብዙ providers \\"Apply template\\" አዝራር አለ","Inspector parameters (inspector_params፣ LimitsV2) — ግብይትን ከመስራት በፊት የሚሰሩ የመቀበያ ሕጎችና ገደቦች፦ በካርድ ሀገር ማጣሪያ፣ የክፍያ ስርዓት (Visa/MC/MIR)፣ የዕለት መጠን ገደቦች፣ ወዘተ። እንዲሁም ለደንበኛ የሚታየውን የውድቅ መልእክት ይገልጻሉ","Regular vs shared terminal — terminal partner_id ወይም shared=true ሊኖረው ይገባል፣ ሁለቱም አይደለም። shared terminal ማንኛውንም አጋር ያገለግላል፤ regular የተመደበውን አጋር ብቻ","The acceptance run before live traffic is a mandatory set of scenarios on a test terminal: success, decline, timeout, refund, partial capture. A skipped scenario surfaces on real money, and it is most often the timeout.","Cardholder authentication is switched on at the terminal and changes the payment path: the operation gains a confirmation step at the bank, so the share of abandoned payments rising after you enable it is expected rather than a fault.","የክሪፕቶ መቀበያ ፖሊሲን ድርጅቱ ያዘጋጃል፣ ነገር ግን ተርሚናል ሊሽረው ይችላል። ራውተሩ ተርሚናልን በመጠን፣ በምንዛሬና በአገር ስለሚመርጥ ትንንሽ ክፍያዎች በቀጥታ ወደ ቦርሳ፣ መደበኞቹ ደግሞ በአንድ ጊዜ አድራሻ ሊሄዱ ይችላሉ።"],"example":"ተግባር፦ ለአጋር \\"Romashka\\" (ID 42) በT-Bank በኩል የRF ካርዶች መቀበያ ማገናኘት። \\"Create terminal\\" ን ጠቅ ያድርጉ። Partner፦ Romashka (ID፦ 42)። Provider፦ tbank። አካባቢ፦ prod። ዓይነት፦ Payment። ምንዛሬ፦ RUB። Priority፦ 0 (መጀመሪያ ይፈትሹ)። Weight፦ 100። \\"Active\\" ን ይፈትሹ። በ\\"Amount limits\\" ብሎክ min_amount = 10000 (ይህም 100 rubles ነው) እና max_amount = 100000000 (ይህም 1 ሚሊዮን rubles ነው) ያዘጋጁ — ሁለቱም መጠኖች በkopecks። በ\\"Wallet settings\\" ውስጥ ዓይነት internal ይምረጡ እና \\"Provider wallet\\" (provider_wallet_name) ን መሙላትዎን ያረጋግጡ፣ ለምሳሌ general — ያለ እሱ terminal አይሰራም። በ\\"Provider parameters\\" ብሎክ ውስጥ ለtbank \\"Apply template\\" ን ጠቅ ያድርጉ እና terminal_key እና terminal_pass ያስገቡ፣ አስፈላጊ ከሆነም returnUrl/failUrl። ያስቀምጡ — terminal በዝርዝሩ ውስጥ በአረንጓዴ \\"Active\\" badge፣ prod badge፣ እና ዓይነት payment ይታያል። አሁን የአጋር 42 በRUB ከ
1100 rub እስከ 1 ሚሊዮን rub ክፍያዎች ወደዚህ ቻናል ሊመሩ ይችላሉ።","tips":["መጠኖች በkopecks/cents ናቸው፣ በrubles አይደለም። በጣም የተለመደ ስህተት፦ \\"እስከ 10,000 rubles\\" ብለው ተስፋ አድርገው 1000000 ማስገባት፣ በእውነቱ \\"እስከ 10,000 rubles\\" = 1000000 kopecks። የዜሮዎችን ብዛት ደግመው ይፈትሹ፦ rubles ን በ100 ያባዙ","provider_wallet_name ለrouting የግዴታ ነው። ባዶ እሴት በማስቀመጥ ላይ ስህተት አያመነጭም፣ ነገር ግን terminal በምርጫ ወቅት በዝምታ ይዘለላል — ክፍያዎች አይሄዱም፣ እና ምክንያቱ ግልጽ አይደለም","ቻናልን ጊዜያዊ ለማጥፋት፣ terminal ን አይሰርዙ፦ \\"Active\\" ን ያንሱ ወይም weight ን 0 ያድርጉ — ሁለቱም አማራጮች ቅንብሮችን ሳያጡ ከrouting ያገሉታል","የrouting ማጣሪያዎች ቅደም ተከተል ተስተካክሏል (env፣ priority፣ currency፣ partner_id -> activity -> የክፍያ ስርዓት ዓይነት -> የክንውን ዓይነት -> route -> የመጠን ገደቦች -> weight != 0 -> በቀደሙት ሙከራዎች ያልተጠቀመ terminal -> provider_wallet_name የተዘጋጀ -> traffic level -> inspector limit checks -> በweight የዘፈቀደ ምርጫ)። terminal \\"እየተመረጠ ካልሆነ\\"፣ በዚህ ሰንሰለት ይፈትሹ፦ የምንዛሬ፣ የአካባቢ፣ ወይም የክንውን ዓይነት አለመዛመድ በጣም የተለመዱ ምክንያቶች ናቸው","የፍጠራ form በbrowser ውስጥ draft በራስ-ሰር ያስቀምጣል፦ እንደገና ሲከፈት ያልተጠናቀቀውን ውቅር ለመመለስ ያቀርባል። ለተመሳሳይ terminal duplicate አዝራር ይጠቀሙ (በcard ላይ ያለው የቅጂ icon) — ከID በስተቀር ሁሉንም fields ያስተላልፋል","Shared እና regular terminals በተለያዩ ገጾች ይስተካከላሉ። አጋር በመወሰን በተመሳሳይ ጊዜ terminal ን shared ማድረግ አይችሉም — አንዱን ይምረጡ","Promoting a terminal to production is done by a separate wizard: it reproduces the verified test configuration with an explicit list of changed fields, rather than by copying by hand."]},"providerConfigs":{"title":"Provider Configurations","summary":"በ\\"Payment acceptance\\" ክፍል ውስጥ የትኞቹ የክፍያ providers (acquirers፣ ባንኮች፣ wallets) ከስርዓቱ ጋር እንደተገናኙ እና እያንዳንዱ እንዴት እንደተዋቀረ የሚያሳይ የማጣቀሻ ገጽ። read-only እይታ ነው፦ የprovider መለኪያዎችን እዚህ መመርመር ይችላሉ ነገር ግን በዚህ ገጽ ላይ መቀየር አይችሉም።","whenToUse":"በስርዓቱ ውስጥ በጠቅላላ የትኞቹ providers እንዳሉ፣ የተለየ provider ነቅቶ እንደሆነ፣ በየትኞቹ ምንዛሬዎችና ለየትኞቹ የክንውን ዓይነቶች እንደሚሰራ፣ እና ለእሱ የትኞቹ ቴክኒካል መለኪያዎች (config) እንደተዘጋጁ በፍጥነት መፈተሽ ሲፈልጉ ገጹን ይክፈቱ። ለድጋፍ ሰራተኞች፣ integrators፣ ወይም analysts \\"ክፍያ ለምን በዚህ provider ሄደ/አልሄደም\\" ሲመረምሩ ወይም routing ሲያዘጋጁ ጠቃሚ ነው። ውሂብ ከbackend በGET /providers/config በኩል ይሳባል እና ይcached፤ እዚህ ማስተካከል አይቻልም።","concepts":["Provider — የተገናኘ የክፍያ አጋር ስም (acquirer፣ ባንክ፣ e-wallet)፣ ለምሳሌ sber ወይም stripe። ይህ የcard/ረድፍ ቁልፍ ነው","Status፦ Enabled / Disabled (የenabled field) — አረንጓዴ \\"Enabled\\" badge provider ንቁ መሆኑን እና ክንውኖችን ማስኬድ እንደሚችል ያሳያል፤ ቀይ \\"Disabled\\" ለrouting ጊዜያዊ አለመገኘቱን ያሳያል","ምንዛሬዎች — provider የሚሰራባቸው ምንዛሬዎች ዝርዝር (ለምሳሌ RUB፣ USD፣ EUR)፤ እንደ badges ይታያል። ዝርዝሩ ባዶ ከሆነ ሰረዝ \\"-\\" ይታያል","ዓይነቶች (Types) — provider የሚደግፋቸው የክንውን/ቻናል ዓይነቶች (እንደ ሰማያዊ badges ይታያል)። ባዶ ከሆነ — ሰረዝ","Configuration (config) — የprovider መለኪያዎች ያለው ቴክኒካል JSON object፤ provider ከመረጡ በኋላ በዝርዝሮች ፓነል ውስጥ ብቻ ይታያል፣ በindentation እና scrolling ተቀርጿል","የእይታ ሁነታዎች፦ Grid — የprovider cards፣ እና Table — የProvider / Status / Currencies / Types ዓምዶች የታመቀ ዝርዝር። በtabs ይቀያየራል፤ ውሂቡ አንድ ነው","National schemes — a country's card system, instant payment scheme or QR standard — live here as ordinary providers with their own parameter set. The catalogue shows that a scheme is connected and which currencies it serves; the participant credentials themselves are set in terminal parameters, not here.","Cardholder authentication under the 3-D Secure scheme is a property of the channel rather than a separate provider: it shows in the configuration as a parameter and is switched on at the terminal."],"example":"ሰራተኛ \\"Payment acceptance\\" -> \\"Provider Configurations\\" ን ይከፍታል። \\"Grid\\" tab በነባሪ ንቁ ነው፦ ለምሳሌ 8 የprovider cards ያያሉ። \\"sber\\" card አረንጓዴ \\"Enabled\\" badge፣ ምንዛሬ RUB፣ ዓይነቶች bank_card፣ sbp አሉት። card ን ጠቅ ያደርጋሉ — በሰማያዊ ድንበር ይደምቃል፣ እና ከታች ሙሉ ውቅር JSON (ለምሳሌ endpoints፣ terminal መለያዎች፣ መለኪያዎች) ያለው የዝርዝሮች ፓነል ይከፈታል። ተመሳሳዩን card እንደገና ጠቅ ማድረግ ይመርጠዋል-ያደርገዋል እና ፓነሉን ይደብቃል። በረጅም ዝርዝር ውስጥ provider በፍጥነት ለማግኘት፣ ወደ \\"Table\\" tab ይቀይራሉ እና \\"Status\\" ዓምድ ይቃኛሉ፣ provider \\"stripe\\" ቀይ \\"Disabled\\" መሆኑን ያስተውላሉ — ማለትም ክፍያዎች አሁን በእሱ በኩል አይሄዱም። በገጹ header ውስጥ ያለውን refresh አዝራር በመጠቀም፣ ወቅታዊ ውሂብ ከserver እንደገና ይጠይቃሉ።","tips":["ይህ ለማየት ገጽ እንጂ ለማስተካከል አይደለም፦ provider ማንቃት/ማጥፋት፣ ምንዛሬዎችን ወይም config ን ከዚህ መቀየር አይችሉም — ለውጦች በbackend
1/በሌሎች ክፍሎች ይደረጋሉ። እዚህ \\"Save\\" ወይም \\"Create\\" አዝራሮች አይፈልጉ","ቀይ \\"Disabled\\" badge የከሸፉ ክፍያዎችን ሲመረምሩ መጀመሪያ የሚፈትሹት ነው፦ የተጠፋ provider ከrouting ይወድቃል","በ\\"Currencies\\" ወይም \\"Types\\" ዓምዶች ውስጥ ሰረዝ \\"-\\" ዝርዝሩ በAPI ምላሽ ውስጥ ባዶ መሆኑን ያመለክታል፣ ስህተት አይደለም። ይህ ትክክለኛ ሁኔታ ነው","ውሂብ በበይነገጽ በኩል ይcached (5 ደቂቃ ገደማ)፣ ስለዚህ ከbackend ለውጦች በኋላ በheader ውስጥ ያለውን refresh አዝራር ይጫኑ፣ አለበለዚያ ያለፈ ምስል ሊያዩ ይችላሉ","በ\\"Configuration\\" ፓነል ውስጥ ያለው JSON ስሱ ቴክኒካል መለኪያዎችን (መለያዎች፣ endpoints) ሊይዝ ይችላል — ማያ ገጹን ለሶስተኛ ወገኖች ሲያሳዩ ይጠንቀቁ","If payments over a scheme fail while the provider is enabled, look in the terminal parameters: the catalogue shows the channel exists, not that it is fully configured."]},"routingEditor":{"title":"Routing Editor","summary":"የterminal cascade ምስላዊ አርታኢ፦ ገጹ የተመረጠ አጋር ግብይት በየትኛው የክፍያ provider terminals እና በምን ቅደም ተከተል እንደሚሄድ ያሳያል። cascade በpriority ይገነባል፣ እና በአንድ priority ውስጥ ትራፊክ በweight ይሰራጫል። እዚህ የእያንዳንዱን terminal priority፣ weight፣ activity፣ እና ማጣሪያ ሕጎች (AF rules) ያዋቅራሉ።","whenToUse":"የተለየ አጋር ክፍያዎች ወይም ተመላሾች በterminals እንዴት እንደሚሰራጩ ማዋቀር ወይም መፈተሽ ሲፈልጉ ክፍሉን ይክፈቱ፦ ዋና terminal እና fallbacks ማዘጋጀት፣ ትራፊክን በበርካታ terminals መከፋፈል፣ ችግር ያለበትን terminal ጊዜያዊ ማጥፋት፣ ወይም መቀበልን በሀገር፣ በክፍያ ስርዓት፣ በባንክ፣ በካርድ ዓይነት፣ እና በመጠን መገደብ። እንደ የመመርመሪያ ካርታም ጠቃሚ ነው፦ ገጹ ያለ wallet፣ ባዶ weight፣ እና የተጠፉ terminals ወዲያውኑ ያደምቃል። ለድጋፍ ሰራተኞች፣ risk managers፣ እና onboarding ባለሙያዎች መሣሪያ ነው።","concepts":["Route — የአራት መለኪያዎች ጥምረት፦ partner + currency + operation type + environment። ተመሳሳይ route ያላቸው ሁሉም terminals አንድ cascade ይመሰርታሉ። በገጹ አናት ላይ ያሉ ማጣሪያዎች ይህንን route ያዘጋጃሉ፤ ያለ የተመረጠ አጋር cascade አይታይም።","Priority — terminals የሚሞከሩበት ቅደም ተከተል። ዝቅተኛ እሴት ቀድሞ ይሞከራል (0 ዋና ነው)። ተመሳሳይ priority ያላቸው terminals በአንድ ቡድን ይጣመራሉ፤ በገጹ ላይ ቡድን P0 \\"First choice\\" ተብሎ የመጨረሻው \\"Fallback\\" ይሰየማል።","Weight — በአንድ priority ቡድን ውስጥ የትራፊክ ድርሻ። ስርጭት ከweight ጋር በተመጣጣኝ የዘፈቀደ ነው፦ በweights 3 እና 1፣ የመጀመሪያው terminal 75% ገደማ ያገኛል፣ ሁለተኛው 25% ገደማ። card weight ና መቶኛውን ያሳያል። Weight 0 በማስጠንቀቂያ ይለጠፋል (terminal ትራፊክ አያገኝም)።","Cascade እና Failed — በአንድ ቡድን ውስጥ ያሉ ሁሉም terminals ክንውኑን ካልተቀበሉ ወይም የማይገኙ ከሆኑ፣ processing ወደ ቀጣዩ ከፍተኛ priority ቁጥር ያለው ቡድን ይሄዳል። ሁሉም ቡድኖች ካለቁ፣ ግብይቱ ውድቅ ይደረጋል (ተጓዳኝ label በcascade መጨረሻ ላይ ይቀመጣል)።","Active እና shared terminals — Active toggle terminal ን ያነቃል/ያጠፋል፤ የተጠፉ ዲም ተደርገው በDISABLED label ይታያሉ። Shared terminals በማንኛውም አጋር routes ውስጥ ይሳተፋሉ እና በicon እና shared badge ይ ተለያሉ።","AF ማጣሪያ ሕጎች (inspector_params) — በterminal ደረጃ በJSON ቅርጸት በlimits:v2:evaluate field ስር ያሉ የመቀበያ ሁኔታዎች። ሁነታዎች፦ reject (ሁኔታው እውነት ከሆነ ውድቅ ማድረግ)፣ allow (እውነት ከሆነ ብቻ መቀበል)፣ or (ቢያንስ አንድ ሁኔታ እውነት ከሆነ ውድቅ ማድረግ)፣ and (ሁሉም እውነት ከሆኑ ውድቅ ማድረግ)። ሕጎች በcard ላይ በshield icon ይታያሉ።"],"example":"ተግባር፦ ለአጋር ID 42፣ በprod ላይ በRUB የRF ክፍያ መቀበል በዋናነት በprovider A terminal በኩል መሄድ አለበት፣ ሲከሽፍም በterminal B በኩል፤ እና የውጭ ካርዶች መቀበል የለባቸውም። ደረጃዎች፦ 1) በማጣሪያዎች Partner = \\"... (ID፦ 42)\\"፣ Currency = RUB፣ Type = Payment፣ Environment = prod፣ Route tag = Default (ያለ tags) ይምረጡ። 2) በterminal A card ላይ የጎን ፓነል ይክፈቱ፣ Settings tab፦ Priority = 0፣ Weight = 1፣ Active = on። 3) በterminal B፦ Priority = 10 (ከታች በተለየ ቡድን ውስጥ ይወድቃል — fallback ይሆናል)። 4) በሁለቱም terminals፣ Filter Rules tab፦ \\"Russia only\\" template ን ጠቅ ያድርጉ — reject ሕግ ከሁኔታ country_code_3 != RUS እና የውድቅ መግለጫ ጋር ይገባል። 5) ከላይ ብርቱካናማ badge ከለውጦች ብዛት ጋር ይታያል፤ cascade ን ይፈትሹ (P0 — \\"First choice\\"፣ ከቀስቱ ስር \\"Failed →\\" ወደ ቡድን B ይመራል) እና \\"Save all\\" ን ጠቅ ያድርጉ። በአንድ ቡድን (ተመሳሳይ Priority) weights 3 እና 1 ካዘጋጁ፣ ትራፊክ ከ\\"ዋና/fallback\\" እቅድ ይልቅ 75/25 ገደማ ይከፈላል።","tips":["ለውጦች ወዲያውኑ አይተገበሩም። የpriority፣ weight፣ activity፣ እና ሕጎች ማስተካከያዎች እንደ \\"pending\\" ይከማቻሉ፤ በብርቱካናማ badge ውስጥ ያለው counter ብዛታቸውን ያሳያል። \\"Save all\\" እስከሚጫን ድረስ ምንም አይጻፍም፤ \\"Reset\\" ሁሉንም ያልተቀመጡ ማስተካከያዎችን ይሰርዛል።","የpriority ቁጥሮች ትርጉም ያስታውሱ፦ ዝቅተኛ ማለት ቀድሞ ማለት ነው። በበርካታ terminals ላይ ተመሳሳይ Priority እነሱን ትራፊክ በweight የተከፈለ አንድ ቡድን ያደርጋቸዋል፤ እውነተኛ fallback ለማግኘት፣ fallback terminal ከፍተኛ Priority ሊኖረው ይገባል።","route tag በነባሪ \\"Default (ያለ tags)\\" ነው እና ያለ route tags terminals ብቻ ያሳያል። የሚጠበቅ terminal በcascade ውስጥ ከሌለ — ምናልባት route tag አለው፦ ማጣሪያውን ወደ ሚፈለገው tag ይቀይሩ (tag ዝርዝሩ ከአሁኑ partner/currency/type/environment terminals በራስ-ሰር ይገነባል)።","በcards ላይ ማስጠንቀቂያዎችን ይመልከቱ፦ icon እና labels NO WALLET (የተያያዘ provider wallet የለም) እና weight 0 ማለት terminal በተግባር ክንውኖችን አያሰራም ማለት ነው፤ የችግር counter በቡድን header ውስጥ ይታያል።","Filter Rules tab JSON editor ነው። በsyntax ስህተት field በቀይ ይደምቃል እና \\"Invalid JSON\\" ይታያል፤ እንደዚህ ያለ ሕግ በትክክል አይቀመጥም። ከዝግጁ templates (ሀገር፣ የክፍያ ስርዓት፣ ባንክ፣ የካርድ ዓይነት፣ የመጠን ገደቦች፣ የተጣመሩ እና aggregate ሕጎች) መá
1Œ€áˆ˜áˆ­ እና እሴቶቹን ማስተካከል ቀላል ነው፣ \\"Clear rules\\" ደግሞ የterminal ማጣሪያዎችን ሁሉ ያስወግዳል። በሕጎች ውስጥ ያሉ መጠኖች በጥቃቅን አሃዶች (kopecks) ይዘጋጃሉ፦ 10,000,000 = 100,000 rub።","Shared terminals በሁሉም አጋሮች cascades ውስጥ ይታያሉ። priority፣ weight፣ ወይም ሕጎቻቸውን በመቀየር በአንድ ጊዜ በርካታ አጋሮችን ይነካሉ — ከማስቀመጥ በፊት ይህንን ያስታውሱ።"]},"routingConnectors":{"title":"Routing connectors","summary":"ይህ ከስርዓቱ ጋር የተገናኙ እና ለክፍያ routing የሚገኙ ሁሉንም የክፍያ providers (connectors) የማጣቀሻ ካታሎግ ነው። ገጹ ከፍለጋ ጋር ሙሉ የprovider ስሞች ዝርዝር ያሳያል፤ ለማየት እንጂ ለማዋቀር አይደለም — እዚህ connectors መፍጠር፣ ማስተካከል፣ ወይም መሰረዝ አይችሉም።","whenToUse":"የተለየ የክፍያ provider እንደሚደገፍ በፍጥነት መፈተሽ ሲፈልጉ ይህንን ገጽ ይክፈቱ (ለምሳሌ አዲስ terminal ከማገናኘት በፊት ወይም የነጋዴ ጥያቄ ሲመረምሩ)። connector እንዳለ ለማረጋገጥ እና ትክክለኛ የስሙን አጻጻፍ ለማየት ለድጋፍ፣ ውህደት፣ እና ሽያጭ ሰራተኞች ተስማሚ ነው። terminals እና routing rules ራሳቸውን ማዋቀር በሌሎች ገጾች ይደረጋል — ይህ ማጣቀሻ ብቻ ነው።","concepts":["Connector (provider) — ወደ ውጫዊ የክፍያ provider፣ ባንክ፣ ወይም e-wallet ሶፍትዌር adapter፤ ዝርዝሩ ቴክኒካል መለያውን (name እንደ string) ያሳያል፣ ለምሳሌ adyen፣ stripe፣ sberbank","Total Providers — በስርዓቱ ውስጥ ያሉ አጠቃላይ የconnectors ብዛት የሚያሳይ counter card (ከካታሎጉ የተመለሱ ሁሉም ስሞች)","Filtered — የፍለጋ string ከተተገበረ በኋላ ስንት providers እንደሚቀሩ የሚያሳይ counter card፤ ያለ ፍለጋ ከTotal ጋር ይዛመዳል","የፍለጋ field (Search providers) — በprovider ስም ላይ substring ማጣሪያ፣ case-insensitive፤ ሲተይቡ ዝርዝሩን በእውነተኛ ጊዜ ያጠባል","በፊደል መቧደን — connectors በስሙ የመጀመሪያ ፊደል (A፣ B፣ C...) በcards ይቧደናሉ፤ እያንዳንዱ ቡድን ፊደሉንና በውስጡ ያሉ providers ብዛት የሚያሳይ ሰማያዊ badge ተለጥፎለታል","Provider badge — እያንዳንዱ ስም እንደ የተለየ label ይታያል፤ ይህ ማሳያ ብቻ ነው (ነባሪ cursor፣ labels የማይጫኑ፣ ጠቅ ሲደረግ ምንም ድርጊት የለም)"],"example":"ነጋዴ ክፍያዎች በprovider Adyen በኩል ሊቀበሉ እንደሚችሉ ይጠይቃል። ሰራተኛው Acceptance -> Routing connectors ን ይከፍታል እና adyen ን በፍለጋ field ውስጥ ይተይባል። ዝርዝሩ ወዲያውኑ ይጠባል፦ Filtered card 1 ያሳያል፣ እና adyen badge በፊደል A ቡድን ውስጥ ይታያል። ስለዚህ connector በስርዓቱ ውስጥ አለ፣ እና በተጓዳኝ ገጽ terminal ማዋቀር መቀጠል ይችላሉ። መጠይቁን ካስገቡ በኋላ Filtered 0 ካሳየ እና ምንም badge ካልቀረ — provider በአሁኑ ዝርዝር ውስጥ የለም።","tips":["ገጹ read-only ነው፦ create፣ edit፣ ወይም delete አዝራሮች የሉም፣ enabled/disabled statuses የሉም፣ እና በሀገር ወይም በክፍያ ዘዴ ማጣሪያዎች የሉም — ዝርዝርና ፍለጋ ብቻ። እዚህ ቅንብሮች አይፈልጉ","provider በዝርዝሩ ውስጥ መገኘት adapter በመድረኩ እንደሚደገፍ ያመለክታል፣ ነገር ግን ለፕሮጀክትዎ keys ያለው የሚሰራ terminal አስቀድሞ መዋቀሩን አያረጋግጥም — ይህ በterminals ገጽ ይፈተሻል","ፍለጋ በስሙ ውስጥ በማንኛውም ቦታ substring ን ያዛምዳል፣ በመጀመሪያው ብቻ አይደለም፤ ይህ በእንዲህ ሁኔታ ዝርዝሩ በመጀመሪያ ፊደል በምስል ተቧድኗል፣ ስለዚህ ነጠላ የፍለጋ ውጤት መጀመሪያ ሲታይ ባልተጠበቀ የፊደል ቡድን ውስጥ ሊወድቅ ይችላል","የprovider ስሞች ቴክኒካል ናቸው (Latin፣ lowercase)። ሲፈልጉ በmarketing brand ስም ሳይሆን በስርዓት መለያ ይመኩ፤ በግቤት case አይተገበርም"]},"riskConfig":{"title":"Risk configuration (crypto)፦ risk engine ማዋቀር","summary":"ይህ የክሪፕቶ ክንውን risk scoring engine ለማዋቀር ነጠላ form ገጽ ነው። እዚህ የግብይትን የመጨረሻ risk score የትኞቹ ክፍሎች እንደሚያዋቅሩ፣ scoring ሲከሽፍ ስርዓቱ እንዴት እንደሚሰራ፣ እና የትኛው provider የcounterparty አድራሻን risk እንደሚገመግም ያዘጋጃሉ።","whenToUse"
1:"The page is for AML/compliance and crypto risk staff. Open it to rebalance the risk score components (for example, to increase the weight of transaction screening), switch the failure behaviour, or change the address KYT scoring provider. Only the platform administrator saves the config; a client gets the page read-only (Read only badge): fields are disabled, there is no save button, and in its place a line names who changes the weights.","concepts":["Score weights — በbasis points (bps) የተዘጋጁ የመጨረሻ risk score ሶስት ክፍሎች፦ kyt፣ af፣ velocity። የሶስቱም ድምር በትክክል 10000 bps (100%) መሆን አለበት።","kyt (Know Your Transaction) — የግብይቱን/counterparty አድራሻን የመፈተሽ ለመጨረሻው score አስተዋጽኦ። af (anti-fraud) — የanti-fraud ምልክቶች አስተዋጽኦ። velocity — የክንውኖች ድግግሞሽና ጥንካሬ አስተዋጽኦ (ስንትና ስንት ጊዜ)።","Basis points (bps) — የweights መለኪያ አሃድ፦ 100 bps = 1%፣ 10000 bps = 100%። ከእያንዳንዱ field ስር ወደ መቶኛ መቀየሩ ይታያል (ለምሳሌ 2500 bps -> 25.00%)፣ እና ከታች ማጠቃለያ badge፦ በ10000 አረንጓዴ፣ በማንኛውም ሌላ እሴት ቀይ።","Fail mode — scoring ካልተጠናቀቀ የስርዓቱ ባህሪ። fail_closed scoring ሲከሽፍ ክንውኑን ያግዳል፤ fail_open ያሳልፈዋል። ነባሪው fail_closed ነው።","Address provider (የአድራሻ KYT scoring provider) — \\"የcounterparty አድራሻ ምን ያህል አደገኛ ነው\\" ለሚለው ጥያቄ የሚመልሰው፦ ከማዕቀቦች፣ ከdarknet፣ ከmixers ጋር ያለው ግንኙነት። ይህ የራስዎ የተቀማጭ አድራሻዎች ምንጭ አይደለም — ያ የተለየ ቅንብር ነው። ዝርዝሩ በbackend ተዘግቷል (የዘፈቀደ module ማስገባትን የሚከለክል whitelist)፦ InternalAml፣ ChainalysisKyt፣ CipherTrace፣ Elliptic፣ Trm። ነጻ ግቤት አይቀበልም።","InternalAml ነባሪው provider ነው። ወደ ውስጣዊው AML ያስተላልፋል፣ እና እሱ እስከጠፋ ድረስ scoring ዜሮ score እና ባዶ የcategory ዝርዝር ይዞ SUCCESS ይመልሳል። ይህን ከ\\"አድራሻው ንጹህ ነው\\" የሚለው engine ሊለይ አይችልም፦ ማንኛውም አድራሻ ዝቅተኛውን risk tier ያገኛል፣ እና ፍተሻ አለመደረጉ በትክክል እንደተሳካ ፍተሻ ይታያል። በrisk ላይ በተመሠረተ routing ላይ ከመተማመንዎ በፊት ውስጣዊውን AML ያብሩ ወይም ውጫዊ provider ይምረጡ።","Permissions and read-only mode — only the platform administrator writes the config; the client-side manage_aml_alerts permission has nothing to do with that write (it opens the frozen operations queue). A client sees the form with a Read only badge, all fields disabled and no Save button."],"example":"ተግባር፦ በrisk score ውስጥ የግብይት ፍተሻዎችን ሚና ማጠናከር። ገጹን ይከፍታሉ እና የአሁኑን weights ያያሉ፣ ለምሳሌ kyt=3000፣ af=3000፣ velocity=4000 (ማጠቃለያ badge አረንጓዴ፣ 10000 basis points = 100%)። ወደ kyt=5000 (field ወዲያውኑ 50.00% ያሳያል)፣ af=3000፣ velocity=2000 ይቀይሯቸዋል። ድምሩ በ10000 እስከቆየ ድረስ badge አረንጓዴ ይቆያል። ለምሳሌ kyt=5000፣ af=3000፣ velocity=3000 ብትተዉ ኖሮ ድምሩ 11000 ይሆናል — badge ወደ ቀይ ይለወጣል፣ \\"must equal 10000\\" label ይታያል፣ እና Save አዝራር disabled ይሆናል። ድምሩን ወደ 10000 ያመጣሉ፣ fail_mode = fail_closed ይይዛሉ፣ provider ይመርጣሉ (በነባሪ InternalAml) እና Save ን ጠቅ ያደርጋሉ። በተሳካ ጊዜ \\"Risk config saved\\" ማሳወቂያ ይታያል።","tips":["የweights ድምር በትክክል 10000 bps እስከሚሆን ድረስ ማስቀመጥ አይችሉም — Save አዝራር disabled ነው፣ እና submit ሙከራ ላይ \\"Weights must sum to 10000 bps (100%)\\" ስህተት ይታያል። ሁልጊዜ ማጠቃለያ badge ን ይፈትሹ፦ አረንጓዴ መሆን አለበት።","Weights እንደ ሙሉ ቁጥር በbps ይገባሉ፣ እንደ መቶኛ አይደለም። 25% ለማግኘት 2500 ያስገቡ፣ 25 አይደለም። ከእያንዳንዱ field ስር ያለውን የመቶኛ ፍንጭ እንደ መመሪያ ይጠቀሙ።","የfail_mode ምርጫ በደህንነትና በavailability መካከል ንግድ (trade-off) ነው፦ fail_closed ደህንነቱ የተጠበቀ ነው (scoring ሲከሽፍ ያግዳል) ነገር ግን ሕጋዊ ክንውኖችን ሊያቆም ይችላል፤ fail_open ፍሰቱን አያቋርጥም ነገር ግን ክንውኖችን ያለ ሙሉ risk ግምገማ ያሳልፋል። በጥንቃቄ ይቀይሩት።","provider ከዝርዝሩ ብቻ ይመረጣል፦ backend በትክክል አምስት modules ይቀበላል፣ ሌላውን ሁሉ ውድቅ ያደርጋል። በfield ውስጥ የማይታወቅ እሴት ካዩ — ያ የድርጅትዎ የአሁኑ ቅንብር ነው፣ ከተቀመጠው config የተጫነ።","form በሚጫንበት ጊዜ የአሁኑን እሴቶች ከserver ይሳባል። በገጹ header ውስጥ ያለው refresh አዝራር config ን እንደገና ያነባል፤ ያልተቀመጡ ማስተካከያዎች በሂደቱ ወደ server ሁኔታ ይመለሳሉ።"]},"cryptoWallets":{"title":"የክሪፕቶ ቦርሳዎችና treasury","summary":"የመድረኩን የራሱ ብሎክቼይን ቦርሳዎች ለመቆጣጠር ክፍል፦ hot wallets፣ የተቀማጭ አድራሻ pool፣ sweep ክንውኖች፣ እና በrisk tier treasury wallets። እዚህ ሰራተኛ አድራሻዎችን፣ ቀሪ ሂሳቦችን፣ statuses፣ እና በEthereum እና TRON አውታረ መረቦች በprod እና test አካባቢዎች ውስጥ የገንዘብ እንቅስቃሴ ታሪክ ያያል።","whenToUse"
1:"የመድረኩን ክሪፕቶ መሠረተ ልማት ሁኔታ መፈተሽ ሲፈልጉ ክፍሉን ይጠቀሙ፦ በhot wallets ላይ ስንት ገንዘብ አለ፣ የትኞቹ የተቀማጭ አድራሻዎች ለደንበኞች ተሰጥተዋል፣ ከተቀማጭ አድራሻዎች ወደ treasury sweep ክንውኖች እንዴት እየሄዱ ነው፣ እና ለግብይቶች በቂ gas አለ ወይ። ክፍሉ ለtreasury፣ ለፋይናንስ ክትትል፣ እና ለቴክኒካል ድጋፍ ሰራተኞች ያለመ ነው። treasury wallet መፍጠር ለመድረክ አስተዳዳሪ ወይም manage_treasury መብት ላላቸው ሰራተኞች ብቻ ይገኛል። private key መፍታት ግን ለማንም አይገኝም፤ መድረኩ ለሁሉም፣ አስተዳዳሪውንም ጨምሮ፣ «decrypt disabled» ብሎ ይመልሳል።","concepts":["Crypto wallets — a card list of the platform's hot wallets. For each: network (ethereum/tron), environment (prod/test), address with a link to the blockchain explorer (etherscan/tronscan, and for test — sepolia/shasta), three balances (USDT, ZOLT for Ethereum only, Gas — ETH or TRX), and a link to the private key (private_key_ref). There is no \\"Create\\" button on this page: crypto wallets are provisioned by the platform administrator, and the page shows this note in place of the button.","Deposit Pool — ለሚገባ ክፍያ መቀበያ የተሰጡ HD አድራሻዎች registry። የአድራሻ statuses፦ available (ነጻ)፣ allocated (ለክንውን የተመደበ)፣ used (የተጠቀሙ)፣ retired (የተነሱ)፣ frozen (የቀዘቀዙ)። ሠንጠረዡ ዓላማውን፣ የግብይት መለያ (tx_id)፣ እና የመመደቢያ ጊዜ (allocated_at) ያሳያል።","Sweep ክንውኖች — በተቀማጭ አድራሻ የተቀበሉ ገንዘቦችን ወደ treasury wallet ማስተላለፍ። ለእያንዳንዱ ክንውን፦ ምንጭ አድራሻ፣ ዒላማ አድራሻ፣ ከምንዛሬ ጋር መጠን፣ tier፣ risk score (risk_score ከlow/medium/high ደረጃ ጋር)፣ status፣ የግብይት hash፣ እና የስብሰባ ጊዜ። Statuses፦ pending፣ processing፣ swept፣ completed፣ failed፣ frozen።","Tier Treasury — በrisk tier የተከፈሉ treasury wallets፦ low፣ medium፣ high። ገንዘብ በsweep ክንውን risk score ላይ በመመስረት ወደ tiers ይለያል። ሠንጠረዡ፦ tier፣ አድራሻ፣ አውታረ መረብ፣ አካባቢ፣ ከምንዛሬ ጋር ቀሪ ሂሳብ፣ status። \\"Provision\\" አዝራር አዲስ treasury wallet ይፈጥራል።","የአካባቢና አውታረ መረብ ማጣሪያዎች — በክፍሉ ገጾች ሁሉ የአካባቢ toggle (prod / test / all) እና የአውታረ መረብ ጽሑፍ field (ለምሳሌ ethereum ወይም tron) ይገኛሉ፤ deposit pool እና sweep ክንውኖች status ማጣሪያ ያክላሉ። ቀሪ ሂሳቦችና መጠኖች ለተለየ ምንዛሬ የ decimal places ብዛትን ከግምት በማስገባት ከጥቃቅን አሃዶች ወደ ሊነበብ የሚችል ቅርጽ በራስ-ሰር ይቀየራሉ።","Private key and the ban on revealing it — on the wallet card the private key stays hidden: only the reference identifier (private_key_ref) is visible, and only it can be copied. The key-icon button is still there, but reveal
1ing is blocked on the platform side: the /encryption/_decrypt service answers everyone without exception, the administrator included, with a \\"decrypt disabled\\" refusal, and an error message appears on the screen instead of the key. The ban is not exposed as a setting: it can be lifted only by a reviewed code change."],"example":"ደንበኛ USDT በTRON አውታረ መረብ ላይ አስቀመጠ። መድረኩ ከdeposit pool አድራሻ ሰጣቸው — በ\\"Deposit Pool\\" ገጽ ላይ ይህ አድራሻ በallocated status ከዓላማውና ከግብይት መለያ ጋር ይታያል። ገንዘቡ ከተከፈለ በኋላ sweep ክንውን ይጀምራል፦ በ\\"Sweep operations\\" ገጽ ላይ ግቤት ይታያል — ምንጭ (የደንበኛው የተቀማጭ አድራሻ)፣ ዒላማ (treasury wallet)፣ መጠን፣ ለምሳሌ 1,250 USDT፣ risk score (እንበል 0.18 · low)፣ እና ከpending ወደ processing ከዚያም ወደ swept/completed ከግብይት hash ጋር የሚቀየር status። ገንዘቡ በ\\"Tier Treasury\\" ገጽ ላይ በሚታይ low-tier treasury wallet ውስጥ ይወድቃል፦ የlow wallet ቀሪ ሂሳብ በዚህ መጠን አድጓል። risk score high ቢሆን ኖሮ፣ ገንዘቡ ለተለየ ቁጥጥር ወደ high-tier wallet ይመራ ነበር።","tips":["ሁልጊዜ የአካባቢ toggle ን ይፈትሹ፦ በነባሪ ሁለቱም prod እና test ይታያሉ። Test wallets ወደ sepolia/shasta ይጠቁማሉ እና እውነተኛ ገንዘብ አይይዙም — ቀሪ ሂሳቦችን ሲያስታርቁ ከproduction (prod) ጋር አታደባልቁ።","በhot wallets ላይ Gas ቀሪ ሂሳብ (ETH ወይም TRX) ን ይመልከቱ፦ በበቂ gas እጦት፣ sweep ክንውኖችና ማስተላለፎች አይሄዱም እና በpending status ይ \\"ተሰቅላሉ\\" ወይም ወደ failed ይሄዳሉ።","Do not expect the key-icon button to show you the private key: the platform rejects the decryption request with a \\"decrypt disabled\\" answer, and a refusal message appears on the screen. The refusal reaches everyone, the platform administrator included — it is not a matter of missing rights. Only the reference identifier (private_key_ref) can be copied from the card; the key itself cannot be obtained from the cabinet under any rights, and revealing it comes back through a reviewed code change, not through a settings toggle.","Provisioning treasury wallets (Provision) on the \\"Tier Treasury\\" page is available to an administrator and to a staff member with the manage_treasury right; the environment field accepts strictly prod or test, otherwise the request is not sent. That right does not extend to the custody wallets on the \\"Crypto Intake Mode\\" page: there Provision works only for the platform administrator, while a client or a partner gets a 403 refusal with the admin_only code regardless of the rights of their role — ask support to have them provisioned, the full set is created for the organization at once. Crypto wallets themselves are not created from the cabinet: the platform administrator provisions them via the API, so the crypto wallets page shows a note about who provisions them instead of a \\"Create\\" button.","ZOLT ቀሪ ሂሳብ ለEthereum አውታረ መረብ ብቻ ይታያል፤ ለTRON ይህ ዓምድ ሰረዝ ያሳያል — ይህ የተለመደ ነው፣ የውሂብ ስህተት አይደለም።"]},"reconciliation":{"description":"የAdmin Area ማጣቀሻ ጽሑፍ","title":"ማስታረቅና registries","summary":"\\"Reconciliation\\" ክፍል በ4pay.online ስርዓት ውስጥ ያሉ ግብይቶችን ከክፍያ providers እና ባንኮች statements (registries) ጋር ያዛምዳል፣ በstatuses እና መጠኖች ውስጥ ልዩነቶችን ያገኛል፣ እና እንዲፈቷቸው ያስችላል። \\"የተጣበቁ\\" እና ውድቅ የተደረጉ ግብይቶችን የሚፈልጉበት እና statuses ን በእጅ የሚያስተካክሉበትም ነው።","whenToUse"
1:"ክፍሉ ለዕለታዊ ማስታረቅ ለoperations፣ ለፋይናንስ ክትትል፣ እና ለድጋፍ ሰራተኞች ነው፦ provider የተሰሩ ክፍያዎችን ዝርዝር ያለው registry ፋይል ይልካል፣ እና የውስጥ ስርዓቱ ተመሳሳይ ግብይቶች በተመሳሳይ status እና በተመሳሳይ መጠን እንዳሉት ይፈትሻሉ። ሲጠቀሙ፦ ከባንክ/provider registry ደረሰ እና ከ4pay.online ውሂብ ጋር መዛመድ አለበት፤ ደንበኛ ክፍያ በprovider ተከናውኖ በእሱ በኩል አለመንጸባረቁን ያማርራል (ግብይቱ \\"ተሰቅሏል\\")፤ ለረጅም ጊዜ ያልተጠናቀቁ በcreated/Charging statuses ውስጥ ያሉ ግብይቶችን ማግኘትና ማስተናገድ ያስፈልጋል፤ የግብይትን የመጨረሻ status በእጅ ማዘጋጀት ወይም የነጋዴ ማሳወቂያ እንደገና መላክ ያስፈልጋል። ክፍሉ በ\\"Risk\\" ቡድን ውስጥ ነው።","concepts":["የReconciliation dashboard (/reconciliation) — አጠቃላይ እይታ ገጽ። የprod/test አካባቢ toggle እና ጊዜ (Last hour / 24 hours / 7 days / 30 days)። counters ያሳያል፦ total recent፣ successful (charged)፣ success rate፣ እና የ\\"የተጣበቁ\\" ብዛት። የተለዩ ብሎኮች failed ግብይቶችን እና በstatuses charging (ገደብ 30 ደቂቃ)፣ created፣ እና new (ገደብ 60 ደቂቃ) የተጣበቁትን ያደምቃሉ። አስፈላጊ፦ ስታቲስቲክስ ግምታዊ ናቸው — API በአንድ መጠይቅ ቢበዛ 100 መዝገቦችን ይመልሳል፣ ስለዚህ በትልቅ መጠን መቶኛዎቹ አመላካች ናቸው።","የግብይት ፍለጋ (/reconciliation/search) — በዓይነት ፍለጋ፦ በid፣ በoutertxid (በprovider በኩል ያለ መለያ)፣ በstatus፣ ወይም \\"stuck\\" (የcreated/Charging/payment_suspended/payout_suspended ስብስብ)። በstatus እና stuck ፍለጋ ማጣሪያዎች ይገኛሉ፦ statuses (tags)፣ providers (tags)፣ የቀን ክልል (datetime-local fields)። ለተገኘ እያንዳንዱ ግብይት ድርጊቶች ይገኛሉ፦ \\"Details\\"፣ \\"Set status\\" (charged/rejected/failed/refunded)፣ \\"Renotify\\" (ወደ ነጋዴ webhook እንደገና መላክ)፣ \\"Update from provider\\" (ከprovider የአሁኑን status መጠየቅ)። bulk ምርጫ አለ (ሁሉንም ምረጥ / ሁሉንም አጥፋ)። መጠይቁ በ100 መዝገቦች የተገደበ ነው።","Registry ማስታረቅ (/reconciliation/registry) — የክፍሉ ዋና። provider፣ parsing ውቅር (ወይም \\"Auto-detect\\")፣ አካባቢ ይመርጣሉ፣ እና CSV/TXT ፋይል ይሰቅላሉ። ስርዓቱ ፋይሉን ይ parse ፣ ከውስጡ መለያዎችን ይወስዳል (providerId = outtertxid)፣ ተጓዳኝ ግብይቶችን ከ4pay.online በ50 batches ይጠይቃል፣ እና ያነጻጽራል። ውጤቱ በtabs ተከፍሏል፦ Summary፣ Matched፣ Status mismatch (statusMismatch)፣ Not in 4pay.online (missingInSurelle)፣ Not in registry (missingInRegistry)። ከማነጻጸር በፊት statuses ይ normalize ፦ charged/success/successful/completed/approved/1 ወደ \\"charged\\"፣ እና rejected/failed/error/declined/0 ወደ \\"rejected\\" ይ ካፕ ። Status ልዩነቶች አንድ በአንድ (\\"Fix\\" አዝራር) ወይም በአንድ ጊዜ (\\"Fix all\\" — ከregistry status bulk ማዘጋጀት) ሊስተካከሉ ይችላሉ። ውጤቱ ወደ CSV ይ export ። መጠኖች በጥቃቅን አሃዶች (kopecks) ተከማችተው በማሳያ በ100 ይ ካፈላሉ ።","Registry ውቅሮች (/reconciliation/configs) — ለእያንዳንዱ provider ቅርጸት የፋይል parsing ሕጎች። ውቅር ያዘጋጃል፦ name፣ provider፣ የዓምድ mapping (providerId፣ amount፣ date፣ status እና በአማራጭ rrn፣ cardNumber፣ description)፣ እና CSV መለኪያዎች — delimiter (ኮማ / semicolon / tab)፣ የተዘለሉ header ረድፎች ብዛት፣ የቀን ቅርጸት፣ እና encoding (utf-8 ወይም windows-1251)። Presets ተካትተዋል፦ MTS Bank፣ Bank 131፣ MKB፣ Forta፣ CoreFay። ውቅር ካልተመረጠ backend ዓምዶቹን በራስ-ሰር ለመለየት ይሞክራል።","Registry ምንጮች (/reconciliation/source-configs) — የሚገቡ registries በራስ-ሰር ከየት እንደሚመጡ። የምንጭ ዓይነት፦ email (IMAP — host፣ port ነባሪ 993፣ login፣ password፣ folder INBOX)፣ ftp/sftp (host፣ port 21፣ login፣ password፣ path)፣ ወይም manual (በእጅ ፋይል መስቀል)። schedule (cron expression)፣ የጊዜ ዞን ማዘጋጀት፣ እና parsing ውቅር ማያያዝ ይችላሉ። የመጨረሻ ማምጣት ጊዜና ውጤት ይ ከታተላሉ (success/error)።","Registry ተቀባዮች (/reconciliation/recipient-configs) — የሚወጡ registry ሪፖá
1ˆ­á‰¶á‰½áŠ• ለማን እና እንዴት እንደሚላኩ። የተቀባይ ዓይነት፦ partner / provider / internal / custom። የማድረሻ ዘዴ፦ email (to/cc ዝርዝር፣ subject እና body templates ከ {{date_from}} ያሉ ምትካቸ ጋር) ወይም ftp። የቅርጸት ቅንብሮች፦ csv/xlsx፣ delimiter፣ encoding፣ የፋይል ስም template፣ የድምር ረድፍ ማካተት ወይም አለማካተት። የግብይት ምርጫ ማጣሪያዎች፦ partners፣ terminals፣ የክንውን ዓይነቶች (payment/payout)፣ provider፣ statuses፣ የቀን ክልል፣ ዝቅተኛ/ከፍተኛ መጠን። Schedule (cron) እና የጊዜ ዞን (ነባሪ Europe/Moscow)። \\"reconciled only\\" flag (only_reconciled)። አሁን ለመላክ አዝራር አለ (export ይፈጥራል)። የimports እና exports ታሪክ በImports (/reconciliation/imports) እና Exports (/reconciliation/exports) ገጾች ላይ ይ ያዛል፦ የimport statuses pending/processing/completed/failed ከmatched/unmatched/mismatch counters ጋር፤ የexport statuses pending/processing/sent/failed ፋይሉን የማውረድና የከሸፈውን እንደገና የመላክ ችሎታ ጋር።"],"example":"Provider Bank 131 ለጁላይ 17 የዕለት registry bank131_2026-07-17.csv 1,200 ረድፎች ያለው ላከ (delimiter \\";\\"፣ encoding utf-8)። \\"Registry reconciliation\\" ን ይከፍታሉ፣ provider bank131፣ ውቅር \\"Bank 131\\"፣ አካባቢ prod ይመርጣሉ፣ እና ፋይሉን ይሰቅላሉ — ስርዓቱ \\"Loaded፦ 1200 transactions\\" ይሪፖርታል። \\"Run reconciliation\\" ን ጠቅ ያደርጋሉ፦ ስርዓቱ ከtransaction_id ዓምድ 1,200 መለያዎችን ይወስዳል፣ ከ4pay.online በ50 batches ይጠይቃል፣ እና ያነጻጽራል። በ\\"Summary\\" tab ላይ ያያሉ፦ matched 1,180፣ status mismatch 12፣ not in 4pay.online 5፣ not in registry 3። \\"Status mismatch\\" tab ን ይከፍታሉ፦ ለ12 ግብይቶች registry \\"charged\\" ያሳያል፣ በስርዓቱ ውስጥ ግን \\"Charging\\" ናቸው (ተሰቅለዋል፣ የprovider webhook አልደረሰም)። \\"Fix all (12)\\" ን ጠቅ ያደርጋሉ — ስርዓቱ status ቸውን ወደ charged bulk ያዘጋጃል፣ እና ደንበኞች ትክክለኛውን የክፍያ ውጤት ይቀበላሉ። አምስቱን \\"not in 4pay.online\\" ግብይቶች በእጅ በoutertxid ይፈትሻሉ — ምናልባት በሌላ አካባቢ ተከናውነዋል ወይም የተለየ ነጋዴ ናቸው። ውጤቱን በ\\"Export\\" አዝራር ወደ reconciliation_2026-07-17_18-30.csv ለarchive ይ export ።","tips":["ማስታረቅ በoutertxid (የprovider መለያ) ይሰራል። በውቅር ውስጥ providerId ዓምድ በተሳሳተ ከተዘጋጀ ወይም ፋይሉ ባዶ ከተparse፣ \\"no valid identifiers\\" ስህተት ያገኛሉ እና ሁሉም ወደ \\"Not in 4pay.online\\" ይወድቃል። መጀመሪያ በውቅሩ ውስጥ ያሉ ዓምዶችና delimiter ከትክክለኛው ፋይል ቅርጸት ጋር መዛመዳቸውን ያረጋግጡ፤ ሲጠራጠሩ \\"Auto-detect\\" ን ይጠቀሙ።","encoding ን ይመልከቱ፦ የሩሲያ ባንኮች ብዙውን ጊዜ ፋይሎችን በwindows-1251 ይልካሉ፣ utf-8 አይደለም። የተሳሳተ encoding በstatuses እና መጠኖች ውስጥ የተበላሸ ቁምፊ እና የውሸት ልዩነቶች ያስከትላል። encoding በregistry ውቅር ውስጥ ይዘጋጃል።","መጠኖች በጥቃቅን አሃዶች (kopecks) እንደ strings ይነጻጸራሉ — 100 rubles \\"10000\\" ነው። የመጠን ልዩነት (amountMismatch) በአዝራር በራስ-ሰር አይስተካከልም ነገር ግን በእጅ ግምገማ ይጠይቃል፦ የprovider fee፣ ከፊል ተመላሽ፣ ወይም የተለየ ትክክለኛነት ሊሆን ይችላል (ለክሪፕቶ — እስከ 18 አሃዞች)። \\"Fix all\\" አዝራር ለstatus ልዩነቶች ብቻ ይሰራል።","የprod/test አካባቢ toggle እና በdashboard እና ፍለጋ መጠይቆች ላይ ያለውን 100-መዝገብ ገደብ ያስታውሱ — የdashboard ቁጥሮች አመላካች ናቸው። \\"Set status\\"፣ \\"Fix all\\"፣ renotify፣ እና \\"Update from provider\\" ድርጊቶች እውነተኛ ውሂብ ይቀይራሉ እና ነጋዴዎችን ያሳውቃሉ፣ ስለዚህ በጥንቃቄ ይተግብሯቸው፤ እያንዳንዱ በእጅ የstatus ለውጥ ስለ ምንጩ ማስታወሻ ጋር ይ መዘገባል (registry ማስታረቅ / በእጅ ለውጥ)።"]},"compliance":{"title":"Compliance፦ ሪፖርቶች፣ templates፣ schedules","summary":"\\"Compliance\\" ክፍል (Compliance Reports) የድርጅቱን የቁጥጥር ሪፖርት ለማመንጨት መሣሪያ ነው፦ ለተለያዩ የሕግ ክልሎች built-in የሪፖá
1ˆ­á‰µ templates፣ ለተመረጠ ጊዜ በእጅ ሪፖርት ማመንጨት፣ የተመነጩ ሪፖርቶች ታሪክ ከintegrity ማረጋገጫ ጋር፣ እና ለበራስ-ሰር ማስኬድ schedules እና የተጠናቀቁ ፋይሎችን የማድረሻ ቻናሎች። ክፍሉ የRisk ቡድን ነው።","whenToUse":"ለተቆጣጣሪ ሪፖርት ማዘጋጀት ሲፈልጉ ክፍሉን ይክፈቱ (ለምሳሌ NBRB በBelarus፣ CBR፣ ወይም MiCA/FATF/VARA/MAS አካላት) ወይም የትኞቹ ሪፖርቶች አስቀድሞ እንደተመነጩ ለመፈተሽ። በእጅ ማመንጨት ለአንድ ጊዜ \\"እዚህና አሁን\\" ጥያቄዎች ተስማሚ ነው። Schedules ተመሳሳይ ሪፖርት አዘውትሮ (ወርሃዊ፣ ሩብ ዓመታዊ፣ ወዘተ) ያለ በእጅ ድርጊት መቅረብ ሲኖርበት ያስፈልጋሉ። የማድረሻ ቻናሎች በcompliance officers እና አስተዳዳሪዎች ይዋቀራሉ የተጠናቀቁ ፋይሎች በemail፣ SFTP፣ ወደ S3፣ ወይም በwebhook በራስ-ሰር እንዲወጡ። የመነሻ ገጹ (Hub) ፈጣን አጠቃላይ እይታ ይሰጣል፦ ስንት templates እንደሚገኙ፣ በስንት የሕግ ክልሎች፣ ከመጨረሻዎቹ አምስት ሪፖርቶች ስንቱ በተሳካ ሁኔታ እንደተጠናቀቁ፣ እና ስንቱ በስህተት።","concepts":["Template — የቁጥጥር ሪፖርት template፦ የሕግ ክልል፣ ተቆጣጣሪ፣ ምድብ፣ የውጤት ቅርጸት፣ እና ነባሪ ድግግሞሽ አለው። Templates built-in ናቸው እና በእጅ አይፈጠሩም፤ በካታሎግ ገጽ ላይ ይ ጣራሉ ፣ እና ማመንጨት በ\\"Generate report\\" አዝራር ይጀምራል። ምድቦች፦ settlement፣ aml፣ capital፣ tax፣ cross_border፣ reserves፣ participants።","የሪፖርት ቅርጸት (Format) — ፋይሉ የሚ export ቅርጽ፦ csv፣ json፣ xml፣ xbrl፣ xlsx፣ pdf፣ እንዲሁም ልዩ goaml_xml (ለgoAML FATF)፣ ivms101_json (Travel Rule ለክሪፕቶ ማስተላለፎች)፣ iso20022_xml (የክፍያ ደረጃ)፣ እና cbr_xml_1c (ለCBR export)። ቅርጸቱ በtemplate ራሱ ውስጥ ይዘጋጃል።","የተመነጨ ሪፖርትና status — ለጊዜ template የተለየ ማስኬድ። Statuses፦ queued፣ running፣ completed፣ failed። ፋይሉ ለcompleted status ሪፖርት ብቻ ሊ ወርድ ይችላል። እያንዳንዱ ሪፖá
1ˆ­á‰µ የይዘቱን SHA-256 hash ያከማቻል — ለፋይል integrity ማረጋገጫ የጣት አሻራ።","ጊዜ (Period) — የሪፖርት ውሂብ የሚሰበሰብበት የጊዜ ክፍተት። ለበእጅ ማመንጨት በ\\"Period start\\" እና \\"Period end\\" fields (ቀንና ሰዓት) ይዘጋጃል። Custom params — ተጨማሪ የስሌት መለኪያዎችን ለማስተላለፍ በJSON ቅርጸት አማራጭ field፣ ለምሳሌ {\\"include_partner_breakdown\\": true}።","Schedule — ሪፖርት በራስ-ሰር ለማስኬድ ሕግ፦ template ID ን ይጠቅሳል፣ ድግግሞሽ (daily፣ weekly፣ monthly፣ quarterly፣ annually፣ ወይም cron ከ\\"0 7 * * *\\" ያለ የዘፈቀደ expression ጋር) እና የጊዜ መስኮት (period_window) አለው፦ last_period፣ last_7d፣ last_30d፣ last_month፣ current_quarter፣ current_year። ስርዓቱ ቀጣዩን የማስኬጃ ጊዜ (Next run) ራሱ ያሰላል እና Enabled flag (on/off) ያከማቻል።","Delivery Channel — የተጠናቀቁ ፋይሎችን ወዴት እንደሚላኩ፦ email፣ sftp፣ s3፣ webhook፣ ወይም in_app (በስርዓቱ ውስጥ ብቻ)። ቻናሉ የencryption ዓይነት አለው፦ none፣ pgp፣ age፣ ወይም smime፤ ከnone ሌላ ማንኛውንም ሲመርጡ የተቀባዩ public key መገለጽ አለበት። የቻናል ቅንብሮች (config) በJSON ይሰጣሉ፤ በውቅሩ ውስጥ ስሱ fields በንባብ ላይ ይ ሸፈናሉ ።","Reporting and ongoing monitoring are different things. Reports for a period are produced here; continuous transaction monitoring and sanctions screening run in the risk engine and the suspicious operations queue, and only their outcome lands here.","Licence monitoring rests on this same section: the evidence pack for a supervisory inspection is assembled from generated reports, while the list of current licences comes from the organisation card."],"example":"ተግባር፦ ለBelarus ብሔራዊ ባንክ ለጁን ወርሃዊ settlement ሪፖርት ማዘጋጀት። ደረጃ 1. \\"Compliance\\" ክፍልን ይክፈቱ እና በመነሻ ገጽ \\"Belarus regulatory pack\\" ን ጠቅ ያድርጉ (ወይም ወደ \\"Template catalog\\" ሄደው በሕግ ክልል ማጣሪያ BY ይምረጡ)። ደረጃ 2. የሚፈለገውን NBRB template ያግኙ (በፍለጋ \\"NBRB\\" በስም ወይም ID ማስገባት ይችላሉ) እና \\"Generate report\\" ን ጠቅ ያድርጉ። ደረጃ 3. በማመንጫ ገጽ ላይ ትክክለኛው template መመረጡን ያረጋግጡ — የሕግ ክልሉ፣ ቅርጸቱ፣ እና ድግግሞሹ ከselector ስር ይታያሉ። Period start = 2026-06-01 00:00 እና Period end = 2026-06-30 23:59 ያዘጋጁ፣ አስፈላጊ ከሆነ መለኪያዎችን በJSON ያክሉ፣ እና \\"Generate report\\" ን ጠቅ ያድርጉ። ሪፖርቱ synchronously ይ መነጫል ፣ እና ወዲያውኑ ወደ ዝርዝሮች ገጽ ይደርሳሉ። ደረጃ 4. status completed ከሆነ — \\"Download\\" ን ጠቅ ያድርጉ (የፋይል ስሙ እንደ template_ID.format ይ ገጣጠማል ) እና በሚያስገቡበት ጊዜ SHA-256 ን ያረጋግጡ። ይህንን በየወሩ በእጅ ላለማድረግ፣ በ\\"Compliance Schedules\\" tab ውስጥ schedule ይፍጠሩ፦ template ID፣ ድግግሞሽ = monthly፣ period_window = last_month ይግለጹ — ስርዓቱ ሪፖርቱን ራሱ ያስኬዳል እና ቀጣዩን የማስኬጃ ቀን ያሳያል።","tips":["የdownload አዝራር ለcompleted status ሪፖርቶች ብቻ ንቁ ነው። ሪፖርት failed ከሆነ ዝርዝሮቹን ይክፈቱ — በ\\"Summary & integrity\\" ብሎክ ውስጥ ከስህተት ምክንያት ጋር Failure field ይኖራል፤ መለኪያዎቹን ያስተካክሉ እና ማመንጨትን እንደገና ያስኬዱ።","Custom params field (በማመንጨት) እና Config (በdelivery channel) ትክክለኛ JSON ይጠይቃሉ። በsyntax ስህተት form \\"Invalid JSON\\" ማስጠንቀቂያ ያሳያል እና ጥያቄውን አይልክም — quotes እና brackets ን ይፈትሹ።","Schedules እና delivery channels ያለ ማረጋገጫ ጥያቄ ይ ሰረዛሉ ፦ trash icon ን ጠቅ ማድረግ መዝገቡን ወዲያውኑ ይሰርዛል። የሚሰራ schedule ን ላለመሰረዝ ይጠንቀቁ።","cron ድግግሞሽ ያለው schedule ሲፈጥሩ፣ \\"Cron expression\\" field ለብቻ ይታያል እና የግዴታ ነው (ምሳሌ፦ \\"0 7 * * *\\" — በየቀኑ 07:00)። ለሌሎች ድግግሞሾች cron expression አያስፈልግም።","ለencrypted delivery (pgp/age/smime)፣ የተቀባዩን public key በ\\"Recipient public key\\" field ውስጥ ማስገባትዎን ያረጋግጡ — ያለ እሱ encrypted ቻናል መስራት አይችልም። በቻናል ውቅር ውስጥ ያሉ ሚስጥር እሴቶች በእይታ ላይ ይ ሸፈናሉ ፣ ስለዚህ ካስቀመጡ በኋላ በጽሑፍ አያዩዋቸውም።","በመነሻ ገጽ ላይ የ\\"Recent completed\\" እና \\"Failed\\" counters ከመጨረሻዎቹ 5 ሪፖá
1ˆ­á‰¶á‰½ ብቻ ይ ሰላሉ — ይህ ፈጣን የጤንነት አመላካች እንጂ ሙሉ ስታቲስቲክስ አይደለም፤ ሙሉ ታሪኩን በ\\"Generated reports\\" ውስጥ ይመልከቱ፣ የመጠይቁን ገደብ ወደ 50/100/200/500 መዝገቦች ማሳደግ ይችላሉ።","Verify sanctions screening from its own logs: the absence of a report in this section does not mean screening is not running."]},"ledger":{"title":"Ledger፣ እርማቶች፣ ማጠቃለያዎች","summary":"ክፍሉ የመድረኩን general ledger ያሳያል — በቦርሳዎች (ሂሳቦች) ላይ ያሉ ሁሉንም የገንዘብ እንቅስቃሴዎች የማይለወጥ ጆርናል። ከሶስት ገጾች ያቀፈ ነው፦ የመዝገብ ጆርናሉ ራሱ፣ በእጅ የቀሪ ሂሳብ እርማቶች፣ እና በሰዓት፣ በቀን፣ እና በወር የተጠቃለሉ ድምሮች።","whenToUse":"የተለየ ቦርሳ ቀሪ ሂሳብ እንዴት እንደተቀየረ መፈተሽ፣ ለተለየ ግብይት (tx_id) እንቅስቃሴዎችን ማግኘት፣ የቀሪ ሂሳብ ልዩነት መመርመር፣ ወይም በእጅ እርማት መመዝገብ ሲፈልጉ ክፍሉን ይክፈቱ። ledger ለገንዘብ የእውነት ምንጭ ነው፦ የቦርሳ ቀሪ ሂሳቦች በትክክል ከመዝገቦቹ ድምር ይ ወጣሉ ። \\"Ledger\\" ገጽ view_ledger መብት ይጠይቃል፤ እርማት መፍጠር በተጨማሪ በ2FA code (TOTP) ማረጋገጫ ይጠይቃል። Auditors እና ሒሳብ ክፍል ሚሊዮን ረድፎችን ሳያ ስክሮሉ የጊዜ ድምሮችን ለማስታረቅ \\"Aggregates\\" ን ይጠቀማሉ።","concepts":["የLedger መዝገብ — ነጠላ የጆርናል ረድፍ፦ ቦርሳው (account_id)፣ ምልክት ያለው መጠን (+ የሚገባ፣ - የሚወጣ)፣ ምንዛሬ፣ ጊዜ፣ እና ወደ ግብይት (tx_id) እና ክስተት (event_id) links። መዝገቦች አይስተካከሉም ወይም አይ ሰረዙም ።","የክንውን ዓይነት (reason.operation) — hold (ገንዘብ ማገድ)፣ transfer (በቦርሳዎች መካከል ማስተላለፍ)፣ rollback (የቀድሞ ክንውን መመለስ)፣ revenue (የመድረክ ገቢ/fee)፣ correction (በእጅ እርማት)። ጆርናሉ በእነዚህ ዓይነቶች ማጣሪያ አለው።","መጠኖች በጥቃቅን አሃዶች — ገንዘብ በምንዛሬ ትንሹ ክፍልፋዮች (kopecks፣ cents፣ satoshis) ይከማቻል። የ decimal places ብዛት (decimals) በአካባቢ + አውታረ መረብ + ምንዛሬ ጥምረት ላይ ይመሰረታል፤ በይነገጹ ራሱ ወደ የተለመደ ቅርጽ ይ ቀይራቸዋል (ለምሳሌ 10000 -> 100.00 RUB)።","አካባቢ prod/test (env) — እውነተኛ እና ሙከራ ቦርሳዎች ተለያይተዋል። በማጣሪያዎች ውስጥ ያለው የአካባቢ toggle production ብቻ፣ test ብቻ መዝገቦችን፣ ወይም ሁሉንም በአንድ ጊዜ እንዲያዩ ያስችልዎታል።","እርማት (Correction) — የዒላማ ቦርሳ ቀሪ ሂሳብን የሚያሳድግ (+) ወይም የሚቀንስ (-) በእጅ መዝገብ። በ2FA code (TOTP) የግዴታ ማረጋገጫ ባለው የተለየ form ይ ፈጠራል እና እንደ correction ዓይነት ክንውን በጆርናሉ ውስጥ ይወድቃል።","ማጠቃለያዎች (hourly/daily/monthly) — በቦርሳ እና ምንዛሬ ለሰዓት፣ ለቀን፣ ለወር የመጠኖች አስቀድሞ የተ ሰሉ ድምሮች። በበስተጀርባ ሂደት ይ ዘመናሉ ፤ ገጹ ስንት ምንጭ መዝገቦች እንደሚ ጠቃለሉ እና ቀጣዩ ስሌት መቼ እንደሚደረግ ያሳያል።"],"example":"ደንበኛ 500 RUB ወደ ቦርሳቸው #4521 አለመድረሱን ያማርራል። \\"Ledger\\" ገጽን ይክፈቱ፣ በaccount_id ማጣሪያ 4521 ያስገቡ፣ ምንዛሬ RUB፣ አካባቢ prod። መዝገቦችን ያያሉ፦ hold፣ ከዚያ transfer። የ500 RUB ገቢ የለም — ገንዘቡ በእውነት አልተከፈለም። ከprovider ጋር ከመረመሩ በኋላ ገንዘቡን በእጅ ለመክፈል ተወሰነ። ወደ \\"Corrections\\" -> \\"Create\\" ይሄዳሉ እና ይሞላሉ፦ ቦርሳ 4521፣ መጠን 500.00 (አዎንታዊ = ቀሪ ሂሳብ ጭማሪ)፣ ምንዛሬ RUB፣ አስተያየት \\"ላልተከፈለ ክፍያ ካሳ፣ ticket #123\\"፣ እና አስፈላጊ ከሆነ ምንጭ tx_id። form 500.00 RUB = 50000 ጥቃቅን አሃዶች (2 አሃዞች) መሆኑን ያሳያል። ከauthenticator መተግበሪያዎ 6-አሃዝ code ያስገቡ እና ያስቀምጡ። እንደ correction ክንውን አዲስ መዝገብ በጆርናሉ ውስጥ ይታያል፣ እና የቦርሳ ቀሪ ሂሳብ በ500 RUB ያድጋል። በ\\"Aggregates\\" -> daily tab በኩል የቦርሳው የዕለት ድምር መ ስተካከሉን ያረጋግጣሉ።","tips":["የመጠኑ ምልክት ሁሉንም ይወስናል፦ አዎንታዊ መጠን ቀሪ ሂሳብን ያሳድጋል፣ አሉታዊ ይቀንሳል። እርማት ከማስቀመጥ በፊት preview ብሎክ (አረንጓዴ background = የሚገባ፣ ቀይ = የሚወጣ) እና \\"የቀሪ ሂሳብ ጭማሪ/ቅናሽ\\" label ን ይፈትሹ።","የ decimal places ብዛት (decimals) ከቦርሳው ውሂብ ይ ሳባል ፣ ስለዚህ መጀመሪያ ትክክለኛውን wallet_id እና ምንዛሬ ይግለጹ — አለበለዚያ ወደ ጥቃቅን አሃዶች መቀየሩ የተሳሳተ ይሆናል። decimals badge እና በform ስር ያለውን \\"1 currency = N minor units\\" መስመር ይፈትሹ።","እርማት እንደ draft ሊ ቀለበስ አይችልም፦ የማይለወጥ የጆርናል መዝገብ ነው። የተሳሳተ እርማት በተቃራኒ ምልክት በ counter-correction ብቻ ይ ስተካከላል ። ሁልጊዜ አስተያየቱን እና ካለ tx_id ን ይሙሉ — ይህ መዝገቡን ከምክንያቱ ጋር ያገናኛል።","በጆርናሉ አናት ላይ ያለው የፍለጋ ሳጥን አስቀድሞ የ ተጫኑ መዝገቦችን በአካባቢ (locally) ያ ጣራል (በtx_id፣ event_id፣ unique_id፣ account_id፣ currency)፣ የተለዩ tx_id/account_id/currency/environment fields ግን ውሂብን ከserver ይጠይቃሉ። በተለየ ሂሳብ ላይ ትክክለኛ ውጤት ለማግኘት፣ ከጠቅላላ ፍለጋ ይልቅ account_id field ን ይጠቀሙ።","ማጠቃለያዎች ወዲያውኑ አይ ዘምኑም ፦ ለአሁኑ ሰዓት/ቀን አዲስ ክንውኖች ገና በድምሮች ውስጥ ላይኖሩ ይችላሉ። በስታቲስቲክስ card ላይ ያለውን \\"next recalculation\\" ጊዜ ይፈትሹ፤ ለእውነተኛ ጊዜ ማስታረቅ ከማጠቃለያዎች ይልቅ በ raw ጆርናል ይ መኩ ።"]},"currencies":{"title":"ምንዛሬዎችና FX rates","summary":"የመድረኩን የምንዛሬ ማጣቀሻ (code፣ name፣ የ decimal places ብዛት) እና በምንዛሬ ጥንዶች መካከል ያሉ የልውውጥ ተመኖችን የሚይዝ የቅንብር ክፍል፣ provider፣ አካባቢ፣ እና የ ተገ ን ዘ ቢ ጊዜ ይ ገልጻል። ይህ multi-currency ክንውኖችና የመጠን መቀየር የሚ መኩ በት የማጣቀሻ ውሂብ ነው።","whenToUse"
1:"በክንውኖች ውስጥ ከመጠቀሙ በፊት አዲስ ምንዛሬ (fiat ወይም crypto) ወደ ስርዓቱ ማከል ሲፈልጉ፣ ወይም በሁለት ምንዛሬዎች መካከል የልውውጥ ተመን ማዘጋጀት/ማዘመን ሲፈልጉ ክፍሉን ይክፈቱ። የምንዛሬ ማጣቀሻ መያዝ ለአስተዳዳሪ ብቻ ይገኛል (\\"Add currency\\" አዝራር ከadmin ሚና ጋር ይታያል)። ተመኖች ለsettlements እና መቀየር ኃላፊነት ባላቸው ሰራተኞች ይ ታያሉ እና ይ ገባሉ ። ዝርዝሩን ማየት ወደ ክፍሉ መዳረሻ ላለው ለማንኛውም ይገኛል።","concepts":["የምንዛሬ card — code (USD)፣ የ ISO ቁጥር code (#840)፣ እና \\"Decimal places\\" (exponent) ያሳያል፦ ምንዛሬው ከነጥብ በኋላ ስንት አሃዞች አሉት (2 ለruble/dollar፣ 0 ለyen፣ እስከ 18 ለcrypto)። ስሙ ከመድረኩ built-in ማጣቀሻ ይ ሞላል","የAdd-currency form — fields፦ Code (የግዴታ፣ በLatin ይገባል እና በራስ-ሰር uppercase ይሆናል፣ እስከ 10 ቁምፊ)፣ Name (የግዴታ)፣ Numeric code (ISO፣ ለምሳሌ 840 ለUSD፤ አማራጭ)፣ Decimal places (የግዴታ፣ ከ0 እስከ 18፣ ነባሪ 2)","የFX rate card — ጥንዱን እንደ \\"1 USD -> 1 RUB\\"፣ የተመን እሴቱን ራሱ (እስከ 6 decimal places)፣ provider፣ የመዝገብ መለያ፣ አካባቢ፣ እና የ ተገ ን ዘ ቢ ጊዜ \\"Active from\\" / \\"Active to\\" ያሳያል","የአካባቢ toggle (prod/test) — ተመኖች በአካባቢ ተለያይተዋል። በተመኖች ገጽ አናት ላይ እንደ ማጣሪያ ይሰራል (ነባሪ prod)፣ እና በፍጠራ form ውስጥ የተመኑን አካባቢ ያዘጋጃል (ነባሪ test)። Test እና production ተመኖች አይ ደባ ለ ቁም","የተመን provider (fx_provider) — የተመኑ ምንጭ፦ internal እሴት (ተመኑ በመድረኩ ውስጥ በእጅ ይዘጋጃል) ከተገናኙ ውጫዊ providers ዝርዝር ጋር። field የግዴታ ነው","Nominal እና የ ተገ ን ዘ ቢ ጊዜ — \\"Nominal from\\"/\\"Nominal to\\" (ነባሪ 1) ተመኑ የሚ ሰጥበትን አሃዶች ብዛት ያዘጋጃሉ፤ \\"Active from\\"/\\"Active to\\" የተመኑን ተገ ን ዘ ቢ ነት በUTC ያዘጋጃሉ፣ እና የመጨረሻ ቀኑ የግዴታ ነው እና ከጅምር ቀኑ በጥብቅ ዘግይቶ መሆን አለበት"],"example":"ተግባር፦ በtest አካባቢ ውስጥ dollar -> ruble ተመን ማስገባት። \\"Currency rates\\" ን ይክፈቱ፣ \\"Add rate\\" ን ጠቅ ያድርጉ። ይሙሉ፦ Provider — internal፤ Environment — test፤ Currency from — USD፤ Currency to — RUB፤ Rate — 90፤ Nominal from — 1፤ Nominal to — 1፤ Active from — የአሁኑ ቀን/ሰዓት (በራስ-ሰር ተሞልቷል)፤ Active to — አንድ ቀን ወደፊት (እንዲሁም ተሞልቷል)። ያስቀምጡ። \\"1 USD -> 1 RUB\\" card በዝርዝሩ ውስጥ በእሴት 90.000000፣ የtest አካባቢ badge፣ እና የ ተገ ን ዘ ቢ ጊዜ ጋር ይታያል። ክፍልፋይ ተመን ካስፈለገ፣ ለምሳሌ 90.55፣ እንደ ሙሉ ቁጥር ማስገባት አይቻልም — የተመን እሴቱ እንደ integer ብቻ ይ ቀበላል (በጥቃቅን አሃዶች)፣ ስለዚህ ክፍልፋይነት በ\\"Nominal from\\"/\\"Nominal to\\" fields ይ ገለጻል (ለምሳሌ ተመኑን በ100 አሃዶች nominal ያዘጋጁ)። nominals ከ1 ሲለያዩ፣ card በተጨማሪ \\"Effective rate\\" ያሳያል።","tips":["ተመኑ እንደ ሙሉ ቁጥር ይገባል። form እና validation በጥቃቅን አሃዶች integer እሴት ብቻ ይ ቀበላሉ (እንደ 1.25 ያለ ክፍልፋይ በbackend ውድቅ ይደረጋል)። ክፍልፋይ ተመን ለመግለጽ፣ በ\\"Rate\\" field ውስጥ decimal point ሳይሆን \\"Nominal from\\" እና \\"Nominal to\\" fields ን ይጠቀሙ","አካባቢውን ይመልከቱ። በገጹ አናት ላይ ዝርዝሩ በአንድ አካባቢ ይ ጣራል (ነባሪ prod)፣ form ግን በነባሪ በtest ተመን ይፈጥራል። በtest የገባ ተመን በprod አይታይም — አሁን የ ፈጠሩትን መዝገብ \\"ካላዩ\\" toggle ን ይፈትሹ","ሁሉም ቀኖች በUTC ናቸው። \\"Active from\\"/\\"Active to\\" fields እንደ UTC ይ ስተናገዳሉ (ይህ በform ፍንጭ ውስጥ በቀጥታ ተገልጿል)። የመጨረሻ ቀኑ የግዴታ ነው እና ከጅምር ቀኑ በጥብቅ ዘግይቶ መሆን አለበት፣ አለበለዚያ ማስቀመጥ ይ ከሽፋል","ከክንውኖች በፊት ምንዛሬ ያክሉ። የ ISO ቁጥር code እና የ decimal places ብዛት (exponent) የመጠኖችን ትክክለኛ parsing ይነካሉ፦ ለruble እና dollar 2 ነው፣ ለyen 0፣ ለክሪፕቶ ምንዛሬዎች የበለጠ። በexponent ውስጥ ስህተት የመጠኖችን ማሳያና መቀየር ያ ዛባል ። ምንዛሬዎችን ማከል ለአስተዳዳሪ ብቻ ይገኛል"]},"fiscalization":{"title":"Fiscalization ውቅሮች","summary":"ለእያንዳንዱ አጋር ወደ fiscal data operator (OFD) ግንኙነት የሚ ዋቀር ክፍል — የድርጅቱ ዝርዝሮች፣ የግብር ስርዓት፣ እና ነባሪ VAT ተመን፣ እና የOFD credentials። በእነዚህ ቅንብሮች መሠረት መድረኩ በክፍያ ላይ የገንዘብ ደረሰኞችን ያ መነጫል እና ይ ልካል ። አንድ ውቅር በበርካታ የአጋሩ terminals ሊ ጠ ቀም ይችላል።","whenToUse"
1:"አጋር ለ ገ ዥ ዎች fiscal ደረሰኞችን መስጠት ሲፈልግ ክፍሉን ይክፈቱ (በRF ክፍያ መቀበል የFederal Law 54-FZ መስፈርት)። እዚህ አዲስ OFD ውቅር ይፈጥራሉ፣ ዝርዝሮችንና credentials ያ ያ ያዙታል ፣ ዝግጁነትን ይፈትሻሉ (\\"Ready\\" status)፣ እና ነባሮችን ያስተካክላሉ ወይም ይሰርዛሉ። ዝርዝሩ ሁልጊዜ በአንድ አጋር ይ ገ ነ ባ ል ፦ መጀመሪያ አጋር ይመርጣሉ፣ ከዚያ ውቅሮቹን ያያሉ።","concepts":["OFD Adapter — ደረሰኞች የሚ ላኩ በ ት አገልግሎት። ሶስት አማራጮች፦ ATOL፣ Orange Data፣ እና Stub (Test)። Stub ያ ለ እውነተኛ fiscalization የሙከራ stub ሲሆን ለእሱ credentials አይ ጠየቁም ፤ ለATOL እና Orange Data login/password ያስፈልጋል፣ እና Orange Data በተጨማሪ API Key ይ ጠይቃል ።","Ready / Credentials — \\"Ready for fiscalization\\" status የOFD credentials ሲ ሞሉ በአረንጓዴ ይ በራል (has_credentials = Configured)። የመዳረሻ ዝርዝሮች ካልተዘጋጁ ውቅሩ በ ቢጫ \\"Not configured (missing credentials)\\" ተ ም ል ክ ቷ ል እና ደረሰኞች አይ ላኩ ም ።","Company Information — INN (10 ወይም 12 አሃዞች)፣ የኩባንያ ስም፣ የኩባንያ e-mail፣ settlement address (payment_address፣ የsite/point URL)፣ Group Code (ለATOL የ መ ሣ ሪ ያ ቡድን code)። ይህ ውሂብ ወደ ደረሰኙ ይ ገ ባ ል ።","Taxation System — ለደረሰኙ ይ ገለጻል ፦ OSN (general)፣ USN Income፣ USN Income minus Expenses፣ ENVD፣ ESN፣ Patent።","Default VAT — ተመኑ በሌላ ካልተ ዘ ጋ ጀ ወደ ደረሰኝ ንጥሎች ይ ተካል ፦ No VAT፣ 0%፣ 10%፣ 20%፣ እና የተ ሰ ሉ 10/110 እና 20/120።","Test Mode — በSettings ብሎክ ውስጥ checkbox፦ ከproduction ይልቅ የOFD test endpoints ን ይጠቀሙ። እውነተኛ ደረሰኞችን ላለ መ ላ ክ በመጀመሪያ ማዋቀር ወቅት ጠቃሚ ነው።","Terminals — ስንት የአጋሩ terminals ከዚህ ውቅር ጋር እንደ ተ ያ ያ ዙ የሚ ያ ሳ ይ counter። fiscalization ሁነታን (inline / external / provider / none) የሚ ያ ነ ቃ ው terminal በራሱ ቅንብሮች ውስጥ ነው።"],"example":"አጋር \\"Romashka LLC\\" (INN 7701234567፣ OSN) በATOL በኩል ደረሰኞችን ማ ው ጣ ት ያስፈልገዋል። \\"Create\\" ን ጠቅ ያድርጉ፣ አጋሩን ይምረጡ፣ adapter ATOL፣ የውቅር ስም ያስገቡ (ለምሳሌ \\"ATOL main\\")፣ እና Active ን ይፈትሹ። በ\\"Company Information\\" ብሎክ ውስጥ INN 7701234567፣ ስም \\"Romashka LLC\\"፣ e-mail፣ እና settlement address ይሙሉ። በ\\"Tax Settings\\" ውስጥ የግብር ስርዓት OSN እና default VAT 20% ይምረጡ። adapter Stub ስላልሆነ \\"OFD Credentials\\" ብሎክ ይታያል — የOFD login እና password ያስገቡ። ያስቀምጡ። በcard እና በዝርዝር ገጽ ላይ status ወደ አረንጓዴ \\"Ready\\" ይ ለወጣል ፣ Credentials = Configured። ቀጥሎ በአጋሩ terminal ቅንብሮች ውስጥ fiscalization ሁነታን ያ ነ ቃ ሉ ፣ እና የውቅሩ Terminals counter 1 ይሆናል።","tips":["አጋር እስከሚ ም ረ ጥ ድረስ ዝርዝሩ ባዶ ነው — ይህ ስህተት አይደለም። በገጹ አናት ላይ ከdropdown አጋር መ ም ረ ጥ ዎን ያረጋግጡ (ፍንጭ፦ \\"Please select a partner to view their fiscalization configs\\")። ፍለጋ አስቀድሞ የ ተ ጫ ኑ ውቅሮችን በስም፣ INN፣ እና adapter name ያ ጣ ራ ል ።","Adapter = Stub በእውነት fiscalize አያ ደ ር ግ ም — የሙከራ stub ነው። ለቀጥታ ስራ ATOL ወይም Orange Data ይምረጡ እና credentials መ ሙ ላ ት አይ እ ረ ሱ ፣ አለበለዚያ ውቅሩ በ\\"Not Ready\\" status ይ ቆ ያ ል ።","ለOrange Data፣ ከlogin እና password በተጨማሪ API Key ያስፈልጋል — field በform ውስጥ የሚ ታ የ ው ይህ adapter ሲ ም ረ ጥ ብቻ ነው።","INN 10 ወይም 12 አሃዞችን ይ ቀ በ ላ ል (field በ12 ቁምፊ የተ ገ ደ በ ) — 10 ለሕጋዊ አካላት፣ 12 ለ ን ግ ድ ግለሰቦች። ትክክለኛነቱን ይፈትሹ፦ ዝርዝሩ ወደ ደረሰኙ ይ ገ ባ ል ።","ውቅር ማ ስ ወ ገ ድ የማይ ቀ ለ በ ስ ነው እና ማረጋገጫ ይ ጠይቃል ። terminals ከውቅሩ ጋር ከ ተ ያ ያ ዙ (Terminals counter ከ0 የሚ በ ል ጥ )፣ መጀመሪያ ይህ ለእነዚያ terminals fiscalization እንደማይ ረ ብ ሽ á
1‹«áˆ¨áŒ‹áŒáŒ¡á¢","Active checkbox ውቅሩ ጥ ቅ ም ላ ይ እ ን ደ ሚ ው ል ይ ቆ ጣ ጠ ራ ል ፤ Test Mode የOFD production ወይም test endpoints እ ን ደ ሚ ጠ ቀ ም ይ ቆ ጣ ጠ ራ ል ። እነዚህ የተለያዩ toggles ናቸው፣ አታ ደ ባ ል ቁ ።"]},"partners":{"title":"Partners (merchants)","summary":"\\"Partners (merchants)\\" ክፍል በመድረኩ በኩል ክፍያ የሚ ቀ በ ሉ የ ች ር ች ሮ ነጥቦችና የተገናኙ ተሳታፊዎች registry ነው። እዚህ አጋሮች ይፈጠራሉ፣ በፍለጋና ማጣሪያዎች ይ ገ ኛ ሉ ፣ API credentials (public/secret) ይ ሰ ጣ ቸ ዋ ል ፣ እና ለተለዩ የክፍያ ዘዴዎች መዳረሻ ይ ዋ ቀ ራ ሉ ።","whenToUse":"ክፍሉ አዲስ ነጋዴ ወደ መድረኩ ለሚ ያ ገ ና ኝ ፣ credentials ለሚ ሰ ጥ ፣ የቦርሳዎቻቸውንና ግብይቶቻቸውን እንቅስቃሴ ለሚ ፈ ት ሽ ፣ ወይም የነባር አጋር ቅንብሮችን ለሚ ቀ ይ ር ለድጋፍ፣ ውህደት፣ ወይም account ሰራተኛ ነው። manage_partners መብት ያላቸው ተጠቃሚዎች ወይም አስተዳዳሪዎች ብቻ አጋሮችን መፍጠርና ማስተካከል ይችላሉ፤ በአጋር card ላይ ያለው \\"Ledger\\" tab ከview_ledger መብት ጋር ብቻ ይገኛል።","concepts":["Login እና name — login የአጋሩ ልዩ የመግቢያ መለያ ነው (ብዙውን ጊዜ e-mail)፣ እና name የሚ ታ የ ው የ ነ ጥ ብ ስም ነው። login በ@heth.me ካ ለ ቀ አጋሩ በራስ-ሰር Heth.me ተሳታፊ ተ ደ ር ጎ ይ ቆ ጠ ራ ል ፣ አለበለዚያ ተራ merchant።","Password (pass) — በፍጠራ ላይ የግዴታ። ሲ ያ ስ ተ ካ ክ ሉ ፣ የአሁኑን ለ መ ያ ዝ \\"New password\\" field ባዶ ይ ተ ዋ ል ፦ password የሚ ላ ከ ው በእውነት ከ ገ ባ ብቻ ነው።","Status flags — is_active (active/disabled፣ በነባሪ on)፣ need_confirm (ክንውኖች ማረጋገጫ ይ ጠይቃሉ ፣ በነባሪ off)፣ እና partner_area_enabled (ወደ Partner Area መዳረሻ፣ በነባሪ off)።","Organization (organization_id) — የአጋሩ ወደ ባ ለ ቤ ት ድርጅት link፤ ለዝርዝር ማጣራት እና የክፍያ ዘዴ ቅንብሮችን ለ መ ው ረ ስ ይ ጠ ቅ ማ ል ።","params (JSON) እና credentials — የአጋሩ የአገልግሎት መለኪያዎች። እዚህ ለAPI public key እና secret ይ ከ ማ ቻ ሉ ፦ በcard ላይ secret ሁልጊዜ ተ ሸ ፍ ኗ ል እና አይ ገ ለ ጽ ም ፣ እና የተ ገ ና ኘ ካርድ (binded_card) በPCI DSS ሕጎች መሠረት ይታያል — የመጀመሪያዎቹ 6 (BIN) እና የመጨረሻዎቹ 4 አሃዞች ብቻ።","form_settings (JSON) እና የዘዴ toggles — የክፍያ form ቅንብሮች። ምቹ ዝርዝሮች QR providers Alipay QR እና WeChat Pay QR እና dCLS ተሳትፎ (dcls_participant) ን ያዘጋጃሉ፣ እያንዳንዱ በ\\"Inherit from organization / Enabled / Disabled\\" ሁነታ።"],"example":"አዲስ ሱቅ ማገናኘት። \\"Create\\" ን ጠቅ ያድርጉ፣ ይሙሉ፦ login [email protected]፣ ስም \\"Example Store\\"፣ password፣ ከዝርዝሩ ድርጅቱን ይምረጡ። \\"Active\\" checkbox ን ይያዙ፣ \\"Partner Area access\\" ን ያ ን ቁ ። ያስቀምጡ — የአጋር card ይ ከ ፈ ታ ል ። በcard ላይ \\"Generate Secret\\" ን ጠቅ ያድርጉ፦ ስርዓቱ API secret ን አንድ ጊዜ ከማስጠንቀቂያ \\"አሁን ያስቀምጡት፣ እንደገና አይ ታ ይ ም \\" ጋር ያሳያል — ይ ቀ ዱ ት እና ከpublic key ጋር ለ merchant ይ ስ ጡ ት ። ቆይቶ በዝርዝሩ ውስጥ \\"shop\\" ን በፍለጋ ይ ተ ይ ቡ ፣ ወደ \\"Merchants\\" tab ይ ቀ ይ ሩ ፣ እና ነጥቡን ከheader counter ጋር ያያሉ፣ ለምሳሌ \\"Partners (1 / 340)\\"። card ን ሲከፍቱ፣ በ\\"Recent transactions\\" tab ላይ ከprod እና test አካባቢዎች እስከ 10 ክንውኖችን ያያሉ፣ እና በ\\"Wallets\\" ብሎክ ውስጥ የአጋሩን ቀሪ ሂሳቦች በሁለቱም አካባቢዎች።","tips":["ሁለቱም JSON fields (params እና form_settings) በ ት ኩ ስ ይ ረ ጋ ገ ጣ ሉ ፦ በsyntax ስህተት invali
1d JSON መልእክት ይ ታ ያ ል እና ስህተቱ እስከሚ ስ ተ ካ ከ ል ድረስ form አይ ቀ መ ጥ ም ።","API secret በ\\"Generate Secret\\" አዝራር በአጋር card ላይ በ ማ መ ን ጨ ት ወ ቅ ት አንድ ጊዜ ብቻ ይ ታ ያ ል ። ወዲያውኑ ካላስቀ መ ጡ ት ፣ እንደገና ማ መ ን ጨ ት ይ ኖ ር ብ ዎ ታ ል ፤ በpreview card ላይ secret ሁልጊዜ ተ ሸ ፍ ኗ ል እና ሊ ገ ለ ጽ አይችልም።","ለAlipay/WeChat እና dCLS \\"Inherit from organization\\" ሁነታ አጋሩ ግልጽ ቅንብር እንደሌለው እና የድርጅቱ ሕግ እ ን ደ ሚ ተ ገ በ ር ማለት ነው። ለዚህ የተለየ አጋር ባህሪ መ ሻ ር ሲፈልጉ ብቻ \\"Enabled\\"/\\"Disabled\\" ያዘጋጁ — አለበለዚያ በ ው ር ስ ት ጣ ል ቃ አ ት ግ ቡ ።","ዝርዝሩ በገጽ በገጽ (በ100 መዝገቦች በ ት) ከinfinite scroll ጋር ይ ጫ ና ል ፣ \\"All / Heth.me / Merchants\\" tabs እና የድርጅት ማጣሪያ ግን አስቀድሞ የ ተ ጫ ኑ መዝገቦችን ይ ተ ገ ብ ራ ሉ ። በlogin ፍለጋ ግን ወደ server ይ ሄ ዳ ል ፣ ስለዚህ ለ ት ክ ክ ለ ኛ ፍለጋ በ scroll ብቻ ከ መ መ ካ ት ይልቅ login ማስገባት ይ ሻ ላ ል ።","በዝርዝሩ cards ላይ ያሉ \\"Edit\\" እና \\"Delete\\" አዝራሮች ለአስተዳዳሪ ብቻ ይታያሉ፤ በedit form ውስጥ ማ ስ ወ ገ ድ በተጨማሪ ማረጋገጫ ይ ጠይቃል ። \\"Create\\" አዝራር ካላዩ መብቶችዎን (manage_partners) አስቀድመው ይፈትሹ።"]},"organizations":{"title":"ድርጅቶች፣ አባላት፣ ሚናዎች","summary":"ድርጅቶችን (የደንበኛ workspaces — አጋሮችን፣ terminals፣ ቦርሳዎችን የሚ ቧ ድ ኑ \\"tenants\\") የሚ ፈ ጥ ሩ በ ት እና ስብ ጥ ራ ቸ ው ን የሚ ያ ስ ተ ዳ ድ ሩ በ ት የአስተዳደር ክፍል፦ ሰራተኞችን ማከል፣ ሚናዎችን መ ም ደ ብ ፣ መብቶችን መ ስ ጠ ት ፣ እና ወደ ተለዩ terminals መዳረሻ ማ ያ ያ ዝ ። ድርጅት ተራ (Fintech) ወይም ወደ bank ሁነታ (BaaS) ከpricing plan እና የቁጥጥር licenses ጋር ሊ ለ ወ ጥ ይችላል።","whenToUse":"ለደንበኛ አዲስ workspace መፍጠር፣ ቅንብሮቹን ማስተካከል (name፣ አካባቢ፣ branding፣ የክፍያ form፣ QR providers)፣ ድርጅትን በ archiving ጊዜያዊ ከአገልግሎት ማ ው ጣ ት ፣ ወይም የተለያዩ የመዳረሻ ደረጃዎች ያላቸው ሰራተኞችን ቡድን መ ገ ን ባ ት ሲፈልጉ ክፍሉን ይክፈቱ። ለድርጊቶች መብቶች በሚናዎ ላይ ይ መ ሰ ረ ታ ሉ ፦ የመድረክ አስተዳዳሪ (isAdmin) ሁሉንም ያያል እና ያ ደ ር ጋ ል ፣ የደንበኛ-ባለቤት የራሱን ድርጅቶች ብቻ ያስተዳድራል፣ እና ሌሎች አባላት በተ ሰ ጣ ቸ ው መብቶች ውስጥ ይ ሰ ራ ሉ (manage_settings፣ manage_members፣ invite_members)።","concepts":["Organization (tenant) — የደንበኛው ከፍተኛ-ደረጃ ኮ ን ቴ ነ ር ፦ አጋሮችን፣ terminals፣ ቦርሳዎችን ይ ቧ ድ ና ል ። እያንዳንዱ name (ቢያንስ 3 ቁምፊ)፣ slug (a-z፣ 0-9፣ እና hyphen ብቻ፣ ከname በራስ-ሰር በ Cyrillic transliteration ይ መ ነ ጫ ል )፣ አካባቢ (test/prod)፣ description፣ logo፣ እና brand color አለው","የድርጅት ዓይነት፦ Fintech ወይም BaaS (Bank) — ተራ ድርጅት በ\\"Convert to bank\\" ድርጊት አንድ ጊዜ ወደ bank ሊ ለ ወ ጥ ይችላል። ለbank፣ data region (data_region)፣ BaaS plan፣ የቁጥጥር license (ዝርዝሩ በክልሉ ላይ ይ መ ሰ ረ ታ ል )፣ BIC፣ እና የbank license ቁጥርና ቀን ይ ገ ለ ጻ ሉ ","BaaS plan — Starter (እስከ 10,000 ሂሳቦች፣ መሠረታዊ features)፣ Growth (እስከ 100,000፣ የተ ራ ዘ መ )፣ Enterprise (ያ ል ተ ገ ደ በ ፣ ሁሉም features)። በ\\"Manage plan\\" በአስተዳዳሪ ብቻ ይ ቀ የ ራ ል ፤ ስርዓቱ ራሱ በplan ቅደም ተከተል ላይ በመመስረት upgrade ወይም downgrade ይመርጣል","የአባል ሚናዎች (7 ናቸው)፦ owner፣ admin፣ finance፣ operator፣ support፣ outher_admin (ውጫዊ admin)፣ viewer። ሚናው መደበኛ የመብቶች ስብስብ በራስ-ሰር ያዘጋጃል። owner ሲ ያ ክ ሉ ሊ ም ረ ጥ አይችልም፣ ዝቅ ሊ ደ ረ ግ አይችልም፣ እና ሊ ወ ገ ድ አይችልም","መብቶች (permissions) — የአባል card 6 ቁልፍ checkboxes ያሳያል፦ manage members፣ invite members፣ manage settings፣ view partners፣ view terminals፣ view transactions። ከዚህም በተጨማሪ የተለየ \\"Can invite\\" flag (can_invite)። በዚህ ገጽ ላይ checkboxes read-only ናቸው — ከሚናው ይ ወ ረ ሳ ሉ እና ከሚና ለውጥ ጋር አብረው ይ ቀ የ ራ ሉ ","የTerminal ማ ያ ያ ዣ (terminal_ids) — ለ\\"External admin\\" ሚና (outher_admin) ብቻ ይ ታ ያ ል ፦ እንደዚህ ያለ አባል በ ዝ ር ዝ ሩ ላ ሉ terminals ላይ ብቻ መዳረሻ ያ ገ ኛ ል ፣ ለጠቅላላ ድርጅቱ አይደለም","Archiving ከ ማ ስ ወ ገ ድ ይልቅ — ድርጅት አይ ሰ ረ ዝ ም ነገር ግን ይ archive (በአማራጭ ምክንያት ጋር)፦ read-only ይ ሆ ና ል ። የመድረክ አስተዳዳሪ ብቻ un-archive ሊ ያ ደ ር ግ ይችላል፣ እና በሂደቱ አዲስ owner መ መ ደ ብ አለበት","dCLS Participant እና QR providers — በድርጅቱ ቅንብሮች ውስጥ checkboxes፦ dCLS Participant ወደ FX Settlement፣ Netting Bridge፣ እና Treasury መዳረሻ ይ ከ ፍ ታ ል ፤ QR providers (Alipay፣ WeChat Pay፣ UnionPay፣ LINE Pay፣ PayPay፣ KakaoPay) በ HethWallet ውስጥ ለአጋሮች በነባሪ የትኞቹ QR codes እ ን ደ ሚ ገ ኙ ይወስናሉ","Break-glass access into an organisation's scope is a separate procedure with a time limit and a mandatory justification. Every action taken under it is flagged in the audit log, so it belongs to incident response rather than day-to-day work."],"example":"ደንበኛ \\"Romashka LLC\\" ወደ መድረኩ እየመጣ ነው። አስተዳዳሪው \\"Create\\" ን ጠቅ ያደርጋል፣ name \\"Romashka Pay\\" ን ያስገባል — ስርዓቱ slug \\"romashka-pey\\" ን በራስ-ሰር ያ መ ነ ጫ ል ፤ ከደንበኛ ዝርዝር owner ን ይ ም ር ጣ ል ፣ test አካባቢን ይ ይ ዛ ል ፣ እና በአማራጭ logo URL እና brand color \\"#004D40\\" ን ይ ገ ል ጻ ል ። ካስቀ መ ጠ በኋላ Fintech ድርጅት card ይ ታ ያ ል ። ቀጥሎ አስተዳዳሪው \\"Members\\" ን (በcard ላይ ያለው የሰዎች icon) ይ ከ ፍ ታ ል ፣ \\"Invite\\" ን ጠቅ ያ ደ ር ጋ ል ፣ የ ሒ ሳ ብ ባ ለ ሙ ያ ውን email ያስገባል፣ እና \\"Finance\\" ሚናን ይ ም ር ጣ ል — መብቶቹ (view transactions፣ balances፣ export፣ ወዘተ) በራስ-ሰር ይ ዘ ጋ ጃ ሉ ። የ ም ዝ ገ ባ link ወደ email ይ ሄ ዳ ል ። ቆይቶ፣ ሁ ለ ት terminals ብቻ ለሚ ያ ገ ለ ግ ል ኮ ን ት ራ ክ ተ ር ፣ አባል በ\\"External admin\\" ሚና ይ ታ ከ ላ ል እና እነዚያ ሁለት terminals በTerminal IDs field ውስጥ ይ ም ረ ጣ ሉ — መዳረሻ ለእነሱ ብቻ ይ ገ ደ ባ ል ። ደንበኛው ወደ banking ምርት ሲ ያ ድ ግ ፣ owner \\"Convert to bank\\" ን ጠቅ ያ ደ ር ጋ ል ፣ data region፣ Growth plan፣ እና የቁጥጥር license ይ ም ር ጣ ል — ድርጅቱ \\"BaaS\\" badge እና plan ያ ገ ኛ ል ።","tips":["slug ን በእጅ እስከ ማ ት ነ ኩ ት ድረስ name ን ብቻ ይ ከ ተ ላ ል ፦ slug ን ራስዎ እንደ ተ ስ ተ ካ ከ ሉ ት auto-fill ይ ጠ ፋ ል ። slug የግዴታ ነው፣ ቢያንስ 3 ቁምፊ፣ Latin/አሃዞች/hyphen","አካባቢ (test/prod) አስፈላጊ ቅንብር ነው፦ cards በአካባቢ badge ይ ም ል ከ ታ ሉ ፣ እና በheader ውስጥ ያለው ማጣሪያ የሚ ፈ ለ ገ ው አካባቢ ድርጅቶችን ብቻ እንዲ ያ ሳ ዩ ያስችልዎታል። production ድርጅትን በ ት ኩ ረ ት እ ጥ ረ ት በtest አ ት ፍ ጠ ሩ ","በአስተዳዳሪ ሲ ፈ ጠ ር ፣ owner (ደንበኛ) መ ም ረ ጥ አለበት — ያለ አንዱ \\"Save\\" አዝራር ንቁ አይ ሆ ን ም ። የመጀመሪያ ድርጅቱን የሚ ፈ ጥ ር ደንበኛ ካስቀ መ ጠ በኋላ በራስ-ሰር ወደ setup wizard ይ ወ ሰ ዳ ል ","የአባልን ሚና መ ቀ የ ር መብቶቻቸውን ወዲያውኑ በአዲሱ ሚና ነባሪ ስብስብ ይ ተ ካ ል — የ ግ ለ ሰ ብ የመብት ልዩነቶች በዚህ ገጽ ላይ አ ይ ስ ተ ካ ከ ሉ ም (checkboxes read-only ናቸው)። \\"Owner\\" ሚና ለ ም ደ ባ ፣ ለ ዝ ቅ ታ ፣ እና ለ ማ ስ ወ ገ ድ በበይነገጹ በኩል አይ ገ ኝ ም ","Terminal IDs field እና ትርጉሙ (በ ዝ ር ዝ ሩ ላ ሉ terminals ላይ ብቻ መዳረሻ) ለ\\"External admin\\" ሚና ብቻ ይ ታ ያ ል ፤ ለሌሎች ሚናዎች የለም","\\"Add\\" ዝግጁ Client ID (አስቀድሞ የ ነ በ ረ ደንበኛ UUID) ማ ስ ገ ባ ት ይ ጠ ይ ቃ ል ፣ \\"Invite\\" ግን ወደ አዲስ ተጠቃሚ email ይ ል ካ ል — ሁለቱን ሁኔታዎች አ ታ ደ ባ ል ቁ ። የ archive ድርጅት ሊ ስ ተ ካ ከ ል አይችልም፤ un-archiving ለመድረክ አስተዳዳሪ ብቻ ይ ገ ኛ ል እና አዲስ owner መ መ ደ ብ ይ ጠ ይ ቃ ል ","Close break-glass access as soon as the investigation ends: access left open looks worse in an inspection than the incident it was opened for."]},"dclsNetwork":{"title":"dCLS፦ አውታረ መረብ፣ ተሳታፊዎች፣ minters","summary":"ክፍሉ የdCLS አውታረ መረብ ሁኔታን ያሳያል — በባንኮችና ፈንዶች መካከል ለምንዛሬ ክንውኖች settlement ሞጁል (PvP settlement)። እዚህ በአውታረ መረቡ ውስጥ ማን እንዳለ (ተሳታፊዎች)፣ የትኞቹ fiat tokens እንደ ተ ሰ ጡ እና እ ን ደ ተ ደ ገ ፉ ፣ netting windows እና settlement batches እንዴት እ ን ደ ሚ ካ ሄ ዱ ፣ እና — ለ minter ድርጅቶች — የ ም ዝ ገ ባ status ና mint/burn token ጥያቄዎቻቸውን ያ ያ ሉ ።","whenToUse"
1:"የdCLS አውታረ መረብ ጤንነትን መፈተሽ ሲፈልጉ ይ ክ ፍ ቱ ት ፦ ስንት የ ጸ ደ ቁ ተሳታፊዎች፣ ቀ ጣ ዩ netting window መ ቼ እንደሆነ፣ የመጨረሻው settlement እንዴት እንደ ሄ ደ ፣ tokens የ ተ ደ ገ ፉ እ ን ደ ሆ ኑ ። \\"network\\" ክፍል ለአውታረ መረብ ተሳታፊዎች እና ለdCLS operator ብቻ ይ ገ ኛ ል (ተራ የመድረክ አስተዳዳሪ አያ ይ ም )። \\"minter\\" ብሎክ የ ጸ ደ ቀ profile ባ ላ ቸ ው dcls_minter ዓይነት ድርጅቶች ይ ታ ያ ል — ም ዝ ገ ባ ን እና የon-chain mint/burn ጥያቄዎችን አፈጻጸም ለ መ ከ ታ ተ ል ።","concepts":["Network Overview — በአናቱ ላይ አራት metrics፦ የ ጸ ደ ቁ ተሳታፊዎች ብዛት (እና ጠቅላላ)፣ ወደ ቀ ጣ ዩ netting window countdown፣ በመጨረሻው window ውስጥ ያሉ settlements ብዛት፣ እና የመጨረሻው window netting ratio። ከታች — ወደ ተሳታፊዎች፣ tokens፣ batches፣ እና windows የ ና ቪ ጌ ሽ ን cards።","Participants — የ ጸ ደ ቁ ባንኮችና ፈንዶች ሠንጠረዥ፦ ሕጋዊ ስም፣ የሕግ ክልል፣ settlement mode፣ ETH አድራሻ፣ status፣ የ ማ ጽ ደ ቅ ቀን። ፍለጋ (በስም፣ በሕግ ክልል፣ ወይም በETH አድራሻ) እና በ settlement mode ማጣሪያ አለ። public whitelist ውሂብ ብቻ ይ ታ ያ ል — KYB ዝርዝሮች እዚህ አ ይ ታ ዩ ም ።","Settlement mode (settlement_mode) — ተሳታፊ ግዴታዎችን እንዴት እ ን ደ ሚ ከ ፍ ል ፦ ledger (በመድረኩ የውስጥ ሒሳብ በኩል)፣ onchain (በblockchain settlement)፣ ወይም both። የተሳታፊ statuses፦ approved፣ pending_kyb፣ kyb_submitted፣ under_review፣ rejected፣ suspended፣ revoked።","Tokens & Reserves — ከfactory የFiatTokens cards፦ symbol፣ name፣ chain፣ category፣ total supply፣ backing ratio እንደ መቶኛ፣ እና fully-backed flag (fully backed / under-backed)። ውሂብ በ ቀ ጥ ታ ከcontracts ይ ነ በ ባ ል ።","Netting Windows / Settlement Batches — ባለ 4-ሰዓት windows ከnetting ratio ጋር (በ bilateral matching ተቃራኒ ግዴታዎች ስንት እርስ በ ር ስ እ ን ደ ተ ካ ካ ሱ ) እና የ ተ ከ ፈ ሉ መመሪያዎች ብዛት፤ አንድ batch ለአንድ የ ተ ጠ ና ቀ ቀ window ይ ዛ መ ዳ ል እና የ ledger vs on-chain ስብ ጥ ር እና የ ስ ህ ተ ት ብዛት ያሳያል። በሁለቱም ዝርዝሮች የ ረ ድ ፍ ገ ደ ብ ይ መ ረ ጣ ል ፦ 25 / 50 / 100 / 200።","Minter — ለtoken issuer ድርጅት አራት ገጾች፦ onboarding status (profile፣ KYB፣ MINTER_ROLE grant TX፣ setMinterCap TX)፣ KYB ማ ስ ገ ባ ት ፣ የ ጸ ደ ቁ mint/burn ጥያቄዎች queue፣ እና የ ተ ፈ ጸ ሙ ክንውኖች ታሪክ። ጥያቄዎች በSafe signature ወደ blockchain ይ ቀ ር ባ ሉ ፣ ከዚያ minter የግብይት hash ን በእጅ ያስገባል።"],"example":"የ ተ ሳ ታ ፊ ባንክ ሰራተኛ \\"Network Overview\\" ን ይ ከ ፍ ታ ል እና ያያል፦ \\"Approved participants፦ 12 (of 15)\\"፣ \\"Next netting window፦ in 01:47:12\\"፣ \\"Settled in the last window፦ 340\\"፣ \\"Netting ratio፦ 82.50%\\"። ወደ \\"Participants\\" ይ ሄ ዳ ል ፣ በ settlement mode ማጣሪያ \\"On-chain\\" ን ይ ም ር ጣ ል ፣ እና \\"Kyrgyz\\" ን በፍለጋ ይ ተ ይ ባ ል — ሠንጠረዡ በapproved status፣ የሕግ ክልል KG፣ እና ETH አድራሻ ያ ለ ው counterparty ያሳያል። ከዚያ በ\\"Netting Windows\\" ውስጥ ገ ደ ቡ ን 100 ያዘጋጃል እና በቀኑ ላይ Errors 0 መሆኑን ይ ፈ ት ሻ ል ። በተለይ፣ minter ድርጅት በ\\"Pending Instructions\\" ክፍል ውስጥ ለRUB token 500000 የ ጸ ደ ቀ mint ጥያቄ ያያል፣ ተ ጓ ዳ ኝ Safe ግብይትን ይ ፈ ር ማ ል ፣ \\"Record TX\\" ን ጠቅ ያ ደ ር ጋ ል ፣ hash 0x... እና የblock ቁጥር ያስገባል — ጥያቄው ወደ executed status ይ ን ቀ ሳ ቀ ሳ ል እና በ\\"History\\" ውስጥ ይ ታ ያ ል ።","tips":["\\"network\\" ክፍል observability ብቻ ነው። እዚህ ተሳታፊዎችን ማ ጽ á
1‹° ቅ ወይም statuses መ ቀ የ ር አይችሉም፤ operator dCLS profile status እና ም ዝ ገ ባ ን ይ ቀ ይ ራ ል ። የ ሚ ጠ በ ቅ ተሳታፊ ካልታ የ — መጀመሪያ የ settlement mode ማጣሪያ እና የፍለጋ string ን ይ ፈ ት ሹ ፣ ሠንጠረዡን ያ ጣ ራ ሉ ።","under-backed flag (ብ ር ቱ ካ ና ማ token card) backing ratio ከ ሙ ሉ በታች መሆኑን ያመለክታል — ይህ reserves ን ለመ ከ ታ ተ ል ምልክት እንጂ ወዲያውኑ ስህተት አይደለም። እሴቶች በ ቀ ጥ ታ ከcontracts ይ ነ በ ባ ሉ ፣ ስለዚህ tokens ገ ና በproduction አውታረ መረብ ላይ ካ ል ተ መ ዘ ገ ቡ ባዶ token ዝርዝር ሊ ኖ ር ይችላል።","በminter ገጽ ላይ ያለው \\"Submit KYB\\" አዝራር profile በpending_kyb status ሲ ሆ ን ብቻ ንቁ ነው — በሌሎች statuses (kyb_submitted፣ under_review፣ approved፣ rejected) package ን በ ስ ህ ተ ት እንደገና ላ ለ ማ ስ ገ ባ ት disabled ነው። ሰነዶቹ ራሳቸው ከ በ ይ ነ ገ ጹ ውጭ ይ ጫ ና ሉ ፣ እና ድርጊቱ operator ን ብቻ ያ ሳ ው ቃ ል ።","ግብይት ሲ መ ዘ ግ ቡ (Record TX)፣ hash በSafe ከ ተ ፈ ረ መ በኋላ በእጅ ይ ገ ባ ል ፦ የ ሚ ጠ በ ቀ ው ቅርጸት 0x ከ64 hex ቁምፊ ጋር ነው፣ እና የblock ቁጥር አማራጭ ነው። በhash ውስጥ ስህተት ወደ ተ ሳ ሳ ተ link ይ መ ራ ል — ከ ማ ረ ጋ ገ ጥ ዎ በፊት እሴቱን በblockchain explorer ያረጋግጡ።"]},"workflow":{"title":"Workflow / BPM — የ ን ግ ድ ሂደቶችና ሕጎች builder","summary":"Workflow / BPM ክፍል በAdmin Area ውስጥ የ ተ ገ ነ ባ የ ን ግ ድ ሂደት engine ነው። ሂደትን በ ም ስ ል መ ሳ ል (ለምሳሌ የደንበኛ onboarding ወይም የክፍያ ግምገማ) እንደ የ ደ ረ ጃ ዎ ች ንድፍ ፣ በ እ ሱ instances ማስኬድ ፣ ለ ሰ ራ ተ ኞ ች የእጅ tasks መ ም ደ ብ ፣ እና ውሳ ኔ ዎ ች ን በ decision tables እና business rules በራስ-ሰር ማድረግ — ኮድ ሳ ያ ስ ተ ካ ክ ሉ — ያስችልዎታል።","whenToUse":"ክፍሉ የመድረኩን end-to-end ሂደቶች ለሚ ያ ዋ ቅ ሩ ና ለሚ ከ ታ ተ ሉ ለoperations፣ compliance፣ እና product ሰራተኞች ነው፦ የደንበኛ onboarding እና ማረጋገጫ (KYC)፣ የ ማ ጽ ደ ቅ መንገዶች፣ anti-fraud የክፍያ ፍተሻዎች፣ የ ተ መ ላ ሽ ማስተናገድ። ሲ ፈ ል ጉ ይ ክ ፍ ቱ ት ፦ አዲስ ሂደትን እንደ ንድፍ መ ግ ለ ጽ ፤ አሁን ስንት ሂደቶች እ ን ደ ሚ ሰ ሩ እና የ ት እ ን ደ ሚ ጣ በ ቁ ማየት፤ የእጅ task ወደ ስራ መ ው ሰ ድ ፤ የ ው ሳ ኔ አመክንዮ (የመጠን ገ ደ ቦ ች ፣ risk ሕጎች) ያ ለ developers መ ቀ የ ር ። dashboard (Workflow Operations Center) ውድ ቀ ቶ ች ን እና SLA ተ ገ ዢ ነ ት ን ለመ ከ ታ ተ ል ለ ተ ረ ኛ operator ጠቃሚ ነው።","concepts":["Definition — የ ሂ ደ ት template ንድፍ። version (v1፣ v2...) እና status አለው፦ draft (እ የ ተ ስ ተ ካ ከ ለ )፣ published (የ ታ ተ መ ፣ በ እ ሱ instances ሊ ሰ ሩ ይችላሉ)፣ archived። ማ ተ ም draft ን ወደ ስራ ሁኔታ ያ ን ቀ ሳ ቅ ሳ ል ።","Instance — በ definition የ ተ ለ የ የ ሂ ደ ት ማስኬድ ከራሱ variables ስብስብ ጋር። Statuses፦ running፣ completed፣ failed፣ cancelled፣ suspended። Instance ከ ተ ገ ለ ጸ ምክንያት ጋር ሊ ጀ መ ር እና ሊ ሰ ረ ዝ ይችላል።","Task — ሰራተኛ ማ ከ ና ወ ን ያ ለ በ ት የእጅ ደረጃ (human task)። Statuses፦ pending፣ claimed፣ completed፣ failed፣ escalated። task የ ቡ ድ ን ነው እና deadline (due_at) አለው፤ ሰራተኛው መጀመሪያ ይ ወ ስ ደ ዋ ል (claim)፣ ከዚያ በ form_schema መሠረት form እ የ ሞ ላ á
1‹« ጠ ና ቅ ቀ ዋ ል ።","BPMN editor — የ ም ስ ል ንድፍ builder፦ ከpalette nodes ወደ canvas ይ ጎ ተ ታ ሉ ። Nodes፦ events (Start፣ End፣ Timer)፣ tasks (Service፣ Human፣ Script፣ Loop፣ Multi-Instance)፣ gateways (XOR — አንድ ቅ ር ን ጫ ፍ ፣ AND — በ ት ይ ዩ ፣ OR — በርካታ)፣ sub-process። በ nodes መካከል links ሁኔታ እና default ቅ ር ን ጫ ፍ ሊ ኖ ራ ቸ ው ይችላል።","Decision Table (DMN) — ለ ራ ስ - ሰ ር ውሳኔ \\"input -> output\\" ሠንጠረዥ። Input እና output ዓምዶች እና rule ረድ ፎ ች ይ ገ ለ ጻ ሉ ። hit policy ውጤቱ እ ን ዴ ት እ ን ደ ሚ ም ረ ጥ ይወስናል፦ UNIQUE፣ FIRST፣ PRIORITY፣ ANY፣ COLLECT እና ተ ለ ዋ ጮ ቹ (SUM/MIN/MAX/COUNT)፣ RULE_ORDER፣ OUTPUT_ORDER። ሠንጠረዥ በ test cases ስብስብ ላይ ሊ ገ መ ገ ም እና ሊ ሰ ራ ይችላል (simulate)።","Business Rule — የ\\"conditions -> actions\\" ቅ ር ጽ ሕግ። Context፦ payment፣ kyc፣ workflow፣ custom። Conditions በ logical AND ይ ገ ና ኛ ሉ ፤ operators፦ eq፣ neq፣ gt፣ gte፣ lt፣ lte፣ in፣ not_in፣ contains፣ matches፣ exists፣ not_exists፣ between። Actions፦ set፣ increment፣ decrement፣ append፣ remove፣ call፣ raise_event። priority፣ stop_on_match flag (በ መ ጀ መ ሪ ያ ው ግ ጥ ሚ ት ማ ቆ ም )፣ እና enabled አለ።","The dead letter queue collects instances that have exhausted every retry. It is not an engine failure but the place where a process waits for a person: an instance is either restarted once the cause is fixed or closed by hand.","An error boundary in the process diagram catches a step failure and routes the instance down a fallback branch. Without one, any step error stops the whole process."],"example":"ተግባር፦ የክፍያ risk ፍተሻዎችን በራስ-ሰር ማድረግ። \\"Business Rules\\" ን ይ ከ ፍ ታ ሉ ፣ New Rule ን ጠቅ ያ ደ ር ጋ ሉ ። Name = \\"Large payment — manual review\\"፣ Context = payment፣ Priority = 100 ይ ገ ል ጻ ሉ ። ሁኔታ ያ ክ ላ ሉ ፦ Field = amount፣ Operator = gt፣ Value = 100000። action ያ ክ ላ ሉ ፦ Type = set፣ Field = requires_review፣ Value = true። Enabled ን ያ ዘ ጋ ጃ ሉ እና ያ ስ ቀ ም ጣ ሉ ። ወደ ስራ ከ ማ ስ ገ ባ ት ዎ በፊት፣ Test Rules ን ይ ከ ፍ ታ ሉ ፣ ወደ facts field JSON {\\"amount\\": 150000} ን ያስገባሉ፣ Run ን ጠቅ ያ ደ ር ጋ ሉ — ፓ ነ ሉ Matched፦ 1 rule እና requires_review፦ true ያ ለ ው የ ውጤት facts ያ ሳ ያ ል ። ቀጥሎ በBPMN editor ውስጥ ሂደቱን ይ ሳ ላ ሉ ፦ Start -> Service Task (risk ስሌት) -> XOR gateway ከ requires_review == true ሁኔታ ጋር ወደ Human Task \\"Payment review\\" (team = compliance) የሚ መ ራ ፣ አለበለዚያ በ ቀ ጥ ታ ወደ End። definition ን ያ ት ማ ሉ ። በWorkflow Operations Center dashboard ላይ፣ ለ ተ መ ረ ጠ ጊዜ (ለምሳሌ Last 24h) KPIs ያያሉ፦ Running፣ Completed Today ከ ማ ጠ ና ቀ ቅ መ ቶ ኛ ጋር፣ Failed፣ እና SLA Compliance፤ compliance officer ወደ Tasklist ይ ሄ ዳ ል ፣ በpending ያ ጣ ራ ል ፣ task ን ይ ወ ስ ዳ ል (Claim)፣ እና form ን በ መ ሙ ላ ት ያ ጠ ና ቅ ቃ ል (Complete)።","tips":["Instances የ ሚ ሰ ሩ ት በ ታ ተ መ definition ብቻ ነው። definition በ draft status እ ስ ካ ለ ፣ ወደ instances የ መ ሄ ጃ አዝራር አይ ገ ኝ ም — መጀመሪያ Publish ያ ድ ር ጉ ። የ ሚ ሰ ራ የ ታ ተ መ ን ከ መ ስ በ ር ይልቅ በአዲስ version ለውጦችን ማድረግ ደህንነቱ የተ ጠ በ ቀ ነው።","በbusiness rules ውስጥ Value field እንደ JSON ይ parse ፦ ለbetween እና in operators array በ ካ ሬ ብ ራ ኬ ት ያስገቡ፣ ለምሳሌ [100, 500] ወይም [\\"RU\\",\\"KZ\\"]። ተራ string እንደ string ይ ቆ ያ ል ። ከ ማ ን ቃ ት ዎ በፊት ሁልጊዜ ሕግን በTest Rules ያ ስ ኪ ዱ — የ ተ ረ ሳ stop_on_match የ ቀ ሩ ት ን ሕጎች አፈጻጸም ባ ል ተ ጠ በ ቀ ሁኔታ ሊ ያ ቋ ር ጥ ይችላል።","በdecision table ውስጥ hit policy መ ዋ ቢ ያ አይደለም፦ UNIQUE በትክክል አንድ ረድ ፍ ከinput ጋር እ ን ዲ ዛ መ ድ ይ ጠ ይ ቃ ል (አለበለዚያ ስህተት)፣ FIRST ከ ላ ይ የ መ ጀ መ ሪ ያ ውን ይ ወ ስ ዳ ል ፣ PRIORITY በ ረ ድ ፉ priority ይ ወ ስ ዳ ል ፣ COLLECT_SUM/MIN/MAX/COUNT ሁሉንም የ ተ ዛ መ ዱ ረድ ፎ ች ን ያ ጠ ቃ ል ላ ሉ ። የ ተ ሳ ሳ ተ policy ምርጫ በውጭ ት ክ ክ ለ ኛ በ ሚ መ ስ ል ሠንጠረዥ በ አ መ ክ ን ዮ የ ተ ሳ ሳ ተ ውጤት ይ ሰ ጣ ል ። ሠንጠረዡን በ evaluate እና simulate ይ ፈ ት ሹ ።","የእጅ task በራስ-ሰር አይ ፈ ጸ ም ፦ ሰራተኛው መጀመሪያ Claim ማ ድ ረ ግ አለበት፣ እና የ ተ ወ ሰ ደ task ብቻ Complete አዝራር ያ ገ ኛ ል ። due field እና escalated status ን ይ መ ል ከ ቱ — ያ ለ ፉ እና የ ተ ባ ባ ሱ tasks በ dashboard ላይ SLA Compliance metric ን ይ ነ ኩ ሉ (አረንጓዴ >= 95%፣ ቢጫ >= 80%፣ ከዚያ በ ታ ች ቀይ)።","dashboard በራስ-ሰር ይ ዘ ም ና ል (summary በ የ 30 ሰ ከ ን ዱ ፣ charts በ ደ ቂ ቃ አንድ ጊዜ) እና በ ተ ለ የ definition እና ጊዜ ማ ጣ ራ ት ይችላል (1h/6h/24h/7d/30d)። Recent Issues ብሎክ እና Top Bottlenecks ክፍል የ ሚ ከ ሽ ፉ instances ን እና በጣም የ ዘ ገ ዩ የ ሂ ደ ት nodes ን በ ፍ ጥ ነ ት እንዲ ያ ገ ኙ ያ ግ ዛ ሉ ።","Check the dead letter queue regularly: instances there do not escalate on their own and pile up silently."]},"hostedPages":{"title":"Hosted Payment Pages","summary":"ክፍሉ የ4pay.online \\"hosted\\" የክፍያ forms ን ያ ዋ ቅ ራ ል — በ4pay.online link የ ሚ ከ ፈ ቱ ፣ የራስዎን በይነገጽ ሳ ያ ለ ሙ  ዝ ግ ጁ የክፍያ ገጾች። እዚህ branding፣ ቋንቋ፣ theme፣ የ form fields ስብስብና ቅደም ተከተል፣ እና ለ ማ ሳ ወ ቂ ያ webhook ያ ዘ ጋ ጃ ሉ ፤ እያንዳንዱ ውቅር ከ ድ ር ጅ ት (org) ጋር የ ተ ያ ያ ዘ ነው።","whenToUse"
1:"የራሱ checkout ለ ሌ ለ ው የደንበኛ ድርጅት የክፍያ form ለ ሚ ያ ዘ ጋ ጁ ሰራተኞች። config ይ ፈ ጥ ራ ሉ ፣ መልክና fields ያ ዋ ቅ ራ ሉ ፣ ያ ት ማ ሉ — እና ለ merchant ሊ ሰ ጥ የ ሚ ች ል የ ዝ ግ ጁ የክፍያ ገጽ link ያ ገ ኛ ሉ ። ክፍሉ በSettings ውስጥ ነው። የካርድ ውሂብ እዚህ አይ ዋ ቀ ር ም (በ payment widget ይ ቀ ር ባ ል ፣ የPCI መስፈርት)። አንድ ድርጅት በርካታ configs ሊ ኖ ረ ው ይችላል — ለምሳሌ ለ ተ ለ ያ ዩ ገ በ ያ ዎ ች ወይም ቋንቋዎች የ ተ ለ ዩ ገ ጾ ች ።","concepts":["Slug — የ config አጭር ልዩ መለያ (ለምሳሌ checkout-ru)፣ የ ገ ጹ public link ክፍል፤ በ ፍ ጠ ራ ላይ ይ ዘ ጋ ጃ ል እና ከ ዚ ያ በ ኋ ላ አ ይ ስ ተ ካ ከ ል ም (field ተ ቆ ል ፏ ል )","የConfig statuses — draft / published እና የ ተ ለ የ inactive flag፤ የ ገ ጹ link የ ሚ ሰ ራ ው ለ ታ ተ መ config ከ ተ ሰ ጠ access_token ጋር ብቻ ነው","Branding — Logo URL (https)፣ Primary color፣ እና Accent color በ#RRGGBB ቅርጸት፤ accent color በ form ላይ የ\\"Pay\\" አዝራር ቀ ለ ም ን ይ ቆ ጣ ጠ ራ ል ","Form (form_config) — Variant (default / compact / minimal / express)፣ Theme (light / dark)፣ Input style (underline / regular / monolith)፣ እና Locale (ቋንቋ፣ ለምሳሌ en)፤ የክፍያ form መልክና ቋንቋ ያ ዘ ጋ ጃ ሉ ","Form fields — ሶስት የ ሚ ዋ ቀ ሩ ንጥሎች፦ Email፣ Billing address፣ እና Footer፤ ለ እ ያ ን ዳ ን ዱ ታ ይ ነ ት ይ ቀ የ ራ ል (show_email / show_billing_address / show_footer) እና ቅደም ተከተል በ ላ ይ / በ ታ ች ቀ ስ ቶ ች ይ ቀ የ ራ ል ፤ የካርድ fields ተ ስ ተ ካ ክ ለ ው ሁልጊዜ ይ ታ ያ ሉ ","Webhook — ለ ማ ሳ ወ ቂ ያ Webhook URL (https) እና Webhook secret (HMAC secret)፤ secret write-only ነው — ይ ቀ መ ጣ ል ነገር ግን በ ፍ ጹ ም አይ ም ለ ስ ም እና ካ ስ ቀ መ ጡ በ ኋ ላ በ form ውስጥ አ ይ ታ ይ ም ","Versions እና ማ ተ ም — እ ያ ን ዳ ን ዱ ማ ተ ም የ version ቁ ጥ ር (v1፣ v2 ...) ያ ሳ ድ ግ እና የ link public access_token ን ያ ሽ ከ ረ ክ ራ ል ፤ የ version ታሪክ በ\\"Versions\\" modal ውስጥ ወደ ቀ ደ መ version የ መ መ ለ ስ ችሎታ ጋር ይ ገ ኛ ል "],"example":"ተግባር፦ ለ ሩ ሲ ያ ዊ merchant በ ሩ ሲ ኛ ፣ በ dark theme የክፍያ ገጽ ማ ዘ ጋ ጀ ት ። 1) admin የ ድ ር ጅ ቱ ን organization_id (UUID) ያ ስ ገ ባ ና \\"Open\\" ን ጠቅ ያ ደ ር ጋ ል (ለ ደ ን በ ኛ ተጠቃሚ org በራስ-ሰር ይ ሞ ላ ል )። 2) \\"New config\\" ን ጠቅ ያ ደ ር ጋ ል ፣ Slug = checkout-ru፣ Description = \\"Payment for RF\\"፣ Logo URL፣ Primary color = #004D40፣ Accent color = #FFB300፣ Locale = ru፣ Variant = compact፣ Theme = dark፣ Input style = regular ያ ዘ ጋ ጃ ል ። 3) በ\\"Form fields\\" ብሎክ ውስጥ Billing address ን ያ ጠ ፋ ል ፣ Email እና Footer ን ይ ይ ዛ ል ፣ እና Email ን በ ላ ይ ቀ ስ ት ወደ መ ጀ መ ሪ ያ ያ ን ቀ ሳ ቅ ሳ ል — በ ቀ ኝ ያ ለ ው \\"Preview\\" ወዲያውኑ ውጤቱን ያ ሳ ያ ል ። 4) Webhook URL እና Webhook secret ን ያ ዘ ጋ ጃ ል ። 5) \\"Save\\" -> config በ draft status ይ ፈ ጠ ራ ል ። 6) በ ዝ ር ዝ ሩ ውስጥ \\"Publish\\" ን ጠቅ ያ ደ ር ጋ ል — v1 badge ይ ታ ያ ል እና እንደ {host}/api/v1/{org_id}/hosted_page_configs/checkout-ru/render?token=... ያ ለ public link ይ መ ነ ጫ ል ፣ በ ቅ ጂ icon ተ ቀ ድ ቶ ለ merchant ሊ ሰ ጥ ይችላል። ቆይቶ፣ የconfig ማ ስ ተ ካ ከ ያ እና ሌላ \\"Publish\\" v2 እና አዲስ link token ያ መ ነ ጫ ል ።","tips":["slug ከ ተ ፈ ጠ ረ በ ኋ ላ ሊ ቀ የ ር አይችልም — በ ማ ስ ተ ካ ከ ል ጊዜ field ተ ቆ ል ፏ ል ፤ ስሙ የ public link ክፍል ስ ለ ሆ ነ አ ስ ቀ ድ መ ው ያ ስ ቡ ","public link የ ሚ ታ የ ው ከ ማ ተ ም በ ኋ ላ ብቻ ነው፦ config በ draft status እ ስ ካ ለ ወይም access_token እ ስ ከ ሌ ለ ው ፣ link አ ይ ታ ይ ም እና ገ ጹ አ ይ ከ ፈ ት ም ። እ ያ ን ዳ ን ዱ አዲስ ማ ተ ም token ን ያ ሽ ከ ረ ክ ራ ል — አ ሮ ጌ ው link መ ስ ራ ት ያ ቆ ማ ል ፣ እና የ ተ ዘ መ ነ ው እንደገና ለ merchant መ ሰ ጠ ት አለበት (token TTL በ ነ ባ ሪ 24 ሰ ዓ ት / 86400 ሰ ከ ን ድ ነው)","Webhook secret አንድ ጊዜ ይ ገ ባ ና እንደገና አ ይ ታ ይ ም (write-only፣ password field)። በ ማ ስ ተ ካ ከ ል ጊዜ ሁልጊዜ ባዶ ነው — ባዶ ከ ተ ተ ወ ፣ አስቀድሞ የ ተ ቀ መ ጠ ው secret አ ይ ተ ካ ም ፤ secret ን ለ መ ቀ የ ር አዲስ እሴት ያስገቡ","የካርድ fields (number፣ expiry፣ CVV) እዚህ አ ይ ዋ ቀ ሩ ም እና ሁልጊዜ በ form ላይ አ ሉ — በ payment widget በPCI DSS መá
1ˆµáˆáˆ­á‰µ መሠረት ይ ቀ ር ባ ሉ ። በbuilder ውስጥ Email፣ Billing address፣ እና Footer ብቻ ይ ገ ኛ ሉ ","በ form ላይ ያ ለ ው \\"Notes\\" field \\"not saved\\" ተ ብ ሎ ተ ም ል ክ ቷ ል እና read-only ነው — ለ ጠ ቃ ሚ መረጃ አ ት ጠ ቀ ሙ በ ት ","የversion መ መ ለ ስ config ን ከ ተ መ ረ ጠ version snapshot ውሂብ በ ማ ዘ መ ን ይ ከ ና ወ ና ል እና styling፣ fields፣ ቀ ለ ም ን ፣ እና branding ን ይ መ ል ሳ ል ፣ ነገር ግን webhook secret ን አይ (በ snapshot ውስጥ የለም)። ከ መ መ ለ ስ በ ኋ ላ አስፈላጊ ከ ሆ ነ config ን እንደገና ያ ት ሙ "]},"copilot":{"title":"4pay Copilot settings — operator AI assistant","summary":"This section configures the AI backend for 4pay Copilot, the built-in Admin Area operator assistant. Each organization connects its own AI backend (provider and model); the access key is stored in HashiCorp Vault and cannot be read back through the interface.","whenToUse":"Open this section to connect or switch the organization's AI provider, pick a model, check the configuration status, and manage the assistant's access. An organization administrator sets this up before operators start using Copilot.","concepts":["AI backend — the provider and model serving Copilot requests. An organization uses its own backend (BYO-key) or the platform one.","Vault — the secrets store (HashiCorp Vault): the provider API key is written there and never read back through the UI.","Consent — the organization's consent to AI data processing; it defines which data the assistant may access (scope-based, GDPR Art. 7).","Kill switch — emergency shutdown of Copilot (global, per region, per feature, or per organization) during an incident.","Sanitization — masking sensitive data (PAN, CVV, secrets) before sending it to the AI.","Explainability is an AI-regulation requirement: the assistant must show which data and which rule produced its conclusion. An answer without a basis cannot serve as justification for an operator's action.","Proactive insights are built from the same data the assistant is permitted to see under consent. Narrowing consent narrows the insights — that is a direct consequence of the setting, not a fault.","The assistant does not act silently: anything that changes data requires operator confirmation. The confirmation is the human decision; the assistant's proposal is material for it.","A chat session is bounded by the same consent as everything else: the assistant sees exactly what it is permitted to, which explains why answers differ between organisations."],"example":"Task: connect the organization's AI backend. You open \\"4pay Copilot settings\\", choose the backend type and model, paste the API key (it goes to Vault and is no longer shown), and save — the configuration status changes to \\"configured\\". Operators then see the Copilot widget and can ask about transactions and operations within the granted permissions; proactive insights and confirm-required actions follow the same scope.","tips":["The API key is shown only on entry — it is not read back from Vault; to rotate it, enter a new one.","Check consent and scope before enabling: the assistant only sees data that consent was granted for.","The kill switch disables Copilot immediately — use it if you suspect a leak or incorrect answers.","Record a decision taken on the assistant's prompt the same way as one taken independently: responsibility for it stays with the operator.","Do not confirm an assistant's action without reading what it proposes to change: confirmation moves responsibility to you."]},"goLive":{"title":"Go-live: moving a contour to production","summary":"The wizard moves a setup certified on test into production: it certifies the mandatory scenarios, dry-runs routing, creates the production terminal as a copy of the test one, and drives a staged rollout by cascade weight. This is the last mile of every integration — before the wizard it was done by copying configuration by hand.","whenToUse"
1:"Every time an integration certified on test has to take production traffic: a new payment provider, an entire partner contour, a freshly connected national rail. The wizard does not replace configuration — it carries over what is already configured and certified, so it runs after the processing setup wizard or the rail wizard.","concepts":["Subject of the move — a provider channel or a partner contour. The sequence is identical; a contour is moved channel by channel, starting with the primary one.","Certification — the mandatory scenario set on test: success, decline, timeout, refund, partial capture and reconciliation against the provider report. An unchecked scenario blocks the next step: these are exactly the branches that break in production.","Dry run — POST /routing/simulate against production rules. It shows the decision tree and answers whether the channel is reachable at all, before anything is created.","Move diff — the explicit list of what differs between the production and the test terminal: environment, cascade weight and the active flag. Everything else is copied as is, because the gap between test and prod is the root cause of failures in this operation.","Rollout stage — a traffic share expressed as terminal weight in the cascade, plus an observation window. The channel enters production with a share rather than a switch: at 10% a failure affects a tenth of the operations, not all of them.","Rollback thresholds — the maximum decline rate and latency, defined before the rollout starts. Disabling a terminal takes effect immediately and traffic moves to the remaining channels of the cascade."],"example":"A new acquirer is connected and its test terminal accepts payments. You walk the wizard: tick the six certification scenarios, run the simulation — the decision tree shows the channel is reachable for RUB and the payment type. You create the production terminal: the diff shows env test -> prod, weight 100 -> 10, active false. The first stage is 10% for a day, then 30%, 60%, 100%. A day later the quality report shows a 1.8% decline rate against a 5% threshold — you raise the stage.","tips":["Thresholds invented during an incident are always laxer than the ones you need. Set them at the rollout step, while there is no pressure.","Do not move several channels of the same partner at once: when declines rise it becomes impossible to tell which channel is at fault.","The immediate shutdown button lives in the wizard on the rollback step — you do not have to hunt for the terminal in the general list mid-incident.","Unless «activate now» is ticked, the wizard creates the production terminal disabled: convenient for preparing everything ahead and switching it on in an agreed window."]},"railOnboarding":{"title":"National payment rail onboarding","summary":"The wizard configures a connection to a national payment system: NSPK and cross-border SBP, the digital ruble, Aani and UAEFTS in the UAE, ACSS PAD in Canada. Six rails share one setup path and differ only in reference data, so there is a single wizard with a rail catalogue.","whenToUse":"When entering a national market where settlement runs through the local payment system rather than card schemes. A pilot in Russia depends on SBP and NSPK, in the UAE on Aani and UAEFTS, in Canada on ACSS PAD — so the wizard usually runs before the first production operation on that market.","concepts":["Participation mode — direct membership in the payment system or operating through a sponsor bank. It determines whose participant identifiers go into the connection details.","Admission pre-check — membership, participant identifiers and licences. A rail will not work until the participant is registered with its operator, and no configuration in the console substitutes for that.","Adapter — the platform module implementing a specific rail protocol. Its name is shown in the summary: you will need it when investigating an incident with support.","Operating window — the hours the rail works. It matters for RTGS systems: outside the window operations are queued rather than declined.","Payer mandate — the consent for direct debit. Required only by rails such as ACSS PAD; for the others the mandate step is not shown at all.","The rail terminal is created disabled in the test environment: a trial operation comes before production traffic, and the move to production is a separate wizard."],"example":"You are launching acceptance in Canada. You pick ACSS PAD and the sponsor-bank mode. You confirm admission: Payments Canada membership through the sponsor, compliance with the H1 rules, participant identifier. You fill in adapter details, partner, CAD, the acceptance direction, limits and window. The wizard shows the mandate step and states plainly that the platform has no mandate registry: storage and revocation happen outside the console. The terminal is created — next come the trial operation and the go-live wizard.","tips":["Keep keys and certificates in Vault and pass them by reference rather than by value in the credentials field.","Every rail lists what stays outside automation — read it before you start: ISO 8583 certification, the EAEU corridor and the mandate registry are there.","Run the wizard once per rail
1: admissions, windows and currencies differ, and a shared setup would lead to wrong connection details."]},"waqfEndowment":{"title":"Waqf endowment creation","summary":"The wizard establishes a waqf — a perpetual charitable endowment whose principal is locked forever and where only income is distributed to beneficiaries. Before the wizard the core object of this product line could not be created from the console at all.","whenToUse":"When creating a new endowment, cash or property. An existing fund — accrued income, distributions, pausing — is managed on the waqf page rather than here: the wizard establishes but does not edit.","concepts":["Principal — the transferred assets. Locked in perpetuity and never spent: only accrued income is distributed.","Beneficiaries and shares — addresses and purpose (charity, education, health, general). Shares must total exactly 100%: the fund does not retain an undistributed remainder.","Guardian (mutawalli) — the only party who can pause distribution. A fund without a guardian cannot be paused.","Minor units — the principal is sent to the backend as an integer number of minor currency units, so the wizard shows the conversion before you confirm.","Irreversibility — creation cannot be undone technically or contractually. That is why the last step asks you to retype the amount: it is the only guard against establishing the wrong fund."],"example":"A founder contributes AED 1,000,000 for scholarships. You choose a cash waqf, enter the amount and currency — the wizard shows 100,000,000 minor units. You add two beneficiaries: an education fund at 60% and a charity at 40%, totalling 100%. You name a guardian, tick the signed deed and the Shariah opinion. On confirmation you retype the amount — the fund is created and the contract deployed.","tips":["Verify beneficiary addresses before confirming: income sent to a wrong address is as irreversible as the creation itself.","If beneficiaries may have to change, plan the replacement procedure in advance — it is governed by the deed, not by platform settings.","With no income a distribution simply does not run: the cycle is skipped and the principal is untouched."]},"zoltDashboard":{"title":"ZolT — the gold token","summary":"The section shows the state of the ZolT stack: tokens issued, vault holdings, backing ratio, contract state and the redemption queue. ZolT is a backed token — every unit is backed by gold held by a custodian, so a gap between issuance and holdings is a reputational problem rather than a technical one.","whenToUse":"For daily backing supervision, quarterly reserve attestation, redemption request handling and any operation on roles and vaults. The initial stack launch is a separate ZolT go-live wizard.","concepts":["Backing ratio — confirmed vault holdings divided by tokens issued. Below one it means unbacked issuance.","Vault — a legally documented storage location at a custodian, with a capacity limit and insurance cover. Reserves are counted across vaults included in the calculation.","Contract roles — issuance, audit, pause, blacklist, upgrade and oracle. Each role is granted to its own address; combining them on one address defeats the separation of duties.","Emergency pause — halting all contract operations. Used on suspicion of key compromise or of an issuance error.","Blacklist — blocking an address on sanctions or AML grounds. Funds of a blocked address stay inaccessible until the block is explicitly lifted."],"example":"Morning check: 12,500 tokens issued, confirmed holdings across three vaults total 12,500 units, ratio 1.00. A week after a new delivery is accepted the ratio reads 1.02 — excess backing, issuance trails delivery. That is fine; the opposite is the alarming case.","tips":["Contract write operations require the administrator key and on-chain confirmation: schedule them into an agreed window rather than doing them ad hoc.","An emergency pause halts redemptions too — warn holders in advance if the pause is planned.","Investigate a backing gap before signing the attestation report: a published discrepancy cannot be withdrawn."]},"workflowDecisions":{"title":"Decision tables and rules (DMN)","summary":"The section maintains decision tables: condition sets by which the platform makes automatic decisions — approve an application, send an operation to manual review, pick a tariff. Here they are created, published, simulated on historical data and compared across versions in an experiment.","whenToUse"
1:"When a decision has to follow transparent rules rather than code: application scoring, manual-review thresholds, case routing. Also before changing a live rule — to simulate the new version before publishing.","concepts":["Decision table — a set of «conditions -> result» rows. Row order matters: the first matching row wins unless the table is set to collect all matches.","Publication — promoting a table version to live. Until published a table is a draft and affects no decisions.","Simulation — running a table over historical data with no consequences. It shows how the new version would have decided cases that already happened.","Experiment — comparing the live version with a candidate on live traffic. Part of the real operations is decided by the candidate, so consequences occur in reality, not in a model.","Decision audit — the log of rules that fired per case. The primary tool for answering «why were we declined».","A connector call from a decision table reaches out to an external service at the moment of decision. Its unavailability stops the decision, so the call must have a timeout and a fallback."],"example":"You raise the manual-review threshold from 100,000 to 150,000. You create a new table version and simulate it over last month's operations: manual reviews drop from 12% to 7%, and none of the confirmed fraud operations would have been auto-approved. You publish the version.","tips":["Always simulate before publishing: a table not tested against history is a hypothesis, not a rule.","An experiment runs on live operations: define stop conditions and a deadline up front, otherwise a bad candidate keeps running until somebody notices.","Keep rules few and coarse: a hundred small overlapping rows make system behaviour unpredictable for the operators themselves.","Define the fallback in advance: without one, an unavailable external service turns into a halt on every decision of that type."]},"dclsMintBurn":{"title":"dCLS — fiat token issuance and redemption","summary":"The section performs minting and burning of fiat tokens by dCLS network participants. Issuance is backed by reserves on the minter account: a token appears in the network only after a confirmed reserve top-up, and burning releases the reserve back.","whenToUse":"When topping up the working token balance ahead of a settlement window and when withdrawing funds from the network. Operations are initiated by the minter and confirmed by multisig, so the section is used together with the signing officers.","concepts":["Reserve — the fiat backing of issued tokens. The reserve-to-issuance ratio is checked before confirmation: issuing beyond the reserve is not allowed.","Multisig — issuance executes only after the required number of signatures. This is not a formality: a single signature would mean one employee can create money.","Confirmation queue — the state between initiation and execution. Until signatures are collected the operation affects neither the reserve nor the network.","Burn — the reverse operation: tokens are destroyed and the reserve is released. An amount burned by mistake can only be restored by a new issuance, that is by a new set of signatures."],"example":"Ahead of a settlement window the minter issues 5,000,000 token units against a topped-up reserve. The operation enters the queue, the second and third signers confirm it, tokens appear in the network. After the window the unused balance is burned and the reserve returns to the account.","tips":["Check the reserve-to-issuance ratio before initiating: an operation rejected at signing is time lost before the window.","Do not leave signature collection to the settlement window itself: signers may be unavailable and the window will not wait.","Issuance and burning are irreversible: «burn the excess, then issue it back» costs two signature rounds, not one action."]},"dclsSettlementOps":{"title":"dCLS — settlement operations and failure handling","summary":"The section drives network settlement windows: running the current window, retrying failed batches and handling a failed settlement. Settlement is payment-versus-payment: either both sides receive their currencies or nobody does.","whenToUse"
1:"For a routine window run, for retrying a batch once the cause of failure is fixed, and for handling a failed settlement when positions have to be returned to participants.","concepts":["Settlement window — the interval over which mutual obligations are netted. The netting ratio shows how much less funding was needed compared with settling every trade separately.","Batch — a set of instructions executed as one unit. Partial execution is not allowed: it would leave one side without its counter-payment.","Failed settlement — a window where not all obligations are covered. It requires an unwind: positions return to participants and obligations move to the next window.","Unwind — the position return operation. It is irreversible and affects every participant of the window, so it is performed only once the cause is known: insufficient collateral at a specific participant, or an execution failure."],"example":"A window closes as a failed settlement: one participant lacked collateral on the USD/AED pair. You check its position and limit, unwind the window — positions return to everyone and obligations move on. The participant tops up collateral and the next window settles normally.","tips":["Record the cause before unwinding: an unwind without a known cause repeats in the next window.","Retrying a batch makes sense only after the cause is fixed — otherwise it reproduces the same failure and wastes the window.","Warn the window participants about an unwind: for them these are cancelled settlements, not a technical detail."]},"cooperatives":{"title":"Cooperatives","summary":"The section maintains cooperatives: membership, share contributions, votes and the lifecycle from creation to dissolution. A cooperative decides by general meeting, so the console records decisions already taken rather than replacing them.","whenToUse":"When registering a new cooperative, admitting or excluding members, running votes, and at dissolution. Cooperative products are configured by a separate wizard.","concepts":["Share — a member's contribution granting a vote and a claim in distributions. Its return on exit and at dissolution follows the charter.","Vote — a general meeting decision recorded with quorum and ballots. Operations requiring a meeting decision rely on its minutes.","Dissolution — terminating the cooperative. Irreversible and affecting every member's share, so it runs strictly after obligations are settled.","Order of settlement at dissolution — third-party obligations first, then return of shares, then distribution of the remainder."],"example":"The general meeting resolved to dissolve. You check outstanding member loans, open deposits and open votes, record the minutes with quorum, settle in order, produce the closing document pack and terminate the cooperative.","tips":["Dissolving with open obligations leaves members' funds locked — the pre-check is mandatory, not advisory.","Enter the meeting date and quorum from the minutes: a mismatch makes the decision contestable.","A single member leaving is not a dissolution: returning their share per the charter is enough."]},"rpaBot":{"title":"RPA — automating routine operations","summary":"An RPA bot performs repetitive actions in external systems on the operator's behalf: download a register from a bank portal, export a provider report, fill in a form. The section registers the bot, sets its schedule and the credentials it works under.","whenToUse":"When an operation is done by hand every day, has no API, and its content does not change between runs. If the system has an API, an integration is more reliable than a robot depending on someone else's markup.","concepts":["Bot — a scripted sequence of actions in an external system, bound to an account. Credentials live in Vault, not in the script.","Schedule — when the bot runs. Align it with the external system's availability: bank portals are often down for maintenance at night.","Monitoring — the run log with outcomes. A silent bot is more dangerous than a crashed one: the work is not done and nobody knows.","Limits — a robot reproduces human actions and breaks when the external interface changes. That is expected behaviour, not a platform fault."],"example":"An acquirer register is downloaded manually every morning. You register a bot: account, download steps, schedule at 06:30 on weekdays, target folder. From there the file is picked up by automatic reconciliation — the operator only handles discrepancies.","t
1ips":["Give the bot its own account: a shared one makes it impossible to tell who performed an action.","Check the behaviour when the external system is unavailable — retry or skip — before putting the bot on a schedule.","A robot is a stopgap until an API exists, not a permanent architecture; deploy it so that replacing it with an integration does not require reworking the process."]},"tradeFinanceInstrument":{"title":"Letter of credit issuance","summary":"The wizard drives a credit through draft, approval and issuance. Under UCP 600 an issued letter of credit is an irrevocable bank undertaking: it cannot be withdrawn unilaterally, only amended by agreement of the parties, and the applicant's margin cover is already blocked by then.","whenToUse":"When the bank undertakes payment on a foreign-trade deal. Amendments to an issued instrument and document examination are handled on the trade finance page.","concepts":["Credit type — the form of the undertaking. Confirmed adds a second bank's undertaking, transferable allows assigning the claim, back-to-back is opened against the first credit, revolving serves a series of similar shipments.","Document list — what the bank pays against. A mismatch between deal terms and the document list means the bank must pay on a formally compliant presentation, even if the goods are wrong.","Margin cover — the share of the amount blocked at the applicant. Blocking happens on accounts outside the wizard: here the arrangement is recorded for documents and pre-approval review.","Dual control — approval by a separate officer before issuance. The backend rejects issuing an unapproved credit, so the step cannot be bypassed.","The amount goes in minor units as an integer: the platform accepts neither fractional values nor zero."],"example":"A UAE importer buys equipment in China for USD 250,000. You open an irrevocable credit: applicant AE, beneficiary CN, expiry in 90 days, Incoterms CIF, loading and discharge ports. Documents: commercial invoice, bill of lading, packing list, certificate of origin. Cover 100% on the blocking account. After the compliance check you create the draft, a colleague approves, you issue — the instrument goes under presentation-deadline control.","tips":["Reconcile the document list against delivery terms before approval: after issuance the list changes only by amendment agreed with the beneficiary.","Bank guarantees and documentary collection are not part of this wizard — they live in other platform resources.","The platform stores no dedicated fields for advising and confirming banks: record them in the deal documents."]},"merchantOffboarding":{"title":"Merchant offboarding","summary":"The wizard closes a merchant account in the order that keeps money and obligations consistent: stop acceptance first, then close the refund window, settle finally, and only then revoke access and close.","whenToUse":"When ending the relationship with a merchant at the client's request, on a contract breach, or by a compliance decision. The operation is rare, so the operator meets it as if for the first time — the wizard holds the order instead of memory.","concepts":["Step order is the substance of the process. Revoking access before the final settlement leaves the client's money locked in the system and invites a regulatory claim over holding client funds.","Orphaned organisations — organisations left without an owner once the client is deleted. The pre-check lists them by name: they will be archived along with the client.","Refund window — the period during which refunds are still possible on completed operations. While it is open, part of the balance is retained.","Blocking items — conditions that make closure unavailable: open disputes, live terminals, active subscriptions, an unfinished settlement. The wizard does not let you bypass them.","Typing the client name is the final guard: closure is irreversible, and a returning client goes through onboarding again."],"example":"A client leaves by its own decision. You pick the reason and stop date, run the pre-check — two organisations will be left without an owner. You disable terminals, cancel subscriptions, wait for the refund window to close, run the final reconciliation and pay out the balance. You export the operations register for the client, notify the partner and providers, type the client name and close the account.","tips":["Do not close an account with an open dispute: it may still require a debit, and there will be nothing left to debit.","An uncancelled subscription keeps charging after closure — the most common complaint after offboarding.","The data retention period is set by the client's jurisdiction: deleting early breaches regulatory requirements."]},"payoutCorridorLaunch":{"title":"Payout corridor launch","summary":"The wizard configures an outbound direction: payout terminal, beneficiary requisite format per country, FX rules, limits and the manual review threshold. An outbound transfer has no chargeback — a requisite error means 
1stuck funds and a manual investigation with the receiving bank.","whenToUse":"When opening a new payout direction — a new country, currency or credit method. The rail provides the channel and the corridor is configured on top of it: rail wizard first, this one second.","concepts":["Requisite format — account number rules and mandatory fields for the destination country. The wizard verifies them on a control account before the corridor is published.","Rate source and rate age — a stale rate is more dangerous than a missing one: the payout leaves at a price the market no longer has. The maximum age defines when an operation must request a fresh rate.","Tolerance — how far the actual rate may diverge from the expected one before the operation stops.","Manual review threshold — the amount above which a payout goes to a human decision. Sanctions screening of the beneficiary runs regardless of the threshold.","A corridor is a single-direction setup. The platform has no batch payout register: operations go through the API one by one."],"example":"You open payouts to India in INR by bank transfer. You set partner, provider and wallet, then verify a control account — 9 to 18 digits plus an IFSC code. The rate comes from the platform reference with a 50 basis point markup, 1% tolerance and a 15-minute maximum age. You set per-transaction limits and a daily volume, manual review above 500,000. You configure register export and reconciliation, create the corridor and run a trial payout.","tips":["Verify the requisite format on a real control account rather than an invented one: receiving banks treat spaces and case differently.","The corridor is created disabled in the test environment: a trial payout must pass before production traffic.","Register export and reconciliation are configured by their own wizards — do not create a third copy of the same rules inside the corridor."]},"distributionRun":{"title":"Investor income distribution","summary":"The wizard computes the distribution register and runs the payout batch for a campaign. The batch executes in bulk: an error means money sent to the wrong people in the wrong amounts, and it comes back only at the recipients' goodwill.","whenToUse":"When distributing income for a reporting period on an investment campaign. Distribution schedules and per-recipient statuses live on the PFP dashboard.","concepts":["The distributable base is computed outside the platform and entered as a final figure: the model has no source for it.","Shares are computed against the included recipients' total, not the original hundred per cent: otherwise an excluded recipient would quietly move their part into the remainder.","Deductions — platform fee, recognised expenses, organiser share and reserve — reduce the base before shares are computed.","The platform does not withhold tax at source: the distribution model has no such field. The wizard computes it for reference; withholding happens outside the platform.","The rounding remainder deliberately stays with the campaign: shares are whole minor units and fractions are not smeared across recipients."],"example":"A campaign closes the quarter with 4,000,000 minor units of income. Platform fee 200 basis points, expenses 50,000, organiser share 500 basis points. That leaves 3,670,000 to distribute. Twelve investors hold 3% to 22%; one is excluded on a sanctions flag, and their share is redistributed among the included rather than dropped into the remainder. The register balances, the approver signs off, the batch goes out.","tips":["Check the payout account balance before the run: a batch that stops midway is unpicked recipient by recipient.","A minimum payout threshold avoids transfers that cost more than they carry.","The reference tax figure is for reconciliation with accounting — do not mistake it for a completed withholding."]},"rbfContract":{"title":"Revenue-based financing contract","summary":"The wizard handles an RBF contract in two modes — new agreement and revision of an active one — and models the repayment schedule before activation. Activation fixes both parties' obligations and starts collecting the revenue share.","whenToUse"
1:"When funding against a share of future revenue and when changing the terms of a contract already being performed. Recorded revenue is managed on the contracts page.","concepts":["Revenue share and repayment multiple together define the economics: the multiple sets the repayment cap, the share sets how fast it accrues.","Repayment cap is the funded amount times the multiple. The contract closes on reaching the cap, not on the calendar.","An open-ended tail is when the cap is not reached within the maximum term at the given revenue. The wizard shows it during modelling so the terms are fixed before signing, not after.","A minimum payment protects against the contract never amortising when revenue falls; it also makes a bad month harder on the client.","Money fields are sent as strings: the controller declares them as strings and a JSON number returns 422."],"example":"Funding of 500,000 at an 8% revenue share and a 1.4 multiple gives a 700,000 cap. At a baseline revenue of 90,000 a month the share yields 7,200, so the cap needs 97 months against a 36-month limit — modelling shows a tail in all three scenarios. Raising the share to 20% and adding a minimum payment closes the base case in 39 months and the optimistic one in 30.","tips":["Look at the pessimistic scenario: it shows what the contract becomes in a bad year.","A revision changes the terms of a contract being performed: attach an old-versus-new comparison to the parties' consent.","Activation cannot be undone unilaterally — before it the contract is a draft and edits freely."]},"decisionExperiment":{"title":"Decision rule experiment","summary":"The wizard runs an A/B of the live decision rule version against a candidate on live traffic — with guardrails that must be present: a control group, a traffic share below one hundred per cent, an automatic stop condition and a deadline.","whenToUse":"When historical simulation is not enough and versions must be compared on real operations. Results and termination live on the experiments page.","concepts":["The control group is the live version. Without it there is nothing to compare against: you get a description of the candidate, not a comparison.","Traffic share is the portion of operations decided by the candidate. One hundred per cent means no control, so the wizard rejects it.","Excluded segments keep large amounts and sensitive clients out: there the cost of a wrong decision outweighs any statistical gain.","The stop condition and the deadline are set before launch: thresholds invented during an incident are always laxer than the ones needed.","An experiment has no rollback — only termination. A declined payment or missed fraud has already happened by the time you stop it."],"example":"The candidate relaxes the manual review threshold. You set 10% traffic, exclude operations above 500,000 and clients with open disputes, pick manual-review share as the metric with fraud share not worsening, auto-stop on fraud rising by 0.5 percentage points, and a 14-day deadline. The dry run over last month shows decisions diverging in 4% of cases. You launch.","tips":["Set a cap on affected operations: a deadline in days does not limit volume during a peak week.","Name the observer explicitly — an ownerless experiment runs until someone happens to notice.","After the experiment, roll the candidate out through the go-live wizard rather than switching it to one hundred per cent."]},"cooperativeDissolution":{"title":"Cooperative dissolution","summary":"The wizard terminates a cooperative by resolution of the general meeting: it records the basis, checks open obligations, sets the settlement order and performs the irreversible termination.","whenToUse":"After the general meeting resolves to dissolve. The console records a decision already made — how it is made is governed by the charter and the law.","concepts":["The basis is the meeting minutes with date and quorum. A mismatch with the minutes makes the decision contestable.","The pre-check covers the main risk: terminating with outstanding loans, open deposits or live votes leaves members' funds locked.","Settlement order: third-party obligations first, then return of members' shares, then distribution of the remainder.","The claims deadline is the window in which creditors and members raise claims before final closure.","Termination is irreversible: restoring a cooperative means creating a new one, with a new membership and new shares."],"example":"The meeting resolved to dissolve at a 78% quorum, minutes no. 14. You check: no outstanding loans, two deposits closed early, no open votes, balances reconciled. You set the settlement order and a 60-day claims deadline, notify members and the regulator, produce the closing pack. You type the cooperative name and terminate it.","tips":["A single member leaving is not a dissolution: returning their share under the charter is enough.","Do not terminate before the claims deadline expires: a late claim is then handled outside the platform.","Produce the closing document pack before termination — afterwards the cooperative's data set changes."]},"feeRecalculation":{"title":"Bulk fee recalculation","summary":"The wizard runs a recalculation of fees across a selection of operations. The run rewrites history at once and has no rollback: it applies today's configuration to a past period.","whenToUse"
1:"When a rate or channel mapping has been corrected and historical fees must match the current configuration. Results are checked against operations and the ledger.","concepts":["The run takes the current terminal fees and partner tariffs: if configuration changed after the operations, the historical picture is replaced by the current one.","A filter is mandatory: the backend rejects an empty body — the only thing standing between the operator and recalculating everything.","The response has no body: you cannot learn afterwards how many operations were affected, so the scope is estimated beforehand from the operations list with the same filter.","There is no rollback. A mistake is corrected only by another run with a different configuration — that is, one more pass over the same selection."],"example":"A partner rate was corrected retroactively from 2.2% to 1.9% effective 1 July. You bring terminal fees to the right values, set the selection: partner, 1–31 July, type payment, status success. You open operations with the same filter — 4,812 records — and carry the number into the estimate. You type the confirmation, run it, then reconcile the fees in the ledger.","tips":["Never run with a single filter dimension: the selection will almost certainly be wider than intended.","Bound the period on both sides — otherwise the run touches the organisation's entire history.","Check channel fees before launching: the wizard does not verify them for you, it only reminds you."]},"currencyPair":{"title":"Currency pair setup","summary":"The wizard adds a currency to the reference and opens a rate with a validity window. Mistakes here are not visible immediately: overlapping windows make conversion depend on which rate was picked, and a currency's minor unit is set irreversibly.","whenToUse":"When opening a new conversion direction. Markups and multi-currency settings live on the currencies page.","concepts":["The minor unit (decimal places) determines how every amount in the currency reads. Changing it on a currency with history rewrites the meaning of that history.","A rate validity window is the period it applies to. Overlapping windows on one pair is the costliest error: the divergence surfaces at reconciliation, not at conversion.","Nominals set the scale: a rate 'per 100 units' and 'per 1 unit' are different records, and confusing them gives a result off by two orders of magnitude.","A rate without an end date applies indefinitely: the next rate must be closed manually or it will overlap the previous one.","The markup lives separately from the rate and applies at organisation, partner or terminal level."],"example":"You open the USD/KZT pair. KZT is already in the reference, so you only add the rate: source — platform reference, nominals 1:1, value 512.40, effective from 1 September with no end, environment test. You set a 50 basis point markup at organisation level on the currencies page. After a trial conversion you move the rate to prod.","tips":["Verify the minor unit against ISO 4217 before creating a currency: JPY and KRW have no fractional part, while BHD and KWD have three decimals.","Close the previous rate before opening a new one if the new one starts inside its window.","Set the pair up in test first: a nominal mistake shows on the very first trial conversion."]},"tokenRegistry":{"title":"Token registry entry","summary":"The token registry defines how the platform reads every amount for a contract. A scale error is not rejected by the form and is invisible on screen — it surfaces as an amount that is off by a factor of ten, a thousand or a trillion.","whenToUse":"When adding a new token — fiat, gold, stablecoin or wrapped asset — to the platform registry.","concepts":["Scale (decimals) is how many decimal places the contract counts in. It is not formatting but the way all of the token's amounts are read: 18 against 6 is a millionfold difference.","The currency code must exist in the reference before the token is recorded, otherwise the registry points at nothing and you find out on the first operation.","Before writing, the platform asks the contract for decimals() itself. A mismatch is a 422 and nothing is written. Silence from the chain means the record 
1is accepted with a 'scale unverified' mark.","The 'scale unverified' mark is informational: it does not block operations with the token. The background audit clears it as soon as the chain answers.","Settlement eligibility and the active flag are different things: an inactive token is not tracked by the node at all, while a non-eligible one simply does not take part in settlement."],"example":"You add a fiat rouble token on the test network. RUB already exists in the reference, the symbol is RUB_T, type 'fiat', numeric code 643, contract address from the factory issue, scale 18. The wizard shows that the same on-chain record reads as 1,000 at scale 18 and as a billion at scale 9. You verify the value against the contract itself rather than the issue description, and write the record.","tips":["Check the scale against the contract, not the token documentation: on upgradeable contracts it changes with the implementation and leaves no trace in storage.","The chain identifier must match the network: 1 for mainnet, 11155111 for the test network. The wizard flags a mismatch before writing.","Add the token on the test network first: a scale mistake there costs only time."]},"shopDescriptor":{"title":"Payment descriptor by shop","summary":"An aggregator runs payments for hundreds of shops through one terminal, and by default the buyer sees a technical operation identifier on the statement. The wizard replaces it with a meaningful description chosen by shop.","whenToUse":"When onboarding a sub-merchant, when 'I don't recognise this charge' tickets grow, and when the provider a shop's payments run through changes.","concepts":["The order is mandatory: without a category description the shop cannot be created at all — the form returns an error.","The category-mode marker goes into the terminal's default description field. Nothing in the interface mentions it — the field is plain text with no hint.","Ordinary text in place of the marker gives the same descriptor on every payment of the terminal. This is the most common misconfiguration and it shows on the very first transaction.","The shop is matched from specific to general: first the record for that provider, then the record with no qualifiers, and only then any record with that shop identifier.","A shop's own description overrides its category description. If it is empty, the category one is used."],"example":"A partner runs payments for 240 shops through one terminal. You add a 'gaming' category description in Russian and English, then a shop record for shop_1042 qualified by provider, then enable description substitution on the terminal and enter the marker. Instead of a technical identifier the buyer sees 'Game account top-up'. A text change applies from the next transaction — neither the partner nor the terminal is touched.","tips":["Always add a description in the local language: without it the buyer sees text in another one.","A provider qualifier makes sense when the same shop runs through different channels with different descriptor requirements.","The shop's active flag does not affect the description — it rejects payments only when shop-identifier validation is enabled on the terminal."]},"localEkyc":{"title":"Local customer identification","summary":"The wizard assembles the configuration for verifying a customer through a state registry: provider, identification level, requested data, subject consent and mismatch rules. The Russian, UAE and Indonesian profiles differ in reference data; the steps are the same.","whenToUse":"When opening a new market where customer identification relies on a state registry.","concepts":["The account level determines what the customer is allowed to do. A simplified account does not confirm the data and is not enough for identification under anti-money-laundering rules.","The scope of consent is examined by supervisors as closely as the identification itself: do not request data beyond what the chosen level needs.","The rule for a mismatch between the result and the questionnaire matters more than the check itself: mismatches generate most of the review workload.","The agreement with the registry operator is signed outside the console — it is a legal precondition of access, not a technical setting.","The provider configuration is not yet written into the platform: no configuration endpoint exists for any of the three. The wizard records the decision; results are observed in KYC cases."],"example":"You enable identification through the Russian state portal. Level — standard account; data — full name, date of birth, insurance number and tax number;
1 consent valid for 12 months; recheck after a year. A mismatch with the questionnaire goes to manual review, as does a provider refusal. Registering the system with the ministry and obtaining the certificate happen before connection.","tips":["A fallback provider must give the same identification level, or some customers will pass through a weaker check.","Plan the recheck: without it the data ages with nothing to trigger an update.","The existing UAE and Indonesia wizards remain — they are the same profiles opened straight at the right jurisdiction."]},"partnerProgram":{"title":"Agent and reseller onboarding","summary":"The wizard adds the partner layer on top of ordinary onboarding: partnership type, a reward model on top of tariff fees, the referral loop and the programme's boundaries.","whenToUse":"When onboarding a partner who brings in customers or manages them directly.","concepts":["A share of turnover and a share of the platform fee differ by orders of magnitude: the same number means entirely different money. The base must match the wording of the contract.","A reseller needs the partner portal: without it they cannot manage their own customers.","The referral bonus goes to the referred customer, not the partner: the partner's reward is a separate model.","The partner-branded environment is configured by a separate wizard: this one creates the partner and the terms, then hands over.","The partner's data visibility and rights come from their role in the partner portal after onboarding."],"example":"You onboard an agent who brings customers in two countries. Type — agent, partner portal enabled, reward — 20% of the platform fee on the referred customers' operations, payout threshold 10,000, monthly frequency, markets RU and KZ. A referral code is also created with a bonus for the referred customer, valid until the end of the year.","tips":["The partner password must be at least 12 characters: a shorter one is rejected by the platform.","The rate and partnership type can be changed later on the partner card — the programme need not be set up again.","The tariff plan and individual rates live in billing: the wizard records the reward model on top of them, not instead of them."]},"supplyChainAdvance":{"title":"Supply chain advance","summary":"The full path of a supplier financing request: the parties, amount and term, fee and repayment schedule, dual control and disbursement. Before this wizard the mechanism was unreachable from the console.","whenToUse":"When financing a supplier against a future delivery.","concepts":["Disbursement is irreversible: the money is with the counterparty and recovery goes through collection. That is why the cost is computed before the decision, not after.","Dual control means more than one approval is required, and approvals are counted against different accounts.","The last instalment takes the rounding remainder — otherwise the debt never closes to the last unit and the request stays open.","The advance as a share of the invoice estimate shows the coverage: an advance above ninety per cent of the estimate is not secured against short delivery.","Creating the request disburses nothing: it records the terms and opens approval."],"example":"A supplier asks for a 500,000 advance against a delivery six weeks out. The invoice estimate is 700,000, so the advance is 71%. The fee is 2% and there are three instalments: two of 170,000 and a final one that takes the rounding remainder. After the request is created, two staff members approve it, then the operator checks the details and confirms disbursement by typing it out.","tips":["If no supplier is specified, the request is recorded against the current session's partner — when acting on someone else's behalf, always fill the field.","The number of instalments is capped at thirty-six: the platform will not accept more.","Check the payout account balance before confirming: a failure at this step leaves the request approved but undisbursed."]},"musharaka":{"title":"Partnership contract","summary":"The wizard creates a partnership contract, including the diminishing form where the partner's share is bought out on a schedule. Computing shares over time is what makes a step-by-step pass worthwhile at all.","whenToUse"
1:"When concluding a partnership contract, especially a diminishing one where shares change from payment to payment.","concepts":["Profit is shared as the parties agree; loss follows the contribution shares strictly. A contract that splits loss otherwise does not meet the requirements.","In the diminishing form the partner's share is bought out on a schedule: the last payment takes the remainder, or rounding leaves a micro-share and the contract never closes.","Each side's contribution is fixed in minor units: the share is computed from it, not from the appraised value of the subject.","The buyout schedule is computed by month and is not revised retroactively: changed terms mean a new contract."],"example":"The bank contributes 8,000,000 and the client 2,000,000, giving shares of 80 and 20. Profit is split 60/40 in the client's favour; loss strictly 80/20. The form is diminishing over 24 months: the bank's share is bought out in equal payments and the last one takes the rounding remainder. The wizard shows how the shares change month by month before the contract is created.","tips":["The difference between profit and loss sharing is highlighted deliberately: it is not an error but the essence of the contract.","Enter amounts in major units — the wizard converts them to minor units itself.","Choose the diminishing form only when a buyout is genuinely intended: for a standing partnership it complicates accounting for nothing."]},"equityPartnership":{"title":"Equity partnership contract","summary":"The wizard registers a joint venture contract, including the diminishing form where the organisation's share is bought out on a schedule. Working out how the shares change over time is what makes a step-by-step pass worthwhile.","whenToUse":"When entering a contract where the parties pool contributions into a common venture and share the outcome: a simple partnership, a share in a cooperative project, joint ownership of the contract's subject.","concepts":["Profit is split by agreement, loss strictly by contribution shares. This is not a formality: a contract shielding one party from losses at the other's expense stops being equity participation.","In the diminishing form the organisation's share is bought out on a schedule: the last payment takes the remainder, otherwise rounding leaves a micro-share and the contract never closes.","Each contribution is entered in the contract currency; it reaches the ledger in minor units, and the wizard does the conversion.","The buyout schedule is calculated per month and is not revised retroactively: changed terms mean a new contract."],"example":"The cooperative contributes 8,000,000, the participant 2,000,000 — shares of 80 and 20. Profit is split 60/40 in the participant's favour, loss strictly 80/20. Diminishing form over 24 months: the cooperative's share is bought out in equal payments, the last taking the rounding remainder.","tips":["The difference between profit and loss splits is highlighted on purpose: it is the substance of the contract, not a mistake.","Enter amounts in major units — the wizard converts them to minor units itself.","Currency is picked from the platform reference: a code outside it means the amount's scale is unknown.","Choose the diminishing form only when a buyout is actually agreed: for a permanent partnership it complicates accounting for nothing."]},"rosca":{"title":"Rotating savings group","summary":"A circle of contributions and payouts whose parameters are tightly coupled: the number of seats also sets the number of cycles, and the cycle length determines the length of the whole round.","whenToUse":"When setting up a new rotating savings group in a community.","concepts":["The product offers neither editing nor cancelling an existing group — only admitting members, contributions and running cycles.","The number of seats equals the number of cycles: each member receives a payout exactly once per round.","The payout per cycle equals the contribution times the number of members: it cannot be set separately.","How the recipient is determined is chosen at creation: ordinary queue, priority, or a form without a reward component."],"example":"Twelve members, a contribution of 10,000 a month. The wizard immediately shows the consequences: twelve cycles, a round lasting a year, a payout of 120,000 per cycle. With eleven members the round shortens by a month and the payout drops by 10,000 — none of which can be recomputed after creation.","tips":["Check how the parameters interlock on the preview step: after creation there is nothing to edit.","Agree the composition of the circle beforehand — adding a member changes both the round length and the payout.","A mistake is fixed only by creating a new group, so the preview here is not a formality."]},"budgetCycle":{"title":"Community budget cycle","summary":"Opening a cycle requires consistent records in two entities: the community rules, which change between cycles, and the cycle itself, whose fields are immutable once open.","whenToUse"
1:"When opening a new community budget cycle — once per period.","concepts":["Two levels of configuration: the voting model and quorum belong to the community rules, while the budget, currency and voting deadline belong to the cycle.","The cycle's fields are immutable once open: the product offers neither editing nor cancellation.","Community rules change between cycles — changing them mid-vote means changing the terms in flight.","Quorum is set before opening: if it is unreachable with the current membership, the vote never completes."],"example":"A community of 340 members opens an annual cycle with a budget of 3,000,000. The voting model is one vote per member with a 25% quorum, and voting runs for four weeks. The wizard checks that the quorum is reachable and separates the fields by level: quorum and model go to the community rules, budget and deadline to the cycle record.","tips":["Allow headroom in the voting deadline: an open cycle cannot be extended.","A quorum above a third is usually unreachable in a large community — check turnout in past cycles.","Edit the community rules before opening the cycle, not after."]},"dataSubjectRequests":{"title":"Data subject requests","summary":"The queue of requests a person makes about their personal data: access, correction, erasure, restriction of processing, portability, objection. The response deadline runs from the date of the request and is thirty days under most regimes, so the queue is worked by deadline, not by convenience.","whenToUse":"When a request about personal data arrives, and after notifying customers of a data breach — the volume of requests rises sharply afterwards.","concepts":["Request states: pending, verified, in progress, rejected, fulfilled. Identity verification happens outside the platform; the console only records its outcome by moving the request to 'verified'.","The request type is shown on the card and dictates the action: access and portability need an export, correction needs an edit, erasure needs irreversible deleti
1on.","Rejection requires a stated reason — without one the action does not go through. This is not interface ceremony: the justification for a refusal is the first thing a supervisor asks for.","An erasure request is confirmed in a separate step with a warning: deleted data cannot be restored, and the duty to retain certain records under anti-money-laundering law still stands.","The roles of controller and processor differ. The request is addressed to whoever determines the purposes of processing — usually the platform's client, not the platform."],"example":"A Canadian customer asks for a copy of their data. The request appears as 'pending'. Their identity is confirmed outside the console and the state moves to 'verified'. The type is access, so an export is prepared and handed over, after which the request is closed as fulfilled. The whole thing has thirty days from the request date; the pending filter shows what is approaching the deadline.","tips":["Work the queue by deadline: a late response is itself a breach, even where the refusal was substantively correct.","State the reason for refusal by reference to a rule, not in generalities — this text goes to the requester and to the supervisor.","Breach notification and answering requests are different processes with different deadlines. The first is configured by the privacy wizard, the second is worked here."]},"regulatoryReports":{"title":"Regulatory reporting","summary":"The register of supervisory reports: generation for a period, progression through states, and file export. Central bank periodic forms, tax returns and sector reports for every jurisdiction the organisation operates in run from here.","whenToUse":"At every reporting date, and during a supervisory inspection — the evidence pack is assembled from here and from the compliance section.","concepts":["Report states: draft, awaiting approval, approved, submitted, rejected. The summary shows how many forms sit in each state, which is how you see what will miss its deadline.","Submission is recorded in the console while the filing itself goes through the regulator's own channel. The console keeps the record and the file; it is not wired directly into supervisory intake systems.","The list of report types is defined per country. A jurisdiction with no form set of its own answers with an explicit error pointing at the region list — previously it silently fell back to Bank of Russia forms, and the substitution showed up only inside the file.","A report is built from ledger data for the chosen period. Accounting entries made after generation do not appear in the finished file — the form has to be rebuilt.","The filing schedule and delivery channel are set by the separate regulatory reporting wizard, not on this page.","A currency-zone country reports on the zone's forms: a bank in Senegal files BCEAO forms, one in Cameroon files COBAC forms."],"example":"A monthly central bank form is due on the tenth. On the generation page you pick region, report type and period; the form appears in the register as a draft. The person responsible checks the contents on the card, approves it, exports the file and files it through the regulator's channel, then marks it submitted. A report rejected by the regulator returns to the register in that state and is rebuilt.","tips":["Build the form after the period is closed in accounting: built earlier, it diverges from the ledger by the amount of late entries.","Approval and submission are deliberately separate steps: a human accountable for reporting sits between them.","A dry run before the first mandatory date is cheaper than handling a rejection: field sets differ noticeably between countries' forms."]},"bankTransfers":{"title":"Transfers and alternative channels","summary":"This section covers everything that is not a card payment: bank transfers, mobile money, remittances and hawala, national instant payment schemes and QR schemes. Each transfer shows its number, provider, direction and state.","whenToUse":"When you need to make or investigate a transfer over a non-card channel, and when connecting a national payment scheme in a new country.","concepts":["The direction — inbound or outbound — determines both the set of details and how you investigate: for an inbou
1nd payment the sender is not always known.","Each national channel lives as its own adapter with its own detail requirements. The shared screen presents them uniformly, but the mandatory fields differ by channel.","Remittances and hawala are subject to stricter sender and recipient identification than card operations: the threshold for full verification is set by the jurisdiction.","QR schemes differ in who presents the code: with a merchant-presented code the buyer pays from their app, with a customer-presented code the merchant scans it. That determines where an error arises.","The state shown in the console reflects what the channel reported. Finality of credit is determined by the national scheme's rules, not by a label on screen."],"example":"A customer sends money to a neighbouring country over a national instant payment scheme. The transfer appears in the list with its number and provider, direction outbound. The state shows the channel accepted it; final credit is confirmed by the statement. Where amounts diverge, the investigation runs from the transfer number to the ledger entry.","tips":["Connecting the channel itself is done by the national payment rail wizard; this page only uses channels that are already connected.","For inbound transfers, agree in advance which field you match the payment to a customer on: it differs by channel.","Check the channel's limits and operating window before sending: a transfer outside the window is not rejected immediately, it hangs until the system opens."]},"transactionsRegistry":{"title":"Operations","summary":"A single register of every operation type: acquiring, payouts, refunds, captures and voids. This is where you investigate an individual payment, create a refund manually and pull the provider request history when debugging an integration.","whenToUse":"When investigating a query about a specific payment, when refunding, during a cardholder dispute and when debugging a partner integration.","concepts":["A refund is a separate operation linked to the original payment, not a change to it. Both records are visible in the register, and their amounts differ.","Partial refunds are allowed repeatedly until the refunded total reaches the payment amount. Anything beyond that is rejected by the platform.","Disputes and chargebacks come from the cardholder's bank; the operator does not create them. What is handled in the console is the consequence: preparing evidence and accounting for the deduction.","An escrow payment differs in when it is released: funds are taken but not passed to the recipient until a condition is met. In the register it looks like an ordinary operation in a particular state.","The provider request history for an operation is the core debugging material: it shows exactly what went to the channel and what came back."],"example":"A buyer asks for a refund. The original payment is found by operation identifier, its state and remaining refundable amount are checked. A refund is created for the required amount and appears as a separate record. It does not clear through the provider instantly — the state updates as the channel responds, and telling the buyer the money has arrived before the final state is premature.","tips":["Before refunding, check whether a dispute is running on the operation: a simultaneous refund and chargeback debit the merchant twice.","Bulk payouts are not assembled in the interface — they run through the API; what you see here is the outcome of each individual payout.","When debugging, look first at what was sent to the provider and only then for a fault on your side: the divergence is usually in the request field set."]},"subscriptions":{"title":"Subscriptions","summary":"The register of recurring charges: state, interval, amount, current period. Subscriptions are paused, resumed and cancelled here — the same actions the buyer has in their own portal.","whenToUse":"When a buyer queries a charge, when investigating failed attempts, and when checking mutual obligations between organisations for a settlement period.","concepts":["States: active, paused, cancelled, completed, and past due — when the latest charge attempt failed.","Pause and cancel differ in reversibility: a paused subscription can be resumed, a cancelled one cannot — a new one has to be created.","A past-due subscription enter
1s the retry sequence. The retry schedule and the reminder texts sent to the buyer come from settings, they are not chosen per subscription.","Card expiry is the most common cause of a stop: the platform cannot refresh the credentials itself, the update is requested from the payer.","A subscription is created from a completed successful payment: that payment supplies the stored payment method the charges will run against."],"example":"A buyer reports a failed charge. The subscription is found under the past-due filter: the attempt was declined and the card has expired. The operator pauses the subscription and asks the buyer to update their payment method in the portal, then resumes it. The period history shows which month was missed.","tips":["Cancel only on an explicit request: it cannot be resumed, and a new subscription restarts the periods and disrupts billing.","Check the current period before cancelling: cancelling mid-period does not return what was already charged — that is a separate refund.","Operator actions on a buyer's subscription are recorded in the audit log: in a dispute that is the only proof of who stopped it."]},"fiuReport":{"title":"Financial intelligence report","summary":"Building a report to the financial intelligence unit: suspicious transaction, mandatory-control transaction, cross-border transfer. Report types, filing deadlines and mandatory field sets differ by jurisdiction.","whenToUse":"When an operation has been judged suspicious after review, and when a mandatory-control threshold is reached.","concepts":["The report type is chosen first and drives every field that follows: subject details, operation details and the grounds for suspicion differ between types.","The deadline runs not from the date of the operation but from the moment suspicion was established. Being late is a breach in its own right, separate from the substance.","The subject — natural or legal person — is stated explicitly: the required identification details depend on it.","A suspicion report must not be disclosed to the customer. The prohibition on tipping off continues after filing.","Building the report in the console and filing it into the regulator's intake are different steps. The console assembles and stores the report; each jurisdiction has its own filing channel."],"example":"Working the suspicious operations queue produces a conclusion: a series of transfers is being structured below the mandatory-control threshold. A suspicious transaction report is built: region and customer are selected, subject details and a description of the grounds are filled in. The report is saved and filed through the regulator's channel within the jurisdiction's deadline.","tips":["Describe the grounds with facts — amounts, dates, sequence — not with judgements: the report is read by someone who has never seen your customer.","Check the deadline for the specific report type: within one jurisdiction deadlines range from a few days to a month across types.","Record the filing decision in the customer's KYC case: the case-to-report link is what a supervisory inspection asks for."]},"taskList":{"title":"Task queue","summary":"The shared queue of work that needs a person: manual review of suspicious operations, human steps in workflows, acceptance and correction of extracted document data. Each task has a type, a team, a deadline and a state.","whenToUse":"Daily — this is the main working screen for an operator handling reviews.","concepts":["Task states: pending, in progress, completed, escalated. A task is claimed by an explicit action — until it is claimed, nobody owns it.","The deadline comes from the process definition, not from the operator. An overdue task escalates automatically.","A claimed task belongs to whoever claimed it: to hand it over you must return it to the queue, not simply stop w
1orking on it.","Completion requires confirmation and, for some types, a decision — accept or reject. The decision goes back into the process and determines its next step.","The queue summary shows how many tasks are waiting, claimed, completed and overdue, the average wait and deadline performance by team."],"example":"The queue holds a manual review task for a high-risk operation. The operator claims it, opens the linked operation, checks the customer's details and payment history and completes the task with a decision. If the decision is to reject, the process moves the operation to declined; if to accept, the payment continues its normal path. A task not claimed in time escalates.","tips":["Claim a task only when you are ready to work it: a claimed and abandoned task never escalates, because formally it is in progress.","Check the summary at the start of a shift: it shows where the queue is building before the overdue items appear.","For document tasks, correcting the data and deciding on the document are separate steps: fix the extraction first, then accept."]},"kycCases":{"title":"Customer verification cases","summary":"The queue of identity and integrity checks: customer card, uploaded documents, automated screening results and the operator's decision with a risk level.","whenToUse":"During customer onboarding, when an automated check fires, and when a scheduled re-verification falls due.","concepts":["Case states: under review, documents required, in verification, approved, rejected, expired. An expired case means re-verification is due, not that the customer was refused.","Approval carries a risk level — low, medium, high. The level drives both the depth of ongoing monitoring and the next review date.","Rejection requires a comment: it stays in the case and explains the decision when a supervisor asks a year later.","Automated screening results against state registries are inputs, not decisions. A registry mismatch is exactly what lands with the operator here.","The enhanced due diligence flag means the standard document set is not enough: source of funds and ownership structure are required."],"example":"A corporate customer submits documents. Automated screening against the state registry returns a name mismatch. The case moves to 'documents required' and the customer supplies an extract. The operator checks it, approves the case at medium risk, and the platform sets the next review date from that level.","tips":["Set the risk level on the merits, not by default: it governs re-verification frequency, and an understated level turns into missed monitoring.","A registry mismatch does not always mean forgery — more often the registry itself is out of date. Request a document rather than refusing outright.","Connecting a particular verification source is configured by the local identification wizard; only the result is visible here."]},"auditLog":{"title":"Audit log","summary":"The chronology of actions in the console: who did what and when. Filter by operation identifier, request identifier, action name and period, with search inside nested data.","whenToUse":"When investigating an incident, when preparing evidence for an inspection, and whenever you need to establish who performed an action.","concepts":["An audit record is created once and never changes. It has no states — it is a fact, not a task.","The log spans actions across every part of the platform: banking operations, administrator logins, access keys, crypto operations, rules-engine decisions, cross-organisation access.","Search inside nested data is the main instrument: it finds events that have no dedicated field, such as the launch of a maintenance procedure.","The log records actions taken in the console, not data changes as such. An edit made outside the interface will not appear in it.","For a payment card security standard assessment the log is the evidence base: it answers 'who changed what'."],"example":"You need to establish who disabled a live terminal overnight. Filtering by period and action name finds the record: the actor, the time, the request address and the parameters. From there the request identifier pulls the neighbouring actions of the same session — which reconstructs the whole sequence rather than a single event.","tips":["Start with the peri
1od and narrow from there: searching by action name alone is useless at production volume.","The request identifier ties together the actions of one session — it assembles a chronology faster than timestamps do.","Prepare an inspector's export for a specific period: nobody reads the whole log, and surplus data invites questions."]},"appStatus":{"title":"Application status","summary":"Publishing service status to customers, with a change history. States: operational, maintenance, disabled, unavailable. The record's history is the incident chronology.","whenToUse":"During an outage, during planned maintenance, and when preparing an information-security incident report for a regulator.","concepts":["A status record is public: users will read the details, so write them for users rather than for internal correspondence.","Every status change and every edit to the details lands in the history. Detection time, containment time and recovery time are taken from it.","Planned maintenance and unavailability are deliberately distinct: the first is expected and announced in advance, the second is an incident.","Closing an incident means returning the status to operational. The record is not deleted: the history remains the proof of timings.","An incident report to a regulator rests on this chronology rather than on email threads: in several jurisdictions the notification deadline is counted in hours."],"example":"A payment provider stops responding. A record is opened: the affected application, status 'unavailable', details for users. As the investigation proceeds the details are refined — each edit lands in the history. After recovery the status returns to operational and the details record the regulator's case number and the date the final report was filed.","tips":["Publish the record immediately, before you understand the cause: detection time matters more than wording, and it cannot be backdated.","Write for the customer: 'card payments unavailable' is clearer than the name of an internal service.","Do not delete records of closed incidents — the change history is your proof that deadlines were met."]},"instantPayments":{"title":"Instant payments","summary":"Transfers over national instant payment schemes: sending by recipient identifier, watching the state, and cancelling an operation while it has not yet gone to the national system.","whenToUse":"When a transfer must settle in real time over a scheme where the recipient is addressed by an identifier rather than bank details.","concepts":["The recipient is addressed by an identifier — a phone number, a tax number or a scheme alias. Matching the identifier to a name is done by the scheme, not by the platform.","Transfer states: processing, executed, rejected, cancelled, expired. An expired transfer is one the scheme did not accept within its window.","Cancellation is possible only before the operation is handed to the national system. After that, recovery is a request to the recipient, not a cancellation.","An executed instant transfer is final: unlike a card payment, these schemes have no chargeback mechanism.","The set of supported rails is defined by the platform. A missing scheme means the channel is not connected, not that the transfer is impossible in principle."],"example":"A customer sends funds to a phone number. The rail is chosen, then the amount, recipient identifier and name, the debit account and the payment reference. The transfer goes to processing and the scheme confirms execution within seconds. Had the recipient been wrong, recovery would depend entirely on their goodwill — which is why the name is checked before sending.","tips":["Compare the name returned by the scheme with the one the payer gave: that is the last point where the mistake can still be stopped.","Remember the scheme's operating window: not every national system runs around the clock.","Fill the payment reference meaningfully — in instant schemes it is often all the recipient sees."]},"interbank":{"title":"Interbank operations","summary":"The interbank message flow and the correspondent network: inbound and outbound message queues, balances on 'ours with them' and 'theirs with us' accounts, and daily reconciliation against the correspondent's statement.","whenToUse"
1:"Before an outbound international payment, when investigating statement differences, and for daily coverage control.","concepts":["An 'ours with them' account holds your funds at the correspondent bank; 'theirs with us' holds theirs at you. They must not be confused: only the first provides cover for an outbound payment.","A message and a transfer are different things. A sent message is an instruction, not a completed credit.","Reconciliation shows four figures: total items, matched, 'ours not theirs', 'theirs not ours', and the resulting difference. The two middle categories are what you investigate.","'Ours not theirs' usually means a payment in transit; 'theirs not ours' means a fee or a credit you do not know about yet.","Daily reconciliation is mandatory: a difference found a week later takes far longer to resolve — the chain of intermediaries has had time to grow."],"example":"Before a large payment the balance on the 'ours with them' account in the payment currency is checked — cover is sufficient. The message goes out and its state is visible in the outbound queue. Next day reconciliation shows an 'ours not theirs' item: the payment is still with an intermediary bank. A day later the item clears and the difference returns to zero.","tips":["Check cover before sending, not after a rejection: returning an unexecuted payment costs fees and time.","Investigate differences on the day they appear — that is cheaper than any other cadence.","Record a difference explained by an intermediary's fee: without that it returns as new in the next reconciliation."]},"marketplaceModules":{"title":"Module catalogue","summary":"The catalogue of platform capability modules: activation, trial period, paid subscription and deactivation. Each card shows the module's dependencies and the jurisdictions it requires.","whenToUse":"When a section you need is missing from the console, and when planning platform spend.","concepts":["The activate button stays disabled until dependencies are met: a module built on another does not work without it, and there is no way around that.","A trial opens access immediately; the card shows a trial marker and the days remaining. When it ends, access closes unless a subscription has been taken out.","The subscription currency is chosen from those the biller has a tariff in — an arbitrary currency cannot be entered.","Deactivation takes effect immediately: the module's sections close at once, with no grace period.","Required jurisdictions are not advisory: without the country pack activated, the routes for the corresponding procedures stay closed."],"example":"An operator needs the participatory finance section but it is missing from the menu. The module is found in the catalogue; its card shows the dependency satisfied and no jurisdictions required. A trial is started and the section appears immediately. A few days before it ends a subscription is taken out: currency chosen from those available, plus a period.","tips":["Warn the team before deactivating: sections close at that moment and any unfinished work in them is interrupted.","Read the whole dependency chain — deactivating a base module breaks everything standing on it.","A trial makes a convenient rehearsal: activate the module and run your scenario end to end before paying."]},"crowdfundingCampaigns":{"title":"Crowdfunding campaigns","summary":"The campaign register and campaign cards: raise parameters, state, investor composition and a live monitoring view of how the raise is going.","whenToUse":"When launching a campaign, when watching a raise approach its deadline, and when investigating a failed escrow release.","concepts":["Contributions sit in the campaign's escrow wallet until the raise closes. Until then they do not belong to the organiser.","Reaching the goal, refunding a shortfall and closing the campaign are executed by the platform under the rules set when the campaign was created, not by hand.","The monitoring view refreshes automatically: the time of the last refresh is shown beside the heading, which is how you know the data is live.","A failed escrow release is retried by the platform up to three times before it is handed to an operator. The investigation runs from the ledger entries to the campaign state.","Raise parameters do not change after launch: goal, contribution limits and refund rules are set once by the campaign launch wizard."],"example":"A campaign has three days left and 82% of its goal. The monitoring view shows the trend of recent days. The raise closes short — the platform refunds contributions under the campaign's rules. The ledger shows the movement out of the escrow wallet and the campaign state moves to closed-undersubscribed.","tips":["Look for campaigns nearing their deadline early: with a day left there is nothing left to influence.","When investigating an escrow release, compare the ledger against the campaign state — the divergence between them is the thing to explain.","Check investor composition before the raise closes: an incomplete investor verification surfaces precisely at release."]},"crowdfundingInvestors":{"title":"Investors and their positions","summary":"The register of positions filtered by campaign, investor type, verification state and cooling-off period. The card shows the amount invested, distributions received and the result on the position.","whenToUse"
1:"When accrediting an investor, when reconciling a performance statement, and when handling a query about a payout.","concepts":["Investor type sets the permitted investment limits: they are tighter for a non-qualified participant, and that is a jurisdictional requirement rather than a platform setting.","The cooling-off period is the window in which an investor may withdraw without giving reasons. While it runs, the funds are not finally raised.","Investor verification state is separate from position state: an incomplete verification does not cancel the position but does block distributions.","The result on a position splits into realised and unrealised: the first has been paid out, the second is a carrying estimate that can still move.","The investor statement is built from the same data, so a divergence between statement and card means an error in the underlying data, not in the statement."],"example":"An investor disputes a figure in their statement. Their position is found by filter and the card is checked for amount invested and distributions received. The divergence turns out to be a distribution falling after the statement date. The period boundary is explained to the investor and the statement is not reissued.","tips":["Check accreditation before taking funds, not after: refunding an over-limit amount is processed as a withdrawal and skews the campaign's numbers.","Distinguish realised from unrealised result when talking to an investor — most queries come from conflating the two.","Factor the cooling-off period into escrow release planning: closing a raise while it is still running is premature."]},"rbfContracts":{"title":"Revenue-based financing","summary":"Contracts where repayment is tied to a share of revenue rather than a calendar: the list with progress toward the repayment cap, the terms card, recording a revenue report for a period, and termination.","whenToUse":"When deciding on an application, monthly when recording the revenue report, and when working arrears.","concepts":["The repayment cap is the ceiling after which the contract is closed regardless of remaining term. Progress toward it is visible in the list.","The instalment is computed from actual revenue for the period, so the borrower's report is a required input. Without it the calculation stays pending.","If the report is not filed by the due date, a minimum instalment is charged. A late report is still accepted, and the system charges the difference up to the actual instalment itself.","Termination is available only for an active contract or one in arrears — a closed contract cannot be terminated.","Arrears more often arise from unreported revenue than from a lack of funds: check the report first, the debt second."],"example":"By the fifth no revenue report has been filed and the calculation waits. By the fifteenth the platform charges the minimum instalment and progress toward the cap moves by that amount. On the twentieth the borrower files a late report: the actual instalment is higher than the minimum, and the difference is charged automatically. The contract stays active.","tips":["Record a late report even if the minimum instalment has already been charged: without it the period's calculation stays unreconciled.","Read progress toward the cap in the list — it is more honest than the term: a contract can close before its calendar end.","Move to termination only after checking the reports: unreported revenue explains most arrears."]},"programmablePayments":{"title":"Programmable payments","summary":"Payments executed when a condition is met: collective approval by a set number of signers, an external data source firing, a date arriving. The list shows condition type, state and amount.","whenToUse":"When a payment must not leave immediately: it needs several people's approval or a verifiable event.","concepts":["A collective approval condition is defined by two numbers: how many approvals are needed and from which list of signers. The list cannot be changed after creation.","An approval is counted against a specific signer: one person cannot fill the quorum with several actions.","The external source's parameters live inside the condition itself — address, path to the value, threshold, comparison operator and polling interval. There is no separate registry of sources on the platform.","An error in the value-extraction rule c
1auses a false trigger and an irreversible transfer. It can only be caught by a trial poll before the payment is set up.","Until the condition is met the payment is not an instruction: the funds stay in the payer's account."],"example":"A contractor payment is set up requiring approval by two of four directors. It appears in the list as pending with an approval counter beside it. The first director opens the card, checks the details and approves. After the second approval the condition is satisfied and the payment leaves.","tips":["Check the signer list before creating: it cannot be changed afterwards, and a payment with an unreachable quorum hangs forever.","For an external-source condition, run a trial poll: the value-extraction rule is where mistakes concentrate.","Do not use collective approval where ordinary sign-off suffices: a quorum slows the payment by however long people take to react."]},"notifications":{"title":"Notifications","summary":"The log of push notifications sent to devices: title and body, partner, time, delivery flag and the list of recipient devices. Manual sending starts from here too.","whenToUse":"When investigating an 'I never got a notification' query and when sending a message to a partner's users by hand.","concepts":["There are two addressing modes: specific devices or a subscription topic. The second delivers to everyone subscribed — the recipient set is not fixed in advance.","The delivery flag means the notification was accepted by the delivery service, not that the user saw it. Reads are not visible to the platform.","The list of recipient devices is stored in the log record: it shows whether the addressee was among the recipients at all.","Push notifications and operation callbacks are different mechanisms. The first addresses a person, the second a partner's system.","A sent notification cannot be recalled: it is already on the device."],"example":"A partner's user reports missing a payment notification. The notification is found in the log by time and partner: the delivery flag is set, but the user's device is not among the recipients. So this is not a delivery problem — the device is not registered, and the investigation moves to the app side.","tips":["Check the addressing before a manual send: a subscription topic can reach far more people than you assume.","Write as though it will be read on a lock screen — only the first few words are visible there.","A device missing from the recipient list is the answer: the cause is registration, not the platform."]},"openBankingTpp":{"title":"Open banking providers","summary":"The register of third-party providers admitted to data and payments: registration, suspension and revocation of admission, and each provider's state.","whenToUse":"When admitting a new provider, on suspicion of access abuse, and when a provider's authorisation lapses.","concepts":["Suspension and revocation differ in reversibility: a suspended provider can be restored, a revoked one must register again from scratch.","Provider admission and customer consent are different layers. A provider with valid admission gets no data from a customer who has not consented.","A provider's authority rests on its regulatory licence. Expiry of that licence is grounds for revocation, and watching for it is the operator's duty.","Customer consent is limited by term and by data scope: it cannot be widened without the customer.","Connecting to an external bank as a data consumer is the mirror-image task and is configured by a separate wizard."],"example":"A provider aggregating statements applies for admission. Its licence and declared data scope are checked and it is registered. Six months later notice arrives that the regulator has suspended its licence — admission is suspended the same day and access stops, while customer consents remain in force in case it is restored.","tips":["Set yourself a reminder for the provider's licence expiry: the platform does not track regulators.","On suspicion of abuse, suspend rather than revoke: revocation forces full re-registration, and the investigation may clear them.","Check customer consents separately from provider admission — they are different objects with different terms."]},"workflowDefinitions":{"title":"Process definitions","summary":"The register of workflow definitions: creation, versioning and visual editing of the diagram. A definition sets what steps a process consists of and which of them need a person.","whenToUse"
1:"When automating a repeating procedure and when changing a process that is already running.","concepts":["A definition version is bound to running instances: changing the definition does not change processes already under way — they live out their version.","Publishing a new version and applying it are different things: new instances take the new version, existing ones stay on the old.","Steps needing a person land in the shared task queue. That step's deadline is set here, in the definition, not by the operator handling it.","The visual editor and the textual definition are two views of the same thing: an edit in one shows up in the other.","A process without an explicit terminating step never completes: instances accumulate unclosed."],"example":"The new-customer check process gains an approval step for amounts above a threshold. The edit is made in the diagram and published as a new version. Customers already in checking finish on the old diagram, new ones follow the updated one. A week later approval steps appear in the task queue — which shows the new version is in use.","tips":["Test the change on a trial instance: a fault in the diagram surfaces only at the step the process has not reached yet.","Do not delete the old version while instances are running on it: they will have nowhere to go.","Set step deadlines realistically: too short produces a stream of escalations, too long quietly stretches the process."]},"blacklists":{"title":"Blocklists","summary":"Lists that decline an operation automatically: cards, devices, addresses, recipient details. Entries are checked at the point the operation decision is made.","whenToUse":"After confirmed fraud, at the request of an investigation, and when handling a complaint about a mistaken block.","concepts":["A blocklist entry takes effect immediately and on every subsequent operation — there is no deferred application.","The check runs before the operation is approved, so being on a list looks to the customer like a payment declined without explanation.","A list matches on an exact value. A fraudster who changes one digit no longer matches — that is what velocity rules and the risk profile are for.","An entry with no expiry lasts indefinitely: a list that is never reviewed accumulates entries that stopped being relevant long ago.","A mistaken entry hits a legitimate customer silently — the complaint comes to you, not to the platform."],"example":"Fraud on a particular card is confirmed. Its details are added to the list and the next payment attempt is declined. A month later a customer complains after being reissued a card with the same number: the entry is reviewed, found no longer relevant and removed.","tips":["Record a reason and a date when adding: in six months nobody will remember why the entry is there.","Review the lists: indefinite entries are the main source of complaints about unexplained declines.","Against adaptive fraud a list is powerless — velocity rules and the risk profile do that work."]},"billing":{"title":"Organisation billing","summary":"The monthly billing cycle: what is charged automatically through the month, what is invoiced at the end of it, how payment is collected and what happens when an invoice goes unpaid.","whenToUse":"When reconciling charges against expectations, when reviewing an invoice and when a payment against one fails.","concepts":["In-month charging and the end-of-period invoice are two parts of one cycle. The fee on an operation is withheld immediately; the shortfall against the monthly minimum is invoiced at the end.","The monthly minimum is not a subscription on top of fees but a floor: if withheld fees fall short, only the difference is invoiced.","The invoice covers a closed period. Operations made after closing land on the next invoice, not the current one.","Non-payment does not restrict operations instantly: first a notice, then a restriction. The order and the timings come from the contract, not from a console setting.","Charges follow the organisation's tariff plan as it stood at the time of the operation. Changing the plan does not recompute operations already made."],"example":"Fees with
1held over the month come in below the monthly minimum. At period end an invoice is issued for the difference, not for the whole minimum. The summary shows how much was withheld in-month and how much was invoiced, so any divergence from expectations is examined on those two numbers.","tips":["Reconcile charges on a closed period, not the current one: an open month keeps moving.","Schedule a tariff change for the start of a period: mid-month you end up with two stretches on different rates.","A mass divergence in charges is fixed by a dedicated recalculation run, not by editing individual operations."]},"workflowCases":{"title":"Cases","summary":"A folder for one complicated situation: no predefined path, with an arbitrary set of tasks added as you go. Tasks, their outcomes and documents live in one place.","whenToUse":"When a situation does not fit a defined process: a dispute between participants, an unusual request, an incident involving several parties.","concepts":["A case differs from a process in having no diagram: the steps are not laid out in advance, the operator adds tasks as understanding develops.","States: active, resolved, closed. A closed case can be reopened — the history is preserved in full.","Tasks inside a case follow the same rules as those in the shared queue: they are claimed and completed, and assignees see them in the same place.","Documents attach to the case rather than to an individual task: they outlive task closure and remain the evidence base.","The case type is set at creation and only affects filtering in the list — it does not change how the work is done."],"example":"Two participants in a shared-financing project disagree about how income was split. A case is opened with a description, and tasks are added: request the organiser's calculation, check the ledger entries, prepare a reply. Documents are attached as the tasks complete. Once decided, the case is marked resolved and closed.","tips":["Write the description for someone joining in a month's time: cases outlive tasks.","Do not close a case before the parties have been told: reopening is possible but reads as going back on a settled matter.","Attach documents as they arrive rather than at the end: reconstructing the set afterwards costs more."]},"bankAccounts":{"title":"Customer accounts","summary":"The register of bank accounts: opening, details, balance, transaction history and standing orders. Accounts are blocked, unblocked and closed from here.","whenToUse":"When opening an account for a customer, when compliance requires operations suspended, and when investigating a balance query.","concepts":["The account number is generated by the platform from the organisation's data region and bank identifier if the field is left empty. A manually entered number is taken as given and is not checked against the standard.","Account type and currency are set at opening and do not change: changing them means opening a new account and moving the balance.","The overdraft limit and the daily debit limit are different constraints: the first permits going negative, the second caps turnover per day even on a positive balance.","Blocking suspends operations without closing the account: the balance stays where it is and continues to appear in reporting.","Closing requires a zero balance. An account with funds cannot be closed — transfer first, then close."],"example":"Compliance requires operations on a customer account to be suspended. On the account card the state is changed to blocked — debits and credits stop while the balance stays visible. After the review the state is restored. Had the account been closed instead of blocked, it could not have been brought back.","tips":["Use blocking rather than closing for a suspension: closing is irreversible.","Give the customer their details only after the account is open: a manually entered number means nothing until then.","Check the account's standing orders on the card: they keep executing even after the receiving account is blocked."]},"loans":{"title":"Loans","summary":"Lending products and disbursed loans: terms, repayment schedule, servicing state and work on non-performing debt.","whenToUse"
1:"When disbursing a loan, during monthly servicing control and when a payment falls overdue.","concepts":["The product defines the frame — currency, term, rate and accrual rules — and the contract inherits it as at disbursement. Changing the product does not change loans already issued under it.","The repayment schedule is built at disbursement. Early repayment rebuilds it, so the outstanding balance before and after the rebuild differs by design.","Arrears are counted in days from the payment date, not from the date of contact. The threshold at which a loan is deemed non-performing comes from the organisation's policy.","Restructuring means new terms on the same contract, not a new loan: the payment history is preserved, and that is exactly what a supervisor looks at.","The provision against non-performing debt follows the jurisdiction's regulatory rules and is recorded separately from the debt itself."],"example":"A loan payment is forty days overdue. The card shows the schedule, the actual payments and accumulated arrears. Restructuring is agreed: the term is extended and the instalment reduced, on the same contract. The record of past arrears remains — the loan does not become 'new and clean'.","tips":["Work from the date of the first missed payment, not the date the customer got in touch: arrears and provisions are counted from it.","Restructure before the loan is classified as non-performing where you can: after classification the provisioning requirements change.","Check early repayment against the rebuilt schedule — the outstanding balance does not move by the amount paid."]},"treasury":{"title":"Treasury and liquidity","summary":"The treasury summary: mandatory liquidity ratios against their required minimums, liquidity positions with buffers, the currency position and the maturity gap between assets and liabilities.","whenToUse":"Daily for ratio control, when planning a large outflow, and when preparing supervisory reporting.","concepts":["Liquidity ratios are monitored daily, not at the reporting date. A breach is recorded on the date and cannot be topped up retrospectively.","The buffer above the minimum is not a nice-to-have but an operating requirement: a ratio running at the floor breaks through it on the first sizeable outflow.","The currency position is measured per currency: a portfolio balanced in total can still breach the limit in a single currency.","The maturity gap shows what covers the obligations of the nearest periods. A negative gap in a short bucket is more dangerous than a large gap far out.","Ratios are computed from accounting data. Entries not posted to the ledger do not reach the ratio — that is usually where a divergence from expectation comes from."],"example":"A large payout is planned for the end of the week. The summary shows the short-term liquidity ratio running with a slim margin and the nearest maturity bucket in negative gap. The payout is split in two or funded with additional cover — otherwise the ratio is breached on the date, and that goes into reporting.","tips":["Read the summary before committing, not after: the ratio breaks at the moment of outflow, not at the moment of reporting.","Check the currency position per currency — overall balance guarantees nothing.","Look for divergences from expectation in unposted operations: the ratio is computed from the ledger."]},"islamicProducts":{"title":"Islamic banking products","summary":"The register of contracts under Islamic financing forms: cost-plus sale, trust investment, lease, partnership and others. Each card shows execution progress and the actions available.","whenToUse":"When servicing a contract, when obtaining Sharia approval and when distributing profit on a trust investment.","concepts":["A mark-up instead of interest is not a rename: it is fixed when the contract is signed and does not change with how late payment actually is. Arrears do not increase the debt.","Sharia approval is a distinct action recorded with a decision identifier. Until it is given the contract does not move into execution.","In a trust investment, profit is shared in pre-agreed proportions while loss falls on the capital provider. Gross profit is entered and the shares are computed from it.","A lease with purchase and an operating lease differ in what happens to the asset at the end: in the first it passes to the customer, in the second it stays with the bank.","Anything recovered for late payment cannot be the bank's income: the contract either waives such charges or directs them to charitable purposes."],"example":"A customer is a month late on a cost-plus sale contract. The debt has not grown — the mark-up was fixed at signing. The card shows paid, outstanding and days overdue. Any late charge that is provided for goes to a charitable destination rather than 
1into the bank's income.","tips":["Enter the Sharia decision identifier at the moment of approval: without it the contract cannot be evidenced to the board.","For a trust investment, enter gross profit rather than the bank's share: the platform computes the shares.","Choose the financing form by the substance of the deal, not by accounting convenience: form not matching substance is the main source of board findings."]},"chartCustomization":{"title":"Own-brand appearance","summary":"Configuring how the environment looks: colours, logo, domain and email templates. The customer sees the operator's brand rather than the platform's.","whenToUse":"When launching an own-brand environment and when the corporate style changes.","concepts":["Appearance and domain are separate layers. Colours and logo apply immediately; your own domain needs DNS records and a certificate.","Email templates inherit the appearance, but the sender address is set separately: mail from someone else's domain lands in spam regardless of how it looks.","Changes are visible to every user of the environment at once. There is no preview mode for appearance, so edits are made outside working hours.","The logo appears in the interface, in email and on the payment page — check all three, they render it differently.","Environment appearance does not affect the payment page if that is configured separately: it has its own configuration."],"example":"An operator launches an own-brand environment. Primary colour, logo and name are set. The domain and the mail sender address are configured separately. After publishing, three places are checked: console login, the invitation email and the payment page — on the last of these the appearance comes from its own configuration.","tips":["Check the logo on dark and light backgrounds: in email the background is chosen by the mail client, not by you.","Configure domain and sender address together: mail from the platform's domain under someone else's brand looks suspicious to the customer and to the spam filter alike.","A full brand setup pass is available as a wizard — it will not let you forget the domain and the mail."]},"pricingPlans":{"title":"Tariff plans","summary":"Plans and their fee configurations by currency: rate in basis points, fixed component per operation, minimum and maximum withheld. Individual terms for an organisation are assigned from here too.","whenToUse":"When setting commercial terms for a new client, when revising rates and when investigating a divergence in charges.","concepts":["The fee combines a percentage rate and a fixed component per operation. The minimum and maximum withheld cap the result — and they are what produces surprises on very small and very large amounts.","The rate is expressed in basis points: hundredths of a percent. An order-of-magnitude error here is not visually obvious and surfaces on the first invoice.","Configuration is per currency: a plan with no configuration in the operation's currency will not apply, and the operation falls to the default plan.","Individual terms override the plan without replacing it: only what is set explicitly is overridden.","Volume tiers apply on turnover actually reached in the period, not on forecast: the rate drops after the threshold is passed, not before."],"example":"A client is offered 1.2% plus a fixed component. The configuration records 120 basis points, the fixed component and a minimum withheld. On a small payment the minimum kicks in — the effective charge exceeds 1.2%, which is entirely explainable if you look at the minimum.","tips":["Say the basis points out loud: 120 is 1.2%, 1200 is 12%.","Configure every currency the client trades in: a missing one sends operations to the default plan.","Explain the minimum withheld before signing: it generates most of the questions about small payments."]},"charity":{"title":"Charitable endowments","summary":"Managing endowments and distributing their income to beneficiaries, plus automatic routing of a share of receipts to charitable purposes.","whenToUse":"When distributing endowment income, when enabling automatic routing and when reporting to trustees.","concepts":["The endowment corpus is inviolable: only the income earned on it is distributed. That is a constraint of the form itself, not a setting.","Beneficiary shares are fixed by the deed. They cannot be changed in the console — a change is executed outside the platform and reflected by setting up a new distribution.","Automatic routing sends a defined share of a receipt to its purpose without operator involvement. A configured rule applies from the next receipt onward.","Distribution is an operation on the endowment, not on an individual beneficiary: the amount is split by shares at once, and distributing to one beneficiary alone is not provided for.","Amounts recovered for late payment under Islamic contracts are directed here: they cannot be the operator's income."],"example":"Over the quarter the endowment earned income on its corpus. The operator runs a distribution: the amount is split by the deed's shares among beneficiaries and the corpus is untouched. The trustee report is assembled from the same operation — no separate calculation outside the platform is needed.","tips":["Before distributing, confirm the amount is income and not corpus: there is no reverse operation.","Check beneficiary shares against the deed rather than the previous distribution: the deed may have changed.","Turn on automatic routing at the start of a period — otherwise some receipts fall outside the rule and it shows in the report."]},"omniAccount":{"title":"የድርጅቱ የተጠቃለለ ሒሳብ","summary":"የድርጅትዎ ንብረቶች በሦስት ክፍል፦ የገንዘብና የክሪፕቶ ቀሪ ሒሳብ፣ እስላማዊ የቁጠባ መሣሪያዎችና የተሳትፎ ፋይናንስ ኢንቨስትመንቶች፣ ጠቅላላው በአሜሪካ ዶላር። የRWA ቶከኖችና የdCLS ቦታዎች አይካተቱም — የየራሳቸው ክፍል አላቸው። የክፍያ መንገዶችም እዚሁ ይነጻጸራሉ።","whenToUse"
1:"ድርጅቱ በጠቅላላ ምን ያህል እንዳለው ማየት ሲያስፈልግ፣ እና ለዓለም አቀፍ ዝውውር መንገድ ሲመረጥ።","concepts":["ጠቅላላው በአሁኑ ተመን ወደ አንድ ምንዛሬ ይለወጣል። ገንዘብ ባይንቀሳቀስም ከተመኑ ጋር ይለወጣል — ይህ የሒሳብ ስህተት አይደለም።","የተለያዩ ዓይነት ቦታዎች የሚደመሩት ወደ አሜሪካ ዶላር ከተለወጡ በኋላ ብቻ ነው፦ የገንዘብ ቀሪ ሒሳብ፣ በእስላማዊ ውል ውስጥ ያለ ድርሻና በዘመቻ ውስጥ ያለ ኢንቨስትመንት አንዱ በሌላው አይተካም።","የመንገዶች ንጽጽር በጠቅላላ ወጪና በጊዜ ይደረደራል፣ በአንድ ታሪፍ አይደለም፦ ጊዜ ሲቆጠር ርካሽ ባለሦስት ቀን መንገድ ውድ ፈጣኑን ይሸነፋል።","ግምቱ በአሁኑ ሁኔታ ላይ የተመሠረተ ነው። በንጽጽርና በመላክ መካከል ሊለወጥ ይችላል፤ ስለዚህ ንጽጽሩ ምክር እንጂ ቃል አይደለም።"],"example":"ድርጅቱ ትልቅ መጠን ወደ ውጭ ሊልክ ነው። ንጽጽሩ ሦስት መንገድ ያሳያል፦ የውስጥ ዝውውር ርካሽ ነው ግን ተቀባዩ በሌላ ባንክ ነው፤ የሒሳብ መረብ ውድ ነው ግን በዚያው ቀን ይደርሳል፤ ተለምዷዊ በባንኮች መካከል ዝውውር ርካሽ ነው ግን ሦስት ቀን ይወስዳል። ምርጫው በጊዜ እንጂ በታሪፍ አይደለም።","tips":["ጠቅላላው ከተመኑ ጋር ይለወጣል፦ ከጠበቁት ጋር ካልተስማማ መጀመሪያ ይህን ይመልከቱ።","የመንገዶች ንጽጽር ከመላክዎ በፊት ወዲያውኑ ያድርጉ፦ ሁኔታዎች ከውሳኔ በበለጠ ፍጥነት ይለወጣሉ።"]},"nettingMonitor":{"title":"Netting monitor","summary":"Netting windows: window start, instruction count, breakdown by channel, gross and net volume, netting efficiency and window state.","whenToUse":"When watching the netting cycle and when working out why net volume came out higher than expected.","concepts":["Netting efficiency is the share of obligations extinguished against opposing claims. Low efficiency means a one-directional flow, not a broken mechanism.","Gross volume is the sum of all instructions in the window; net is what actually goes to settlement. The difference between them is the benefit of netting.","A window closes on time, not on instruction count. An instruction arriving after close falls into the next window.","Netting across different channels is reduced to a single settlement unit: without that, opposing obligations in different networks would never meet.","The window state — pending, in progress, completed — refers to settlement rather than to the instructions: an instruction can be accepted while the window is still open."],"example":"Forty instructions accumulate in a window; gross volume markedly exceeds net — efficiency is high and only a small residue goes to settlement. In the next window the flow is one-directional: there are almost no opposing claims, efficiency drops and net approaches gross. That is not a failure but a reflection of what the flow contained.","tips":["Explain low netting efficiency by the composition of the flow, not by settings: the mechanism nets what exists.","Look for instructions sent near the close in the next window: the boundary is time.","Compare gross and net over a period rather than a single window: the benefit of netting shows up over a series."]},"reports":{"title":"Reports and exports","summary":"Summary figures for a period broken down by day, currency and partner, plus one-off exports: turnover and a reconciliation statement in tabular form.","whenToUse":"For daily turnover control, at period close, and when accounting needs an export.","concepts":["Figures are computed for the chosen period and environment. Mixing live and test data is the most common cause of divergence from expectation.","Turnover and operation count move differently: conversion falls at unchanged turnover if the average amount has grown. Read both.","The reconciliation statement is assembled for a closed period. Assembled for the current one, it will change every time the peri
1od is reopened.","An export reflects the state at the moment it was produced: a file received yesterday is not recomputed for later changes.","Scheduled delivery of a register to a recipient is configured elsewhere and does not appear here — this page is about one-off exports."],"example":"Accounting needs the reconciliation statement for last month. The period is closed, the range, currency and partner are chosen and the export is produced. A week later a late correction arrives on one operation — the statement does not recompute itself, so the export is repeated and the difference is explained separately.","tips":["Check the environment toggle before exporting: test data in a reconciliation statement gets noticed at the accountant's desk.","Produce the statement after the period closes — otherwise it diverges from the ledger by the amount of late entries.","Configure scheduled register delivery with the export wizard: repeating it by hand every month will eventually be missed."]},"cryptoAnalytics":{"title":"Crypto asset analytics","summary":"Monitoring of virtual asset operations: volumes, addresses, counterparty risk scoring and the material behind supervisory reporting under a digital asset licence.","whenToUse":"For periodic risk control on crypto operations and when preparing a report for a supervisor.","concepts":["Address risk scoring is built on connections rather than volume: a small amount from a tainted source is more dangerous than a large transfer between known participants.","A digital asset licence carries its own reporting, separate from banking reporting: its content and frequency are set by the jurisdiction.","Exchange, transfer and custody are three distinct licensable activities. Holding a licence for one does not confer the others.","The travel rule requires originator and beneficiary information to accompany a transfer: without it the operation is non-compliant even if it went through technically.","Analytics reflects what is visible on chain. Operations that stay inside the platform and never touch the chain do not appear here."],"example":"Ahead of the quarterly report the operation profile is checked: volumes by activity, the share of transfers from higher-risk addresses and the presence of accompanying information. A series of transfers is found lacking a complete originator set — that is what gets resolved before filing, not after.","tips":["Investigate higher-risk addresses by their connections, not by amount: a small transfer from a tainted source is not a minor matter.","Compare the list of activities you actually perform against your licence: extending services without extending the licence is found at inspection.","Look for internal, off-chain operations in the general operations register — they will not be here."]},"standingOrders":{"title":"Standing orders","summary":"Recurring debits of a fixed amount on the account holder's instruction: debit and credit accounts, amount, frequency, next and last execution dates, state.","whenToUse":"When setting up a recurring payment for a customer, when suspending one on request, and when investigating a missed debit.","concepts":["A standing order differs from direct debit in who initiates: here the account holder instructs, not the payee.","Suspension is available only for an active order and resumption only for a suspended one. The states strictly alternate.","Cancellation is irreversible and separately confirmed: a cancelled order cannot be resumed, a new one has to be set up.","A missed debit is not automatically carried to the next day: on insufficient funds the payment is skipped while the order stays active.","The next execution date is recomputed after each debit. Suspension does not shift it — on resumption the order continues its calendar."],"example":"A customer asks to pause a rent payment for two months. The order moves to suspended — debits stop while the calendar is preserved. Two months later it is resumed and executes on its usual date. Had the order been cancelled, the calendar would have had to be set up again.","tips":["Use suspension rather than cancellation for a temporary stop: cancellation is irreversible.","A debit missed for insufficient funds does not restore itself — if the payment is obligatory, make it separately.","Check the credit account at setup: an error there repeats as many times as the order executes."]},"tierTreasury":{"title":"Crypto treasury","summary":"The organisation's internal wallets by purpose: storage tiers, quarantine and a gas wallet. Each shows network, environment, address and balances.","whenToUse"
1:"When setting up an organisation's crypto environment and when investigating stuck receipts.","concepts":["Storage tiers differ by risk and purpose: working funds and long-term holdings are not mixed, and that is a measure against key compromise rather than a convenience.","Quarantine is the wallet for receipts that need review. Funds land there automatically under risk rules and are not moved out by hand until a decision is made.","The gas wallet holds the network's native coin to pay fees. Without it nothing leaves, however large the token balance.","A non-zero token balance on the gas wallet is the trace of a failed swap, not a normal state: the gas wallet holds native coin, not tokens.","Wallets are not created on the fly: if no wallet exists for a network-and-environment pair, the operation is deferred and the funds stay at the original address."],"example":"A receipt fails to distribute across wallets and the money stays at an intermediate address. Checking the treasury shows that no wallet of the required tier exists for this network in the live environment. Once the missing wallets are provisioned the operation completes — the platform deliberately will not create an address mid-flight.","tips":["Provision the full wallet set for each network-and-environment pair at once: a missing wallet halts receipt distribution.","Watch the native coin balance on the gas wallet: running out looks like operations failing for no clear reason.","Investigate tokens sitting on the gas wallet: they indicate a swap that did not finish."]},"giftCards":{"title":"Gift cards","summary":"Issued card batches: denomination, quantity, card states and the escrow balance for the batch. Batches are issued, exported and frozen from here.","whenToUse":"When issuing a batch, when investigating a redemption and during a code leak incident.","concepts":["The code is the money: a card is a bearer instrument, and whoever knows the code can spend the denomination. Everything about how codes are handled follows from that.","The whole batch's denomination is debited to a dedicated escrow wallet at issue. Cards cannot be issued on credit, and no reverse movement out of escrow is provided for — it is drawn down only by redemption.","The code is shown once when a single card is issued, and cards appear only as masks in the interface. A full code does not exist in the console.","Exporting codes requires second-factor confirmation: this is distributing money, not a report.","Freezing a batch blocks redemption without moving money. It is reversible and intended for an incident, not for recalling cards."],"example":"A leak of a batch's code list is discovered. The batch is frozen with a second factor — every active card stops redeeming while the money stays in escrow. Cards already redeemed are unaffected. After the review the batch is either unfrozen or left frozen until the cards expire.","tips":["Save a single card's code immediately: it is never shown again anywhere.","On suspicion of a leak, freeze first and investigate second: freezing is reversible, redemption is not.","Remember that the escrow balance is the unredeemed cards: it falls only through redemption and is not returned to the issuer on request."]},"balances":{"title":"Balances and settlement","summary":"Wallet balances for the organisation broken down by purpose: working funds, fees, holds and blocked amounts.","whenToUse":"When checking the available amount before a payout, when answering 'why is less available than the balance' and during settlement with a merchant.","concepts":["Balance and available amount are different figures. The difference comes from the retained reserve, funds in in-flight operations and blocks.","A hold is a separate wallet type: funds sit on it and take no part in payouts. The platform shows that wallet's balance but does not compute the share held back and keeps no release schedule — both are set by contract and executed by an operator's decision.","Settlement with a merchant runs against the available part. Trying to withdraw the whole balance runs into the hold — that is expected behaviour, not an error.","Funds in in-flight operations have already left the available amount but have not yet gone out: between those states the balance looks smaller than expected.","A compliance block and a contractual hold are different things on different grounds: the first is lifted by a compliance decision, the second by moving funds back to the working wallet."],"example":"A merchant asks why less is available for payout than the balance shows. The breakdown shows three parts: a retained reserve with its release schedule, funds in in-flight operations, and the rest — available. The reserve returns on its sc
1hedule, not on request.","tips":["Explain the difference between balance and available amount up front: it is the most common question around a merchant's first payouts.","Look up the hold release terms in the merchant contract: the platform does not store them and will not return the funds by itself.","Distinguish a block from a hold in conversation: the first is lifted by a compliance decision, the second by a transfer back."]},"investmentLimits":{"title":"Investor limits","summary":"Rules for the participatory finance area: investment limits by investor type, accreditation thresholds and the withdrawal window.","whenToUse":"When configuring the area to a jurisdiction's requirements and when investigating why an investment was rejected.","concepts":["The limit is measured by investor type, not by campaign: a non-qualified participant is constrained across all campaigns at once.","The check runs at the moment of investing. Changing a limit does not revisit investments already accepted.","The accreditation threshold and the investment limit are different figures: the first decides what an investor counts as, the second how much they may commit.","The constraints come from the jurisdiction. Relaxing them in settings does not make an over-limit investment lawful."],"example":"An investor tries to commit more than the limit for their type. The investment is rejected before funds move. Two routes follow: the investor is accredited and changes type, or reduces the amount. Investments accepted earlier are not revisited.","tips":["Check the limits before launching a campaign: a rejection at the point of investing looks to the investor like a platform fault.","Arrange accreditation in advance — there is no time for it at the moment of investing.","Record any relaxation with a justification: it is the first thing a supervisor looks at in this area."]},"leads":{"title":"Inbound applications","summary":"The queue of enquiries from prospective clients: application state, owner and the step across to creating an organisation.","whenToUse":"When working inbound enquiries and when handing an application to onboarding.","concepts":["An application is not yet an organisation: until one is created the client does not exist on the platform and nothing can be configured.","The application state reflects work with a person, not readiness of an environment: a confirmed application means agreement, not configured processing.","Creating the organisation is a one-way step in that the organisation persists even if the client walks away — it then has to be closed separately.","The application owner and the owner of the created organisation are different roles: the second is assigned during onboarding."],"example":"An enquiry arrives from a payment agent. The application is worked until terms are agreed, then an organisation is created from it — at which point the onboarding wizard takes over: team, tariff, billing currency. Had the client walked away after creation, the organisation would need closing as a separate action.","tips":["Create the organisation after terms are agreed, not to try things out: empty organisations clutter reporting.","Assign an owner immediately: an unowned application goes stale unnoticed.","The onboarding wizard drives what comes next — do not configure the environment by hand alongside it."]},"portfolioAnalytics":{"title":"Portfolio analytics","summary":"Performance across a set of campaigns: return, arrears, distribution of investments and movement across periods.","whenToUse":"For periodic review of the area's results and when preparing an investor report.","concepts":["Portfolio return is not the average of campaign returns: it is weighted by amount, and one large failing campaign outweighs several small successes.","Realised and expected results are computed separately: the second keeps moving until campaigns close and is not a promise.","Portfolio arrears are measured by amount, not by contract count: ten small delinquencies can matter less than one large one.","Figures are built on closed periods. The current period is incomplete and cannot be compared with a past one directly."],"example":"For the quarter, portfolio return sits below the average campaign return. The distribution shows why: one large campaign fell into arrears and outweighed the rest. The investor report is built on that explanation rather than on the average figure.","tips":["Compare closed periods with closed periods: the current one always looks worse because it is incomplete.","An unweighted average return misleads — quote the weighted one.","Call the expected result an estimate when talking to an investor, not a forecast of income."]},"impactTracking":{"title":"Impact tracking","summary":"Social impact measures per project and their mapping to sustainable development goals, for reporting to investors and donors.","whenToUse"
1:"For regular impact reporting and when preparing material for investors who care about it.","concepts":["An impact measure is defined by the project and expressed in its own units: comparability between projects only appears through mapping to a shared goal.","The data is entered by the project organiser rather than computed by the platform: its credibility rests on supporting documents.","Mapping to a development goal is a classification, not a measurement: it does not make measures comparable by itself.","Impact and financial result are independent: a project can succeed on impact and lose money."],"example":"A water project reports the number of households with access to clean water. The measure maps to the relevant development goal. In the investor report it sits alongside the financial result rather than instead of it — the two do not substitute for each other.","tips":["Require supporting documents for impact figures: without them the report will not survive external scrutiny.","Do not add measures across projects: different units do not sum, even under one goal.","Always show the financial result alongside — otherwise the report reads as one replacing the other."]},"governanceProposals":{"title":"Community votes","summary":"Proposals put to a vote: votes for and against, the quorum required and the closing date. Proposals are created, voted on, tallied and executed from here.","whenToUse":"When putting a question to a collective decision and when tallying a vote.","concepts":["Quorum is the share of members without which a decision is invalid. A vote that misses quorum is not rejected: it simply did not take place.","The tally is an explicit action after the closing date. Until then votes are visible but there is no decision.","Execution is a separate step after the tally: an adopted decision does not apply itself.","The list of voters is anonymised: you can see quorum was met, not who voted which way."],"example":"A proposal to change the membership fee wins a majority of those voting, but quorum is not met — only a third of members voted by the deadline. The tally records that the decision failed on quorum rather than on the merits. The question is put again, this time with advance notice to members.","tips":["Notify members before voting opens: a missed quorum is almost always ignorance rather than disagreement.","Allow generous time: an open vote cannot be extended.","Do not forget the execution step: an adopted but unexecuted decision reads as one that was ignored."]},"shariaReview":{"title":"Sharia product review","summary":"The organisation's live Sharia-compliant products with their approval state and review dates.","whenToUse":"When preparing for a board meeting and when introducing a new product.","concepts":["Approval is granted to a product, not to an individual deal: deals under an approved product need no separate board decision.","Approval has an expiry: an expired one needs review even if the product has not changed.","Changing a product's material terms voids the existing approval — it is a new edition, not an amendment.","Form not matching the substance of a deal is the main source of findings: a contract named as one form but operating as another will not be approved."],"example":"Ahead of a board meeting the list is checked: two products have approvals expiring this quarter, and one has changed its mark-up terms. The first two go for review, the third as a new edition. Deals under live products need no separate decision.","tips":["Track review dates in advance: an expired approval stops sales of the product, not just its reporting.","Take term changes to the board before applying them, not after the first deal.","Record the board decision identifier on the contract card: without it the deal cannot be evidenced at review."]},"deposits":{"title":"Deposits","summary":"Deposit products and open deposits: terms, tenor, interest accrual and the treatment of early closure.","whenToUse":"When opening a deposit for a customer, at interest accrual and on early closure.","concepts":["The rate is fixed at opening. Changing the product does not change deposits already open.","Early closure recomputes interest at the reduced rate set by the product: the customer receives less than the schedule showed.","Withholding tax on interest income depends on jurisdiction and recipient type and follows the tax profile, not a deposit setting.","Auto-renewal renews at the rate in force on the renewal date, not the previous one."],"example":"A customer closes a one-year deposit after eight months. Interest is recomputed at the reduced early-closure rate — the payout is less than the schedule showed at month eight. The difference follows from the product terms, not from a calculation error.","tips":["Explain early-closure terms at opening: it is the most common dispute on deposits.","Check the auto-renewal rate in advance — the customer expects the previous one.","Verify tax with
1holding against the jurisdiction's tax profile rather than the product settings."]},"cards":{"title":"Cards","summary":"Issued cards, card transactions and the organisation's card products: scheme, currency, limits and fees.","whenToUse":"When issuing a card, when investigating a card transaction and when configuring a card product.","concepts":["The product defines the frame — scheme, currency, default limits and fees. A card inherits it at issue.","Daily and monthly limits apply at the same time: an operation is declined by whichever is exhausted first.","Transaction currency and settlement currency differ on conversion, and the rate is fixed at processing rather than at purchase.","Blocking a card and reissuing it are different actions: the first is reversible, the second changes the details and requires delivery."],"example":"A customer reports a declined purchase on a positive balance. The card's transactions show the daily limit exhausted while the monthly one still has room. The limit is raised on the card, or the customer waits for the next day.","tips":["When investigating a decline, check both limits: either can be the one exhausted.","Explain the difference between transaction and settlement currency by the processing-date rate — it is a frequent dispute on foreign purchases.","Use blocking for a temporary stop: reissue changes the details and needs the card delivered."]},"creditScore":{"title":"Credit assessment","summary":"A customer's creditworthiness assessment and the issuing of a proof that it is at or above a threshold, without revealing the exact value.","whenToUse":"When assessing a financing application and when a counterparty needs confirmation without disclosure.","concepts":["The proof confirms only 'at or above the threshold'. The exact score is not contained in it and cannot be recovered from it.","The threshold is set when the proof is issued: one proof confirms one threshold, another requires a new one.","The proof is tied to the moment of issue: a later change in the score does not invalidate it, so the recipient needs their own validity window.","The assessment is built on platform data. External credit history is not included unless it was supplied separately."],"example":"A customer applies for financing with an external partner. Instead of a statement showing the score, a proof of 'at or above the threshold' is issued. The partner verifies it and decides, receiving neither the exact score nor the data behind it.","tips":["Agree the threshold with the recipient before issuing: a proof for a different threshold has to be reissued.","Agree how long the proof stays valid: the platform does not revoke it when the score changes.","Do not let a proof stand in for full borrower assessment — it answers exactly one question."]},"crowdfundingDistributions":{"title":"Campaign distributions","summary":"The queue of income distributions: period, campaign, amount, state and payment dates. Distributions are run manually and failures investigated from here.","whenToUse":"For regular income payouts to investors and when a distribution fails.","concepts":["A distribution belongs to a period, not to the date it was run: running it late does not change the period the income belongs to.","The financial breakdown shows gross profit, costs and the investors' share separately. Those three numbers explain the amount paid.","A failed distribution stays in an error state with the reason given — no money moved.","The upcoming payment plan shows what goes out in the coming month: it reveals the liquidity load in advance."],"example":"A monthly distribution fails: the error state says the campaign account has insufficient funds. No money moved. After topping up, the distribution is run manually with the same period label — the period stays the same despite the later run date.","tips":["Check the upcoming payment plan at the start of the month: it shows the load before it arrives.","State the period label explicitly on a manual run — otherwise the distribution attaches to the current period.","Read the error text in full: it usually names a specific cause rather than a generic failure."]},"rwaAssets":{"title":"Tokenised real-world assets","summary":"The register of real assets brought on chain: asset description, valuation, issued share and income distribution to holders.","whenToUse"
1:"When registering a new asset and when distributing income from it.","concepts":["A token is a share in the asset, not the asset. A holder's rights come from the issue documents, not from holding the token.","The valuation is set at registration and updated separately: the token's market price does not follow it directly.","Income is distributed pro rata to holdings on the distribution date, not on the date the income arrived — a holder who bought later takes part in the next distribution.","Withdrawing an asset from tokenisation requires buying out every share: while holders exist the asset carries obligations."],"example":"An income-producing property is registered: description, valuation, number of shares issued. Quarterly rental income is distributed pro rata to holdings on the distribution date. A holder who bought a week before that date participates on equal terms.","tips":["Announce the record date in advance: it determines who receives.","Refresh the valuation regularly: a stale one misleads in secondary trades.","Set out holder rights in the issue documents — they do not follow from holding a token."]},"providerQuality":{"title":"Provider quality","summary":"A ranking of payment providers: an overall score broken down into availability, settlement speed and freedom from disputes, each with its weight.","whenToUse":"When choosing a primary channel, when revising the routing cascade and when discussing quality with a provider.","concepts":["The score combines three measures with different weights: availability carries the most, settlement speed and dispute-freedom split the rest evenly.","The overall score is useless without the breakdown: two providers on the same score can be weak in different places and are not interchangeable.","Measures are computed from actual operations over a period. A provider with few operations has an unstable score.","The score does not drive routing by itself: excluding an unhealthy channel is done by a separate monitoring mechanism."],"example":"Two providers score closely. The breakdown shows the first has high availability but slow settlement, the second the reverse. The first is chosen for acquiring, the second for payouts. That decision could not have been made from the overall score.","tips":["Read the breakdown, not just the total: the same score can mean opposite problems.","Do not compare providers with very different operation counts — at low volume the score is noise.","Bring a specific measure and period to a conversation with a provider: an overall score is not an argument."]},"dclsReserves":{"title":"Settlement network reserves","summary":"The daily check that bank cover matches issued token supply: the held balance may never be less than what has been issued.","whenToUse":"For daily cover control and when preparing a proof of reserves.","concepts":["The rule is simple and has no exceptions: the bank balance is never below issued supply. A breach means unbacked tokens in circulation.","The check runs automatically every day. A manual run is for investigation, not for routine control.","A divergence more often comes from an uncredited top-up than from missing funds: check the statement first, issuance second.","External proof of reserves is a separate procedure: the platform's internal check does not replace it."],"example":"The morning check shows issuance exceeding the balance. The bank statement reveals a top-up credited late in the evening that missed the snapshot. Once the data refreshes the invariant holds — no issuance beyond cover took place.","tips":["On a divergence look at the statement before issuance: a late credit is the most common cause.","Do not let the internal check stand in for external proof of reserves: they address different audiences.","Resolve a divergence the day it appears — unbacked tokens in circulation do not wait."]},"dclsSettlement":{"title":"Payment-versus-payment settlement","summary":"Atomic settlement between two network participants: both sides receive at the same moment, or neither does.","whenToUse":"When watching the settlement cycle and when investigating a failed settlement.","concepts":["Atomicity removes the risk of one side having paid while the other has not: no intermediate state exists.","A failed settlement returns both sides to where they were. Funds do n
1ot sit stranded with one of them.","Pausing the settlement contract moves instructions to failed, and the retry is started by hand — it does not resume on its own.","Settlement executes against the instructions accumulated in a cycle. An instruction arriving after the cycle closes waits for the next one."],"example":"Settlement between two participants does not go through because the contract is paused. Both instructions move to failed and the funds stay with their owners. Once the pause is lifted the retry is started manually — there is deliberately no automatic resumption, so that settlement never proceeds unexamined.","tips":["Always start the retry after lifting a pause: instructions do not revive by themselves.","Resolve the cause of the pause before retrying — otherwise the retry hits the same wall.","Do not go looking for funds stranded on one side: by design they are not there when settlement fails."]},"minterOnboarding":{"title":"Issuer onboarding","summary":"Onboarding a new licensed issuer to the settlement network: stages from initial checks to live operation with a minimum reserve in place.","whenToUse":"When onboarding an issuer and when tracking the state of an application.","concepts":["Stages run strictly in order: issuance cannot start before the checks, even where the licence has been verified outside the platform.","The minimum reserve is set before going live and caps issuance volume — not the other way round.","The applicant can see their own application state: they know which step is required and are not left waiting in silence.","Issuer approval and settlement participant approval are different roles: an issuer mints, a participant settles."],"example":"A bank applies for the issuer role. Its licence and legal details are checked, then a minimum reserve is set, and only once that is confirmed does the application move to live. Until then issuance is unavailable, even though every document has already been verified.","tips":["Agree the minimum reserve before go-live: it caps issuance from day one.","Track the application state with the applicant — silence on their side usually means they do not know the next step.","Do not conflate the issuer and participant roles: the second needs its own application."]},"dclsParticipantsNetwork":{"title":"Network participants","summary":"The roster of approved settlement network participants: legal name, jurisdiction, settlement mode, address and state. Public data only.","whenToUse":"When checking a counterparty before a deal and when watching token positions.","concepts":["The section shows public information about participants. A given participant's limits and positions are visible to them, not to everyone.","Settlement mode determines where the obligation is discharged — in the platform's ledger, on chain, or both. Speed and finality follow from it.","Approaching a position cap raises an alert: an excess is blocked rather than examined afterwards.","A participant's state is changed by the network operator: a suspended participant stays on the roster but takes no part in settlement."],"example":"Before a large deal the counterparty is checked: jurisdiction, settlement mode and state. The mode shows settlement runs on chain rather than in the platform ledger — so finality follows network confirmation, and the deal's timing is planned around that.","tips":["Check the settlement mode before the deal: it decides when the obligation counts as discharged.","Address an approaching position cap in advance — once exceeded, the instruction simply will not go through.","Remember this is public data only: you will not learn a counterparty's own limits here."]},"coreBankingOperations":{"title":"Banking operations","summary":"Handling problem cases in the banking environment: the issues queue, identity checks, applications and account openings, plus the daily reconciliation summary.","whenToUse":"Daily when working the issues queue and when rolling back a composite operation.","concepts":["A composite operation rolls back in reverse order: the last completed step is compensated first. A partial rollback leaves the system inconsistent.","Compensation is a new operation, not a cancellation of the old one: both remain in the history, which is correct for audit.","A problem case does not always mean a platform fault: more often it is waiting on an external party and closes by itself.","The daily reconciliation summary surfaces divergences before a customer reports them."],"example":"Account opening breaks after the record 
1is created but before details are assigned. The composite operation rolls back: no details were assigned, and the account record is compensated. Both actions — creation and compensation — remain in the history and show what happened.","tips":["Do not patch the aftermath of a composite operation by hand: rollback belongs to the compensation mechanism, or state drifts apart.","Work the issues queue at the start of the day: some cases will have closed by themselves.","Resolve divergences from the daily reconciliation before the customer calls — it is cheaper."]},"invoicesAdmin":{"title":"Organisation invoices","summary":"The invoice register filtered by state: awaiting payment, paid, rejected. Invoices are issued to organisations and payment confirmed from here.","whenToUse":"When issuing an invoice, when confirming receipt of payment and when chasing an unpaid invoice.","concepts":["An invoice is issued to an organisation rather than to a user: the addressee is the legal entity, and payment confirmation attaches to it.","Confirming payment is an operator action, not an automatic consequence of money arriving: the platform does not match a bank payment to an invoice by itself.","A rejected invoice stays in the register: it is not deleted because it is part of the settlement history with the client.","The invoice environment is set at issue — an invoice in the test environment has nothing to do with live settlement."],"example":"An invoice for the period is issued to an organisation. The client pays by bank transfer, the operator finds the credit on the statement and confirms payment in the register, changing the invoice state. Without that action the invoice stays awaiting payment even though the money has arrived.","tips":["Confirm payment right after reconciling with the statement: an unconfirmed invoice looks like client debt.","Check the environment at issue — a test invoice among live settlements is not spotted quickly.","Do not delete rejected invoices: they explain the gaps in numbering at audit."]},"islamicSetup":{"title":"Islamic banking launch","summary":"The wizard for the Islamic environment: jurisdiction and supervisor, the Sharia board's composition, the product set, mark-up in place of interest and the treatment of late-payment charges.","whenToUse":"When launching the Islamic line and when taking it into a new jurisdiction.","concepts":["A Sharia board is a precondition, not decoration: without one products cannot be approved, and therefore cannot be offered.","The product set is chosen for the jurisdiction: permitted forms and their requirements differ between supervisors.","The mark-up replaces interest in substance rather than in name: it is fixed and does not grow with how late payment actually is.","Anything recovered for late payment cannot be the operator's income: the wizard sets either a waiver or a charitable destination."],"example":"An operator opens the Islamic line in a new jurisdiction. The supervisor is chosen, the board's composition entered and the financing forms permitted in that country selected. The treatment of late-payment charges is set separately — without that decision the environment cannot be launched.","tips":["Settle the board's composition before launch: product approval is impossible without it, and the time it takes is usually underestimated.","Check the product set against the specific jurisdiction rather than carrying it over from another.","Participatory products in neutral terminology are configured separately: this wizard is about the Islamic banking environment."]},"cryptoSweeps":{"title":"Crypto sweeps","summary":"Moving funds from single-use deposit addresses into internal wallets according to the payer's risk score: source, destination, amount, tier, state and transaction hash.","whenToUse":"When watching receipts and when investigating a stuck sweep.","concepts":["Every payment gets its own single-use address: internal wallets are never shown to the payer, and the provenance of funds does not get mixed.","The destination tier follows the payer's risk score. Higher-risk funds go to quarantine rather than to a working wallet.","The destination wallet is not created on the fly: if no wallet of the required t
1ier exists for that network and environment, the operation is deferred and the money stays at the deposit address.","A failed sweep does not lose funds: they remain at the source address until the cause is fixed."],"example":"A sweep is in a failed state. The treasury has no wallet of the required tier for this network in the live environment. The money is safe — it is at the deposit address. Once the missing wallet is provisioned the operation is retried and completes.","tips":["On failure, check the treasury composition for that network-and-environment pair first.","Do not move funds out of quarantine by hand before the risk decision — that is what quarantine is for.","Keep the transaction hash when investigating: it is the only link between the console record and the on-chain event."]},"usernames":{"title":"Wallet names","summary":"Readable names in place of addresses: the organisation's name register with state, expiry date and the wallet each is bound to. Names are registered, renewed and released from here.","whenToUse":"When registering a name on request, when renewing and when handling an expired name.","concepts":["A name is a subscription with an expiry, not property: once it lapses it is released and someone else may take it.","Releasing a name is irreversible: the register entry is deleted, and the previous owner can only get it back by registering again, if nobody else has taken it.","A name is bound to a wallet. Changing the wallet means re-registering, not editing the entry.","A readable name does not replace checking the address on a large transfer: it reduces the risk of a typo, it does not confirm the recipient."],"example":"A customer's wallet name is about to expire. On request it is renewed for a year and the state and expiry update. Had the term lapsed, the name would have been released and anyone could have taken it: there is no restoration in favour of the previous owner.","tips":["Warn owners of expiry in advance: a released name cannot be recovered.","Release a name only on an explicit request — the action is irreversible.","Explain to customers that a name eases entry but is not confirmation of the recipient."]},"multisig":{"title":"Multi-signature treasury","summary":"Wallets with several owners and a signature threshold: the queue of proposed transactions, signature collection and execution once the threshold is met.","whenToUse":"When setting up a partner's corporate crypto treasury and when making an outbound transfer.","concepts":["The threshold is written as 'how many out of how many': a transfer leaves only after the required number of owner signatures.","Proposing a transaction moves no funds: until the threshold is met it is an entry in a queue.","The transaction sequence number matters: it guards against replay and against reordering the queue.","The section is partner-scoped: a platform staff member can open the page but will not see the data — the restriction is deliberate."],"example":"A partner sets up a wallet with four owners and a threshold of two. A transfer is proposed with recipient, amount and call data. The first owner signs — the queue shows one of two. After the second signature the threshold is met and the transfer executes.","tips":["Choose the threshold with an owner's absence in mind: a threshold equal to the number of owners stops the treasury at the first holiday.","Check recipient and amount before the first signature: signatures are collected against a specific transaction.","Remember the section is partner-scoped: an investigation has to run with the partner, not on their behalf."]},"routingSimulator":{"title":"Routing dry run","summary":"Checking channel selection without making a payment: step by step you see how many candidates survive each filter.","whenToUse":"When an operation found no channel and the merchant got a decline with no explanation.","concepts":["A 'no terminal found' decline means no candidates survived the filters. The dry run shows at which step the count reached zero.","The run makes no payment and moves no money: it reads configuration rather than transacting.","Filters apply in order. A candidate cut at an early step never reaches the later ones, so the cause is at the first zero.","The run reflects the configuration as it is now. If settings changed after the decline, the run will show a different picture."],"example":"A merchant reports a declined payment. The run is given partner, amount, currency and operation type. The cards show three channels surviving the currency filter and none surviving the amount filter: all three have an upper bound below the payment amount. The cause is found in a minute.","tips":["Enter the amount in minor units: a two-order error here produces a false 
1conclusion.","Find the first step where the count hit zero — looking further is pointless.","If settings were edited after the decline, the run shows the new picture: check against the time of the incident."]},"routingHealth":{"title":"Channel health","summary":"Monitoring the error rate per provider and per channel: automatic exclusion of an unhealthy channel from selection, manual disabling and return to service.","whenToUse":"When declines rise on a channel, during a provider's planned maintenance and when bringing a channel back after recovery.","concepts":["An unhealthy channel is excluded automatically once the error-rate threshold is passed. That protects turnover; it is not a penalty on the provider.","Manual disabling requires a stated reason: it stays on the card and explains the decision a month later.","Return to service is an explicit action. A manually disabled channel does not come back on its own, even once the errors stop.","An out-of-cycle check recomputes the figures immediately and is useful after fixing the cause — there is no need to wait for the next cycle."],"example":"A provider announces two hours of maintenance. The channel is disabled manually with a stated reason — payments fall through the cascade to the backup. After the work an out-of-cycle check is run, the figures are clean and the channel is returned to service by an explicit action.","tips":["Disable a channel yourself ahead of planned maintenance: automatic exclusion only triggers after a run of failures on real customers.","Describe the reason for disabling in detail — a month later a date alone reconstructs nothing.","Do not forget to bring the channel back: a manually disabled one stays disabled indefinitely."]},"orgBaas":{"title":"Regulatory status","summary":"Organisation type, banking tier, licence set and bank details. Organisations are moved between fintech and banking mode from here.","whenToUse":"When a new licence is obtained, when changing tier and when converting an organisation to a bank or back.","concepts":["The organisation type determines the capabilities available: for a fintech organisation the tier controls are disabled, and that is not a permissions fault.","Tier and licences are independent: raising the tier adds no licences, and adding a licence raises no tier.","Bank details are shown only for the banking type — before conversion there is nowhere to enter them.","Collapsing the banking environment returns the organisation to fintech mode. The banking data remains but becomes inaccessible."],"example":"An organisation obtains a banking licence. Conversion to the banking type is performed on the card: data region, starting tier, bank details and the licence list. Afterwards the banking sections appear and tier management becomes available.","tips":["A full move to bank is easier through the banking launch wizard: it will not let you skip supervisory reporting and roles.","Add licences as they are obtained rather than all at once before an inspection: the entry date is visible.","Agree a collapse in advance — the sections close immediately, along with any work in progress in them."]},"dclsAdminParticipants":{"title":"Settlement participants","summary":"The participant register and protection against off-market rates: tolerance per pair and behaviour when no market reference exists.","whenToUse":"When onboarding a participant and when configuring protection against an erroneous or deliberately unfavourable rate.","concepts":["The participant sets the rate on their own order, which is why protection is needed: a misplaced decimal and a deliberately bad rate look identical to the system.","Tolerance is a percentage deviation from a market reference. An empty value means the pair's default applies, not that protection is off.","The policy when no reference exists is chosen explicitly: reject the order or let it through. Both are defensible, but the choice must be deliberate.","Protection is configured per participant: it is unavailable for revoked and rejected ones, since no orders will come from them."],"example":"Protection is enabled for a participant with a sensible tolerance and a 'reject when no reference' policy. A week later their order at a rate an order of magnitude off the market is rejected automatically — it was a misplaced decimal, and it did not become a loss.","tips":["An empty tolerance does not mean protection is off: it is the pair's default.","Choose the no-reference policy deliberately: letting orders through is convenient until the first night without quotes.","Enable protection for existing participants too, not only new ones: a misplaced decimal does not respect seniority."]},"routingMl":{"title":"Channel selection model","summary":"The learned model's state: accuracy, volume of accumulated data, version and last training time, plus feature importance and retraining.","whenToUse"
1:"For periodic quality control of selection and after a noticeable change in the channel mix.","concepts":["The model does not pick a channel by itself: it reweights candidates that filters already selected. Turning it off does not break routing, it returns selection to the rules.","Feature importance shows both strength and direction of influence. A heavily weighted feature pointing an unexpected way is something to investigate, not to be proud of.","Accuracy is computed on accumulated data. After the channel mix changes, previous accuracy is uninformative: the model learned a different world.","Retraining uses accumulated records. Retraining too often on thin data makes the model unstable."],"example":"Selection quality drops after two new providers are connected. The model state shows the last training predates them. Retraining is run and feature importance is rebuilt — the new channels now take part in scoring on equal terms.","tips":["Retrain after noticeable changes in the channel mix rather than on a schedule.","Watch the direction of feature influence: an unexpected sign more often means a data error than a discovery.","If selection results look doubtful, turn the model off: routing continues on the rules."]},"workflowRules":{"title":"Business rules","summary":"Rules of the form 'conditions - actions' with a priority and a stop flag: the register, building conditions and actions, a trial run against a set of facts, and activation.","whenToUse":"When encoding a decision in the system and when investigating unexpected rule behaviour.","concepts":["Conditions within a rule are joined by AND: the rule fires only when all of them hold.","Priority sets the order: the lower the number, the earlier the rule applies. The stop flag ends the pass over the remaining rules.","A trial run against a set of facts shows which rules fired and what came out — with no effect on live operations.","Disabling does not delete a rule: it stays in the register and can be switched back on. Deletion happens without confirmation and is irreversible."],"example":"A rule is created that raises the verification level for operations from a set of countries. Conditions are assembled in the form and the action sets a flag. The trial run shows the rule fires and does not conflict with a higher-priority one. It is then enabled.","tips":["Always do a trial run before enabling: priority conflicts only show up against facts.","Use the stop flag deliberately — it cancels every following rule, not just the conflicting one.","Delete rules with care: the interface asks for no confirmation, while disabling solves the same problem reversibly."]},"lending":{"title":"Lending pools","summary":"Standing pools of working c
1apital: total and free capital, utilisation, loan count and rate. Applications are decided and repayment schedules kept here.","whenToUse":"When deciding a loan application and when watching pool utilisation.","concepts":["A pool differs from a campaign in being permanent: capital returns to it and is lent again rather than being wound up once a goal is met.","Utilisation shows what share of capital is working. Full utilisation means there is nothing to fund a new application with.","The repayment schedule appears on the card after approval — before the decision there is none.","Rejecting an application requires a reason: it stays on the card and explains the decision at review."],"example":"An application arrives. The register shows the pool has enough free capital and sits at about three quarters utilisation. The application is assessed: amount, term, rate, collateral and its valuation. After approval the repayment schedule appears on the card.","tips":["Check free capital before assessing: an approved application against a zero balance stays unfunded.","State the rejection reason on the merits — it is read by the borrower and by a reviewer.","The pool itself is created by the product wizards rather than by the form on this page: the form here does not collect every required parameter."]},"generalLedger":{"title":"General ledger","summary":"Double-entry bookkeeping against the chart of accounts: the trial balance for a period, adjusting entries, reconciliation and period close.","whenToUse":"Monthly at period close and when the trial balance does not agree.","concepts":["Every entry is balanced: its lines sum to zero. A trial balance that does not agree means a data error, not an arithmetic one.","An adjusting entry does not correct the earlier one, it is added to it: both stay in the ledger, which is correct for audit.","Reconciliation runs before close. Closing a period without reconciling means locking in the divergence.","Period close is irreversible: entries in a closed period cannot be edited, and corrections are made in the next period."],"example":"At month end the trial balance is out by a small amount. Reconciliation points to a one-sided posting. An adjusting entry is made, reconciliation is rerun and passes, and the period is closed — with an explicit confirmation of irreversibility.","tips":["Do not close a period until reconciliation is clean: after close, corrections move to next month.","Describe adjusting entries in detail: six months on, an undescribed entry cannot be reconstructed.","Produce reporting after close — otherwise it diverges from the ledger by the amount of late entries."]},"chartOfAccounts":{"title":"Chart of accounts","summary":"The organisation's chart of accounts with hierarchy and filters, the jurisdiction reference, international reporting standard elements and the active mappings between them. The jurisdiction reference is the list of countries for which a chart of accounts has been implemented: a bank can only be set up in one of them.","whenToUse":"When launching a jurisdiction, when adding a custom account and when preparing reporting in international format.","concepts":["የሂሳብ ቻርቱ በአገሪቱ ተቆጣጣሪ የተደነገገ ሲሆን የራስ ሂሳቦች ከላዩ ላይ ይታከላሉ፦ የተደነገገውን መዋቅር መተካት አይቻልም።","ከዓለም አቀፍ መስፈርቶች ጋር ማዛመድ ለኦዲተሩ ያስፈልጋል፦ አንድ ዓይነት የሂሳብ ሚዛን በአገራዊውም በዓለም አቀፉም ቅርጸት መነበብ አለበት።","የማዛመድ ዓይነቶች ይለያያሉ፦ ቀጥተኛ፣ አንድ ሂሳብን ወደ በርካታ ክፍሎች መከፋፈል፣ በርካታዎችን ወደ አንድ ማጠቃለልና በመለያ ባህሪ ላይ የተመሠረተ ሁኔታዊ ማዛመድ።","The jurisdiction reference is itself the list of supported countries: an organisation can be switched to bank mode only in a country from that list, and the platform rejects a region outside it. Countries of the CEMAC and WAEMU zones are picked by their own code — Senegal as SN, Cameroon as CM — while the chart of accounts, the legal-entity document requirements and the reporting forms come from the zone, XOF or XAF. The list shows the zone next to the country name."],"example":"An organisation enter
1s a new country. The prescribed chart of accounts and the account number format are checked in the jurisdiction reference, then custom accounts are added for operational specifics. Mapping to international elements is verified before the first report rather than after an audit finding.","tips":["A country's chart of accounts is created automatically when the organisation is switched to bank mode — there is no need to run the load separately. Multi-currency onboarding is only needed to set currencies and markups.","የራስ ሂሳቦችን የሚፈጥሩት የተደነገገው መዋቅር በእውነት በማይበቃበት ቦታ ብቻ ይሁን።","ማዛመጃዎቹን ከመጀመሪያው ሪፖርት በፊት ያረጋግጡ፦ ኦዲተሩ ክፍተቱን በኋላና በውድ ዋጋ ያገኘዋል።","A bank in a currency-zone country is created under its own country code; the XAF and XOF codes remain in the list for an organisation not tied to a single country of the zone."]},"mutualCredit":{"title":"Community mutual credit","summary":"Member accounts with a trust limit and offsetting transfers between them: balance, limit and state per account.","whenToUse":"When opening an account for a member and when a balance approaches its trust limit.","concepts":["A negative balance here is normal rather than debt in the usual sense: the member has received goods or services and owes an equivalent back to the community, not to a particular person.","The trust limit caps how far a balance may go negative. It expresses the community's trust, not the member's solvency.","The sum of all balances in a network is zero by construction: someone's minus is someone else's plus. A non-zero sum means an error.","A transfer neither creates nor destroys value: it moves balance between accounts inside the network."],"example":"A member asks for a higher trust limit: their balance has reached it. The history shows they take services actively but supply few of their own. The decision belongs to the community rather than the operator: the trust limit reflects members' willingness to wait for an equivalent in return.","tips":["Check that network balances sum to zero regularly: a deviation means an error, not activity.","Do not raise a trust limit on your own — by its nature that is a community decision.","Explain to new members that a negative balance is normal: otherwise they fear it and the network does not work."]},"chervonets":{"title":"Community settlement environment","summary":"The wizard that assembles an environment from existing parts: structure profile, legal form, the nature of the unit of account, membership and limits, mutual aid instruments, netting and reserve.","whenToUse":"When launching a community settlement environment and when revising its configuration.","concepts":["The environment is not a separate product but an assembly of existing parts: the community section, mutual credit, the rotating savings group, settlement participants and netting windows.","The legal wrapper and the nature of the unit of account are chosen deliberately: they determine how the environment looks to a regulator, not only to members.","The netting and reserve steps are conditional: they appear only when settling outward. A closed environment does not need them.","The unit's ratio to the national currency, the default credit limit and the return-to-zero period are set once for the whole environment."],"example":"A community launches a closed environment: settlement stays internal, no reserve is required. The wizard skips the conditional netting and reserve steps, and the summary shows which parts the environment is assembled from. The configuration is saved and members are onboarded through the ordinary sections.","tips":["Settle the legal form before launch: changing it on a running environment means rebuilding it.","A closed environment does not need a reserve — do not enable it 'for later', it complicates the accounting.","Set the return-to-zero period realistically: too short makes mutual credit useless."]},"fxRates":{"title":"Exchange rates","summary":"Effective rates with their validity windows: source, value, nominals and period. This is where you see which rate a conversion will use.","whenToUse"
1:"When checking the applicable rate and when investigating a divergence in a converted amount.","concepts":["A rate applies within its window. Overlapping windows on one pair make the conversion result depend on which rate was picked — the costliest mistake in this section.","Nominals set the scale: a rate 'per hundred units' and 'per one unit' are different records, and confusing them is a two-order divergence.","A rate without an end date applies indefinitely: the next one has to be closed manually, or the windows overlap.","The operator's markup lives separately from the rate and applies on top of it at its own level."],"example":"A merchant reports a divergence in a converted amount. The windows show two effective rates for one pair with overlapping periods: one entered per hundred units, the other per one. The conversion took the first match. The older rate is closed with an end date and the divergence stops.","tips":["Close the previous rate with an end date before entering a new one: cheaper than untangling an overlap afterwards.","Say the nominals out loud: 'per hundred' and 'per one' differ by two orders in the operation amount.","Open a new pair with the wizard: it checks window overlap before writing."]},"aggregates":{"title":"Counters and limits","summary":"Operation counters over a time window: window length, grouping dimension and selection conditions. Velocity limits and quotas are built on them.","whenToUse":"When configuring velocity restrictions and when investigating why a limit fired.","concepts":["A counter measures a rolling window, not a calendar period: a limit of 'five per hour' releases the first operation an hour after it, not at the top of the next hour.","The grouping dimension determines what is being counted: by card, by device, by recipient. The same limit catches different things in different dimensions.","Selection conditions narrow which operations count. Too broad a selection produces false positives on legitimate customers.","Changing a counter does not recompute the past: the new window starts filling from the moment of the edit."],"example":"A customer reports a decline after several payments in a row. The counter shows the limit is set per device rather than per card: the customer paid from one phone with several cards and hit the restriction. The dimension is corrected and the false positives stop.","tips":["Choose the grouping dimension by what you are actually restricting: card, device or recipient.","Explain the rolling window to customers: 'wait until the next hour' does not apply here.","After editing a counter, let the window refill — the past is not recomputed."]},"walletsManagement":{"title":"Virtual accounts","summary":"The organisation's internal wallets: purpose, currency, balance and linked terminals. This is where you see where funds are credited from and where payouts come from.","whenToUse":"When setting up an acquiring or payout environment and when investigating where a credit went.","concepts":["A wallet is bound to a currency: an operation in another currency will not credit to it, and a terminal with a mismatched currency drops out of selection.","The provider's wallet and the organisation's wallet are different things: the first reflects funds on the channel's side, the second your ledger balance.","A terminal references its wallet by name. An empty or wrong reference silently removes the terminal from routing selection.","A wallet balance is a ledger figure: it agrees with reality only after reconciliation against the provider's statement."],"example":"Payments on a new terminal do not go through even though the provider is enabled. On the terminal card the provider wallet name is empty — the terminal silently drops out of selection. Once the reference is filled in, payments run and credits appear on the right wallet.","tips":["Check the provider wallet name on the terminal first: an empty reference produces neither an error nor payments.","Match wallet and terminal currency — a mismatch removes the channel from selection.","Reconcile the ledger balance against the provider statement: divergences are found by reconciliation, not by recounting."]},"exchangeControl":{"title":"Exchange control","summary":"Limits and requirements by country: daily and monthly limits, the documentary evidence threshold and the reporting threshold, plus a pre-check of a specific operation.","whenToUse"
1:"Before a large currency operation and when handling a regulator's demand for supporting documents.","concepts":["The documentary evidence threshold and the reporting threshold are different figures: the first requires documents from the customer, the second a report to the regulator.","Limits are set by country and customer type: the same amount falls under different rules for an individual and a company.","The pre-check runs before the operation and answers whether it will pass and what is needed. That is cheaper than untangling a rejection afterwards.","The purpose of the operation affects the requirements: the same transfer on different grounds needs a different document set."],"example":"A customer is about to send a large sum abroad. The operation is run through the pre-check with country, customer type, amount, currency and purpose. The answer shows the amount is above the documentary evidence threshold — documents are requested before the payment rather than after it is stopped.","tips":["Pre-check large operations in advance: a stopped payment is worse than a deferred one.","Distinguish the two thresholds when talking to a customer: documents are for them, the report is for you.","Establish the purpose precisely: the required document set depends on it."]},"intakeConfig":{"title":"የክሪፕቶ መቀበያ ሁኔታ","summary":"ድርጅቱ ክሪፕቶን እንዴት እንደሚቀበል፦ ለእያንዳንዱ ክፍያ በአንድ ጊዜ አድራሻ ወይም በቀጥታ ወደ ዒላማ ቦርሳ። አድራሻ ከመሰጠቱ በፊት የምንጭ ግምገማና የፈራሚ ማረጋገጫም እዚህ ይዘጋጃሉ።","whenToUse":"የክሪፕቶ መቀበያን ሲጀምሩና ክፍያዎች ካልተጠበቀ አድራሻ ሲደርሱ።","concepts":["የአንድ ጊዜ አድራሻዎች የገንዘብ ምንጭን ይለያሉ፦ እያንዳንዱ ክፍያ በራሱ አድራሻ ይደርሳል፣ ስለዚህ አጠራጣሪ ምንጭ ከመመርመሩ በፊት ከንጹህ ገንዘብ ጋር አይቀላቀልም። ዋጋው በኋላ ለመሰብሰብ የሚከፈል የኔትወርክ ክፍያ ነው።","ቀጥታ መቀበል ይህን ዋጋ ያስቀራል — ገንዘቡ አስቀድሞ በዒላማ ቦርሳ ላይ ነው። ለትንንሽ መጠኖች ይህ ብቸኛው ምክንያታዊ አማራጭ ነው፦ መሰብሰብ ከመጠኑ ራሱ ይበልጣል።","የአንድ ጊዜ አድራሻ ንብርብር የሚከፈልበት አገልግሎት ነው። ሞጁሉ ካልነቃ ሁኔታው እንደ ቀጥታ መቀበል ይሠራል፣ ልዩነቱም በተግባር በሚውለው ሁኔታ መስክ ይታያል።","የድርጅቱ ቅንብር የመጨረሻ ቃል አይደለም፦ ተርሚናል ሊሽረው ይችላል። ራውተሩ ተርሚናልን በመጠን፣ በምንዛሬና በአገር ስለሚመርጥ የመቀበያ ዘዴው በክፍያ ሊለያይ ይችላል።"],"example":"ድርጅቱ በአንድ ጊዜ አድራሻዎች ይቀበላል፣ ነገር ግን ትንንሽ ክፍያዎች የመሰብሰቢያ ወጪን አይሸፍኑም። የመጠን የላይኛው ገደብ ያለው የተለየ ተርሚናል ፍጠሩና በቅንብሩ ውስጥ ከምንጭ ግምገማ ጋር ቀጥታ መቀበልን አብሩ። ራውተሩ ትንንሽ መጠኖችን ወደዚያ ተርሚናል ይልካል — በቀጥታ ወደ ቦርሳ ይደርሳሉ፣ የተቀሩት በአንድ ጊዜ አድራሻዎች ይቀጥላሉ።","tips":["ቀጥታ መቀበል የተዘጋጀ ዒላማ ቦርሳ ይፈልጋል። አለመኖሩ ክፍያውን ያወርዳል እንጂ ቅንብሩን አይደለም — የቦርሳዎችን ዝግጁነት ክፍል ይመልከቱ።","በውሳኔ ላይ የተመሠረተ አቅጣጫ የተዋቀረ የአድራሻ ማጣሪያ አቅራቢ ሲኖር ብቻ ይሠራል። ያለሱ ሁሉም ወደ ዝቅተኛ ስጋት ቦርሳ ይሄዳል።","የፈራሚ ማረጋገጫን መጀመሪያ በመመልከት ሁኔታ አብሩት፦ የስማርት ኮንትራት ቦርሳዎች ከሌላ አድራሻ በሕጋዊ መንገድ ይፈርማሉ።"]},"routingCascade":{"title":"Routing cascade with fallback","summary":"The wizard assembles a chain of terminals sharing one route key: a primary provider plus one or more fallbacks that take the operation after a failure. The terminals are created for real — through the same request the terminal creation page uses — and are switched on immediately by default. Priority here is not a position in a list but an attempt number: the platform selects terminals with priority 0, then priority 1 on failure, and so on, so a gap in the numbering silently breaks the chain.","whenToUse"
1:"When one direction of a partner — currency plus operation type — has to be served by more than one provider: a fallback in case the primary fails, or traffic split across several channels. You come here already knowing the providers and their connection parameters; the environment (test or prod) is chosen on the first step, and the finished chain is inspected in the terminals list and the routing editor.","concepts":["Route key — partner, currency, operation type and environment. Terminals sharing one key form one chain; the wizard stamps the key on all of them at once, and afterwards it can only be changed by editing each terminal separately.","Priority is an attempt number, not a position in a list. The first attempt selects terminals with priority 0, the second priority 1, and so on. The wizard numbers them in sequence — primary 0, fallbacks 1, 2, 3 — but a terminal added later with priority 5 next to a three-link chain will never see traffic. The routing simulator evaluates one attempt level at a time, so it will not show you the whole chain.","Weight (0–100) splits traffic between terminals of the same priority: the pick is random with odds proportional to the weights, and they need not add up to 100. A wizard-built chain has exactly one terminal per level, so weight acts as a switch — a terminal with weight 0 is dropped from the selection entirely.","The provider fee is set per terminal, the merchant fee once for the whole chain, on the limits step. Otherwise what the merchant is charged would depend on which fallback happened to fire. The percentage is typed as a percentage with the basis-point conversion shown under the field (1.8% = 180); the fixed part and the limits are in minor units of the currency.","Provider params is JSON, and the selection also reads the allowed payment systems from it. Without a payment_system_type key the terminal counts as a card terminal (bank_card), so for SBP or a wallet you write it in by hand: {\\"payment_system_type\\": [\\"sbp\\"]}.","Amount limits and route tags are shared by the whole chain. An operation outside the min/max range finds no terminal in the cascade at all, and a tag does not narrow traffic by itself — it only lets an operation that names a route reach its terminal. In the routing editor the tag has to be picked in the filter: without it the editor lists only terminals that carry no tags.","Terminals are created one by one, in order. A failure on the third does not undo the two already created: they stay in the terminals list, and pressing «Create cascade» again builds the chain a second time, as duplicates."],"example":"A partner needs a fallback for card payments in roubles. Route key: partner Romashka (ID 42), RUB, payment, environment test. Primary terminal — an acquirer with the general wallet and a 1.8% provider fee; first fallback — a second acquirer at 2.1%; second fallback — a local gateway at 2.4%. On the cascade step you keep the order 0 -> 1 -> 2 and weight 100 on all three. On the limits step you set the range 10,000–50,000,000 minor units, that is from 100 to 500,000 RUB, a merchant fee of 2.5% inside the amount, and the tag cards. You tick «activate terminals immediately after creation» and press «Create cascade» — the wizard answers with three terminal ids. You open the routing editor, filter by the partner, RUB, payment, test and the cards tag, and see the chain in priority order.","tips":["Skipping the limits step leaves the maximum at 1,000,000 minor units — 10,000 RUB — and anything above that finds no terminal in the chain. For a production contour set the range by hand.","Weight 0 does not demote a terminal in the queue, it removes it from selection. To close a channel temporarily, clear the terminal's active flag instead of zeroing its weight.","If creation broke off midway, check the terminals list first: part of the chain already exists, and pressing the button again produces duplicates under the same key.","For the production environment untick «activate terminals immediately after creation»: it is convenient to assemble the chain in advance and switch it on in an agreed window.","Change the chain order on the terminals themselves. Dragging in the routing editor rewrites priorities as 100, 90, 80, while selection walks attempt numbers from zero — after such a reorder the chain no longer assembles."]},"directMigration":{"title":"Direct integration migration wizard","summary":"The wizard moves no traffic and creates nothing on the platform — it produces a document. An inventory of the live direct contracts, a decision on each, traffic shares by stage of the parallel period, the full cutover date and the rollback condition add up to a plan: it is shown on the last step, kept as a draft in the browser and exported as migration-plan.md. The point of the plan is that the criteria for advancing and for rolling back are agreed before the migration starts, rather than 
1invented at the moment something goes wrong.","whenToUse":"When a client arrives with live direct contracts and real volume: nothing can be switched over at once, so both contours have to run side by side for a while. The wizard is walked before any setup: terminals are created by the payment acceptance setup wizard, traffic shares by the routing cascade wizard, and both contours are reconciled by the provider statement ingestion wizard — the last step links to all three.","concepts":["A decision per integration — migrate to the platform, keep the direct contract, or retire it. A platform terminal is picked only for the migrating ones; for the others the column shows a dash.","Monthly volume is a plain number with no unit; it only feeds the migrating-volume share. So every row must use the same unit, or the share will lie.","The contract end date is not a reference field. The integration whose contract expires first is migrated first, otherwise it has to be extended just to cover the parallel period. The date does not reach the exported plan — the table keeps provider, method, volume, decision and terminal.","A migration stage is a traffic share on the platform. What allows the move to the next stage is the success rate and the reconciliation gap, not elapsed calendar time.","The cutover date and the rollback condition are mandatory — the cutover step will not let you past without them. The condition is stated as a number and a duration: «below 98% for two hours straight», not «if things go badly». The owner field is optional.","The plan is Markdown text: a table of integrations, the parallel period parameters, a cutover section. «Save plan» stores a draft in this browser, «Export file» downloads migration-plan.md. Rows without a provider name do not make it into the plan, and the inventory step will not let you past until at least one row is filled in."],"example":"The client has three direct contracts. A bank acquirer, cards, volume 12,000,000, contract until 30 November — migrate, mapped to a terminal that already exists. A wallet, 3,000,000 — migrate, but no terminal yet. A local gateway, 800,000, contract until 2027 — keep direct. The wizard counts: two integrations migrating, 95% of volume moving, one terminal still to be created. Parallel period — 6 weeks, minimum success rate 98%, acceptable reconciliation gap 0.1%, daily reconciliation of both contours. Stages 5%, 25%, 50%, 100%. Full cutover on 1 December, owner — the head of payments, rollback condition: the success rate stays below 98% for two hours straight and traffic returns to the direct integration without further approval. You save the plan and export the file for sign-off.","tips":["The draft lives in this browser on this machine: a colleague cannot see it and it will not open at another workstation. If several people sign the plan off, export the file.","«Back to the start of the plan» jumps to the first step but keeps everything entered — there is no blank form in the wizard, extra rows are deleted by hand.","The terminal is picked from the ones that already exist, and the list loads the first hundred: with more terminals than that, the one you need may be missing from the dropdown. Until a terminal is there the plan marks the row «terminal not created yet»: the parallel period does not start before the terminal exists and has passed a test operation.","Stage shares are entered as whole numbers: an empty stage field blocks the move to the next step.","The parallel period must cover at least one full settlement cycle with the old provider, and the direct contracts are worth keeping alive for one more cycle after cutover — that is the price of being able to come back."]},"checkoutPublish":{"title":"Hosted checkout publishing","summary":"The wizard creates a payment page configuration and publishes it right away: the page gets a version number, a public access token and a ready payment link. Publishing is not just saving — every publish bumps the version and issues a fresh token, and with it a fresh link, so the one handed out earlier stops opening. The token is valid for twenty-four hours from the moment of publication.","whenToUse"
1:"When a merchant needs a ready payment page without building its own form: the link goes on a site, into an email, or straight to a buyer. The page itself does not process the operation — it opens the payment form, while the payment travels the routes already configured, so the partner's payment acceptance must already work by this point.","concepts":["The page address (the «Slug» field) is part of the link and a unique name within the organisation. Only lowercase latin letters, digits and hyphens are allowed, 3 to 50 characters. The wizard only requires a non-empty value; the platform enforces the format, and a bad address surfaces only as a generic publishing failure.","Publishing is two actions in a row: the configuration is created, then published. Publishing bumps the version and replaces the access token, which is why the previous link stops working. That is also how an issued link is revoked.","The access token is the public part of the link, not a secret. It lives twenty-four hours from publication; after that the page answers with an error and the link is refreshed by publishing again from the Payment pages section. The wizard offers no setting for that lifetime.","The notification signing key is sent to the platform and never comes back — there is nowhere to look it up afterwards, and a lost key is replaced with a new one. The notification address is accepted over https only, and the step itself can be skipped: with no address, notifications simply are not configured.","The logo is likewise accepted over https only, and colours only as six-digit HEX such as #004D40. A mistake in any of these fields produces the same generic publishing failure, without naming the guilty field.","The form composition comes down to three switches: email, billing address and the page footer. Card fields are not configurable and are always present — the payment widget renders them itself.","The product and the payment link are standalone objects, not parts of the page. Both steps are optional, are created immediately by «Create and continue», and live in the Products and Payment links sections; amounts in both are entered in minor units of the currency."],"example":"A merchant needs a page for a single service. Address — bakery-checkout, an internal description, logo served over https, primary colour #004D40, accent #FFB300, variant compact, theme light, input style underline, language ru. You keep email and the footer and switch the billing address off. Notification address — https://shop.example.com/webhooks/checkout, and you set your own signing key, saving a copy on your side straight away. You press «Publish page»: it comes out as v1 and you copy the payment link and the token. Then you add the product: name «Annual subscription», a short description (the step will not pass without one), price 149,000 — that is 1,490.00 RUB — quantity 1. The payment link is made for the same 149,000 RUB, type fixed, methods bank card and SBP. The final step shows the ready link, version v1 and both marks: product and link created.","tips":["Write the address in lowercase latin letters, digits and hyphens: bakery-checkout, not Bakery_Checkout. The wizard does not check it, the refusal arrives at publish time, and there is nowhere to change it later — the field is locked when editing in the Payment pages section.","If publishing failed and pressing again returns the same error, the configuration was most likely already created and has taken the address. Open Payment pages and publish it from there instead of inventing a new address.","The signing key is entered once and never shown again. Store it on your side before pressing publish — it cannot be retrieved from the platform.","The link lives twenty-four hours and republishing issues a new one. Before printing it in a leaflet or baking it into a QR code, work out who refreshes the merchant's link and how often.","Product price and link amount are entered in minor units: 1,490.00 RUB is 149,000. The field label says «kopecks» whatever currency you picked."]},"obConsent":{"title":"Consent Issuance and Authorization","summary":"The wizard assembles an Open Banking consent granting a TPP access to a customer's accounts: the provider from the registry, the permission set, the account list and the validity window. The consent is created in an awaiting-authorization state and is then either authorized or rejected on the same screen — both actions are irreversible and each needs its own confirmation tick. The cost of a mistake is access wider than 
1intended: the wizard cannot narrow an authorized consent, leaving revocation and a fresh pass as the only route.","whenToUse":"When a provider already present in the registry needs access to one specific customer's accounts. The provider must exist and be active beforehand — inactive ones do not appear in the list. Authorization issues an authorization_code that gives the provider access to the data; the consent state is then looked up in the Consents section.","concepts":["The provider is picked from the registry and only with active status — the list is fetched filtered by status and capped at the first hundred entries. A consent belongs to exactly one provider, and the provider cannot be swapped after creation.","Scope inheritance applies while the set is empty: the first time you pick a provider, its scopes are pre-filled. If you go back and pick a different provider, the set is not overwritten — adjust it by hand on the permissions step.","Rights come in two layers. Scopes (accounts, payments, funds-confirmation) are mandatory, at least one, or the wizard will not move on. Granular permissions (ReadBalances, ReadTransactionsDetail and the rest) are optional and refine what exactly the provider reads inside a scope.","The account list is not sent at creation — it is sent at authorization. The «all accounts» mode sends no list at all, so every account the customer links is covered. The «specific accounts» mode takes identifiers one per line or comma-separated, and the counter under the field shows how many were parsed.","The date fields mean different things. «Expires» is a point in time: the browser reads it in your local time zone and sends it as UTC. «Transactions from/to» are the boundaries of the period the provider will see operations for. «Valid from» is not sent to the backend at all — the consent takes effect as soon as it is authorized.","After creation you can still walk back through the progress bar, but nothing changes server-side: permissions and dates were sent at creation. The single exception is the account list, which is sent at authorization, so editing it still has effect."],"example":"«Fintech App Ltd» needs access to two of a customer's accounts for an expense-tracking service. You pick it from the list — accounts and payments are pre-filled; you drop payments and keep accounts only. You tick three granular permissions: accounts basic data, balances and detailed transactions. On the accounts step you switch to «specific accounts» and paste two identifiers — the counter reads «Accounts: 2». For dates: expires 30 November 2026, 23:59, transactions from 1 June to 30 November 2026. You press Create consent, copy the identifier from the message, tick the confirmation and hit Authorize — both accounts go out with the request, and the final message shows who authorized it.","tips":["Copy the consent identifier right after creation: the Consents section only offers lookup by identifier, there is no consent list there.","If the permission set turns out wrong after creation, do not authorize. Press Reject and run the wizard again — an authorized consent cannot be narrowed here.","Switching to «specific accounts» and pasting nothing behaves exactly like «all accounts»: an empty list is not sent with the request.","«Expires» is entered in your browser's time zone and stored as UTC. If you need end of day in the customer's time zone, work that out before authorizing, not after.","The wizard keeps nothing between visits: leave the page before creation and the permissions, accounts and dates have to be entered from scratch."]},"tppOnboarding":{"title":"TPP regulatory onboarding","summary":"The wizard registers a third-party provider in the Open Banking registry: profile, regulatory roles, regional standard, certificate-based identification and OAuth2 redirect URIs. The platform then issues a client_id / client_secret pair, and the secret is displayed exactly once — neither the wizard nor the registry will show it again. A mistake in roles or redirect URIs does not surface here; it surfaces on the provider's first authorization attempt.","whenToUse"
1:"When a provider has obtained its regulatory authorization and asks for access to your APIs. It runs before consent issuance: until the provider is in the registry there is nobody to issue a consent to. Start in the sandbox and register production as a separate entry — the environment is chosen on the first step and the wizard never changes it afterwards.","concepts":["Roles drive scopes. AISP reads accounts and transactions, PISP initiates payments on the customer's behalf, CBPII confirms funds availability for a card. Each role maps to exactly one scope (accounts, payments, funds-confirmation); scopes cannot be picked independently of roles, and at least one role is required.","The standard trims the roles. PSD2 and UK Open Banking allow all three, Open Finance Brasil allows AISP and PISP only. Roles are chosen before the standard, so an incompatible role is dropped when you press Next on the standard step: the wizard warns you in advance, showing the scope of the role about to go, but it changes the set itself.","Identification has two parts. The certificate DN is mandatory under every standard and must match the certificate the provider presents on mutual TLS. The Software Statement (UK OBIE SSA) is mandatory for UK Open Banking only; for PSD2 and Brazil it is optional.","The client type decides how authorization works: confidential (the default) means a server-side application that stores the secret itself; public means a mobile or single-page application using Authorization Code + PKCE.","Redirect URIs are entered strictly one per line, at least one is required. The wizard only trims surrounding whitespace and sends them as typed: a comma is not a separator and ends up inside the URI, while a trailing slash, a different port or http instead of https will be rejected at authorization time.","The secret is issued once. There is no second display in the wizard or in the registry — the registry offers suspend, revoke and delete for a provider, but not re-issuing the secret. A lost secret means registering again."],"example":"You register «Fintech App Ltd», contact e-mail [email protected], environment sandbox. You tick AISP and PISP, and the resulting scopes block shows accounts and payments. You leave the standard at PSD2, so both roles survive. In Certificate DN you paste CN=Fintech App Ltd,OU=PSDGB-FCA-123456,O=Fintech App Ltd,C=GB and skip the Software Statement — PSD2 does not require it. You leave the client type confidential and enter one redirect URI, https://app.example.com/callback. You tick the one-time-secret acknowledgement (the button stays disabled without it) and press Register TPP: the TPP ID, client_id and client_secret come back, each with a copy button. You copy all three into secure storage and move on to consent issuance — the provider is now in the list.","tips":["Store the secret before you leave the page: there is no recovery, and a lost secret means a new registry entry.","Check the final scope set in the summary on the last step, especially if you changed the standard after picking roles — an incompatible role has already been dropped by then.","Put one redirect URI per line and verify them against what the provider's application actually sends: matching is done on the full string, and the wizard does not validate them.","The environment stays a record field only: consent issuance filters providers by status, so sandbox entries sit next to production ones — tell them apart by name.","After registration, walking back through the steps changes nothing — the entry already exists. To onboard the next provider press Register another TPP and the form resets."]},"verticalGoLive":{"title":"Vertical Go-Live — industry vertical","summary":"The wizard switches on an industry profile: for the chosen vertical it creates one business rule per MCC group in the rules engine. The rules set a risk profile on the operation, add an enhanced identification level when the enhanced profile is chosen, and add an industry report code when reporting is on. They are created enabled and match on the category code rather than on a particular merchant, so the MCC set is worth checking before the run, not after.","whenToUse"
1:"When a merchant enters an industry segment — gambling, travel or digital goods — and its operations need an industry profile. The wizard does not bind terminals to MCCs and does not switch on report delivery: the Terminals and Reporting sections come next, and links to them, along with a link to Business rules, appear on the completion screen.","concepts":["A vertical is a group of MCC codes plus an industry report code. Gambling and betting is the single code 7995 with the TSUPIS report; travel and air is the continuous range 3000–3999 plus codes 4511 and 4722 with the BSP / IATA report; digital goods and SaaS are codes 5734, 5815, 5817, 5818 with the Usage / MRR report.","One rule per code group. Conditions inside a rule are joined with AND, so a range and a list cannot share one rule: the travel vertical produces two rules, the others one. The count is shown in the summary before you commit, in the «rules to be created» row.","The rule matches on MCC, not on the merchant. The condition compares the category code only, and the rule runs in the payment context within the organisation, so any operation in the organisation carrying that code picks up the industry profile.","The rule sets facts rather than blocking operations: the risk profile, plus an enhanced identification level under the enhanced profile, plus the industry report code when reporting is on. Decisions based on those facts are taken by the dedicated sections.","Priority 50 and an unbroken chain. The engine walks priorities from lower to higher and ordinary rules are created at 100, so the industry profile applies first; a match does not stop the chain, and the general rules still run afterwards.","Rules are created enabled and apply to operations from that moment — there is no deferred start. Everything is reversible, though: rules can be edited, disabled or deleted in the Business rules section, where their names begin with «Вертикаль:»."],"example":"A travel-agency merchant starts selling air tickets. On the selection step you take the travel and air card — the MCCs 3000–3999, 4511, 4722 are shown under the name. You leave the risk profile standard (it is preselected): the enhanced one belongs where operations require enhanced identification, typically gambling. You leave industry reports on, and the caption reads BSP / IATA. The summary shows the vertical, the standard profile, reporting enabled and «rules to be created: 2». You press Create vertical rules — the wizard creates one rule for the 3000–3999 range and one for the pair 4511, 4722, both at priority 50, and reports «rules created: 2». From there the links take you to Terminals, to bind the merchant's terminals to the right MCC, and to Reporting, to switch on the BSP schedule.","tips":["Rules are created one after another. If the second travel rule fails, the first one already exists — the wizard shows the error, but removing what was created is a manual job in the Business rules section.","Within one visit the wizard will not create a second batch: after success the button turns into a link to the wizard list. Re-entering the wizard is not restricted, however — you get a second batch of rules with identical names and the engine runs both.","The risk and reporting steps can be skipped with Next, which leaves the defaults in place: standard profile and reporting enabled. Check both in the summary before you commit.","Enabled reporting only puts a code into the operation's facts. The delivery schedule itself is switched on in the Reporting section: without it the code is set but no report is produced.","Before the run, check whether other merchants in the organisation carry the same MCCs: the rule does not tell merchants apart and will cover their operations too."]},"recipientExport":{"title":"Recurring registry export to recipient wizard","summary":"The wizard sets up a registry recipient configuration: which transactions to export, in what file, in what email and on what schedule. Between the setup and the schedule sits a mandatory check — a preview of the rows for a chosen date, and optionally a real email send. The schedule can only be switched on after a non-empty preview: an empty registry arriving every morning is usually discovered by the recipient, not by you.","whenToUse"
1:"When a partner, a provider or an accounting team should receive the transaction registry on their own, without asking support. Come here once the scope of the export and the addresses are agreed; afterwards the work continues in Registry recipients and Registry exports.","concepts":["Selection filters — provider, partner IDs, terminal IDs, operation types and the «reconciled only» flag. An empty field means «all»: a configuration with no filters exports the entire flow to the recipient.","The preview is not built the way the export is. It looks only at provider, environment and date, requests at most 25 transactions, and filters operation types after loading, on the interface side; partners, terminals and «reconciled only» take no part in it.","«Send now» is not a rehearsal. The button creates the recipient configuration and sends the registry for the chosen date to the listed addresses. It unlocks right after any preview, including an empty one, and a sent email cannot be recalled.","The condition for the schedule is a non-empty preview. While the preview returns zero rows, the recurring-delivery toggle stays unavailable and the wizard sends you back to the trial send.","The cron expression and timezone are entered on the Delivery step and switched on at the Schedule step. If the expression is left empty, no schedule is saved and the configuration stays on manual sending.","The configuration comes into existence the moment you press «Send now» — even if the email then fails to leave. After that, finishing the wizard updates only its schedule and timezone; change format, filters and addresses in Registry recipients."],"example":"Partner Romashka needs a daily registry for the previous day. Name «Romashka — daily registry», recipient type «Partner», environment prod, provider mtsbank, partner IDs 17, operation types payment, payout. Format CSV, semicolon delimiter, Windows-1251 encoding because their accountants open the file straight in Excel; filename template report_{{date_from}}_{{date_to}}.csv, columns id, provider, amount, status, started, summary and header row enabled. The email goes from [email protected] to [email protected] with a copy to [email protected]; on the same step you set cron 0 9 * * * and timezone Europe/Moscow. On the trial step the date is already filled with yesterday, 20 August: the preview returns 25 rows, so the selection is alive. You press «Send now», the email leaves and an export id appears. On the schedule step the toggle is unlocked — you enable recurring delivery and finish, and the schedule is applied to the configuration that already exists.","tips":["The preview row count only tells you the selection is not empty; it is not an estimate of registry size — at most 25 transactions are requested and the first ten are shown.","Reread the address list before pressing «Send now»: the email reaches the real recipient. For a rehearsal put your own address in and set the real one later in Registry recipients.","Choose the encoding for the recipient: Windows-1251 for those who open the CSV in Excel directly, UTF-8 for those who load the file into their own system. For XLSX the delimiter and encoding are not applied at all.","The {{date_from}} and {{date_to}} placeholders work in the filename, the subject and the body. Without them every export arrives under the same name and the recipient mixes up the days.","The configuration is created active, but with no cron expression it sends nothing. A schedule can be added later in Registry recipients — no need to run the wizard again."]},"reconIngestion":{"title":"Connecting a Provider Registry to Auto-Reconciliation","summary":"The wizard ties two things together: the rules for parsing the registry file and the source the files are fetched from. Then it verifies the resulting chain — connection to the source, parsing of a sample file, and a trial reconciliation of the parsed rows against 4pay.online transactions by external id. The source is created disabled and is switched on only on the final step, so nothing is fetched or reconciled until then.","whenToUse"
1:"When a provider has started sending a registry and the daily reconciliation should come off your hands. You will need a real sample file and access credentials for the mailbox or FTP/SFTP if the files are to be fetched automatically. After the wizard the work lives in Registry imports and Registry reconciliation.","concepts":["The provider ID column is the key to the whole reconciliation: its value is matched against the transaction's external id (outertxid). Point it at the wrong column and the entire file lands in «missing in 4pay.online».","Four columns are mandatory: provider ID, amount, date and status. RRN and card number are optional and take no part in matching — rows are looked up by the external id alone.","Column names are typed in by hand — exactly the headers that appear in the provider's file. «Skip lines from the top» cuts off the technical preamble that precedes the useful data.","Two objects, two creations. «Create and continue» creates the parsing rules on the first step and the source on the second, and every press creates a new object: go back, press it again, and you have a duplicate.","The source is created disabled on purpose. Until you switch it on explicitly on the last step, the schedule does not run and files are not fetched. Switching it on is reversible — the toggle lives in Registry sources.","The preview and the control reconciliation save nothing: the file is parsed on the fly, rows are compared with transactions for the chosen period, and no import and no reconciliation marks remain afterwards.","«Missing in registry» counts 4pay.online transactions in the chosen period that are absent from the uploaded file. If the file covers one day and the period covers a week, the number will be large and say nothing."],"example":"Provider Acme emails its registry every morning. Parsing rules: name «Acme registry (CSV)», provider acme, environment test; provider ID column — order_id, amount — amount, date — created_at, status — state, RRN — rrn. Semicolon delimiter, Windows-1251 encoding, skip 1 line from the top, date format DD.MM.YYYY HH:mm:ss. The source is «Acme — registry mailbox», type «Email (IMAP)», host imap.example.com, port 993, folder INBOX, schedule 0 6 * * * in Europe/Moscow. The connection test passes; you upload yesterday's file and 342 rows parse, with dates and amounts landing in the right places. The control reconciliation defaults to the last week and «missing in registry» shows 1,240. You narrow the period to 19 August: 336 matched, 2 missing in 4pay.online, 4 amount mismatches and no status mismatches — all 342 rows are accounted for, so order_id is mapped correctly. On the last step you leave the activation checkbox ticked and finish: from six in the morning the files are fetched on their own.","tips":["Use the file the provider actually sent, not the sample from their documentation: the delimiter, the encoding and an extra preamble line are what usually differ.","Match the control reconciliation period to the file's date. The default is a week, and transactions from the other six days land in «missing in registry» even though the setup is fine.","An «amount mismatch» is more often about notation than about money: amounts are compared character by character, so 1500 against 1500.00 already counts as a mismatch. Statuses, by contrast, are normalized — success, completed and approved are treated as the same thing.","Do not walk the first two steps again to fix something: every «Create and continue» creates another set of parsing rules and another source. Edit what already exists in Registry configs and Registry sources, and delete the leftovers there.","Run the chain on test first. The same wizard is repeated for prod later, and a column-mapping mistake costs nothing on the test contour."]},"bankLaunch":{"title":"Banking Environment Launch Wizard (BaaS)","summary":"The wizard converts an organization from fintech mode into a bank and immediately builds out what a bank cannot work without: details, supervisory reporting and staff roles. The conversion is irreversible in business terms: a route back exists in the system but is treated as an emergency procedure. The data region is chosen here once — it determines the regulator, the license list, the supervisory integrations, and later the region of every account the organization opens.","whenToUse"
1:"The organization has obtained a license and must start operating as a bank: opening accounts, running customer checks, reporting to the regulator. Before the wizard the organization exists and works in fintech mode; after it, the first clients are taken on for banking service and their accounts are opened.","concepts":["The data region is the storage jurisdiction. It drives the regulator (shown under the field), the license list on this step and the supervisory integrations on the next one. Changing the region clears the licenses already ticked. Pick a currency-zone country by its own code: its chart of accounts and reporting come from the zone, shown in brackets in the list.","The conversion is the wizard's only point of no return. Only fintech-type organizations are listed: once converted, the organization drops off the list and cannot be run through the wizard again.","Confirmation by typing the name requires an exact match with the selected organization, otherwise the «Convert to bank» button stays disabled. Until the conversion is done the step has no «Next» button, and the progress circles do not allow jumping forward.","Bank details are saved as a whole, not field by field. The form opens empty and pulls nothing from the organization, so an empty BIC or correspondent account is sent as an empty value and overwrites whatever was stored before.","Supervisory credentials are written into the organization configuration — the same place the organization integrations page writes them. A card in which you filled even one field replaces the stored credentials for that system entirely; untouched cards are left as they were.","Roles are assigned by the client_id of an existing platform client, one request per row. Rows without a client_id are skipped, and the step can be passed empty."],"example":"«Mars Finance» runs in fintech mode and has obtained a banking license. You pick it from the list, set the data region to Russia (RU) — the regulator fills in as CBR — choose the Growth tier and tick the «CBR banking license». On the conversion step you type «Mars Finance» exactly and press «Convert to bank»: the organization type becomes bank. Then you enter the details: BIC 044525999, correspondent account 30101810400000000999, central bank ID 1234, license No. 3999 dated 14 March 2026, and press «Save and continue». For Russia the supervisory step opens the Rosfinmonitoring card (FES messages and operation reports under 115-FZ): you fill in the API URL, the key and the entity ID. In roles you add two staff members by client_id: operator and finance. The summary shows bank, RU, growth, one license and two assigned roles.","tips":["The wizard asks for the data region only once — at conversion time — and there is no way to change it afterwards. The tier and licenses stay editable: the tier can be upgraded and downgraded, licenses added and revoked, in the BaaS management section.","Do not walk through the details step on a «I'll fill it in later» basis if details are already stored: the form opens empty and saving sends empty values over them.","Fill in a supervisory system card completely: a URL without the key overwrites the stored pair as a whole and the key is lost.","Roles are applied one by one, in sequence. If a row with a non-existent client_id fails, the previous ones are already assigned: delete the successful rows and retry only the failing one."]},"baasClient":{"title":"BaaS client onboarding","summary":"The wizard walks the client through the mandatory order: identity check, risk rating, account opening, putting the account to work. The order is not decorative — the account form stays locked until the client's case is approved. Screening runs on the platform side and takes time, so the wizard is built for coming back: the case status is refreshed manually with a button and the work can resume later.","whenToUse":"When a case already exists for the client and has to be carried through to a working account. The wizard does not create the case itself — it arrives through the platform API. After the wizard the account is ready to receive funds and a card can be issued against it.","concepts":["The client case (KYC case) is picked from existing ones: the wizard loads up to fifty cases, the step has no search, and there is nowhere in the operator's cabinet to create a new case. Each case is listed by the customer identifier, the customer type (individual or legal_entity) and the status.","Screening — sanctions, politically exposed persons (PEP) and adverse media — starts with a single button and runs on the platform side. The result does not reach the wizard by itself: the case status has to be refreshed with the «Refresh status» button.","The r
1isk rating and the case decision are sent in one request — you cannot set the rating without recording a decision («Under review», «Approved» or «Rejected»). The «Skip saving» button in the bottom navigation moves past the step with no write at all.","An approved case is the only condition for opening an account: while the status is not approved, every field of the form is locked. The «Prohibited» risk rating shows a warning but does not lock the form.","The «Region» field on the account form only filters the currency list — it is not sent in the request at all. The account region is taken by the system from the organization's data region.","Putting the account to work depends on its status: «Activate account» appears only for a blocked or dormant account; for an account in pending there is no separate action — its state is polled with «Refresh status», while «Mark as activated» records a note inside the wizard and does not change the account status."],"example":"An enquiry from OOO «Veter» has produced a case with the status documents_required — the list shows it by the customer identifier, the type legal_entity and that status. You select it, assign an officer by their UUID, upload the incorporation documents and the proof of address, and start the screening. An hour later you come back and refresh the status — no matches. You set the risk rating to «Medium», the decision to «Approved», write the rationale into the notes and press «Save and continue»: the case status becomes approved. On the account step the fields unlock: type «Checking», region Russia, currency RUB, owner type pre-filled as «Organization», owner ID taken from the case, chart of accounts code 40702, IBAN left empty so it is generated automatically. «Open account» creates the account with the status pending; you refresh the status, see active, and the summary shows an approved case, medium risk and a working account.","tips":["If the client is not in the case list, no case has been created for them yet: the wizard only works with existing cases and shows at most fifty, with no search or filters.","Never pair the «Prohibited» risk rating with an «Approved» decision: the wizard will let it through and unlock the account form — the warning stays nothing more than a warning.","«Skip saving» on the risk step writes nothing: not the rating, not the decision, not the notes. To get them into the case, use «Save and continue».","Leave the IBAN empty unless you have a number reserved in advance: a manually entered number is sent for saving exactly as typed, typo included.","Until the account is open the wizard will not move on — the «Next» button on the account step stays disabled."]},"cardIssuance":{"title":"Card Issuance Wizard","summary":"The wizard issues a card against an already open customer account: the account fixes the currency and the customer, the card product sets the limit frame, and separate steps refine limits and features. Issuance is irreversible: a created card cannot be cancelled, only blocked. Limits are applied by a second request right after creation, so a failure at that point leaves the card already issued.","whenToUse":"When the customer has an active account in the required currency and needs a card — a first one or a replacement. Before the wizard the customer is onboarded and the account works; after issuance the card appears in the card issuing section, where its status and limits can be viewed but not changed.","concepts":["The account is the source of the currency and the customer. Only active accounts with a linked customer are listed, with a search by account number, IBAN or customer. The currency of the chosen account becomes the card currency and does not change afterwards.","Card products are filtered by the account currency and the active flag: products in another currency will not appear. The product supplies the default and maximum limits and pre-selects the card type, which can still be changed by hand.","All limits are integers in minor units: 500000 means 5,000.00. The field accepts digits only and has no decimal separator.","Limit rules are validated when you move on: daily above zero and within the product maximum; monthly, if set, not below daily and within the product maximum; single, ATM and online not above daily; contactless not above single.","The feature switches only build the summary shown before issuance: they are sent neither with the card creation nor with the limits. Creation sends the product, card type, customer, account, cardholder name and delivery address; the six limit values, contactless included, follow.","Issuance is three consecutive requests: create the card, apply the limits and, if ticked, activate it. The «Issue card» button unlocks only after the «I confirm issuing the card with these parameters» checkbox. The first request is irreversible: there is no cancel, only a block."],"example":"Customer Ivan Ivanov, account 40817810099910004123 in RUB, active. You select it and the card currency is fixed as RUB. The product «Classic Debit RUB» comes with a default daily limit of 5000000 and monthly of 50000000, with maximums of 10000000 and 100000000. The type is pre-filled as debit, the cardholder name is entered in Latin as IVAN IVANOV, the delivery address is a Moscow one. On the limits step you keep the daily at 5000000 — that is 50,000.00 RUB — lower the single limit to 2000000, the cash withdrawal limit (labelled «ATM limit») to 1000000, and set contactless to 100000, which otherwise stays at zero. Features: contactless, online and ATM stay on, international is switched off. You tick immediate activation, tick the confirmation and press «Issue card» — the card is created, masked ****1234, limits applied, card active.","tips":["Check the cardholder name and the delivery address before pressing «Issue card»: afterwards the card can only be blocked — the wizard cannot cancel or reissue it.","The contactless limit is not inherited from the product: it is pre-filled with zero, while single, ATM and online are set equal to the daily limit. Set it by hand if the card is meant to pay by tap.","Count the zeros: 5000 is 50.00, not five thousand. After issuance the mistake is only visible in the card issuing list.","If the card is created but the limits or the activation fail, the card is issued all the same. Pressing the button again issues a second one — fix the limits outside the wizard instead, through the card limits API."]},"correspondentRelations":{"title":"Opening correspondent accounts","summary":"The wizard opens a mirrored pair of accounts with one partner bank — NOSTRO, our account with them, and VOSTRO, their account with us — and writes the agreed reconciliation procedure into the details of both. The accounts are created exactly the way the account opening form creates them, so currency and number cannot be changed afterwards: a mistake is fixed by closing the account and opening a new one. The point of the flow is that the mirror never goes missing: a single account without its counterpart is a classic source of interbank breaks.","whenToUse"
1:"Once a correspondent agreement with the bank is signed and the pair has to exist before the first interbank transfer. Keep the bank's confirmed details and the agreed statement exchange procedure at hand; after the flow both accounts show up in the general accounts list.","concepts":["NOSTRO and VOSTRO are two sides of one relationship: NOSTRO holds our funds at the partner bank, VOSTRO holds their funds with us. Only NOSTRO provides cover for an outgoing transfer, which is why the pair is created as a whole.","The organization region on the NOSTRO step filters the currency list and nothing else. It is not sent with the request: the account region comes from the organization settings.","Currency and account number are set once. A later account edit accepts the interest rate, spread, limits and extra details, but neither currency nor number — an account in the wrong currency can only be closed.","An empty IBAN field is an instruction to generate the number on our side, not a skipped field. A number already issued by the correspondent bank is typed in manually.","A cross-currency pair is allowed and the wizard warns about it: reconciling a EUR NOSTRO statement against a USD VOSTRO stops being mechanical and requires conversion.","Reconciliation parameters — frequency, statement format, tolerance and auto-matching — go into the details of both accounts as the recorded agreement with the bank. They start no schedule. Tolerance is counted in minor units: 50 means EUR 0.50.","The interbank section keeps its own register of correspondent accounts, with balances, statements and reconciliation items. The wizard adds nothing there: it opens accounts in the general accounts register, so a freshly created pair will not appear on the interbank tabs."],"example":"You open a pair with a bank in Germany. Details: name Correspondent Bank Ltd, BIC CBLTDEFF — the wizard upper-cases it and checks its length — country DE. The organization region is Russia, so the currency list offers RUB, USD, EUR, GBP and CNY; you take EUR for NOSTRO and leave the number field empty. The wizard proposes the same currency for VOSTRO and you accept — the pair is single-currency. Reconciliation: daily, SWIFT MT940 statements, tolerance 50 minor units (EUR 0.50 for intermediary fees), auto-matching on. The button opens NOSTRO first, then VOSTRO, and the success message shows two account ids. The pair is then visible in the accounts list by type and currency.","tips":["The accounts are created one after another with no rollback: if VOSTRO fails, NOSTRO already exists. Pressing the button again gives you a second NOSTRO — open the missing account from the account opening form instead.","The BIC is validated by shape only: 8 or 11 latin letters and digits. A typo passes validation and surfaces on the first statement, so check the code against the bank's confirmation.","Tolerance is in minor units: 50 means half a euro, not fifty. The field starts at 0, which means only exact matches clear automatically.","The wizard does not edit an existing pair — a second pass opens new accounts. If the reconciliation arrangement changes, change it on the accounts themselves rather than re-running the flow."]},"externalBank":{"title":"External bank connection","summary":"The wizard walks the organization through connecting to someone else's bank as a third party provider (TPP): the Open Banking standard, the bank's connection details, an OAuth2 sign-in that redirects back to our address, the access rights and a test consent. The connection details are not stored on the server — they live in the browser session for the duration of the flow. Only one real record is written here, the test consent: it can be authorized or rejected exactly once, both actions are final and both end the wizard.","whenToUse":"When the bank has already issued your organization a client id and secret and registered the return address, and you need to confirm the integration holds together: the rights are accepted, the consent is created and authorized. Afterwards the consent is looked up on the consents page by its id.","concepts":["The standard defines the catalogue of rights, not the paperwork: PSD2 offers accounts, payments and funds-confirmation; UK Open Banking offers ReadAccountsBasic, ReadBalances, ReadTransactionsDetail and ReadBeneficiaries; Open Finance Brazil offers accounts, credit-cards-accounts, payments and resources. Changing the standard rewrites the entire list on the rights step.","The sign-in step comes before the rights step, so the first trip to the bank carries the default set: openid accounts. The progress bar only allows going back, so you have to complete the sign-in step, pick the rights on the next one and click back onto the sign-in circle — only then does the intended list end up in the address.","The return address (redirect_uri) must match the one registered at the bank character for character; the wizard's own address is filled in by default. A mismatch is rejected by the bank before the consent screen ever appears.","The sign-in address is assembled as /authorize at the host root of base_url — any path inside base_url is dropped. What was actually built is visible in the Authorize URL field before you leave for the bank.","There is no server-side code exchange yet: the exchange button issues values derived from the code itself and simply marks that authorization was completed. The client secret is required by the form but is not used further in the flow and never reaches our server; the whole state lives in the browser session so the flow survives the return from the bank.","The test consent is the wizard's only real record. Creating it has no consequences; authorizing it fixes access (together with the account list when the selected-accounts mode is on), rejecting it revokes the consent. A revoked consent can never be authorized — only replaced by a new one."],"example":"You connect the organization under PSD2. Standard step: PSD2 (EU), provider — the bank's identifier in your configuration, say eubank. Details: base_url https://auth.eubank.example, api_url https://api.eubank.example/psd2/v1, client_id client-4f21, the secret from the bank's developer portal, return address left as filled in. On the sign-in step you open the bank, give consent, the bank returns you with the code in the address — the wizard picks it up and you press exchange. On the rights step you tick accounts and funds-confirmation, switch to selected accounts and paste two account ids, one per line; if the bank has to see exactly that set, go back to the sign-in step and repeat the redirect. On the last step you create the test consent, get its id, tick the confirmation and authorize it: the summary then shows who authorized it.","tips":["Write the consent id down before closing the wizard: the consents page has no list, only lookup by id.","The account list is sent not when the consent is created but when it is authorized, so a mistake in it surfaces on the irreversible step. Check the ids against the accounts list beforehand.","A consent left behind stays awaiting authorization. Rejecting it right away is cleaner than leaving it hanging.","The whole flow state, including the client secret, sits in the browser session and is wiped once you authorize or reject. In a new tab the details have to be entered again."]},"jurisdictionLaunch":{"title":"Jurisdiction launch wizard","summary":"The wizard brings a new country into the banking core: it pulls the regulator, currency, accounting system and account code format from the reference, accepts a chart of accounts as a file or as manual rows, and refuses to go further until local codes are mapped to IFRS elements. On launch the chart is sent as one batch and the organization's own accounts are created one by one. There is no rollback: surplus or wrong codes have to be sorted out on the chart of accounts page.","whenToUse"
1:"When the product enters a country whose chart of accounts is not in the books yet. The chart itself is the prerequisite — a regulator's export in JSON or an agreed list of codes with the hierarchy; afterwards the result is verified on the Chart of Accounts page.","concepts":["The country reference supplies the regulator, currency, accounting system, code format and region; these fields are read-only, because picking the country fixes all of them (Kazakhstan fills in NBK, KZT, Kazakhstan GAAP, the 20-digit format and the CIS region).","The reference also holds the CEMAC (XAF) and WAEMU (XOF) zone entries, but chart records accept a two-letter country code only. With a zone selected every row is rejected while the wizard still reports success — so pick a specific country of the zone.","The import expects JSON: an array of accounts or an object with an entries field; the fields are code, name, name_en, type, category, level and parent_code. The country is not needed in the file — the wizard supplies it — and rows without a code or a name are dropped silently during parsing.","Level and parent code carry the hierarchy: levels 1 to 5, the parent is typed as a code rather than picked from a list, and it is not validated on load — an account with a mistyped parent simply hangs outside its branch.","IFRS mapping (the step is labelled IFRS-маппинг) is a launch gate: without a single link the wizard will not let you through. Nothing is recorded, though — the links are collected as a readiness draft and are never sent to the system.","The mapping type matters when a local account does not fall into a single element: split spreads one account across several elements by ratio, aggregate collects several local codes into one element, conditional depends on maturity or currency. The default ratio of 1.00 only changes for a split.","Custom accounts are the organization's layer on top of the country chart, and the step is optional. A row counts only if code, name and category are filled in; currencies are listed comma-separated and an empty field means any. The launch runs in order — the chart batch first, then custom accounts one by one — so a failure on a custom account does not undo the chart that is already loaded."],"example":"You launch Kazakhstan. On the first step you pick the country and the reference fills in NBK, KZT, Kazakhstan GAAP, the 20-digit code format and the CIS regi
1on. You load the chart from a file: the JSON holds 214 records and the wizard parses 212, two rows having no name. In the table you fix the level on two accounts and the parent on one. On the mapping step you link the due-from-banks code to A.C.IB (Due from banks) and the customer current accounts code to L.C.CD (Customer deposits): direct type, default ratio, IFRS 9 in the IAS field. You skip custom accounts. On the readiness step all four checks are green (the last one, about optional custom accounts, always is) and the counters show 212 accounts and 2 mappings. You launch, then open the Chart of Accounts page to confirm all 212 codes are there.","tips":["Compare the number of parsed rows against the source file before launching: rows without a code or a name are dropped silently and no longer appear in the summary.","The imported count in the success message is the number of rows sent, not the number accepted. The import response also carries a list of per-code errors, but the wizard does not show it, so always verify the outcome on the Chart of Accounts page.","A code is unique per code-and-country pair: re-running the launch returns errors for codes that already exist and adds only the new ones, while the wizard again reports success. If the run failed on custom accounts the chart is already loaded — finish the job on the Chart of Accounts page rather than in a second pass through the wizard.","Keep your IFRS mapping outside the wizard: it is used as a launch condition and is never written anywhere, so the links have to be re-entered by hand on the IFRS mapping tab of the Chart of Accounts page."]},"emiratesIdKyc":{"title":"Emirates ID — verification (UAE Pass)","summary":"The wizard captures how the platform will verify a UAE-resident customer through UAE Pass: the identity level and the attributes requested from the customer. It connects nothing and saves nothing — the exchange with UAE Pass, the retrieval of attributes from the ICA registry and the number checks are performed by the backend when the customer is signed up. The value is that before the integration proceeds you can see how the basic level differs from full KYC and how much customer data you ask for: regulators assess the scope of consent as closely as the verification itself.","whenToUse":"Before opening service to UAE residents: retail accounts, wallet, cards. Access to UAE Pass is arranged under a contract with the operator, outside this interface — an access condition, not a setting here. Afterwards the decision moves into your connection requirements, verification runs at customer sign-up, and its outcome is worked through in KYC cases.","concepts":["Identity level — basic (a UAE Pass account and the Emirates ID number) or full KYC (adding a liveness check and a document check). This is the only mandatory decision: until a level is chosen, «Next» stays disabled.","Requested data — four switches (name, Emirates ID, contacts, address), all on by default. The name comes from the ICA registry in two scripts, Latin and Arabic. The wizard requires none of them: switch all four off and you still reach the end, with a dash in the summary.","The Emirates ID number is 15 digits shaped 784-YYYY-NNNNNNN-C. Both the Luhn check digit and the id_expiry date are validated: an expired card fails verification even when the customer authenticated successfully in UAE Pass.","The «Verification via UAE Pass» screen is read-only, with nothing to do by hand. Three stages: the customer is redirected to UAE Pass and passes biometrics (Face ID / Touch ID), the authorization code is exchanged for a token (POST /idshub/token), and attributes are read from ICA (GET /userinfo).","Consent is recorded under UAE PDPL 2022 and on the UAE Pass side, not in the operator's cabinet. The wizard only defines what is requested from the customer.","The wizard's boundary: the selection is saved neither on the server nor between sessions. «Finish setup» marks the wizard complete in this browser and returns you to the wizard list."],"example":"You are launching a retail wallet in Dubai. At the «Identity level» step you pick full KYC: basic would stop at a UAE Pass account and the ID number, while you need the liveness and document checks. At the «Requested data» step you keep name, Emirates ID and contacts and switch off address — the chosen scenario does not need it. The verification screen you simply read: the customer is redirected to UAE Pass, confirms with biometrics, the platform exchanges the authorization code for a token via POST /idshub/token and reads attributes from ICA via GET /userinfo. Number 784-1990-1234567-1 is validated by its check digit, and validity by the id_expiry field. The summary shows two rows: «Identity level» — full KYC, «Requested data» — name, Emirates ID, contacts. You check them and press «Finis
1h setup»: the wizard is marked complete, while UAE Pass connection credentials are arranged under the operator contract.","tips":["Read the «Requested data» row in the summary before finishing — it is the actual output of your work here. The wizard will not stop you from switching off «Emirates ID», although without the number there is nothing to verify.","You can go back and redo a choice: the circles of completed steps in the progress bar are clickable. Forward movement is only via «Next», and only once a level is selected.","Some rejections in live verification are not failures but expired cards: validity is checked on every request. Separate those cases before escalating to the operator's support.","The wizard stores nothing, and closing the tab discards the whole selection. The decision only matters once carried into your connection requirements and KYC policy."]},"dukcapilEkyc":{"title":"Dukcapil e-KTP — verification (ID)","summary":"The wizard captures how an Indonesian customer will be verified against the Dukcapil population registry: the identity level, the fields submitted for matching, and consent under UU PDP. The registry answers with a per-field confirmation rather than with data, so the accuracy of the NIK decides whether a customer clears or lands in manual review. Nothing is written into the platform: the wizard records the decision ahead of the integration, while the verification itself is performed by the identity layer at customer sign-up.","whenToUse":"When opening the Indonesian market, where identity rests on a state registry: QRIS merchant sign-up, BI-FAST sender, or a customer of an Islamic-finance wallet. Before the wizard, authorised registry access is arranged for the accredited organisation (lembaga pengguna). Afterwards the decision moves into the KYC policy, and each verification outcome shows up in KYC cases.","concepts":["Identity level — basic (NIK and demographic match against the registry, Verifikasi Data Kependudukan) or full (additionally matching a selfie against the e-KTP photo via Face Recognition). «Next» stays disabled until a level is chosen; this is the wizard's only mandatory fork.","The registry answers field by field with «Sesuai» or «Tidak Sesuai». It returns no customer data and does not indicate which character diverges — the discrepancy has to be resolved with the customer.","NIK (Nomor Induk Kependudukan) is the population registry record number, 16 digits. A single mistyped digit is indistinguishable from fabricated data: the verification result is exactly the same.","The wizard does not tie the level to the field selection: you can pick the full level and switch «Photo» off. The check then cannot be assembled, and no warning appears — the contradiction surfaces at the first live verification.","The «Verification via Dukcapil» screen is read-only: the parameters come from the KYC policy. Storage is likewise a platform property, not a wizard setting — the raw selfie is not retained and the NIK is stored encrypted only (UU PDP, PP 71/2019).","What follows the check is not the wizard's call either: assigning the KYC level and recalculating e-money limits is done by the identity layer at customer sign-up.","The wizard's boundary: the selection is written nowhere. «Finish setup» marks the wizard complete in this browser and returns you to the wizard list."],"example":"You are opening a wallet for customers in Jakarta. You pick the full level: a basic match would be enough for an entry-level account, but you need full operational access, which means the photo is needed too. At the «Requested data and consent» step you keep NIK, name and photo and switch off address — the chosen level does not require it, and consent scope is assessed separately. The customer enters NIK 3174012509900001 and the name exactly as on the e-KTP; the platform queries Dukcapil, receives «Sesuai» on every field, and the selfie is then matched against the e-KTP photo. Had the name come back «Tidak Sesuai» — say, a second name element missing from the form — the customer would fail, and the reason would have to be established with them, because the registry response does not carry it. The summary keeps «Identity level» — full and «Requested data» — NIK, name, photo. You press «Finis
1h setup» and the wizard is marked complete.","tips":["If you choose the full level, leave «Photo» switched on: without it the e-KTP match cannot be assembled, and the wizard will not warn you.","Re-running the check does not cure a mismatch. «Tidak Sesuai» arrives against a specific field, and that field has to be reconciled with the customer — most often a second name element missing from the form.","Request the address only if you genuinely need it: the match needs the NIK and the name as printed on the e-KTP, and consent scope under UU PDP is assessed separately from the verification itself.","The wizard saves nothing, on the server or between sessions: closing the tab clears everything. Carry the result into your connection requirements and KYC policy."]},"wpsPayroll":{"title":"WPS — payroll (UAE)","summary":"The wizard walks through UAE employee payroll via WPS: the employer's identifier in the MoHRE registry, the bank agent, the layout of the SIF file and the order of its submission. The wizard neither generates the file nor sends it to the bank — it shows what the file consists of and what the deadline actually depends on. WPS is mandatory for private UAE employers, so a missed submission is not a technical hiccup but an employer breach before the labour ministry.","whenToUse":"When the platform runs payroll for a UAE employer and salaries must go through the Wage Protection System. Before the wizard: the WPS account is opened and an agreement is signed with an authorised bank agent. Afterwards the working connection credentials are entered on the organisation's «Integrations» page, and the SIF file itself is produced and submitted outside the wizard.","concepts":["MOL establishment ID — the employer's identifier in the MoHRE registry, nine digits. The wizard's only mandatory field, yet validated for non-emptiness only: a typo, even letters, will pass, while the bank will reject a file carrying the wrong identifier.","Bank WPS agent — the MoHRE-authorised bank (ENBD, FAB, ADCB) that accepts the file, debits the employer's WPS account and executes the transfers. It is an ordinary text field pre-filled with ENBD and is not required: clear it and the wizard still lets you through, leaving a dash in the summary.","SIF file (Salary Information File) in MoHRE format v2.1 — a fixed-width text file: one employer record (EDR) carrying the identifier, bank agent, record count, total amount and pay date, plus one salary record (SCR) per employee (Emirates ID, name, days worked, basic, allowances, deductions, net). The screen lists the fields for reference only.","Total consistency — the sum of the net amounts across all SCR records must equal the total in the EDR record, and that same total is reconciled against the debit from the WPS account. The only currency in the file is AED.","Employee details — a UAE IBAN (23 characters, AE prefix, MOD97 check) or a WPS salary card. A mistake here is not a platform rejection but one specific person not receiving their salary.","Submission — the file is encrypted with the bank agent's PGP key and sent over a secure channel (mTLS API or SFTP) no later than two business days before the pay date and before the 14th of the month. Acceptance is confirmed by the MoHRE receipt, delivered by webhook within 24 hours.","The wizard's boundary: neither the identifier nor the agent is saved anywhere. The finish button marks the wizard complete in this browser, while the working connection credentials live on the organisation's integrations page."],"example":"The employer is a trading company in Dubai: 48 employees, August salaries paid on 10 September. At the «Employer» step you enter MOL establishment ID 100000001 and leave ENBD as the agent — the WPS account is held there. At the «SIF file format» step you review the layout: one EDR record with the identifier, a record count of 48, the total and the pay date, plus 48 SCR records. For a manager with Emirates ID 784-1990-1234567-1 the record reads: IBAN AE070331234567890123456, 30 days worked, basic 7,000.00, allowances 1,500.00, deductions 0.00, net 8,500.00 AED. The sum of all 48 records — 486,750.
100 AED — must equal the EDR total and the debit from the WPS account. At the «Submission to WPS» step you read the conditions: PGP encryption, mTLS API or SFTP channel, deadline 8 September, two business days before the pay date. The summary keeps «Establishment (MOL ID)» 100000001 and agent ENBD; you carry those into the organisation's integrations and close the payroll period against the MoHRE receipt.","tips":["The wizard does not build or submit the file. The agent connection credentials — API URL, MOL ID, agent code and API key — are entered on the organisation's «Integrations» page; the WPS block appears there only if the organisation's data region is set to the UAE.","The MOL establishment ID is checked for non-emptiness only, so count the nine digits yourself. An error in the identifier will not surface until the file reaches the bank.","Count «two business days before the pay date» against the UAE working calendar: in months with public holidays the window narrows and you need more slack.","A debit from the WPS account does not mean the ministry accepted the file. The confirmation is the receipt, delivered within 24 hours; close the period on the receipt, not on the debit.","Changing the bank agent changes both the encryption key and the submission channel. Schedule it between payroll periods, never inside one."]},"cryptoGoLive":{"title":"Crypto Acceptance Launch","summary":"The wizard assembles crypto acceptance for a single network + environment pair: the hot wallet, the deposit address pool, the risk scoring weights, treasury wallets for three risk tiers, and a test sweep that proves the chain works end to end. Only two steps change platform state: the risk config is saved for the whole organization, and treasury wallets are created on-chain and cannot be deleted. The remaining steps only show what already exists and create nothing.","whenToUse":"When an organization starts accepting crypto on a network for the first time, and when a setup proven on test is moved to production. Requires the use_crypto_tools permission and the blockchain_service module. The final step has a «start another network + environment pair» button that restarts the wizard for a second network or for production.","concepts":["The network + environment pair — Ethereum or TRON, test or production. It is set on the hot wallet step and everything else hangs off it: changing either resets the readiness marks for the wallet, the pool, the treasury and the sweep.","key_ref points at the private key in the KMS or secret store, e.g. kms://hot-wallet/eth-prod. The key itself is never stored or typed into Admin Area, and the field is mandatory — the step will not advance while it is empty. The wizard does not create the hot wallet: it lists the ones already registered for the pair.","Risk scoring weights (KYT, AF, VELOCITY) are entered in basis points and must add up to exactly 10000 — otherwise Save is disabled, and until the config is saved the Next button stays disabled too. The same config carries the behaviour when scoring is unavailable (fail_closed stops the operation, fail_open lets it through unscored) and the address provider from the previous step.","Risk scoring is configured per organization, not per pair: it is the same call the Risk Engine Config screen makes. A «just testing» run rewrites the weights that score production acceptance as well.","A deposit pool is not always needed. Single-use addresses isolate the origin of funds, but the later sweep costs a network fee, and on small amounts the sweep costs more than the amount itself — direct acceptance is cheaper there. The intake mode is configured separately, and the step links straight to those settings.","Provisioning treasury wallets is irreversible: the addresses appear on-chain and cannot be deleted. The step is gated by an explicit confirmation checkbox, and the wizard will not move on until it sees all three tiers — low, medium and high.","A sweep moves incoming funds from the deposit address into the treasury wallet of the matching tier. It cannot be triggered from the wizard: sweeps are initiated by the platform. The operator sends a small test deposit to a free address and checks in the list whether it reached the treasury."],"example":"You are launching acceptance on Ethereum in test. On the hot wallet step you pick Ethereum and test and enter kms://hot-wallet/eth-test — the list below shows a wallet already registered for the pair. On the deposit pool step you keep the hd provider: 50 addresses in total, 48 of them free. On the risk step you set KYT 5000, AF 3000, VELOCITY 2000 — the sum of 10000 turns green, you keep fail_closed and press Save. You tick the confirmation and press the provisioning button — all three tiers appear. You send 25 USDT to a free pool address, refresh the sweep list a few minutes later and see the transfer from the deposit address into the treasury: score 12.5%, tier low, status swept. You press «confirm the chain works», and on the final step you restart the wizard — this time for Ethereum and prod.","tips":["The risk weights are the only setting here that is not bound to the pair. Saving them on test also changes them for production: if the production setup is already live, check the current values before pressing Save.","Treasury provisioning cannot be undone. Before ticking the checkbox, re-read the network and environment badges at the top of the step: a mistake costs you three stray addresses on the wrong network.","The wizard does not create the hot wallet or the pool addresses, it only displays them. If the pair has no wallet or the pool has no free addresses, acceptance will not work no matter how many steps you complete.","The «chain works» mark is set by hand and verifies nothing on your behalf. Tick it once the list really shows a sweep into a treasury wallet, not merely a deposit landing on the address."]},"swapTerminal":{"title":"Swap terminals for gas purchases","summary":"The wizard creates the terminals through which the platform buys gas itself: three terminals per selected network, each drawing on a different source of funds and ordered by priority. It also sets up the wallet that pays for the swap and the provider ledger wallet, without which the operation aborts instead of falling through to the next source. Terminals are created active and shared, the wizard cannot delete them, and a repeat run only fills in what is missing.","whenToUse"
1:"When setting up an organization's crypto contour so the platform buys gas by itself instead of waiting for manual top-ups. Run it after the organization's wallets exist and before the first operation that will need gas. Requires the manage_terminals, manage_wallets and use_crypto_tools permissions plus the blockchain_service module.","concepts":["The three-source cascade — each network gets three terminals with priorities 0, 1 and 2: own stock (self_swap), cold and hot. The router walks them in order until the swap goes through. Ethereum is served by the uniswap provider on the gas_purchase_eth route, TRON by sunswap on gas_purchase_trx.","The gas wallet pays for the approve and the swap on-chain. The wizard shows it per network and provisions it if missing — through the same mechanism as treasury wallets, so the address appears on-chain and cannot be deleted. The address override may stay empty: the provisioned wallet is then used, while a filled-in address must belong to the organization and have a key.","The provider ledger wallet (uniswap for Ethereum, sunswap for TRON) is a ledger record, not an on-chain address. Without it the operation is rejected with \\"no wallet for this provider\\", and this is the case where the cascade does not move to the next source but aborts entirely. Creation is repeatable: an existing wallet is returned as is, and until it exists the wallets step will not advance.","Amount limits are entered in minor units as strings. USDT has six decimals, so 1,000,000 means 1 USDT and 1,000,000,000 means 1000 USDT. Nothing here flags an error of three zeroes.","Allowed price deviation (slippage) is written as a decimal fraction with a dot: 0.02 means 2%. The approve and swap delays are in milliseconds, 60,000 by default, i.e. one minute. These values go into every terminal of the cascade on every selected network.","A repeat run is safe: before creating anything the wizard matches the existing shared terminals of the selected environment by provider, priority and swap mode and marks them as existing. Duplicates are not produced — but the wizard cannot delete what it created either."],"example":"You are setting up gas purchasing for Ethereum in test. You select test and Ethereum — the wizard states that 3 terminals will be created. The network has no gas wallet, so you press provision, an address appears, and you leave the override field empty. Next you create the provider ledger wallet uniswap / ETH / USDT; beside it you see 2 partner USDT wallets on ETH, so the operation will not fail there. You keep the limits at 1,000,000 and 1,000,000,000 (1 to 1000 USDT), deviation 0.02, both delays 60,000 ms. The review step shows three payloads: priority 0 self_swap, 1 cold, 2 hot, route gas_purchase_eth. You run the provisioning: created 3, already existed 0, errors 0. For TRON you run the wizard again — there the provider is sunswap and the route gas_purchase_trx.","tips":["Terminals are created active and shared: the router starts counting them the moment provisioning succeeds. If the contour is not ready yet, start in the test environment.","Before the first operation check the three things the wizard does not: a native balance (ETH or TRX) on the gas wallet, a partner USDT wallet on the right network, and — for the hot source — the partner's ledger balance plus the platform custody wallet. The list is shown on the final step.","Amount limits are entered in minor units: convert them back to USDT before pressing Next. Nobody downstream will check them for you.","The wizard does not create partner USDT wallets — those come from partner onboarding. A zero in the counter on the wallets step means the operation will be rejected with \\"no wallet for this partner\\"."]},"zoltGoLive":{"title":"ZolT Go-Live — gold token","summary":"The wizard walks the one-off launch of the gold token: the deployment network, the contract role model, and the starting mint and redeem limits. It publishes nothing and saves nothing itself — the contract, the roles, the vaults and the price feed are set up on the dedicated ZolT screens. The cost of a mistake is in the decisions, not the buttons: roles are handed out once, and after go-live limits can only be changed through a 48-hour delay.","whenToUse"
1:"Once per network, before the first ZOLT issuance: first on the test network for burn-in, then on mainnet. The wizard is open only to the ZolT operator — a client whose active organization is the operator one (type zolt_admin) and who holds the manage_zolt permission; a platform administrator is not let in. Everything afterwards — minting, redemption, reserve audits, blacklisting — happens in the ZolT section.","concepts":["The wizard is a plan, not a control panel. Five steps: intro, network, roles, limits and summary; neither the deployment nor the role grants happen here. Finish marks the wizard completed and returns you to the wizard list, and the choice itself is stored nowhere — close the page and you come back to an empty form.","Network choice: Sepolia — burn-in of at least two weeks covering the full loop (mint, redeem, pause, oracle); Ethereum mainnet — production deployment via a private mempool with 12 confirmations, which closes the reorg risk. The Next button stays disabled until a network is picked.","Six contract roles: MINTER_ROLE — minting ZOLT, registering vaults and setting limits; AUDITOR_ROLE — publishing proof-of-reserves attestations; PAUSER_ROLE — emergency pause; BLACKLISTER_ROLE — sanctions and AML address blocking; UPGRADER_ROLE — the right to upgrade the implementation (3-of-5 multisig); ORACLE_ROLE — the XAU/USD gold price feed and the volatility guard. The governance multisig grants them, and the key that deployed the contract renounces its root rights afterwards.","Starting limits are set directly, with no timelock: the 48-hour delay applies only to later changes. The wizard shows them as they are and does not let you edit them — 1,000,000 ZOLT per mint transaction and 100,000 ZOLT per redemption request; they are edited on the dedicated ZolT limits screen.","The 24-hour volatility guard: if the gold price moves by more than 5% within 24 hours, the mint limit is automatically halved. It only works with ORACLE_ROLE assigned and an XAU/USD price source connected.","Genesis state: the issued token supply equals the gold accounted for in the vaults, and at launch that is zero to zero. The implementation and a UUPS proxy are deployed, the token has six decimals, and the first issuance becomes possible once a vault is registered."],"example":"You are preparing the launch on the test network. On the network step you pick Sepolia — without a choice the Next button stays disabled. On the roles step you keep all six switches on and write down which key gets what: minting — the treasury safe, reserve attestation — the custodian key, pause and blacklisting — the on-call security safe, implementation upgrade — a 3-of-5 multisig, price feed — the quote provider key. On the limits step you check the rows: mint limit 1,000,000 ZOLT per transaction, redeem limit 100,000 ZOLT per request, and a 5% price move within 24 hours halving the mint limit. On the summary you verify the network, contract roles and limits rows and press Finish. Then you go to the ZolT section: deploy the contract, grant the roles, register the first vault, and only then mint the first tokens. After two clean weeks on Sepolia you run the wizard again, this time choosing Ethereum mainnet.","tips":["Switching a role off cancels nothing in the contract — it only drops the line from the summary. Unassigned roles have different consequences: with no PAUSER_ROLE there is nothing to stop the contract during an incident, with no ORACLE_ROLE the volatility guard does not work.","Spread the roles across separate keys and safes. Combining minting, pause and upgrade on one key strips the scheme of its only protection — separation of duties.","The starting limits are the one moment when they can be set instantly. After go-live every change goes through the 48-hour delay, so agree the numbers before the procedure, not after.","Nothing you choose in the wizard is stored. Copy the summary into the launch task straight away, rather than leaving it until you close the page."]},"riskEngine":{"title":"Risk profile launch wizard","summary":"The wizard assembles the organization's single risk scoring config: it splits the contribution of three dimensions — KYT, anti-fraud and velocity — and refuses to enable any of them without a data source. Weights are entered in basis points and the three must add up to exactly 10000. Activation overwrites the stored config in full, and there is no version history to fall back to. The blackl
1ist and the aggregate created along the way stay in the platform even if you leave before activation.","whenToUse":"Use it when risk scoring for crypto operations is switched on for the first time, or when the balance between dimensions is revisited — say, transaction screening should weigh more and velocity less. If the sources are already in place and only the weights change, the Risk Config page is faster.","concepts":["Basis points are the unit for weights: 100 bps = 1%, 10000 bps = 100%. The three weights must add up to exactly 10000 or the step will not let you continue; each field shows its percentage underneath and the sum carries a green or red badge.","A non-zero weight switches on a source step: anti-fraud above zero adds the blacklist step, velocity above zero adds the aggregate step, KYT above zero makes the address provider mandatory. Zero a weight and the step drops out of the route while that source's confirmation is cleared.","Fail mode decides what happens when the check itself fails: fail_closed blocks the operation, fail_open lets it through unscored. The default is fail_closed.","Confirming a source is a separate action. On the blacklist step the \\"Use this list\\" button appears only when the chosen provider and tags already have entries; until you press it or upload a file, the source counts as unconfirmed and the step blocks the way forward.","The list and the aggregate are created on their own step, not at activation. XML files are read from FULLNAME_CYRILLIC elements, XLSX from the second column starting at row two; the list name is assembled from the tags and the file name.","Activation overwrites the whole organization config — weights, fail mode and address provider. Previous values are kept nowhere, so write them down first if you plan to compare."],"example":"Transaction screening is to carry more weight. The wizard opens on KYT 6000, anti-fraud 2500, velocity 1500. You set KYT 5000 — the field immediately reads 50.00% — then anti-fraud 3000 and velocity 2000, and the sum turns green at 10000. Fail mode stays fail_closed and the address provider stays hd, so both conditional steps remain in the route. On the blacklist step you pick a provider, tags scammer and terrorist, and upload an XLSX with 1240 names; the list is created right there and \\"Anti-fraud source connected\\" appears. On the aggregate step you switch to \\"Create new\\": name cards/velocity/count, op count, argument id, group by card.id, window 1h, then press \\"Create aggregate\\". On the last step all three checks are green, you press \\"Activate risk profile\\" and the config is saved. The wizard then offers to open the Risk Config page so you can confirm the weights match.","tips":["Weights are whole numbers in basis points: 25% is 2500, not 25. An error of two orders of magnitude is invisible at a glance, so check the percentage shown under each field.","Do not zero a dimension just to skip its step: weight 0 means that check no longer contributes to the score at all.","An uploaded list and a created aggregate remain in the platform after you leave the wizard. Check the Blacklists and AF Aggregates sections before a second run, or you will end up with duplicates.","The wizard is open to the platform administrator only: it ends by overwriting the risk engine config, and the backend accepts that write from an administrator alone. A client sees the effective weights on the Risk config page in read-only mode, and creates blacklists and counters on their own pages."]},"velocityLimit":{"title":"Anti-fraud velocity control","summary":"The wizard builds a velocity limit out of a sliding-window aggregate and a limits:v2:evaluate expression that compares the aggregate value against a threshold. There is no separate rule object in the platform: the expression is written into the inspector params of the terminal you select. Activation happens in one click and is irreversible — the aggregate is created first, then the terminal is updated. An existing limits:v2:evaluate on that terminal is replaced with no copy kept, while its other params are preserved.","whenToUse"
1:"When one specific terminal needs a cap on how often — or how much — is processed per card, device or recipient, usually after a burst of enumeration attempts or after a fraud review. The limit applies only to that terminal's traffic; other channels in the cascade need their own.","concepts":["The aggregate counts events over a sliding window, not a calendar hour: a threshold of ten per hour releases the first operation exactly an hour after it happened, not at the top of the next hour.","The group-by key is what velocity is counted against: card, device, recipient. It is given as an event path, for example #event.data.tx.money_storage_meta.card_hash. The same threshold on a different key catches something entirely different.","The event filter decides what enters the aggregate at all: each row is a field, an operator and a value, for example #event.name = tx/started. With no conditions, every event is counted.","The rule is a prefix expression: a verdict, then a comparison of the aggregate value against the threshold. The preview reads [\\"reject\\", [\\">\\", \\"@cards/velocity/count\\", 10]]. Verdict reject declines the operation, warn only flags it; the aggregate is referenced by name with @, not by id.","The threshold is a plain number: counts are units, amounts are minor currency units. One thousand roubles is written as 100000.","The rejection text goes into the limits:v2:rejection_description param, and only when the field is filled in — leave it empty and the terminal keeps its previous text. Updating the terminal itself requires manage_terminals."],"example":"A terminal is seeing card enumeration attempts. The goal: no more than ten operations per card per hour. On the aggregate step you keep the suggested values — name cards/velocity/count, op COUNT, group by #event.data.tx.money_storage_meta.card_hash, window 1 hour, condition #event.name = tx/started. On the rule step you pick that same aggregate, marked \\"(new)\\", with verdict reject and the \\"greater than\\" comparison. On the threshold step you enter 10 and the rejection text \\"Operation rate limit exceeded\\"; the preview becomes [\\"reject\\", [\\">\\", \\"@cards/velocity/count\\", 10]]. On the terminal step you select #42 · alfabank · RUB · prod, and the wizard warns you if limits:v2 is already set there. You press \\"Activate\\": the aggregate is created, the expression lands in the terminal's inspector params, and the eleventh operation on that card within the hour is declined with your text.","tips":["The step-one aggregate is created on activation no matter what — even if the rule step points at a different, already existing one. If you mean to reuse an existing aggregate, expect the one described on step one to show up in the list as well.","Amount thresholds are in minor units: 50,000 roubles is 5000000. An error of two orders of magnitude only surfaces through declined payers.","Put a new limit on warn first and watch what it catches. A reject verdict on the wrong group-by key declines legitimate payers silently — all they see is the rejection text.","Activation is two requests in a row. If the aggregate was created but the terminal update failed, pressing the button again creates the aggregate a second time: check the AF Aggregates section first."]},"complianceReporting":{"title":"Regulatory Reporting Setup Wizard","summary":"The wizard sets up recurring submission of a regulatory report: a template from the built-in catalog, a delivery channel, a schedule and a mandatory test run. The channel and the schedule are created only on the last step and are created enabled, so from the next due date the report goes to the regulator on its own. The test report is a real one: it runs against live data and stays in the generated reports list.","whenToUse":"When the same report has to be filed on a regular basis and doing it by hand is no longer an option — after a license is granted, or when a new jurisdiction is added. A one-off report is faster to produce on the report generation page, without the wizard.","concepts":["The template defines everything substantive: jurisdiction, regulator, data set and export format. Templates are built into the platform and are never created by hand — you only pick one, narrowing the catalog by jurisdiction if needed.","The frequency shown on the template card is a recommendation, not a setting. The schedule step opens on monthly and last_period regardless of what the template says, so a quarterly filing has to be switched over manually.","The period window is the interval each run collects data for, and it is not the same thing as the frequency. A monthly run with last_month covers the whole previous month; with last_30d it covers thirty days back from the run date.","Encrypted delivery requires the recipient's public key: pgp, age and smime will not pass the step without one. Channel parameters are given as JSON — recipients, access credentials, webhook URL; an in_app channel needs none of that and the report stays inside the interface.","The test report is not a simulation. It is produced exactly the way a normal report is, lands in the generated reports list, and must come back with status completed — any other status blocks the step.","The last step, once the confirmation box is ticked, performs two writes in a row: the delivery channel is created first, then the schedule that references it, both enabled straight away. The wizard cannot create a disabled schedule — you can only turn it off later in the schedules section."],"example":"The task: file a monthly settlement report with the National Bank of the Republic of Belarus. You set the jurisdiction filter to BY and pick the NBRB template from the catalog; the card shows its export format and recommended frequency. You name the channel \\"NBRB — primary email\\", type email, replace the sample recipient in the config with the real one, choose pgp encryption and paste the public key. Schedule: name \\"Monthly NBRB report\\", frequency monthly, and the peri
1od window switched from last_period to last_month. On the test step you set the period from 2026-06-01 00:00 to 2026-06-30 23:59 and run it — status completed, with the report id shown next to it. On the last step you check the summary, tick the confirmation and press \\"Enable reporting\\": the channel and the schedule are created and live, and the July report goes out on schedule.","tips":["Run the test over a period that certainly has data: both dates are optional, and an empty period turns the check into a formality. The error would then surface in front of the regulator.","Verify the channel parameters before enabling: sensitive config fields are masked on read, so you will not see them in the clear after saving.","Enabling is two writes in a row. If the channel was created but the schedule was not, pressing the button again creates a second channel: check the Delivery Channels section first.","The cron frequency requires an expression in its own field, for example 0 7 * * * for a daily 07:00 run. For every other frequency that field does not appear."]},"dsrBreach":{"title":"Privacy — DSR and breach","summary":"The wizard ties a jurisdiction's privacy regime to two operator duties: answering a person's request about their personal data, and notifying the regulator about a breach within the allotted window. It sends nothing to the platform — it records the regime you picked, the request types you commit to handling, and the deadline you will live by. The cost of a mistake here is not in configuration but in timing: a missed notification deadline is a violation in itself, even after the breach has been contained.","whenToUse":"Before you start operating in a new jurisdiction, together with the launch of service for that country, and again whenever the applicable regime changes or a data protection officer is appointed. Afterwards requests are worked in the Data subject requests section, and a data incident becomes its own record with its own countdown.","concepts":["Privacy regime — the jurisdiction whose rules govern your answer to the person and your notification to the regulator. Four cards are offered: PDPL UAE (Federal Decree-Law No. 45/2021), PDPA Singapore (PDPA 2012, PDPC), PIPEDA Canada (OPC) and GDPR EU (Regulation 2016/679). Until a regime is picked the Next button stays disabled: the deadline on the following step is derived from it.","A hard deadline and a soft one are different things. GDPR shows 72 hours on screen, PDPA shows 3 working days; PDPL and PIPEDA have no fixed window and the wizard says «as soon as possible». Soft does not mean «whenever»: the delay is yours to justify.","The deadline shown in the wizard is regulatory guidance, not a timer. On the breach record the platform counts the regulator deadline from the detection time and always over 72 hours, whichever regime you picked. If your jurisdiction sets a different window, or counts it in calendar days, keeping track of the difference is manual work.","The wizard lists four request types: access, erasure, rectification, portability. The Data subject requests queue works with six — restriction of processing and objection are there as well. A switch here does not remove a type from the queue; it records which ones you commit to handling.","The response deadline on a request is set by the platform itself — 72 hours from the moment it is registered — and an overdue request is flagged «deadline exceeded» in the list. Only a request in the «pending» state can be approved or rejected, and a rejection requires a written reason.","Erasure is not deletion of everything. Email, name, phone and documents are anonymised, the account is deactivated, sessions and tokens are removed, while transactions, ledger entries and the event log stay — the law requires them kept. Anonymisation cannot be undone."],"example":"A company is opening service in Singapore. On the regime step you pick PDPA Singapore; on the breach step the wizard shows the notification deadline — 3 working days — and the DPO auto-escalation switch (labelled «Авто-эскалация DPO»), which is on by default and which you leave as is. All four request types stay enabled. The summary on the final step reads: PDPA Singapore · PDPA 2012 (PDPC); access, erasure, rectification, portability; breach window 3 working days, DPO auto-escalation. You press «Завершить настройку» and carry the choice into your internal rules. The first erasure request lands in the Data subject requests section with its deadline already set — 72 hours from registration. You detect a breach on 14 September at 23:40: the platform counts its own 72 hours from that moment, while the PDPC window is yours to track separately — the wizard records it as 3 working days. Had you picked GDPR instead, the screen would have shown 72 hours.","tips":["Walk the wizard before the first incident, not during one: the middle of a breach is the wrong moment to argue about which deadline applies.","Enter the real detection time, and the same one for the whole team: the platform counts 72 hours from it — moving it back takes time away, moving it forward buys none.","The completion mark lives in the browser; the wizard writes nothing to the platform. If several administrators share the setup, put the chosen regime and window into your internal rules, otherwise each of them will keep seeing the wizard as not started.","Approve an erasure request only after the requester's identity has been verified: anonymisation is irreversible. A rejection requires a written reason, and it stays visible on the request card."]}
1,"workflowAuthoring":{"title":"Workflow — author a process","summary":"The wizard creates a BPMN process definition and, unless you keep it as a draft, publishes it right away. What it creates is a three-node skeleton — start event, human task, end — not a finished diagram: the diagram is drawn afterwards in the editor. Order matters more than content here: once a definition is published the editor opens it read-only, and the diagram can no longer be worked on.","whenToUse":"When a new process is needed — an approval, a client check, a dispute review — and its skeleton is quicker to create here than to assemble in the editor from scratch. The wizard comes before editor work; afterwards the diagram is filled in with tasks and gateways, and instances are started from the published version.","concepts":["Process name — a machine name in lower case with underscores, for example kyc_onboarding. It is mandatory and takes part in the uniqueness check: the pair «name + version number» must be unique within the organisation, otherwise creation fails with «definition with this name and version already exists».","The start type is stored as a marker on the start node, not as a separate node type. Choosing the message or the timer start does not by itself subscribe the process to a message or create a schedule — both are set up in the editor.","Draft and published are different states. The «save as draft» switch on the version step is off by default, so the button on the last step reads «publish process»: it both creates the definition and publishes it at once. With the switch on, the same button becomes «save draft».","The v1.0.0 label on the versioning step is text that goes into the process description. The definition's own version number is an integer: a draft shows as v1, and after publishing the platform increments it, so the list and the editor show the process as v2.","Publishing is irreversible from the cabinet: a published definition opens read-only, the publish button remains only on drafts, and the way back to draft exists only through the API (POST /workflow/definitions/:id/revise).","The review step is a description, not a run: the wizard does not dry-run anything. The graph is parsed on creation, and the full check happens on publish — exactly one start node, an end event present, all nodes reachable, a handler set on a service task. That is why the skeleton carries a human task rather than a service task: it passes those checks."],"example":"You need a process for checking a new client. On the definition step you enter the name kyc_onboarding and choose the message start: the process has to start from the registration form. On the version step you turn on «save as draft» — the diagram still has to be assembled. On the review step you read what exactly the platform will check, move to the publication step and press «save draft»: a «draft saved» message appears together with a card linking to the BPMN editor. In the editor you replace the single «kyc_onboarding: first step» task with the real diagram — document check, a gateway on the result, manual review for edge cases — save it and press Validate. Once the diagram is ready you publish it from the editor: the definition gets the number v2, instances can be started from it, and the diagram opens read-only from then on.","tips":["Turn on «save as draft» whenever the diagram still has to be built: a published definition opens read-only in the editor, and the cabinet offers no way back to draft.","Choose the name the process will live with: it can only be changed while in draft, and running the wizard again with the same name over an unpublished draft hits the error about an existing name and version.","If publishing failed but the definition was already created, do not press the button again: it will try to create the process anew and trip over the same uniqueness check. Open the process definitions list — the draft is already there, and that is where it should be published from, or from the editor.","The editor link appears on the completion screen only after a successful creation. If you navigated away, find the process by name in the process definitions list."]},"copilotOnboarding":{"title":"Copilot Onboarding — AI assistant","summary":"The wizard walks an organisation through the decision about the built-in assistant: where the model runs, what consent is given, which data the assistant may reach, and what stops it. It saves nothing itself — the address, the model and the key are entered afterwards on the Copilot settings page. The point of the walkthrough is not to miss the two limits people remember only after connecting: the data residency requirement, and the fact that the assistant never sees more than the operator does.","whenToUse"
1:"Before operators see the assistant for the first time: the organisation has the Copilot AI module enabled and someone has to decide whose model it runs on. After the wizard the administrator opens the Copilot settings and enters the address, the model and the key; on the platform backend there is nothing to enter.","concepts":["Model source — the platform backend or your own key. On the platform backend the keys and the model are run by the platform and nothing has to be entered. Your own key means your own address and your own model; the settings page offers exactly two types: «Claude API (Anthropic)» and «OpenAI Compatible (Azure, Local LLM)» — the second covers both Azure OpenAI and a model hosted inside your own perimeter.","The organisation's consent is a mandatory step. While the consent switch is off, the access scopes stay disabled and the wizard will not move on. This records a decision rather than writing to the platform: the wizard stores nothing beyond a completion mark in the browser.","Scopes narrow, they never widen. Transactions is on by default, payouts and webhooks are off. The assistant works through tools filtered by the operator's own permissions: enabling the payouts scope will not show them anything they cannot already see in the cabinet. Anything that changes data requires the operator's confirmation.","Data residency outranks your choice. If the organisation's data is localised in Russia or Kazakhstan, the Claude API type is rejected — only an OpenAI-compatible address pointing at a model inside your own perimeter qualifies, as required by 242-FZ. It surfaces as the error region_requires_local_llm, and the settings page warns about RU/KZ in the field hint.","Card data masking cannot be switched off. Card number, verification code, expiry, PIN and magnetic stripe tracks are masked before anything is sent to any model, your own included. Passport, tax and social identifiers, phone, email, address and IBAN are masked for a cloud model and may be passed only to a model in your own perimeter, and only under separate consent.","The emergency shutdown works without you. Besides manual shutdown at platform, region, feature or single-organisation level, it trips on its own: an error rate above half over five minutes shuts everything down, and 500 and 503 responses from the model arriving more than ten times a minute shut down the individual feature."],"example":"An organisation operating in the UAE wants its own model. You pick «own (BYO-key)» — the wizard warns straight away that the key goes into the secret store and will not be read back, and that only its hash stays in the logs. On the consent step you switch on the organisation's consent, which unlocks the scopes: transactions is already on, you add payouts and leave webhooks alone, since a separate team handles them. On the safety step the emergency shutdown and the masking are marked with green ticks and cannot be toggled, while proactive insights stay off for the first weeks. The summary reads: own backend, consent given, scopes transactions and payouts, insights off, emergency shutdown and masking active; you press «Подключить Copilot». Then you open the Copilot settings, choose the «Claude API (Anthropic)» type, keep the address https://api.anthropic.com, set the model to claude-sonnet-4-6, paste the key and save — the connection test button becomes available only after saving, and a «connection successful» answer means the assistant window will work for operators. Had the same organisation served Russian clients, the Claude API type would not have qualified: «OpenAI Compatible» with a model address in its own perimeter would have been required.","tips":["Settle the residency question before choosing a model: if the organisation's data has to stay in Russia or Kazakhstan, a cloud key will not help — a model in your own perimeter is required.","The connection test button is disabled until the settings are saved, so save first and test immediately: settings are stored even with a wrong key, and without the test the error surfaces in an operator's chat rather than 
1in front of you.","The key is entered once and never read back: on a later save the field can be left empty to keep the current key, and a lost key cannot be retrieved from the platform — only reissued at the model provider.","Proactive suggestions are built on the same scopes as the answers. Narrow the scopes and the suggestions narrow with them — that is the configuration working, not a fault.","The emergency shutdown lives on the platform side, not in the wizard. Agree in advance who applies it and on what signal, so nobody is looking for an owner mid-incident."]},"campaignLaunch":{"title":"Campaign launch wizard","summary":"The wizard assembles a collective funding campaign in one pass: funding model and regulatory regime, funding goal, escrow and refund rules, and the payout order for the organiser. The campaign is created as a draft, and the «Submit the campaign for review» checkbox is ticked by default. The wizard only creates a new campaign — it cannot open an existing one for editing, and a second pass creates a second campaign. So check the target amount and the tranche split against the summary before pressing «Create campaign».","whenToUse":"When the organiser has agreed the project and the platform is ready to open the raise. By then the partner is onboarded and the platform's regulatory regime is chosen; after the wizard an administrator approves the campaign and launches the raise — the escrow wallet is provisioned at launch.","concepts":["The campaign escrow wallet is a segregated wallet that receives every contribution and stays out of the organiser's control until the raise closes. This is platform behaviour, not a setting: the wallet is provisioned when an administrator launches the approved campaign.","The funding model is the one rule on this step the platform enforces itself. All-or-nothing: if the goal is not met by the deadline, contributions are refunded to investors from escrow. Keep-it-all: the organiser receives what was raised even on underfunding, and some regimes restrict this.","The action on underfunding — refund, extend or accept — is a recorded decision stored in the campaign parameters; it does not override the funding model. «Accept» is incompatible with all-or-nothing: the card is greyed out, and switching the model silently resets the choice back to refund. «Extend» reveals an extra «Extension, days» field.","Minor units: the target amount and both contribution limits are entered as whole numbers — EUR 500,000.00 is 50000000. Anything but digits is stripped as you type, and the hint under the field shows the conversion into the campaign currency.","The cooling-off period is the number of days in which an investor may withdraw a contribution without giving a reason. Under ECSP it is 4 days, which is the default; the field is sized for 0 to 90 days.","Payout tranches are milestones with a label and a share. The step does not let you continue until the shares add up to exactly 100%; only milestones with a non-empty label and a share above zero are sent with the campaign, the rest are dropped silently."],"example":"You are raising EUR 500,000 for a solar power plant in Germany. On the product step: model — equity funding, name «Solar power plant, first round», regulatory regime ECSP, region DE. On the goal step: currency EUR, target amount 50000000 — the hint reads EUR 500,000.00, minimum contribution 10000 (EUR 100.00), maximum per investor 5000000 (EUR 50,000.00), the raise runs from 1 September to 30 November. Escrow and refunds: all-or-nothing, cooling-off period 4 days, action on underfunding — refund contributions. Payout in tranches: panel purchase 50%, installation 30%, commissioning 20% — the counter reads 100% and the «Next» button unlocks. Distributions quarterly, expected return 12, project term 36 months. You leave «Submit the campaign for review» ticked: the campaign is created as a draft and moves straight to «pending review».","tips":["The conversion hint under an amount field is your only guard against an extra zero: 50000000 and 5000000 look almost identical in the field and differ by an order of magnitude.","Untick the review checkbox if the description and documents are not ready. After creation, a «Submit for review» button stays on the same step — use it once everything is in place.","A tranche with an empty label never reaches the campaign, even though the counter included it in the 100%. Before pressing «Create campaign», make sure every milestone has a label and a share above zero.","A second pass creates a second campaign rather than editing the first — the wizard cannot open an existing campaign. Everything checkable before creation belongs in the «What will be created» summary."]},"installmentProduct":{"title":"Installment product wizard","summary":"The wizard assembles an installment product: where the money comes from, what the installment costs the buyer, who gets approved and how fast, and which merchant outlet offers it. On your own funds the product is a funding pool: the wizard creates it as a draft, and activation is a separate action. Pool parameters are set once — there is no pool edit in the operator cabinet at all, only capital deposits, withdrawals and activation, so a wrong currency, reward or limit is fixed by creating a new pool.","whenToUse"
1:"When the operator opens installments at a merchant, either with its own funds or through an external provider. The merchant terminal already exists by then; after the wizard the pool is topped up with capital and the payment method is switched on from the terminal page.","concepts":["A funding pool is the form a product on your own funds takes: currency, target and minimum capital, purchase amount bounds, maximum term and the reward. Minimum capital is the threshold at which the pool moves to funding and disbursement.","The external provider is the wizard's second branch, and it creates nothing: the provider grants the installment on its own terms while the wizard only assembles the choice on screen and points you to the terminals page. The terminal and merchant share you pick there are not stored anywhere.","Basis points are the unit for every share in this wizard: 1200 means 12%, 150 means 1.5%, 300 means 3%. The hint under the field shows the conversion; a two-order-of-magnitude slip is the costliest mistake here.","The profit-sharing mode is a reward with no lending interest: the buyer pays a fixed markup known before the deal that does not grow with the term, and the pool's result is shared with depositors by their ratio. Late penalties are not admissible as income in this mode: the «Charge late penalties» checkbox is disabled, and switching back to profit-sharing clears it on its own.","The depositors' share is the part of the pool's result that goes to those who funded it. In profit-sharing mode it is mandatory and strictly below 100% (10000 bp), defaulting to 7000 bp; in interest mode the rate is mandatory instead.","The approval mode is a recorded rule, not an engine running inside the wizard: the manual review threshold, per-buyer debt cap, verification level and grace period are stored in the pool parameters, while decisions on applications are taken in the lending section."],"example":"A retail chain in the UAE, installments in four payments. Source — own pool, profit-sharing mode, currency AED, target capital 100000000 (AED 1,000,000.00), minimum 20000000 (AED 200,000.00). Terms: 4 payments, maximum term 12 months, purchases from 10000 (AED 100.00) to 500000 (AED 5,000.00). Merchant markup 800 bp (8%), depositors' share 7000 bp (70%), platform fee 150 bp (1.5%). Approval — «Automatic up to a threshold» with a threshold of 200000 (AED 2,000.00), per-buyer debt cap 1000000 (AED 10,000.00), basic verification, 5-day grace period; the penalties checkbox is disabled in profit-sharing mode. Merchant: terminal #42, outlet share 300 bp (3%). You leave «Activate the pool now» unticked — it is unticked by default: the pool is created as a draft, you top it up with capital and activate it from the same step.","tips":["12% is 1200, not 12. Read the hint under every basis-point field before moving on: once the pool is created these values cannot be changed, as there is no pool edit in the cabinet.","With an external provider the wizard creates nothing and stores nothing. Carry the terminal and the outlet share over to the terminal page right away, while the summary is still in front of you.","For the first weeks keep approval on «Manual only» or at a low review threshold: an application can be rejected before disbursement, but an issued installment cannot be cancelled — only repaid. The arrears picture does not appear before the second or third payment.","The wizard does not enable the payment method on the terminal, it only records your choice in the pool parameters. Until installments are switched on from the terminal page, the buyer will not see them on the payment page."]},"pfpPartner":{"title":"PFP — issuer onboarding","summary":"The wizard records the issuer partner's product set, the regulatory regime and the fatwa requirement for Islamic products into the platform's PFP settings. It captures what was agreed rather than switching anything on: module activation, compliance review and sandbox work stay with the PFP sections. Settings are stored as a whole in a single request, so the wizard reads the current configuration first and merges its own section into it.","whenToUse"
1:"Right after the issuer partner has completed general onboarding to the platform and both sides have agreed which products it runs and under which rules. After the wizard come the compliance review, sandbox work and product activation on the dedicated PFP pages.","concepts":["The partner onboarding section is what the wizard writes into the settings: the list of ticked products, the regulatory regime, the fatwa requirement flag and the completion timestamp. You can verify what was stored in PFP settings — a card with the link appears on the last step after saving.","Whole-config save: the configuration is replaced in a single request. The wizard reads the current one immediately before writing and merges its section into it, so terminology mode and other platform settings survive; edits made in another window between the read and the write are lost.","The regulatory regime is a mandatory choice with no default: until one is selected, neither «Next» on this step nor the finish button works. ECSP — EUR 5M cap and a 4-day investor withdrawal window; Reg CF — USD 5M over 12 months and Form C; AAOIFI — a Sharia Advisory Board of at least three scholars and the prohibition of riba, gharar and maysir.","The fatwa requirement is a blocking precondition: Islamic products are not activated until the Sharia Advisory Board's fatwa is signed. The toggle is on by default, but it only makes sense together with Islamic products: without them the configuration stores «not required» regardless of its position.","Ticking a product is not enabling it. The toggles record the agreed set: crowdfunding (on by default), Revenue-Based Financing, cooperative and Islamic finance. Each module is enabled separately on its own page.","Running the wizard again starts from scratch: it does not load the previously saved set and rewrites the section as a whole — an unticked product disappears from the set and the onboarding timestamp is refreshed."],"example":"You onboard a cooperative as a platform partner. On the «Products» step you keep crowdfunding on and add the cooperative; Revenue-Based Financing and Islamic finance stay off. On the «Regime» step you choose ECSP — an EUR 5M cap and four days for an investor to withdraw; without that choice «Next» stays disabled. You walk through the Sharia step unchanged: no Islamic products, the fatwa toggle is disabled, and «not required» is what goes into the configuration. The summary shows two products and the ECSP regime, with no fatwa row — it is shown only when Islamic products are on. You press «Finish onboarding»: the wizard reads the current PFP settings, merges its onboarding section into them and saves, while terminology mode and the other parameters stay as they were. Then you open PFP settings from the card on the same step and continue with product activation.","tips":["The regulatory regime has no default: until one is selected the wizard neither moves forward nor lets you finish the onboarding.","Do not edit the platform settings in another window while the wizard is running: the configuration is read immediately before the write, and concurrent changes are overwritten.","A second pass rewrites the section as a whole and starts from the default set — crowdfunding only. To add a single product, tick the whole set again.","The wizard does not cross-check products against the regime: Islamic products will be saved even under ECSP. Keeping the set and the regime consistent is on you."]},"cooperativeProducts":{"title":"Founding a cooperative","summary":"The wizard founds a cooperative in one pass: shares and votes, member loans from a common fund with no lending interest, share deposits and the rules for distributing the year's result. The cooperative is created as a draft — it has no members and no capital yet, and it can only admit members once a platform administrator activates it with a registration number. The accounting currency cannot be changed after creation, and the remaining fields can be edited only while the cooperative is a draft or under review.","whenToUse"
1:"When a cooperative is being founded on the platform — farming, consumer or credit — and has to be set up as a whole rather than assembled section by section. The bylaws should be settled first: they define the share value, the voting model and the quorum. After the wizard the cooperative goes to review, while admitting members, lending and payouts are handled on the cooperative page and in the Funding and Distributions sections.","concepts":["Share value is entered in minor units, exactly as the field hint says: 100,000 means 1,000.00 in the accounting currency, and the summary shows the converted figure. The platform computes cooperative capital as issued shares times share value, so being two digits off changes the whole balance a hundredfold.","Voting model — one member, one vote gives each shareholder exactly one vote regardless of how many shares they hold; proportional makes vote weight equal to the share count. The weight is fixed when a member is admitted and is not recalculated at voting time.","The member loan fund is a separate object in the Funding section, not part of the cooperative: a common fund with no lending interest, where the whole result goes to members. It is created only when member loans are ticked, and it appears as a draft — it starts lending once it reaches its minimum size and is activated.","Accounting currency — a choice of seven: USD, EUR, GBP, AED, SAR, MYR, IDR. The limit comes from the loan fund, which accepts no other currencies, and the fund inherits the cooperative's currency. The currency cannot be edited after creation.","Fund target and minimum are in minor units too, but the fields carry no hint about it: 50,000,000 means 500,000.00, not fifty million.","Draft and review — a created cooperative is a draft, submitting moves it to under review, and a platform administrator activates it with a registration number. A submission is accepted only for a cooperative that already has at least three members."],"example":"You found a farming cooperative. Name «Valley Farmers Cooperative», accounting currency USD, share value 100,000 — the summary shows 1,000.00 USD — cap of 500 members, registration region KE. Shares and votes: minimum 1 share per member, maximum 20, one member one vote, general meeting quorum 50%. On the products step you keep member loans enabled: fund target 50,000,000 (500,000.00 USD), minimum 10,000,000 (100,000.00 USD), maximum loan term 12 months. Share deposits stay on, the result is distributed proportionally to shares, reserve contribution 10%. You untick «submit for review right away» because there are no members yet. The cooperative is saved as a draft and the mutual fund appears under Funding; once the bylaws are signed and members have joined, you submit the cooperative for review from its page.","tips":["«Submit for review right away» is ticked by default, but a submission is accepted only for a cooperative that already has at least three members. A freshly created one has none and the submission fails — untick it and submit later.","If an error arrives after the cooperative itself was created — on the loan fund or on the submission — the cooperative already exists. Pressing «Create cooperative» again creates a second one: open the cooperatives list first and see what you actually have.","The accounting currency cannot be edited after creation, and it also becomes the loan fund's currency. Get it wrong and the cooperative has to be created again.","Fund target and minimum are in minor units and the fields give no warning: 10,000,000 is 100,000.00, not ten million.","Only an activated cooperative can admit members. While it is a draft or under review it holds no shares and no capital, so any calculations on it are meaningless."]},"dclsParticipantOnboarding":{"title":"dCLS participant onboarding wizard","summary":"The wizard walks a bank or fund through the full path to dCLS settlement: the participant is created from an organization's partner, documents are uploaded and verified, compliance moves the participant into review and admits it, then limits, the rate guard and the membership fee are set. Admission opens settlement and, in on-chain modes, registers the participant's address in the allow list. A partner is bound to a participant permanently: a second participant on the same partner cannot be created.","whenToUse"
1:"When a new bank, exchange house or fund joins the dCLS network. Before the wizard the organization must have a partner and the document pack: incorporation certificate, licence, UBO disclosure, AML policy, sanctions screening. Document verification runs on its own schedule, so the wizard can be interrupted and resumed by participant id; once admitted, the participant is part of the next netting cycle.","concepts":["Participant and partner are one to one: a participant is created from a specific partner of an organization, and that partner cannot be reused. The Ethereum address is likewise unique network-wide, and it is mandatory for the on-chain and both modes — without it the participant cannot be created at all.","Admission statuses — pending KYB -> KYB submitted -> under review -> approved. «Start review» becomes active only for a participant in KYB submitted, and «Approve participant» only for one already under review with every mandatory document verified. The wizard does not perform the move out of pending KYB — that comes from the participant's own document submission.","Documents — five mandatory types, up to 10 MB per file. Verification is asynchronous and need not finish in one sitting; the wizard unblocks admission once all five types are marked verified.","Limits — maximum position and daily volume are entered in USD cents as whole numbers with no decimal point: 1,000,000,000 means 10,000,000.00 USD. A fractional value or a decimal point is rejected by the server, and the readiness summary shows the amounts converted to dollars.","The market rate guard compares a deal's rate against the reference rate at matching time, not at settlement. Tolerance is in basis points (500 is 5%); leaving it empty applies the per-pair defaults. The reject-or-allow choice covers the case where no reference rate was found; a rate outside tolerance is always rejected.","Membership fee — the date through which membership is paid. A daily check suspends a participant whose payment has lapsed and removes its address from the allow list, taking it out of the coming settlement windows."],"example":"You onboard a bank in the UAE. On the participant step you enter the organization UUID, pick the partner, legal name Acme Bank Ltd, jurisdiction AE, settlement mode both and address 0x… — in an on-chain mode creation fails without it. You upload the five documents and mark each verified; until then admission is blocked. On the review step you press «Start review», the participant moves to under review, then «Approve participant»: the address enters the allow list. Limits: maximum position 1,000,000,000 cents (10,000,000.00 USD), daily volume 500,000,000 (5,000,000.00 USD), currencies USD, EUR, AED; the rate guard is on with a 500 basis point tolerance and rejection when the rate cannot be checked. Membership is marked paid through 31 December 2026. All four checklist items are closed — you finish the wizard and move on to netting windows.","tips":["The currency list on the limits step is sent in the same request as the amounts, and in such a request the platform applies the amounts only. After saving, open the participant record and confirm the currencies were actually stored — otherwise the netting wizard will show no currency coverage for this participant.","Marking the fee paid does not bring a suspended participant back: lifting the suspension is a separate action on the dCLS participants page.","Automatic gas top-up settings currently live in the interface only: there is no server-side write for them, so the values stay in the wizard summary and are lost when you leave the page.","Rejection and revocation are terminal. Recreating the participant on the same partner will not work — the partner-to-participant link is unique, so that route is closed."]},"nettingCycle":{"title":"Netting cycle wizard","summary":"The wizard runs netting off schedule: it shows who is approved for settlement and in which currencies, lets you correct limits and the rate guard, and executes the chosen window. The same engine runs as on the four-hourly schedule, and once started the run is irreversible: ledger positions are closed and on-chain deals go to the network. A reason is mandatory — both the form and the server require it — and it is written to the action log together with the result.","whenToUse"
1:"When the next window cannot be waited for — participants need positions closed today — or when the scheduled run did not go through: the node was unavailable and some instructions were left unsettled. The wizard does not replace the schedule; it walks the same path by hand, with a readiness check on the participants before the run.","concepts":["A settlement window is a four-hour slot in UTC: 00:00, 04:00, 08:00 and so on. An instruction is stamped with its window at the moment it finds a counterparty, and only instructions carrying exactly that stamp take part in the run. The current window is the one in progress: running mid-window settles what has accumulated so far, and the rest is picked up by the scheduled run.","Three run modes: the current window, a past window, and a retry of an unfinished run. The retry list is drawn from the couple of dozen most recent runs, with the same timestamps as the log. A retry is idempotent: the window time is part of the ledger entry key, so what is already settled is not duplicated.","Netting savings — the share of turnover that did not have to be transferred: one minus net flows over gross flows. It is computed per deal, not per instruction: one exchange creates two mirrored instructions, one in each side's book.","The limits step edits the participant's profile, not just this run: «Apply to participant» saves the maximum position, daily volume and rate guard immediately, and they hold for every window that follows. The fields are labelled USD but take minor units — the hint below each field shows what the entered number amounts to.","A participant with no address in an on-chain mode — its deals will not be executed in the blockchain. The wizard lists such participants before the run, because afterwards it is simply a line in the run's error list.","The participants step is a required pass: you cannot move on while no approved participants are listed, or until «participants and currency coverage checked» is ticked. The limits step, by contrast, can be skipped."],"example":"The scheduled 08:00 window did not go through: the node was unavailable. You open the wizard — three participants are approved, covering USD, EUR and AED. Gulf Exchange Ltd settles on-chain but has no address, and the wizard warns that its deals will not reach the network; Nordwind Fund has the rate guard switched off. You tick «participants and currency coverage checked». On the limits step you select Nordwind Fund, enable the rate check, set a tolerance of 500 basis points (that is 5%) and «reject the deal» when the rate cannot be verified, then apply it to the participant. On the window step you choose «retry an unfinished run» and the 2026-08-21 08:00 window from the list. You write the reason: «The 08:00 window was not executed because the node was unavailable; the retry is agreed with the participants», tick the confirmation and run. Result: 42 instructions settled, netting savings 78.3%, no errors.","tips":["The reason is mandatory, and eight characters is only the form's minimum: the server rejects a request without one. Your exact text stays in the log and is what people later use to reconstruct why a run happened off schedule.","The engine has one minute to answer. If the run exceeded that wait and came back with a timeout error, do not fire it again blindly — the settlement may have carried on. Open the Settlement section and see how the window ended.","In «a past window» mode the time is UTC: the field is prefilled from your computer's clock and is sent as is, with no timezone conversion, and on blur it snaps to the start of its four-hour window. For a retry it is safer to take the window from the list, where the run time is already set.","Enabling the rate guard on the limits step does not revisit what is already stamped for the window. Sort out a questionable deal before the run: a completed settlement cannot be undone."]},"orgOnboarding":{"title":"New organization onboarding","summary":"In one pass the wizard creates an organization, invites the team with roles, assigns a pricing plan, switches billing on and applies a referral bonus. Every step writes to the server on its own and immediately, so there is no way to cancel the wizard: the organization survives even if you leave halfway. The step order is not cosmetic — the bonus is credited in the billing currency and therefore strictly follows its selection.","whenToUse"
1:"When a new client or partner joins the platform and needs a workspace. An administrator creates the organization for a client and assigns the plan; a client walking the wizard alone never sees the plan step — the platform assigns it. Processing, payment pages and limits are configured afterwards, once the organization exists and is selected in the top switcher.","concepts":["The owner is the client the organization is registered to. An administrator picks one from the client list; in self-service the signed-in user becomes the owner and the selector is not shown.","The organization address (slug) accepts Latin letters, digits and hyphens only, 3 to 50 characters. A Cyrillic name derives no slug in the form, and the server's own attempt at one fails validation, so a Latin address has to be typed by hand.","A name is unique per owner: resubmitting the same form does not create a twin — it returns 'an organization with this name already exists'.","The environment (test or production) is chosen at creation and defines the contour the data lives in. It can be changed later in the organization edit form on the organizations list, but a new client is better started on test.","An invitation sends no email. The member is written into the organization, and if no client with that address exists yet, a pending invite is stored and linked when they register. Telling the person about their access is on you.","A pricing plan is attached the moment the organization is created (the default starter one), and the plan step replaces it. The billing currency is not stored in the organization settings: this step only enables billing and carries the currency forward — the bonus is credited in it."],"example":"OOO Severny Veter joins the platform. You type the name in Cyrillic, so no slug is derived — you enter severny-veter by hand; environment test, owner — the client [email protected], primary color #004D40, QR providers sbp, alfa. Creation takes up to a minute while storage, wallets and settings are provisioned; leave the page alone meanwhile. On the members step you add three people: the chief accountant as Finance and two support staff as Support, granting the right to invite only to Finance. You assign the Business plan instead of the starter one. RUB becomes the billing currency and billing is switched on. The referral code REF-4PAY26 validates as 50.00 USD; you apply it and the summary shows +450000 RUB — that is 4,500.00 RUB in minor units. From the summary you go to the organization's billing and top up the wallet.","tips":["Do not reload the page while the organization is being created: the request is longer than usual, up to a minute. If you left anyway, the organization is most likely there — look for it in the organizations list. It cannot be deleted, only archived, and that is available to an administrator or the owner.","A Cyrillic name without a manually typed Latin address fails on creation: only a-z, 0-9 and hyphens are allowed, 3 to 50 characters long.","Set roles and the invite right before sending: the wizard does not edit them afterwards — changes happen on the organization members page.","The referral code's face value is denominated in USD, while the credit is made in the billing currency at the internal rate; with no rate for that pair the request is rejected with a rate error. The amount in the summary is shown in minor units — divide by 100."]},"enterpriseSso":{"title":"Enterprise Access and Authentication (SSO)","summary":"The wizard moves an organization's sign-in from internal passwords to a corporate provider — Google Workspace, OIDC or an LDAP directory. The step order is the safety mechanism: the fallback login is prepared first, the configuration is assembled next, and only after a verification login is it written in a single irreversible request. A mistake in the provider parameters locks the whole organization out, and the only way back in is the internal administrator with a password or emergency access.","whenToUse":"When the client's security team requires staff to sign in through the corporate directory instead of individual passwords. The organization must be selected in the top switcher and must have the SSO module enabled — without it the settings write is rejected. After the switch new staff receive their role automatically, while fine-tuning stays on the organization's SSO settings page.","concepts":["Emergency access is a temporary session for the organization: a reason of at least ten characters and a lifetime from the list of 30, 60, 120 or 240 minutes. It is activated by platform staff — the endpoint is an administrative one and a client account does not have it. Its lifetime is finite; it covers the transition only.","The internal administrator is a member with the Administrator role added by email on the first step. They sign in with a password bypassing the external provider and remain the durable fallback once the emergency session expires.","The provider and domain steps write nothing. Everything you enter accumulates in the wizard and goes to the server in a single request on the verification step — until that moment the live sign-in is unchanged.","The configuration is written as a whole and replaces the stored one. For Google and OIDC the secret is mandatory: without it the server rejects the write with 'OIDC requires: client_secret'. An empty LDAP service-account password does not preserve the old one — retype it.","Allowed domains reject sign-ins from foreign email addresses. An empty list means 'any domain is accepted', not 'sign-in is closed'; for an LDAP directory domains are not sent at all.","Auto-created accounts receive the default role — Viewer initially. Role changes for existing members on the sync step are saved immediately, in a separate request, and stay in force even if you never complete the switch."],"example":"A client moves the team to Okta. You open the wizard with the organization Sever
1ny Veter selected. Emergency access: reason 'Moving to corporate sign-in at the security team's request', lifetime 120 minutes — activated. You name [email protected] the internal administrator and tick the fallback-ready confirmation. Provider — OIDC: the Client ID from the Okta console, the secret (the write fails without it), Issuer https://sevveter.okta.com/oauth2/default. You allow the single domain sevveter.ru and enable auto-created accounts with the Viewer role. On the role sync step you raise two members to Operator and leave the internal administrator as Administrator. In a separate incognito window you sign in through Okta, walk the three checklist items, tick 'the sign-in works', then 'I understand the consequences', and press Switch provider. From that minute sign-in goes through Okta.","tips":["Run the verification login in a separate incognito window: your current session is still authenticated the old way, so a misconfiguration simply will not show.","The fallback-ready checkbox only unlocks after emergency access is activated and the internal administrator is assigned — the wizard will not move on without it. This is not a formality: those two are what you will recover access with.","The emergency session expires after the minutes you chose; the internal administrator remains. Enable two-factor authentication for them right away — a password login bypassing the provider is the weakest point of the scheme.","The LDAPS toggle swaps 636 for 389 and back only while the field holds the standard port; a non-standard one is left untouched. Check the field yourself before moving on.","The switch has no rollback. Password sign-in can be restored by choosing the Internal provider — by running the wizard again or on the organization's SSO settings page, that is, only from inside the cabinet."]},"whiteLabelGoLive":{"title":"White-label Go-Live — under your brand","summary":"The wizard assembles and publishes a payment page configuration under the client's brand: name, accent color, default theme and, if a domain is given, the post-payment return address. Publishing is a real action: the configuration is created, published, gets a version number and a public link token. The wizard creates a new configuration every run and never edits an existing one, so changing the color or theme of an already published page happens on the Payment pages screen.","whenToUse":"When a partner or client starts accepting payments and the checkout page has to look like theirs, not the platform's. Run it once the organization exists and is selected in the top switcher — the configuration is created in its context. The logo, the domain binding and moving the contour to production come later, on the dedicated screens.","concepts":["The configuration address (slug) is derived from the brand name: Cyrillic is transliterated, everything else becomes hyphens, and the length is trimmed to 50. It is never shorter than three characters — the wizard prefixes brand- if needed. Within an organization the address is unique.","The accent color is picked from five presets and lands in two places at once — as the branding primary color and as the page's style variables. An arbitrary HEX cannot be entered here.","The 'System' theme is not sent to the server at all: the page accepts only light or dark, so with 'System' it keeps its own default.","The domain is not bound here. It is only used to build the post-payment return address of the form https://domain/payment/result?txid={txid}&status={status}; the wizard strips the scheme and trailing slashes itself. The CNAME record pointing at wl.4pay.online and the certificate stay outside the wizard.","Publishing takes two requests: the configuration is created as a draft first, then published. Publishing bumps the version number and issues a new public link token; by default the token is valid for 24 hours, and the next publish replaces it, so the previous link stops working.","The wizard does not upload a logo. Under the brand it sets the name, the color and the theme; the logo and the rest of the palette live on the branding screens."],"example":"A partner lau
1nches payments under the PayFlow brand. You enter the brand name PayFlow (the field holds up to 40 characters) and pick the Azure #1E88E5 accent. You type the domain as https://pay.example.com — the wizard normalizes it to pay.example.com and builds the return address https://pay.example.com/payment/result?txid={txid}&status={status}. You choose the dark theme. The summary reads: brand PayFlow · Azure, domain pay.example.com, theme Dark, configuration address payflow. You press Launch under the brand — the configuration is created and published, and the message reads 'Contour published: payflow'. Then you open Payment pages, take the link with the token and hand it to the partner, while the CNAME record pointing at wl.4pay.online is created at the domain registrar.","tips":["The brand name is the only mandatory field and the source of the address. A Cyrillic name is transliterated — «ПэйФлоу» becomes peiflou — so choose a Latin spelling when the address matters.","Running it again with the same brand name will fail: the address is already taken inside the organization by the earlier configuration. Make corrections on the Payment pages screen, and pick a different name for a second page.","The domain typed here does not switch the page on at that address. Without the CNAME record and a certificate the return address leads nowhere — set DNS up before handing the link to the client.","The link with the public token is valid for 24 hours by default, and every new publish issues a different token. Give the partner a freshly taken link rather than one saved in advance."]},"products":{"title":"ምርቶች","summary":"የአጋር እቃዎች ካታሎግ፦ ስም፣ መግለጫ፣ በተመረጠው ምንዛሬ ዋጋ እና ብዛት። ምርት የክፍያ አብነት ነው፦ ገዢው መጠኑን ራሱ ከመጻፍ ይልቅ ለምን እንደሚከፍል እንዲያይ ከክፍያ ገጽ ወይም አገናኝ ጋር ይያያዛል። ምርቱ ራሱ ገንዘብ አያንቀሳቅስም — ክፍያው በተርሚናሎች ላይ በተዋቀሩ መንገዶች ይሄዳል።","whenToUse":"ሱቁ ነጻ መጠን ካለው ቅጽ ይልቅ አንድ የተወሰነ እቃ — ምርት፣ አገልግሎት፣ ምዝገባ — የሚያስከፍል አገናኝ ሲፈልግ። ዋጋ ለማስተካከል ወይም እቃን ከመስኮቱ ለማስወገድም እዚህ ይመጣሉ። «የክፍያ ገጽ ማተም» አዋቂ በመንገድ ላይ ምርት ይፈጥራል፣ የፈጠረውም በዚሁ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ይታያል።","concepts":["ዋጋ በሙሉ የምንዛሬ አሃዶች ይገባል፣ በትንንሽ አሃዶች አይደለም። መድረኩ በትንንሽ አሃዶች ያስቀምጣል እና በድንበሩ ላይ ራሱ ይለውጣል።","ምንዛሬ የምርቱ ነው እና ደረሰኙ በምን እንደሚወጣ ይወስናል። ከኪስ ቦርሳው ምንዛሬ ጋር መመሳሰል የለበትም፦ ልወጣውን የመቀበያ መንገዱ ያከናውናል።","ብዛት የመጋዘን ክምችት አይደለም፣ የመስመሩ ድምር አባዢ ነው። መድረኩ ክምችት አይይዝም አይቀንስም።","ምርት ከአጋር ጋር የተሳሰረ ነው። ደንበኛው የድርጅቱን እቃዎች፣ የመድረክ አስተዳዳሪው ሁሉንም ያያል — ተመሳሳዩ ዝርዝር በሚና ይለያያል።","መሰረዝ የማይመለስ ነው እና አስቀድሞ የተፈጠሩ ክፍያዎችን አይሰርዝም፦ ቀደም ብሎ የተሰጠ አገናኝ መስራቱን ይቀጥላል።"],"example":"አንድ ወርክሾፕ ብስክሌት በ3,500 ₽ ይጠግናል። «የብስክሌት ጥገና» የሚል ምርት ይፈጥራሉ፣ በመግለጫው ውስጥ ምን እንደሚያካትት ይዘረዝራሉ፣ ዋጋ 3500፣ ምንዛሬ RUB፣ ብዛት 1። ከዚያ «የክፍያ ገጽ ማተም» አዋቂ በዚህ ምርት ዙሪያ አገናኝ ይገነባል እርስዎም ለደንበኛው ይልካሉ። ገዢው ስሙን፣ መግለጫውን እና መጠኑን አይቶ ይከፍላል — ክዋኔውም በ«ግብይቶች» ውስጥ እንደ ተራ መቀበል ይታያል።","tips":["ገዢው ስሙንና መግለጫውን በክፍያ ገጹ ላይ ያነባል — የውስጥ ማስታወሻ አይደለም። የባንክ መግለጫው በኋላ እንዲገባ አድርገው ይጻፉ።","እቃ ከመፍጠርዎ በፊት የአጋሩ የክፍያ መቀበል እንደሚሰራ ያረጋግጡ፦ ምርቱ ራሱ ምንም አያስኬድም፣ የሚሰራ ተርሚናል ከሌለም አገናኙ በእምቢታ ይጠናቀቃል።","ፍለጋ ስም፣ መግለጫ እና መለያን ይሸፍናል — በዋጋ መፈለግ አይቻልም።"]},"paymentLinks":{"title":"የክፍያ አገናኞች","summary":"ገዢውን በቀጥታ ወደ ክፍያ ቅጽ የሚወስድ አገናኝ። እያንዳንዱ አገናኝ መጠንና ምንዛሬ አለው፤ መጠኑ ቋሚ (ገዢው ልክ ያንን ይከፍላል) ወይም ተለዋዋጭ (በሚከፈትበት ጊዜ ይሰጣል) ሊሆን ይችላል። አገናኙ ራሱ ክፍያ አያከናውንም — ቅጹን ይከፍታል፣ ገንዘቡ በተርሚናሎች መንገዶች ይሄዳል።","whenToUse"
1:"ደረሰኝ አንድ ጊዜ ሲወጣ፦ በመልእክት፣ በኢሜይል፣ ያለ ድረ ገጽ ውህደት። እዚህም መጠን ለማስተካከል ወይም አገናኝ ለመሰረዝ ይመጣሉ።","concepts":["መጠን በሙሉ የምንዛሬ አሃዶች ይገባል፤ መድረኩ ራሱ ወደ ትንንሽ አሃዶች ይለውጣል።","ቋሚ መጠን ገዢው እንዲቀይረው አይፈቅድም፤ ተለዋዋጭ ይፈቅዳል።","በአገናኙ የተመረጡ የክፍያ ዘዴዎች በተርሚናል መዋቀር አለባቸው፣ አለበለዚያ ቅጹ ባዶ ይሆናል።","አገናኙ እስኪሰረዝ ድረስ ይኖራል፤ መሰረዝ የማይመለስ ነው።","የመጠን ለውጥ ከዚያ በኋላ አገናኙን ለሚከፍት ሁሉ ወዲያውኑ ተግባራዊ ይሆናል። አስቀድመው ለከፈሉት ምንም እንደገና አይሰላም።"],"example":"ወርክሾፕ ለጉብኝት 12,000 ₽ ደረሰኝ ማውጣት አለበት። አገናኝ ይፈጥራሉ፦ መጠን 12000፣ ምንዛሬ RUB፣ ዓይነት «ቋሚ»። አድራሻውን ገልብጠው ለደንበኛው ይልካሉ።","tips":["ከመላክዎ በፊት አገናኙን ራስዎ ይክፈቱ፤ ባዶ ቅጽ ማለት ዘዴው አልተዋቀረም ማለት ነው።","አገናኙ ይፋዊ አድራሻ ነው፦ የግል መረጃ አያስቀምጡበት።","አገናኙ የሕዝብ አድራሻ ነው። የተቀበለው ሁሉ መጠኑን ያያል መክፈልም ይችላል፤ ስለዚህ የግል መረጃ አያስገቡበት።"]},"savedCards":{"title":"የተቀመጡ ካርዶች","summary":"ለተደጋጋሚ ክፍያ የተቀመጡ የገዢዎች ካርዶች መዝገብ፦ ምዝገባዎች፣ ራስ-ሰር ክፍያዎች። መድረኩ የካርድ ቁጥሮችን አያስቀምጥም — ጭንብል፣ የካርድ አውታር፣ የማብቂያ ጊዜና የአቅራቢው ቶክን ብቻ። ክፍያው በቶክን ይሄዳል፣ ስለዚህ ካርዱን «ማየት» አይቻልም።","whenToUse":"ተደጋጋሚ ክፍያ ሲመረመር፦ ምዝገባ አልታደሰም፣ ገዢው ካርዱን እንዲወገድ ጠየቀ። ካርዶች በራሳቸው ይመጣሉ፤ በእጅ መፍጠር አይቻልም።","concepts":["ጭንብል ብቻ ይታያል፤ ሙሉ ቁጥር በየትም የለም (PCI DSS)።","የማብቂያ ጊዜ የካርዱ ነው እንጂ የማከማቻ ጊዜ አይደለም።","ፍለጋ በገዢ ኢሜይል ወይም መለያ ይሄዳል፤ በካርድ ቁጥር አይቻልም።","መሰረዝ የማይመለስ ነው እና ተያያዥ ምዝገባዎችን ያቋርጣል።","መሰረዝ የማይመለስ ሲሆን በዚያ ካርድ ላይ የተሳሰሩ ሁሉንም ተደጋጋሚ ክፍያዎች ያቋርጣል። ምዝገባው ከዚያ በኋላ በጸጥታ አይታደስም — ይወድቃል።"],"example":"ደንበኛ ምዝገባው ሁለት ጊዜ እንደተከፈለ ይናገራል። በኢሜይሉ ፈልገው ሁለት ካርዶች ያገኛሉ፦ አንዱ ንቁ፣ ሌላው ጊዜው ያለፈበት።","tips":["ከመሰረዝዎ በፊት በካርዱ ላይ ንቁ ምዝገባ አለመኖሩን ያረጋግጡ።","ካርዶች የሚታዩት ቶክናይዜሽን በሚደግፉ አቅራቢዎች ብቻ ነው።","ካርዶች የሚታዩት ቶክናይዜሽንን በሚደግፉ አቅራቢዎች ብቻ ነው። ተቀባይነቱ እየሠራ ሳለ ባዶ ዝርዝር ማለት ከሞላ ጎደል ሁልጊዜ ይህ ነው።"]},"shopCategories":{"title":"የመደብር ምድቦች","summary":"የአጋር መደብርን የሥራ ዘርፍ የሚመድብ መዝገብ፦ ጨዋታ፣ ውርርድ፣ ክሪፕቶ፣ ገበያ፣ ዲጂታል ዕቃዎች፣ አገልግሎቶች፣ ምዝገባዎች፣ ልገሳዎች። እያንዳንዱ መዝገብ መደብሩን (መለያ፣ ነጋዴ፣ አቅራቢ፣ ቻናል) ከምድብ ጋር ያገናኛል።","whenToUse"
1:"አዲስ መደብር ሲገናኝ እና በገዢው ደረሰኝ ላይ የተሳሳተ ስም ሲታይ።","concepts":["ቁልፉ የመደብሩ መለያ ብቻ አይደለም፤ ከነጋዴ፣ አቅራቢና ቻናል ጋር ነው።","የመደብሩ የራሱ መግለጫ የምድቡን መግለጫ ይሸፍናል፤ ለጋራ ጽሑፍ ባዶ ይተዉት።","የምድብ መግለጫ እንዲሠራ በተርሚናል \`default_description = '{{shop_category}}'\` መቀመጥ አለበት።","የንቁነት ምልክት መዝገቡን ሳይሰርዝ ያጠፋል።","ምድቡ (gaming, gambling, crypto, marketplace, digital_goods, services, subscriptions, donations, other) ማስዋቢያ አይደለም፤ አቅራቢዎች በእሱ ላይ ተመስርተው የአደጋ ውሳኔ ይሰጣሉ፣ አንዳንዶቹም ሙሉ የንግድ ዘርፎችን ይከለክላሉ።"],"example":"የሙዚቃ ምዝገባ መደብር «UNKNOWN MERCHANT» ሆኖ ይታያል። subscriptions ምድብ ያለው መዝገብ ፈጥረው መግለጫውን ባዶ ትተው በተርሚናል \`default_description = '{{shop_category}}'\` ያስቀምጣሉ።","tips":["ምድብ ቀይረው ደረሰኙ አልተቀየረም፦ የተርሚናሉን ቅንብር ይመልከቱ።","gambling እና ክሪፕቶ በብዙ አቅራቢዎች የተከለከሉ ናቸው።","gambling እና crypto በብዙ አቅራቢዎች ዘንድ የተከለከሉ ናቸው። ከማዘጋጀትዎ በፊት መንገዱ ያንን ዘርፍ ወደሚቀበል አቅራቢ መምራቱን ያረጋግጡ።"]},"categoryDescriptions":{"title":"የምድብ መግለጫዎች","summary":"በመደብሩ ቴክኒካዊ ስም ፋንታ በገዢው የክፍያ ሰነዶች ላይ የሚገቡ ጽሑፎች። መዝገቡ ሦስት ነገር ነው፦ ምድብ፣ ቋንቋ እና ጽሑፍ።","whenToUse":"ደረሰኙ ትርጉም ያለው ስም ሲፈልግ እና አዲስ ገበያ ሲገቡ።","concepts":["መግለጫው የምድቡ ነው እንጂ የመደብሩ አይደለም፦ አንድ ለውጥ የዚያ ምድብ መደብሮች ሁሉ ይነካል።","ቋንቋ የቁልፉ አካል ነው፤ ጽሑፍ አለመኖር ስህተት አይደለም።","የመደብሩ የራሱ መግለጫ ይህን የጋራ ጽሑፍ ይሸፍናል።","ተተኪው የሚሠራው ተርሚናሉ \`default_description = '{{shop_category}}'\` ሲኖረው ብቻ ነው።","ሰነዱን የሚያነበው ገዢው እንጂ ሠራተኛው አይደለም — ከክፍያው ሳምንታት በኋላ፣ በሠላሳ መስመር ዝርዝር ውስጥ። ጽሑፉ ያለ አውድ መታወቅ አለበት።"],"example":"ወደ ስፓኒሽ ገበያ ይገባሉ፦ subscriptions ምድብ፣ es ቋንቋ፣ «Suscripción digital» ጽሑፍ ይጨምራሉ።","tips":["የሕጋዊ አካል ስምና የውል ቁጥር አያስገቡ።","ርዝመቱን ይመልከቱ፦ ባንኮች መስመሩን ይቆርጣሉ።","አዲስ ጽሑፍ ከመጨመርዎ በፊት ያሉትን ምድቦች ይመልከቱ፤ አብዛኛውን ጊዜ የሚጎድለው ትርጉም እንጂ አዲስ ምድብ አይደለም።"]},"ledgerCorrections":{"title":"የሌጀር ማስተካከያዎች","summary":"በተለመደው መንገድ የማይቻል ሲሆን የኪስ ቦርሳ ሒሳብን የሚቀይር በእጅ የሚደረግ ምዝገባ፦ የማስታረቅ ልዩነት፣ በስህተት የገባ ክፍያ፣ ካሳ። ማስተካከያ ያለፉ መዝገቦችን አያርምም አይሰርዝም — አዲስ ምዝገባ ይጨምራል።","whenToUse":"ማስታረቅ ወደ ዜሮ ሳይመጣ ምክንያቱ ሲታወቅ፣ ወይም አቅራቢው ከተለመደው ፍሰት ውጭ ገንዘብ ሲመልስ።","concepts":["መጠን በሙሉ አሃዶች ይገባል እና አሉታዊ ሊሆን ይችላል፦ ሲቀነስ ይቀንሳል፣ ሲደመር ይጨምራል።","የኪስ ቦርሳውና ምንዛሬው በግልጽ á
1‹­á‰€áˆ˜áŒ£áˆ‰á¤ ምንዛሬው ከኪስ ቦርሳው ጋር መመሳሰል አለበት።","የማስተካከያ ቀን በመዝገቡ ውስጥ ያለው የምዝገባ ቀን ነው እንጂ የፈጠሩበት ቀን አይደለም።","ክዋኔው ሁለተኛ ደረጃ ማረጋገጫ ይጠይቃል፦ 2FA ካልነቃ ገጹ አያሳልፍም።","ክንውኑ ሁለተኛ ማረጋገጫ ይጠይቃል፤ 2FA ካልነቃ ገጹ አያሳልፍዎትም። ይህ ጥብቅነት አይደለም — እርማት ገንዘብን ከተለመዱት ፍተሻዎች ውጭ ያንቀሳቅሳል።"],"example":"የማክሰኞ ማስታረቅ በ1,500 ₽ ተለያየ፦ አቅራቢው ክፍያውን ሁለት ጊዜ አስገብቷል። −1500 ማስተካከያ በRUB ይፈጥራሉ።","tips":["ከማረጋገጥዎ በፊት ምልክቱን ይመልከቱ፦ ማስተካከያ በተቃራኒ ማስተካከያ ብቻ ይሰረዛል።","ቀኑ በነባሪ የዛሬ ነው፤ ያለፈ ጊዜ ሲያርሙ ይቀይሩት።","አንድ ቦርሳ ደጋግሞ እርማት የሚያስፈልገው ከሆነ፣ ምክንያቱ አብዛኛውን ጊዜ መንገዱ ወይም የአቅራቢው ውቅር እንጂ ቦርሳው አይደለም።"]},"ledgerAggregates":{"title":"የሌጀር ስብስቦች","summary":"የመዝገቡ የተጠቃለሉ ድምሮች፦ በሰዓት፣ በቀን፣ በወር። መድረኩ በሰዓት አንድ ጊዜ ያህል የቆዩ ምዝገባዎችን ይሰበስባል፣ ሒሳቡ በሚሊዮን ሳይሆን በደርዘን መስመሮች እንዲሰላ።","whenToUse":"ሒሳብ ያረጀ ሲመስል ወይም ከመዝገቡ ሲለያይ — ስብስቡ ወደሚፈለገው ጊዜ መድረሱ እዚህ ይታያል።","concepts":["ስብስብ ድምር ነው እንጂ ቅጂ አይደለም፦ ነጠላ ምዝገባዎች በመዝገቡ ይቀራሉ።","መሰብሰብ በመርሐ ግብር ይሄዳል፤ አዲስ ምዝገባዎች ለጥቂት ጊዜ ጥሬ ሆነው ይቀራሉ።","ደረጃዎች ተደራርበዋል፦ ሰዓቶች ወደ ቀናት፣ ቀናት ወደ ወራት።","የጥሬ ምዝገባዎች ብዛት አመላካች ነው፦ ሲጨምር ሒሳቦች ይዘገያሉ።","ድምሮች የተገኙ ናቸው፤ ከመዝገቡ እንደገና ሊሰሉ ይችላሉ፣ አንዱን ማጣትም ገንዘብ አያጠፋም። መዝገብ ማጣት ግን ያጠፋል።"],"example":"አጋር የትናንቱ ሽያጭ ያነሰ ይመስለዋል። ስብስቦች የምሽት ሺዎች ምዝገባዎች ገና አለመሰብሰባቸውን ያሳያሉ፦ ስህተት ሳይሆን መዘግየት ነው።","tips":["የጠፋ ገንዘብ ከመፈለግዎ በፊት መሰብሰቡ ወደሚፈለገው ሰዓት መድረሱን ይመልከቱ።","ጊዜው እንደተዘጋ ወዲያው ሪፖርት አይገንቡ።","ወቅቱ እንደተዘጋ ወዲያውኑ ሪፖርት አይገንቡ — ቢያንስ አንድ የማጠቃለያ ዑደት ይለፍ።"]},"balance":{"title":"ሒሳብ","summary":"የካቢኔው የመጀመሪያ ማያ ገጽ፦ ድርጅቱ በእያንዳንዱ ምንዛሬ ምን ያህል አለው። መጠኑ በተገኘና በመጠባበቅ ላይ ተከፍሏል — የተገኘው ተረጋግጦ ማውጣት ይቻላል፣ በመጠባበቅ ላይ ያለው ተመዝግቧል ግን ገና አልተጠናቀቀም። ገጹ ያለፈውን ማንኛውንም ጊዜ ሒሳብና በሁለት ጊዜያት መካከል ያለውን ልዩነትም ያሳያል።","whenToUse":"በየጠዋቱ ሁኔታውን ለመረዳት እና ቁጥር ከሚጠበቀው ጋር ሳይመሳሰል ሲቀር።","concepts":["የተገኘና በመጠባበቅ ላይ ሁለት ኪስ ቦርሳ አይደሉም፤ የአንዱ ሁለት ክፍሎች ናቸው።","ሒሳብ ከሌጀር ስብስቦች ይሰላል፣ መሰብሰብ በሰዓት አንድ ጊዜ ነው፦ አዲስ ክዋኔዎች ዘግይተው ይደርሳሉ።","የጊዜ ሰቅ በዚሁ ገጽ ይቀመጣል እና በታáˆ
1ªáŠ«á‹Š ሁኔታ ላይ ተጽዕኖ አለው።","ምንዛሬዎች አይደመሩም፦ እዚህ አጠቃላይ ድምር የለም።","ንጽጽሩ የክንውኖችን ዝርዝር ሳይሆን ለውጡን ያሳያል። ልዩነት ካዩ በኋላ ዝርዝሩ በዋናው መዝገብ ውስጥ ነው።"],"example":"አጋር ሰኞ 40,000 ₽ የበለጠ እንደነበረው ይናገራል። የሰኞ–ረቡዕ ንጽጽር −40,000 ₽ ይሰጣል፤ በመዝገቡ የተረሳ ክፍያ ይገኛል።","tips":["ጠፋ ብለው ከመፈለግዎ በፊት ስብስቦችን ይመልከቱ።","በ«የተገኘ» እና «ጠቅላላ» መካከል ያለው ልዩነት በመንገድ ላይ ያለ ገንዘብ ነው።","የታሪክ ቀሪ ሒሳብ ለቀን ሳይሆን ለቅጽበት ይሰላል፤ ሰዓቱ እንደ ቀኑ ሁሉ ወሳኝ ነው።"]},"treasuryBridge":{"title":"ግምጃ ቤት","summary":"የመድረኩ ገንዘብ በምንዛሬና በክፍያ መንገዶች ማጠቃለያ። በእያንዳንዱ መንገድ ምን ያህል እንዳለ፣ ምን ያህል እንደተያዘና ምን ያህል እንደሚገኝ ያሳያል።","whenToUse":"አንድ መንገድ ለክፍያ ገንዘብ ሲያጥረው ሌላው ትርፍ ሲኖረው።","concepts":["የተያዘ ማለት መጠባበቂያ አይደለም፤ በተጀመሩ ስሌቶች ውስጥ ያለ ገንዘብ ነው።","Islamic Pots የትርፍ ድርሻ ያላቸው የተለዩ ገንዘቦች ናቸው።","ለአንድ መስመር ባዶ ወይም ዜሮ ረድፍ ብልሽትን አያመለክትም፤ አሁን ዝውውር የሌለው ምንዛሬ ሊሆን ይችላል።"],"example":"የዩሮ ክፍያዎች ገንዘብ እያለ ይከሽፋሉ፦ በSEPA 900 € ይገኛል፣ 40,000 € ተይዟል።","tips":["«የተያዘ» መቀነሱን ካቆመ ችግሩ በግምጃ ቤቱ ሳይሆን በአቅራቢው ሰፈራ ላይ ነው።"]},"dclsMyWorkspace":{"title":"የእኔ dCLS","summary":"በምንዛሬ ግብይቶች ስሌት አውታረ መረብ ውስጥ የተሳታፊ የሥራ ቦታ። ስምንት ማያ ገጾች ስለ አንድ ነገር ከተለያዩ ጎኖች፦ በአውታሩ ማን እንደሆኑና ገደቦችዎ ምን እንደሆኑ፣ ለልውውጥ ያቀረቡት፣ በገንዘብ እንዴት እንደተጠናቀቀ፣ የቶክን ማውጣትና መመለስ፣ ከገንዳው ገንዘብ ማስገባትና ማውጣት፣ የአጋሮችዎ ሁለት ወረፋዎችና የክስተቶች መዝገብ።","whenToUse":"አንድ የተወሰነ ግብይት ለመከታተል፣ ወይም አጋሮች ውሳኔዎን ሲጠብቁ፦ ያለሱ ጥያቄዎቻቸው አይንቀሳቀሱም።","concepts":["ገደቦችንና ማጽደቅን የአውታሩ ኦፕሬተር ይወስናል እንጂ እርስዎ አይደሉም፤ ለንባብ ብቻ ናቸው።","መመሪያ የልውውጥ ጥያቄ ነው እንጂ ልውውጡ አይደለም፦ አቻ ወገንና ቀጣዩን የኔቲንግ መስኮት ይጠብቃል።","በስሌት ማያ ገጽ ላይ አዎንታዊ ሒሳብ መቀበል ማለት ነው፣ አሉታዊ ደግሞ ግዴታ።","Mint እና Burn በሁለት ደረጃ ይሄዳሉ፦ የመድረኩ ማጽደቅ፣ ከዚያ በሰንሰለት ላይ በአውጪው መፈጸም።","የአጋሮች ወረፋዎች ኃላፊነት ናቸው እንጂ ማሳወቂያ አይደሉም።","Audit trail ለንባብ ብቻ ነው፦ ክዋኔው እዚያ ከሌለ አልተከሰተም ማለት ነው።"],"example":"አጋር ማውጣቱ እንዳልደረሰ ያማርራል። የDeposit/Withdraw ወረፋ ጥያቄው ሦስት ቀን ሳይጸድቅ እንደቆየ ያሳያል። ያጸድቁታል፣ ከማረጋገጫ በኋላ እንደተፈጸመ ይመዘግባሉ።","tips":["ምርመራውን ከaudit trail ይጀምሩ እንጂ ከተማረረበት ማያ ገጽ አይደለም።","«የተንጠለጠለ» መመሪያ አብዛኛውን ጊዜ ቀጣዩን የኔቲንግ መስኮት ይጠብቃል።","በገደብ ምክንያት የተቀባይነት ያጣን ጥያቄ እንደገና መላክ ጥቅም የለውም — እንደገና ውድቅ ይሆናል። መጀመሪያ የአውታረ መረቡ አንቀሳቃሽ ገደቡን ይለውጣል።"]},"clients":{"title":"ደንበኞች","summary":"የSaaS መድረክ ተጠቃሚዎች መዝገብ — ወደ ካቢኔ የሚገቡና ከድርጅታቸው ጋር የሚሠሩ። ደንበኛ ገዢም አጋርም አይደለም፦ ከሦስቱ ሁለተኛው ደረጃ ነው።","whenToUse"
1:"መዳረሻን ሲፈቱ፦ አንድ ሰው መግባት አልቻለም፣ ሁለተኛ ደረጃውን አጣ፣ ወይም ምንም ድርጅት አያይም።","concepts":["ደንበኛ መለያ ነው እንጂ ሚና አይደለም፦ መብቶች ከድርጅት አባልነት ይመጣሉ።","ሁለት ደረጃ ማረጋገጫ እንደ ምልክት ብቻ ይታያል፣ ከዚህ አይስተካከልም።","የመጨረሻ መግቢያ እንቅስቃሴን አይለካም፦ በAPI ቁልፍ የሚሠራ ካቢኔውን አይከፍትም።","ገጹ ለመድረክ አስተዳዳሪ ብቻ ነው።"],"example":"አዲስ ሠራተኛ ምንም ድርጅት አያይም። መለያው አለ፣ ትናንት ገብቷል፦ ችግሩ አባልነት ነው እንጂ መዳረሻ አይደለም።","tips":["ደንበኛ ከመፍጠርዎ በፊት በኢሜይል ይፈልጉ።","ተጠቃሚው መረጃ ካላየ የድርጅቱን አባላት ይመልከቱ።","በቆየ መለያ ላይ ባዶ የመጨረሻ መግቢያ አብዛኛውን ጊዜ ግብዣው በጭራሽ አለመቀበሉን ያሳያል።"]},"persons":{"title":"ሰዎች","summary":"የግል መለያዎች — መድረኩ በስም፣ በዜግነትና በምንዛሬ የሚያውቃቸው ተፈጥሯዊ ሰዎች። የካቢኔ ተጠቃሚዎችም ገዢዎችም አይደሉም፦ ሰው የሚያስፈልገው ክዋኔው ከተወሰነ ግለሰብ ጋር ሲተሳሰር ነው።","whenToUse":"ክዋኔው የተረጋገጠ ተፈጥሯዊ ሰው ሲጠይቅ፣ ወይም መረጃው ሲያረጅ።","concepts":["ሰውና ደንበኛ የተለያዩ ነገሮች ናቸው፦ ደንበኛው ወደ ካቢኔ ይገባል፣ ሰው በጭራሽ አይገባም።","ዜግነት የተገዢነት ፍተሻዎችን ይወስናል እንጂ ወረቀት አይደለም።","የሰውየው ምንዛሬ ነባሪ እሴት ነው እንጂ ገደብ አይደለም።","ሁኔታው ክዋኔዎች ይፈቀዱ እንደሆነ ይናገራል፤ የታገደ ሰው በመዝገቡ ይቀራል።"],"example":"ወደ ግለሰብ የሚደረግ ዝውውር በተገዢነት ይከለከላል፦ ዜግነቱ ተሳስቷል። ተስተካክሎ ፍተሻው ያልፋል።","tips":["የመጀመሪያውን ከማስተካከል ይልቅ ሁለተኛ ሰው አይፍጠሩ።","በሎጊን ወይም በኢሜይል ይፈልጉ።","በመግቢያ ስም ወይም በኢሜይል ይፈልጉ፤ በስም ሲፈልጉ ተመሳሳይ ስም ያለው ሰው ላይ መውደቅ ቀላል ነው።"]},"apiConsole":{"title":"የAPI ኮንሶል","summary":"ከካቢኔ ውስጥ ወደ መድረኩ API ማንኛውንም ጥያቄ መላክ፦ ዘዴ፣ አድራሻ፣ አካልና የፈቃድ መንገድ። በእውነት ይሠራል — የሙከራ ቦታ ወይም ቅድመ እይታ አይደለም። POST ይፈጥራል፣ DELETE ይሰርዛል፣ መመለስ የለም።","whenToUse":"የመዳረሻ ነጥብ ባህሪ ሲፈተሽ፣ የውህደት ስህተት ሲባዛ፣ ወይም ጥሬ ምላሽ ሲታይ።","concepts":["የፈቃድ መንገድ ጥያቄው በማን ስም እንደሚሄድ ይለውጣል፦ ክፍለ ጊዜ፣ የAPI ቁልፍ ወይም ማንነት አልባ።","ጥያቄው እርስዎ ወደሚሠሩበት አካባቢ ይሄዳል፤ ኮንሶሉ ፕሮድን አይለይም።","ምላሹ እንደወረደ ይታያል፣ የስህተት ኮዶችንና የአገልግሎት መስኮችን ጨምሮ።","ኮንሶሉ መብቶችን አያሰፋም፦ መብት የሌለው ጥያቄ 403 ይመልሳል።"],"example":"አጋር API ባዶ ዝርዝር እንደሚመልስ ይናገራል። በቁልፉ GET /transactions በእርግጥ ባዶ ድርድር ይመልሳል፦ ቁልፉ የሌላ ድርጅት ነው።","tips":["POST ወይም DELETE ከመላክዎ በፊት አድራሻውን እንደገና ያንብቡ።","የሌላ ሰው ችግር ለማባዛት የእሱን ቁልፍ ይጠቀሙ።","ባዶ የGET ምላሽ ብዙ ጊዜ የመረጃ አለመኖርን ሳይሆን የቁልፉን የተሳሳተ ወሰን ያመለክታል።"]},"cacheManagement":{"title":"የመሸጎጫ አስተዳደር","summary":"የመድረኩን የመሸጎጫ ግቤቶች ማየትና ማጽዳት — በሙሉ ወይም በተወሰነ ቁልፍ። መሸጎጫው አስቀድሞ የተሰሉ ምላሾችን ይይዛል፤ ማጽዳት በሚቀጥለው ጥሪ እንደገና እንዲሰላ ያስገድዳል።","whenToUse"
1:"ምንጩ ተቀይሮ ሳለ በይነገጹ ያረጀ መረጃ ሲያሳይ።","concepts":["ማጽዳት መረጃን አያስተካክልም፣ እንደገና እንዲነበብ ያስገድዳል፦ ምንጩ ስህተት ከሆነ ያው ይመለሳል።","ሁሉንም ማጽዳት ማለት እያንዳንዱ ቀጣይ ጥሪ እንደገና ይሰላል — የሚታይ የጫና ጫፍ።","ቁልፍ የገጽ ስም ሳይሆን የውስጥ መለያ ነው፦ ዝርዝሩን ይመልከቱ።","ድርጊቱ የማይመለስ ነው፤ አደጋው ጫና ነው እንጂ ማጣት አይደለም።"],"example":"የተቀየረ የምንዛሬ ተመን በይነገጹ ላይ ያረጀ ሆኖ ይቀራል። የተመኖቹን ግቤት ብቻ ያጸዳሉ።","tips":["በቁልፍ ከማጽዳት ይጀምሩ።","እሴቱ እንደገና ካረጀ ችግሩ መሸጎጫው አይደለም፦ ምንጩን ይመልከቱ።","በምርት አካባቢ ጊዜውን ይምረጡ፤ ማጽዳቱ ወዲያውኑ ሲጠናቀቅ ሥርዓቱ ያለ ምንም ጊዜያዊ ማከማቻ ይሠራል።"]},"depositPool":{"title":"የተቀማጭ ገንዳ","summary":"መድረኩ ለተወሰኑ ክፍያዎች ለገዢዎች የሚሰጣቸው የብሎክቼይን አድራሻዎች ክምችት። አድራሻዎቹ ከአንድ HD ቁልፍ ይመነጫሉ፣ ስለዚህ አስቀድሞ ማዘጋጀት ይቻላል። እያንዳንዱ መንገድ ያልፋል፦ ነጻ → ለክፍያ የተሰጠ → የተጠቀመ → ከሥራ የወጣ።","whenToUse":"የክሪፕቶ መቀበል በአድራሻ እጥረት ሲከሽፍ፣ ወይም አዲስ አውታር+አካባቢ ጥምረት ከመጀመሩ በፊት።","concepts":["ሁኔታ ማስዋቢያ አይደለም፦ ነጻ፣ የተሰጠ፣ የተጠቀመ፣ የወጣ፣ በተገዢነት የቀዘቀዘ።","ገንዳው ውሱን ነው፦ ነጻ አድራሻ ካልቀረ መቀበል አይዘገይም፣ ይቆማል።","አድራሻዎች በገዢዎች መካከል አይደገሙም — የአንድ ጊዜ አድራሻዎች ትርጉም ይህ ነው።","ገንዳ ሁልጊዜ አያስፈልግም፦ በቀጥታ መቀበል ገንዘቡ ወዲያው ወደ ኪስ ቦርሳ ይሄዳል።","አድራሻ መፍጠር በዚህ ገጽ ነው እንጂ በአዋቂው አይደለም።"],"example":"በክሪፕቶ መክፈል አይከፈትም፦ ነጻ አድራሻ ዜሮ፣ ሁሉም «የተጠቀሙ»። አዲስ ስብስብ ይፈጥራሉ፣ መቀበል ይመለሳል።","tips":["የነጻ አድራሻዎችን ቁጥር እንደ ተጠቃሚ ዕቃ ይከታተሉ።","የዘገዩ ዝውውሮች ሊደርሱ በሚችሉበት ጊዜ አድራሻን ከሥራ አያውጡ።","የቀዘቀዘ አድራሻ እዚህ ሳይሆን በተገዢነት ወረፋ ውስጥ ይስተናገዳል፤ ገንዳው ሁኔታውን ብቻ ያሳያል።"]},"complianceFrozen":{"title":"የቀዘቀዙ ክዋኔዎች","summary":"በስጋት ፍተሻ የቆሙ ክዋኔዎች ወረፋ፣ የሰው ውሳኔ እስኪመጣ። አልተከለከሉም አልተከናወኑም፦ ገንዘቡ ይጠብቃል። እያንዳንዱ መዝገብ የመድረሻ አድራሻ፣ መጠን፣ የስጋት ነጥብና የማቆሚያ ምክንያት ያሳያል።","whenToUse":"በየቀኑ — ይህ የሥራ ወረፋ ነው እንጂ መዝገብ አይደለም፦ መዝገቡ እስካለ ድረስ የአንድ ሰው ገንዘብ አይንቀሳቀስም።","concepts":["ማቀዝቀዝ ማገድ አይደለም፦ እስከ ውሳኔ ያለ ማቆም ነው።","የስጋት ነጥብ ወደ ውሳኔ የሚገባ እንጂ ውሳኔው አይደለም።","ምክንያቱ የሠራውን ሕግ ይሰይማል፤ ተመሳሳይ ምክንያት በደርዘን ከመጣ ጥፋቱ በሕጉ ነው።","ውሳኔው የማይመለስ ነው፦ የተከለከለ ክዋኔ አይቀልጥም።","መብቶች የተለያዩ ናቸው፦ የAML ማንቂያዎችን የማስተዳደር መብት ያለው ደንበኛ ወረፋውን ያያል፣ የሚያጸድቀው ወይም የሚከለክለው ግን የመድረኩ አስተዳዳሪ ብቻ ነው። ወረፋውን ማየት የመወሰን መብት አይሰጥም።"],"example":"በወረፋው 78 ነጥብ ያለውና «አድራሻ በማዕቀብ ዝርዝር» ምክንያት ያለው ማውጣት አለ። አድራሻው በቅድመ ቅጥያ ብቻ ተመሳሰለ፦ የሐሰት ማንቂያ ነው፣ ያጸድቁታል።","tips":["ወረፋውን በዕድሜ ይያዙ እንጂ በመጠን አይደለም።","ወረፋው ከሚያጸዱት በላይ ከጨመረ ገደቦቹ በጣም ጥብቅ ናቸው።","ከመቃወምዎ በፊት የአጋሩን ታሪክ ይመልከቱ፤ በተለመደ ደንበኛ ላይ አንድ ግጥሚያ ብዙ ጊዜ የደንብ ስህተት እንጂ ክፉ ሐሳብ አይደለም።"]},"blockchainTransactions":{"title":"የብሎክቼይን ግብይቶች","summary":"መድረኩ በአውታሮቹ ውስጥ የሚያያቸው ዝውውሮች፦ ወደ አድራሻዎቻችን የሚገቡና ከእነሱ የሚወጡ። ይህ የካቢኔ ክፍያዎች ዝርዝር ሳይሆን በሰንሰለቱ የሚሆነው ቅጽበታዊ ምስል ነው።","whenToUse"
1:"ገንዘብ «ወጥቶ ሳይደርስ» ሲቀር፣ ወይም የወጡ ክፍያዎችን በእውነት ከወጣው ጋር ሲያመሳክሩ።","concepts":["እዚህ ያለው መዝገብ የአውታር ክስተት ነው እንጂ ክፍያ አይደለም።","የብሎክ ቁጥር ስለ ማረጋገጫ ይናገራል እንጂ ስለ መጨረሻነት አይደለም።","አካባቢ ቀጥታ አውታሩን ከሙከራው ይለያል።","ሃሽ ብቸኛው አስተማማኝ የፍለጋ ቁልፍ ነው።"],"example":"ገዢው ሃሹን ይልካል፦ ዝውውሩ ደርሷል፣ ግን በአውታር ክፍያ ተቀንሶ። ክፍያው በራሱ አልተዘጋም።","tips":["ከመጠን ሳይሆን ከሃሽ ይጀምሩ።","ጠፍቷል ከማለት በፊት አካባቢውን ይመልከቱ።","ዝውውሩ በሰንሰለቱ ላይ ሆኖ ክፍያው ካልተዘጋ፣ ምክንያቱ መጠኑ፣ አድራሻው ወይም የማረጋገጫዎች ብዛት ነው — ኪሳራ አይደለም።"]},"blockchainHealth":{"title":"የብሎክቼይን ኖዶች ጤና","summary":"መድረኩ ከአውታሮች ጋር የሚነጋገርባቸው ኖዶች ሁኔታ፦ ይሠራል ወይ፣ ተመሳስሏል ወይ፣ ስንት ጎረቤት አለው። የገቢ ዝውውር መታየትና የወጪ መላክ በዚህ ይወሰናል።","whenToUse":"የክሪፕቶ ክዋኔዎች እንግዳ ሲሆኑ፦ ዝውውሮች ዘግይተው ሲታዩ፣ ክፍያዎች ሳይወጡ ሲቀሩ።","concepts":["«ይሠራል» ማለት ተመሳስሏል እና ጎረቤቶች አሉት።","«ተሰናክሏል» እና «ምትክ» ውቅር ናቸው እንጂ ብልሽት አይደሉም።","መመሳሰል ከተገኝነት ይበልጣል፦ ወደኋላ የቀረ ኖድ ያለ አንድ ስህተት አሮጌ መረጃ ይሰጣል።","የጎረቤቶች ቁጥር ግንኙነትን ይለካል።"],"example":"የEthereum ተቀማጭ መመዝገብ ያቆማል፦ ኖዱ ይመልሳል ግን ከዳግም ማስጀመር በኋላ እየተመሳሰለ ነው። መጠበቅ እንጂ መፈለግ አይደለም።","tips":["ስለጠፋ ዝውውር ጥያቄ ከማቅረብዎ በፊት እዚህ ይመልከቱ።","እያንዳንዱ አውታር በራሱ ይኖራል።","አውታረ መረቦቹ በተናጠል ይሠራሉ፤ አንዱ ቢወድቅ ሌሎቹን አይነካም።"]},"cryptoBalances":{"title":"የክሪፕቶ ሒሳቦች","summary":"የድርጅቱ የክሪፕቶ አድራሻዎች ቀሪ ሒሳብ በአውታርና በአካባቢ። መጠኑ በተገኘና በመጠባበቅ ላይ ተከፍሏል፦ የተገኘው በአውታሩ ተረጋግጧል፣ በመጠባበቅ ላይ ያለው ገና ማረጋገጫ እየሰበሰበ ነው።","whenToUse":"ከክፍያ በፊት አድራሻው በቂ መሆኑን ለማረጋገጥ። እና «ገንዘቡ ከሚታየው በላይ ነው» ሲባል።","concepts":["በመጠባበቅ ላይ ያለው የአውታር ሁኔታ ነው እንጂ የበይነገጽ መዘግየት አይደለም።","በመጠባበቅ ላይ ያሉ ወጪዎች የተገኘውን ወዲያው ይቀንሳሉ።","ሒሳብ ከአውታር+አካባቢ ጥምረት ጋር የተሳሰረ ነው።","የመጨረሻ ጥያቄ ሰዓት የቁጥሩን አዲስነት ይናገራል።"],"example":"የ2 ETH ክፍያ አይሳካም አድራሻው 2.3 ቢያሳይም፦ የተገኘው 1.4 ብቻ ነው፣ ቀሪው ማረጋገጫ ይጠብቃል።","tips":["ሲያቅዱ በተገኘው ይመልከቱ እንጂ በጠቅላላው አይደለም።","የመጨረሻ ጥያቄ ሰዓት ካረጀ መጀመሪያ የኖዶችን ጤና ይመልከቱ።","በገንዳ አድራሻ ላይ ዜሮ ቀሪ ሒሳብ የተለመደ ነው፤ ክፍያውን እየጠበቀ ነው።"]},"smartContracts":{"title":"ብልጥ ውሎች","summary":"The ZolT token contract on-chain: its address, its state (running or paused), the vaults and the issuance and redemption requests. The cabinet does not hold wallet keys: a holder transfers tokens from their own wallet, here the contract state is only read, and operator actions go to the network on behalf of the operator organization.","whenToUse"
1:"When you need to see whether the contract is deployed and whether it is paused, check an address balance or its blacklist status, or find a vault or a request. The tabs with actions — minting, pause, blacklist, reserve audit, contract roles, timelocked changes — are open to the ZolT operator only.","concepts":["No private key is entered here. The transfer and approve forms have been removed from the page: the backend performs those only with a wallet key in the request body, and the cabinet does not dispose of other people's keys — a holder transfers tokens from their own wallet.","«ቆሟል» የውሉ ሁኔታ ነው እንጂ የመድረኩ አይደለም፦ ምንም ዝውውር አያልፍም።","The tabs split in two. Contract state, vaults and requests are visible to everyone who has the ZolT section open; minting, pause, blacklist, reserve audit, contract roles and timelocked changes belong to the operator only: a client of the operator organization (type zolt_admin) holding the manage_zolt permission. Others are not shown those tabs — the backend would answer them with not_zolt_operator.","የውሉ አድራሻ ከአውታሩ ጋር የተሳሰረ ነው።"],"example":"መድረኩ የZolT ክዋኔዎችን አቆመ፦ ውሉ «ቆሟል» ተብሎ በእጅ ተቀምጧል።","tips":["An address balance and its blacklist status are reads from the network: no key is needed for them, and any address can be checked, not only your own.","An operator action goes to the blockchain and has no way back: pause, blacklisting an address and destroying blacklisted funds are undone only by a new operation, and destroyed tokens do not come back.","ውሉ «አልተሰማራም» ካለ ገጹ አልተበላሸም — በዚያ አውታረ መረብ ላይ በቀላሉ የለም።"]},"hethWallet":{"title":"የHeth ኪስ ቦርሳዎች","summary":"በድርጅት የHeth ኪስ ቦርሳዎች ማጠቃለያ፦ ኪስ ቦርሳዎች፣ የተጠቃለሉ ሒሳቦች፣ የድርጊት መዝገብና የተጠቃሚ ስሞች። አስተዳደራዊ እይታ እንጂ የክዋኔ ቦታ አይደለም።","whenToUse":"ድርጅቱ ምን እንዳለውና በምን ሁኔታ እንደሆነ ለመረዳት።","concepts":["እዚህ ያሉት ሒሳቦች የተጠቃለሉ ናቸው፦ የኪስ ቦርሳዎች ድምር እንጂ የአንድ አድራሻ ቀሪ አይደለም።","መዝገቡ ለንባብ ብቻ ነው፦ ማን እንዳደረገው ይናገራል እንጂ እንዴት እንደሚመለስ አይደለም።","የተጠቃሚ ስሞች ተለዋጭ ስሞች ናቸው፦ አንድ ተጠቃሚ ብዙ ኪስ ቦርሳ ሊኖረው ይችላል።","በደንበኛ ዘንድ ባዶ ዝርዝር ኪስ ቦርሳ የለም ማለት ነው እንጂ መዳረሻ የለም ማለት አይደለም።"],"example":"በተጠቃሚ ስም የተደረገ ዝውውር ወደተሳሳተ ቦታ ይሄዳል፦ መዝገቡ ስሙ በጥያቄውና በአፈጻጸሙ መካከል እንደተቀየረ ያሳያል።","tips":["የተጠቃለለን ከአንድ አድራሻ ጋር አያወዳድሩ።","መዝገቡ ሁኔታው እንዴት እንደተፈጠረ ያብራራል።","በተመሳሳይ ምንዛሬ ሁለተኛ ቦርሳ ከመፍጠርዎ በፊት የመጀመሪያው ባዶ ሆኖ እንዳለ ያረጋግጡ።"]},"routingAnalytics":{"title":"የክፍያ መተላለፊያ ትንተና","summary":"በተመረጠው ጊዜ ውስጥ ለእያንዳንዱ መስመር ማጠቃለያ፦ ስንት ክፍያ ወደ የትኛው መስመር እንደሄደ፣ ምን ያህሉ እንደተሳካ፣ አቅራቢውም በምን ያህል ጊዜ እንደመለሰ። «የትኛው መስመር ይሻላል» ለሚለው ይመልሳል እንጂ «በዚህ ክፍያ ላይ ምን ደረሰ» ለሚለው አይደለም።","whenToUse":"ለማን ተጨማሪ መጠን እንደሚሰጥ ስትወስን፣ ከአቅራቢ ጋር የዋጋ ንግግር ስታዘጋጅ፣ ወይም የአጠቃላይ የልወጣ ቅናሽ ምክንያት ስትፈልግ።","concepts":["የስኬት መጠን ሙከራዎችን ይቆጥራል እንጂ ገንዘብን አይደለም። ሁለት ውድ እምቢታዎችና መቶ ትንንሽ ስኬቶች ያሉት መስመር ጥሩ ይመስላል፣ ኪሳራው ግን እውነት ነው።","ትንንሽ ቁጥሮች ያታልላሉ፦ በአስር ክፍያ ውስጥ አንድ እምቢታ መጠኑን በብዙ ነጥብ ያንቀሳቅሰዋል። መስመሮች የሚነጻጸሩት በተመሳሳይ መጠን ብቻ ነው።","አማካይ የምላሽ ጊዜ አቅራቢውን ይገልጻል እንጂ ገዢውን አይደለም፦ በባንኩ የ3-D Secure ገጽ ላይ የተባከነው ጊዜ እዚህ አይካተትም።","የአቅራቢውን ረድፍ መጫን የሰዓት ክፍፍልን ይከፍታል። እዚያ እምቢታዎቹ በጊዜው ላይ ተበታትነው ወይስ በአንድ ሰዓት ተከማችተው እንደሆነ ይታያል — ሁለተኛው ብልሽት እንጂ የመስመር ጥራት አይደለም።"],"example":"ልወጣ በሳምንት አምስት ነጥብ ወረደ። በሠንጠረዡ ውስጥ ያለው መጠን አልተለወጠም፣ ነገር ግን አንድ አቅራቢ ከተለመደው 94 ይልቅ 62 በመቶ ያሳያል። ረድፉን ጫን፦ ሁሉም እምቢታዎች ረቡዕ ከ14 እስከ 17 ሰዓት ናቸው። ስለዚህ የገዢዎች ባህሪ ሳይሆን የመስመር ብልሽት ነው፣ ከአቅራቢው ጋር የሚደረገው ንግግርም ስለዚያ ክፍተት ብቻ ነው።","tips":["ጊዜው በሁለት ቀናት ይወሰናል፣ በነባሪም አንድ ሳምንት ነው፤ ከአቅራቢ ጋር ስትነጋገር ተመሳሳይ ክፍተቶችን ተጠቀም።","በሰዓት ገበታ ላይ ያለው ውድቀት ብዙውን ጊዜ ከመስመር ብልሽት ጋር ይገጣጠማል — የዚያኑ ቀን የመስመሮች ጤና አረጋግጥ።","ትንተና የገንዘብ ሪፖርትን አይተካም፦ መጠኖቹ በግብይቶችና በማስታረቅ ውስጥ ይነበባሉ።"]},"webhookMonitor":{"title":"የዌብሁክ ማድረስ","summary":"መድረኩ ወደ አጋሮች ሥርዓት የሚልካቸው ማሳወቂያዎች መዝገብ፦ የትኛው ክስተት፣ ወደ የትኛው አድራሻ፣ ስንት ሙከራ ተደረገ፣ ተቀባዩም ምን መለሰ። እንደገና መላክም ከዚሁ ይደረጋል።","whenToUse"
1:"ነጋዴው ክፍያው አልፏል ሲል ሥርዓቱ ግን ያላወቀ ጊዜ፦ ትዕዛዙ አልተዘጋም፣ ዕቃው አልተላከም።","concepts":["የማድረስ ሁኔታ የክፍያ ሁኔታ አይደለም። ገንዘቡ በሚገባ አልፎ ማሳወቂያው ላይደርስ ይችላል፤ ይህ ክፍያውን ራሱን አይነካውም።","ሙከራዎቹ በጊዜ እየራራቁ ይሄዳሉ። «በመጠባበቅ ላይ» ከቀጣይ ሙከራ ሰዓት ጋር ማለት ሥርዓቱ በራሱ ይደግማል፣ ጣልቃ መግባትም አያስፈልግም ማለት ነው።","«አልደረሰም» ማለት ሙከራዎቹ አልቀዋል፦ መድረኩ ከዚያ በኋላ አይደግምም፣ በእጅ እንደገና መላክ ያስፈልጋል።","የምላሽ ኮድ የማን ወገን ጥፋት እንደሆነ ያሳያል፦ 5xx እና ጊዜ ማለቅ የነጋዴው ተቀባይ ናቸው፣ 4xx ብዙውን ጊዜ አድራሻ ወይም ፊርማ ነው፣ 200 ከቅሬታ ጋር ሲሆን ግን ማሳወቂያው ደርሶ አልተሰራበትም ማለት ነው።"],"example":"አንድ ነጋዴ ከጠዋት ጀምሮ ትዕዛዞች እንደማይዘጉ ያማርራል። በክትትሉ ውስጥ ሃያ «አልደረሰም» ረድፎች አሉ፣ ሁሉም የመጨረሻ ምላሻቸው 502 ነው — ስለዚህ የወደቀው የእሱ ተቀባይ እንጂ መድረኩ አይደለም። እሱ ካስተካከለ በኋላ አንተ እንደገና ትልካለህ፣ ሁኔታዎቹም «ደርሷል» ይሆናሉ።","tips":["ረድፉን ክፈት፦ የምላሹ አካልና የስህተቱ ጽሑፍ እዚያ አሉ፣ ይህም ብዙውን ጊዜ ከመገመት ያድናል።","እንደገና መላክ ያንኑ ክስተት ይልካል እንጂ አዲስ አይፈጥርም፤ የነጋዴው ተቀባይ ድግግሞሽን በትክክል እስከያዘ ድረስ ቅጅ አይኖርም።","የ«በመጠባበቅ ላይ» መከማቸት አንድን ነጋዴ ሳይሆን ሙሉውን ሰልፍ ለመፈተሽ ምክንያት ነው።"]},"twoFactorAuth":{"title":"የሁለት ደረጃ ማረጋገጫ","summary":"ለራስህ መግቢያ የአንድ ጊዜ ኮዶችን ማብራትና ማጥፋት። ሚስጥሩ አንድ ጊዜ ብቻ ይታያል — በQR ኮድና በጽሑፍ — ከዚያ በኋላ የማረጋገጫ መተግበሪያው በየሠላሳ ሰከንዱ የስድስት አኃዝ ኮድ ያመነጫል።","whenToUse":"በመጀመሪያ ስታበራው፣ ወደ አዲስ ስልክ ስትሸጋገር፣ እና ስታጠፋው።","concepts":["ይህ የራስህን መለያ ይጠብቃል እንጂ ድርጅቱን አይደለም፦ ከዚህ ለሌሎች አባላት ማብራት አይቻልም፣ እያንዳንዱ ለራሱ ያደርገዋል።","ሚስጥሩ የሚታየው በማዋቀሪያ ደረጃ ብቻ ነው። ካላስቀመጥከውና ስልኩ ከጠፋ የሚመለስበት ነገር አይኖርም።","ኮዱ ከጊዜ ጋር የተሳሰረ ነው እንጂ ከአውታረ መረብ ጋር አይደለም። መተግበሪያው ያለ ኢንተርኔት ይሠራል፣ የስልኩ ሰዓት ከተዛባ ግን ኮዶቹ አይቀበሉም።","ማጥፋት የይለፍ ቃልንም ወቅታዊ ኮድንም ይጠይቃል — ካልሆነ ሁለተኛው ደረጃ ዋጋ አይኖረውም።"],"example":"ስልክ እየቀየርክ ነው። አሮጌው በእጅህ እያለ፦ በይለፍ ቃልና በአሮጌው ስልክ ኮድ ጥበቃውን አጥፋ፣ እንደገና አብራና አዲሱን QR ኮድ በአዲሱ ስልክ ላይ አንብብ። አሮጌው ስልክ አስቀድሞ ከጠፋ የተለመደው መንገድ አይሠራም — የመድረክ አስተዳዳሪ እርዳታ ያስፈልጋል።","tips":["የሚስጥሩን ጽሑፍ በይለፍ ቃል አስተዳዳሪ ውስጥ አስቀምጥ — ስልኩ ቢጠፋ ብቸኛው ዋስትና ነው።","የስልኩን ሰዓት በራስ-ሰር ጊዜ ላይ አቆይ፦ የአንድ ደቂቃ ልዩነት እንኳ ኮዶቹን ያበላሻል።","የኮድ ማረጋገጫው እስኪሳካ ገጹን አትልቀቅ፦ እስከዚያ ድረስ ጥበቃው አልበራም።"]},"referrals":{"title":"የግብዣ አገናኞች","summary":"ድርጅት በቀሪ ሒሳቡ ላይ የመነሻ ጉርሻ የሚያገኝባቸው ኮዶች። እዚህ ኮድ ይፈጠራል፣ የጉርሻ መጠንና የማብቂያ ቀን ይሰጠዋል፣ ስንት ጊዜ እንደተጠቀሙበትም ይታያል።","whenToUse"
1:"ደንበኞችን ለመሳብ ዘመቻ ስትጀምር ወይም ለተወሰነ ስምምነት ኮድ ስታዘጋጅ።","concepts":["ስመ-ዋጋ ጥንድ ነው፦ መጠንና የተቀመጠበት ምንዛሬ። ደንበኛው በሌላ ምንዛሬ ሊከፈለው ይችላል — መድረኩ ስመ-ዋጋውን በአንቀሳቃሹ ተመን ይቀይረዋል፣ ስለዚህ ወደ ቀሪ ሒሳብ የሚገባው ሁልጊዜ እዚህ ያስገቡት ቁጥር አይደለም።","መጠኑ የሚገባው በስመ-ዋጋው ምንዛሬ አነስተኛ አሃዶች ነው፦ 50000 ማለት 500.00 USD ነው፣ ግን 50000 JPY (የን አነስተኛ አሃድ የለውም) እና 50.000 KWD (ዲናር ሺህ አሃዶች አሉት)።","አንድ ኮድ ስንት ጊዜም ሊሠራ ይችላል፣ ነገር ግን አንድ ድርጅት የትኛውንም ኮድ ቢጠቀም የሪፈራል ጉርሻ የሚያገኘው አንድ ጊዜ ብቻ ነው። ኮዱን የሚገድቡት የማብቂያ ቀኑና የ«ገቢር» ምልክቱ ብቻ ናቸው።","ማጥፋት ማጥፋት አይደለም፤ የተዘጋ ኮድ መሥራት ያቆማል ግን ከስታቲስቲኩ ጋር በዝርዝሩ ውስጥ ይቀራል። ጊዜው ያለፈውና የተዘጋው በተለያየ መልኩ ይታያሉ፣ ውጤታቸው ግን አንድ ነው፦ ሁለቱም መጠቀም አይቻልም።","ኮዱ አንዴ ከተጠቀመ በኋላ ስመ-ዋጋው — መጠኑም ምንዛሬውም — ይቀዘቅዛል፦ መቀየሩ አስቀድሞ የተሰጡ ጉርሻዎችን እንደገና ያስተምናል። ሌላ መጠን ለማቅረብ አዲስ አገናኝ ይፍጠሩ።"],"example":"ጉባኤ እያዘጋጀህ ነው፦ ጉርሻና እስከ ወር መጨረሻ ማብቂያ ያለው ኮድ ፈጥረህ አገናኙን ታሰራጫለህ። ከሳምንት በኋላ አሥራ ሁለት አጠቃቀም ይታያል — አሥራ ሁለት ድርጅቶች በቀሪ ሒሳባቸው ገንዘብ አግኝተዋል። ከዘመቻው በኋላ በሌላ ሰው ማቅረቢያ ውስጥ ያለው አገናኝ ለዘላለም እንዳይሠራ ኮዱን ታጠፋለህ።","tips":["የተሰጠውን ጠቅላላ መጠን እይ እንጂ የአጠቃቀም ብዛትን ብቻ አይደለም፦ በቀሪ ሒሳቦች ላይ እውነተኛ ገንዘብ የሚሆነው እሱ ነው።","የማብቂያ ቀን በሚፈጠርበት ጊዜ ግዴታ ነው — አጭር አድርገው፣ አገናኞች ከዘመቻዎች በላይ ይኖራሉ።","መግለጫውን አንተ ብቻ ታያለህ፦ ኮዱ የየትኛው ዘመቻ እንደሆነ ጻፍ፣ አለበለዚያ ከግማሽ ዓመት በኋላ ማንም አያስታውሰውም።"]},"applyReferral":{"title":"የግብዣ ጉርሻ","summary":"በዝግጅት ላይ ወይም ከሥራ አስኪያጅ የተገኘ ኮድ ማስገባትና ጉርሻውን ወደ ድርጅቱ ቀሪ ሒሳብ ማስገባት። መጀመሪያ ኮዱ ይረጋገጣል — መጠኑና ጊዜው ይታያሉ — ከዚያ ብቻ ይተገበራል።","whenToUse":"አንድ ጊዜ ብቻ፣ ኮዱ በእጅህ ሲሆን። ማረጋገጡ ምንም አይለውጥም፦ ኮዱ ምን እንደሚሰጥ ያለ ግዴታ ማየት ይቻላል።","concepts":["ማረጋገጥና መጠቀም ሁለት የተለያዩ ደረጃዎች ናቸው፦ የመጠቀሚያው ቁልፍ እስኪጫን ድረስ ምንም አይገባም።","ጉርሻውን የምታገኘው ድርጅቱ እንጂ ተጠቃሚው አይደለም። ብዙ ድርጅቶች ካሉዎት ገንዘቡ ወደ የትኛው ቀሪ ሒሳብ እንደሚገባ ይምረጡ።","ስመ-ዋጋ ጥንድ ነው፦ መጠንና ምንዛሬው። የመግቢያ ምንዛሬ ለብቻው ይመረጣል፦ ከስመ-ዋጋው ምንዛሬ የተለየ ከሆነ መድረኩ ኮዱን ባወጣው አንቀሳቃሽ ተመን ይቀይረዋል፣ ስለዚህ የገባው መጠን ከስመ-ዋጋው ጋር አይመሳሰልም።","ለመጠቀም የደንበኛ ክፍለ ጊዜና በተመረጠው ድርጅት ውስጥ አባልነት ያስፈልጋል፦ ኮዱን ለሌላ ሰው ድርጅት መጠቀም አይቻልም፣ አንድ ድርጅትም የትኛውንም ኮድ ቢጠቀም የሪፈራል ጉርሻ የሚያገኘው አንድ ጊዜ ብቻ ነው።","የፊደል መጠን አይቆጠርም — ኮዱ ወደ ላይኛው ፊደል በራሱ ይቀየራል — ተጨማሪ ክፍተቶችና ተመሳሳይ ምልክቶች ግን ይቆጠራሉ።"],"example":"በስብሰባ ላይ ኮድ ሰጡዎት። ያስገቡት፣ ማረጋገጥ ይጫኑ — «ትክክለኛ፣ ስመ-ዋጋ 500 USD፣ እስከ ወሩ መጨረሻ»። ድርጅቱንና የመግቢያ ምንዛሬውን ይምረጡ። USD ካስቀሩ እነዚያው 500 ወደ ቀሪ ሒሳብ ይገባሉ፤ EUR ከመረጡ ስመ-ዋጋው በአንቀሳቃሹ ተመን ይቀየራል፣ የገባውም መጠን ይለያያል። ከተጠቀሙ በኋላ በትክክል የገባው መጠን ከየትኛው ስመ-ዋጋ እንደመጣ አብሮ ይታያል።","tips":["«ኮድ አልተገኘም» ከጊዜ ማብቃት ይልቅ የፊደል ስህተት ነው፦ በቀላሉ የሚምታቱ ቁምፊዎችን አረጋግጥ — ዜሮና ፊደል O፣ አንድና I።","ብዙ ድርጅቶች ካሉ ከመተግበርህ በፊት ምርጫውን አረጋግጥ፦ ከገባ በኋላ መá
1ˆ˜áˆˆáˆµ የለም።","ጉርሻ በቀሪ ሒሳብ ላይ ያለ ገንዘብ ነው እንጂ ቅናሽ አይደለም፦ በተለመደው መንገድ ይወጣል።"]},"wizardsHub":{"title":"የማዋቀሪያ አዋቂዎች","summary":"ደረጃ በደረጃ የሚሄዱ ሁኔታዎች ካታሎግ፦ የክፍያ መቀበልን ማገናኘት፣ ክሪፕቶን ማስጀመር፣ አጋርን ማስገባትና በደርዘን የሚቆጠሩ ሌሎች። አዋቂው በደረጃዎች ይመራሃል፣ በመጨረሻም የሚያስፈልጉትን አካላት ራሱ ይፈጥራል።","whenToUse":"ሥራው የአንድ ጊዜ ሲሆንና የደረጃዎቹ ቅደም ተከተል በአእምሮ የማይቆይ ሲሆን — እንዲሁም ማዋቀሩን አዲስ ሠራተኛ ሲሠራው።","concepts":["አዋቂዎቹ እንደ ምናሌው ተከፋፍለዋል፦ ካርዱ ውጤቱ የሚመለከተው ክፍል ቡድን ውስጥ ይገኛል።","የክፍል ማጣሪያው ከጎን ምናሌ ይመጣል — በአንድ ቡድን ውስጥ ያለው «የማዋቀሪያ አዋቂዎች» ረድፍ ይህን ገጽ አስቀድሞ ተጣርቶ ይከፍታል።","የተቆለፈ ካርድ የፈቃድ እጦት ሳይሆን ያልተገናኘ ሞጁል ወይም ያልተጠናቀቀ የድርጅት ሁኔታ ነው፤ ምን ማብራት እንደሚቻል እንዲታይ ይታያሉ። ፈቃድህ የማይፈቅደው ግን ሙሉ በሙሉ ተደብቋል።","ፍለጋው በካርዱ ርዕስና አጭር መግለጫ ውስጥ ይሄዳል እንጂ በውስጣዊ ስሞች አይደለም፦ በሥራው ቃላት መፈለግ ይቻላል።"],"example":"አዲስ ሠራተኛ አቅራቢ እንዲያገናኝ ተመደበ። ተርሚናሎችን፣ አቅራቢዎችንና መተላለፊያን ከመዞር ይልቅ አዋቂዎቹን ይከፍታል፣ «የክፍያ መቀበል» ክፍልን ያጣራል፣ ሁኔታውንም ሙሉ በሙሉ ያልፋል — ከቁልፎች እስከ የሙከራ ክፍያ።","tips":["ባዶ ዝርዝር ብዙውን ጊዜ የክፍል ማጣሪያ መብራቱን ያሳያል — አዋቂው የለም ከማለትህ በፊት አጥፋው።","የተጠናቀቀ አዋቂ ይቀራል፦ ማዋቀሩን እንደገና ለመገንባት ዳግም ይከፈታል።","አዋቂው የተለመዱ ገጾችን አይተካም — የፈጠረው ነገር በኋላ በእጅ ይስተካከላል።"]},"binData":{"title":"የBIN ማውጫ","summary":"በካርድ የመጀመሪያ አኃዞች መፈለግ፦ የትኛው የክፍያ አውታር፣ የትኛው አውጪ ባንክ፣ አገር፣ ደረጃና የካርድ ዓይነት። ይህ ለምርመራ የሚያገለግል ማጣቀሻ ነው እንጂ ቅንብር አይደለም — መረጃው እዚህ የሚነበብ ብቻ ነው።","whenToUse":"በክፍያው ውስጥ የማን ካርድ እንደተሳተፈ ማወቅ ሲያስፈልግ፦ ከደንበኛ ጋር ክርክር፣ ማብራሪያ የሚያስፈልገው እምቢታ፣ የካርዱ አገር ከገዢው ካሳወቀው አገር ጋር ማመሳከር።","concepts":["BIN የካርድ ቁጥር የመጀመሪያዎቹ ስድስት እስከ ስምንት አኃዞች ናቸው። ባንኩንና ምርቱን ይለያሉ እንጂ ሰውዬውን አይደለም፦ በBIN የካርዱን ባለቤት ማወቅ አይቻልም።","የካርድ ደረጃ — መደበኛ፣ ወርቅ፣ የድርጅት — የከፊሉን እምቢታና የክፍያ ልዩነት ያብራራል፦ በከፍተኛና በድርጅት ምርቶች ላይ የአውጪው ሕግ ጠበቅ ያለ ነው።","የካርዱ አገር የአውጪው አገር ነው እንጂ የባለቤቱ መኖሪያ አይደለም። ከገዢው አገር ጋር አለመመሳሰል በራሱ የማጭበርበር ምልክት አይደለም።","ማውጫው የመረጃ ቅጽበታዊ ምስል ነው እንጂ ወደ ካርድ አውታር የሚላክ ቀጥታ ጥያቄ አይደለም፦ አዲስ የተሰጠ ክልል እዚህ ላይ ዘግይቶ ይታያል።"],"example":"አንድ ቅሬታ እየተመረመረ ነው፦ ክፍያው ተከልክሏል፣ ገዢው ግን ካርዱ እንደሚሠራ ያረጋግጣል። BIN የውጭ ባንክ የድርጅት ካርድ መሆኑን ያሳያል። ከዚያ በኋላ ጥያቄው ለመድረኩ ሳይሆን በድርጅት ካርድ ስለሚደረግ የመስመር ላይ ክፍያ ለአውጪው ፖሊሲ ነው።","tips":["ለፍለጋ ስድስት አኃዝ በቂ ነው፤ ሙሉ የካርድ ቁጥር አያስፈልግም፣ ማስገባትም አይገባም።","በአገር መፈለግ ገበያን ለመመዘን ይጠቅማል፦ የትኞቹ አውታሮችና አውጪዎች እንደሚበዙ ይታያል።","ባዶ ውጤት ክልሉ በማውጫው ውስጥ አለመኖሩን ያሳያል እንጂ ካርዱ የተጭበረበረ መሆኑን አይደለም።"]},"schedules":{"title":"የቅናሽ መርሐግብር","summary":"የሚመጡ የደንበኝነት ምዝገባ ቅናሾች ሰልፍ፦ መቼ እንደሚሆኑ፣ በየትኛው ምዝገባና በምን ያህል መጠን። የሥርዓቱን ዓላማ ያሳያል እንጂ ውጤቱን አይደለም — የተፈጸሙ ቅናሾች በግብይቶች ውስጥ ይፈለጋሉ።","whenToUse"
1:"ደንበኛው መቼ እንደሚቀነስበት ሲጠይቅ፤ ምዝገባው ሲቆም ምንም ቅናሽ እንደማይወጣ ማረጋገጥ ሲያስፈልግ፤ ያመለጠን ክፍያ ሲመረምሩ።","concepts":["የመርሐግብር መዝገብ ዕቅድ ነው እንጂ የገንዘብ እንቅስቃሴ አይደለም። በመጠባበቅ ላይ እስካለ ድረስ ምንም አልተቀነሰም።","«ተፈጽሟል» ማለት ጊዜው ደርሶ ሙከራ ተደርጓል ማለት ነው። ክፍያው ራሱ መሳካቱ በግብይቶች ውስጥ ይነበባል፦ ሙከራው በእምቢታ ሊጠናቀቅ ይችላል።","ይህ ገጽ የሚያሳይ ብቻ ነው። የታቀደን ቅናሽ ከዚህ ማንሳት አይቻልም — ይህ የሚደረገው በምዝገባው በራሱ ነው።","መርሐግብሩ የምዝገባው አካል ነው፦ ንቁ ያልሆነ ምዝገባ የሚጠባበቅ መዝገብ ካለው ቀኑን ከመጠበቅ ይልቅ ማጣራት ይገባል።"],"example":"ደንበኛው ምዝገባውን ሰርዞ አዲስ ቅናሽ ይፈራል። መርሐግብሩን በ«በመጠባበቅ ላይ» ማጣሪያ ክፈት፦ የእሱ መዝገብ እዚያ ካለ ስረዛው እስከመጨረሻው አልደረሰም — ስለዚህ ትኩረት የሚያስፈልገው ምዝገባው ራሱ ነው እንጂ ቀኑን መጠበቅ አይደለም።","tips":["የሁኔታ ማጣሪያ የገጹ ዋና መሣሪያ ነው፦ «በመጠባበቅ ላይ» ምን እንደሚሆን፣ «ተፈጽሟል» ደግሞ ምን እንደተሠራ ይመልሳል።","ቀኑ በአንተ ቋንቋና በአንተ የሰዓት ክልል ይታያል እንጂ በደንበኛው አይደለም።","መጠኑን ከምዝገባው ጋር አመሳክር፦ ልዩነት ማለት ቅናሹ ከታቀደ በኋላ ታሪፉ ተለውጧል ማለት ነው።"]},"telegramEntities":{"title":"የቴሌግራም ቦቶችና ቻናሎች","summary":"የመድረኩ የቴሌግራም ተቀባዮች መዝገብ፦ ማሳወቂያዎች የሚላኩባቸው ቦቶች፣ ቻናሎችና ቡድኖች። እያንዳንዱ መዝገብ ዓይነት፣ የውይይት መለያ እና — ለቦት — ቶክን አለው።","whenToUse":"አዲስ የማሳወቂያ ቻናል ሲከፈት፣ ማሳወቂያዎች ወደ ሌላ ቡድን ሲዛወሩ፣ ወይም መልእክቶች ለምን መምጣት እንዳቆሙ ሲመረምሩ።","concepts":["ቦቱና መድረሻው ሁለት የተለያዩ ነገሮች ናቸው። ቶክኑ የቦቱ ነው፣ የውይይት መለያው ደግሞ ቦቱ የሚጽፍበት ቻናል ወይም ቡድን ነው።","የውይይት መለያ ቁጥር ነው እንጂ ስም አይደለም። በቡድኖች ውስጥ አሉታዊ ነው፤ ከአገናኝ የተቀዳ ስም በምትኩ አይሠራም።","ቦቱ ወደ ቻናሉ ወይም ቡድኑ መጨመርና የመጻፍ መብት ማግኘት አለበት። እዚህ ትክክለኛ መዝገብ በቴሌግራም በኩል ያለውን መብት አይተካም።","ቶክኑ ወደ ቦቱ ሙሉ መዳረሻ ነው፦ ያለው ሰው በቦቱ ስም ይጽፋል። ቶክኑ በቴሌግራም ከተቀየረ መዝገቡን አዘምን፣ አለበለዚያ መላኩ በጸጥታ ይቆማል።"],"example":"ስለ ትልልቅ ክፍያዎች የሚላኩ ማሳወቂያዎች ወደ የሥራ ቡድኑ መድረስ አቆሙ። መዝገቡ አለ ግን መልእክቶቹ አያልፉም፦ አባላትን በማጽዳት ወቅት ቦቱ ከቡድኑ ተወግዷል። ቦቱ ተመልሶ የመጻፍ መብት ይሰጠዋል — መላኩ በመዝገቡ ላይ ለውጥ ሳይደረግ ይቀጥላል።","tips":["መግለጫውን ለተባለለት ዓላማ ተጠቀም፦ ከግማሽ ዓመት በኋላ «ቦት 2» ለምን እንደተፈጠረ አያብራራም።","ዓይነቱን በእውነት ምረጥ — ቡድንና áˆ
1±ááˆ­ ቡድን በመለያ ይለያያሉ፣ የተሳሳተ ዓይነት ያለው መዝገብም ለማግኘት ይከብዳል።","መዝገቡን መሰረዝ ቦቱንም ቻናሉንም አይሰርዝም፦ የሚጠፋው ተቀባዩ ብቻ ነው፣ መድረኩም ወደ እሱ መጻፍ ያቆማል።"]},"absolutTransactions":{"title":"የባንክ ግብይቶች","summary":"የአጋር ባንክ ወደ ራሱ ፍሰት የሚመለከትበት መስኮት፦ በአቅራቢው ያለፉ ክፍያዎች፣ ከጥቁር መዝገቦች ምልክቶች ጋር። የውጭ አስተዳዳሪ ሚና ከመድረኩ ሌላ ምንም አያይም።","whenToUse":"ምልክት የተደረገባቸውን ክንዋኔዎች ዕለታዊ በሚመረምሩበት ጊዜ፣ እና አንድ ዝውውር ምርመራ ሲፈልግ — ካርዱ ወደ ሙሉ ግብይቱ ይመራል።","concepts":["የጥቁር መዝገብ ምልክት ምልክት ነው እንጂ ፍርድ አይደለም። ከመዝገብ ጋር መገጣጠምን ያመለክታል እንጂ የተረጋገጠ ማጭበርበርን አይደለም።","በምልክት ዓይነት የሚደረግ ማጣሪያ — አጭበርባሪ፣ አሸባሪ፣ ማጭበርበር — ፍሰቱን ወደ አንድ ምድብ ያጠባል፤ «ሁሉም» ደግሞ ምልክት የተደረገበትን ብቻ ሳይሆን ሙሉውን ፍሰት ያሳያል።","እዚህ የምርት አካባቢ ብቻና አንድ አቅራቢ ብቻ ናቸው፦ የሙከራ ክፍያዎችና ሌሎች መስመሮች በዚህ ዝርዝር ውስጥ አይገቡም።","በካርዱ ላይ ያለው መለያ ወደ ሙሉ ግብይቱ የሚያደርስ አገናኝ ነው፦ ምልክቶቹ እዚህ ይታያሉ፣ የእምቢታ ምክንያቶችና የአቅራቢው ምላሾች እዚያ ናቸው።"],"example":"የጠዋት ቅኝት፦ «አጭበርባሪ» ማጣሪያ የሌሊቱን ሦስት ዝውውሮች ያሳያል። ሁለቱ የስም መገጣጠም ሆነው ተገኙ፣ ሦስተኛው ምርመራ ይፈልጋል። በመለያው ሙሉ ግብይቱ ተከፍቶ ሥራው እዚያ ይቀጥላል።","tips":["ምልክቶቹ ከመድረኩ ጥቁር መዝገቦች ይመጣሉ፦ ከባንኩ የውስጥ ዝርዝር ጋር መለያየት መዝገቦቹን ለማመሳከር ምክንያት ነው እንጂ ክፍያውን ለመቃወም አይደለም።","መጠኑ በክንዋኔው ምንዛሬ ይታያል — የምንዛሬውን ኮድ እንጂ ቁጥሩን ብቻ አትይ።","የምልክት ዓይነት ማጣሪያን ማንሳት ምንም ማጣራት አያጠፋም፦ ዝርዝሩን ማጥበቡን ብቻ ያቆማል።"]},"absolutRegistry":{"title":"የመዝገብ ውጤት","summary":"የተመረጠውን ወቅት የባንክ ስኬታማ ክንዋኔዎች ወደ CSV ማውጣት፦ ቀን፣ መጠን፣ ላኪ፣ ተቀባይና የክንዋኔ መለያ። አንድ አዝራርና አንድ ቅርጸት — ገጹ የሚያደርገው ይህንኑ ነው።","whenToUse":"መዝገቡ በባንኩ በኩል ለማስታረቅ ወይም ለሪፖርት ሲያስፈልግ — በየቀኑ፣ በየወሩ ወይም በጥያቄ።","concepts":["ወደ ውጤቱ የሚገቡት በስኬት የተጠናቀቁ ክንዋኔዎች ብቻ ናቸው። እምቢታዎችና ያልተጠናቀቁ ክፍያዎች ወደ መዝገቡ አይገቡም፦ ቁጥራቸው ከፋይሉ መስመሮች ጋር አይገጥምም።","ወቅቱን ሁለቱም ቀናት ይወስናሉ፦ አንዱ ብቻ እስከተቀመጠ ድረስ የማውጫው አዝራር አይሠራም። ወሰኖቹ ሙሉ ቀናትን ይሸፍናሉ፣ ከመጀመሪያው መጀመሪያ እስከ መጨረሻው መጨረሻ።","የተቀባዩ ስም ወደ መጀመሪያ ፊደል ይጠራል፦ መዝገቡ ከሚገባው በላይ ሳይገልጽ ለማስታረቅ አገልግሎት ይሰጣል።","ማውጣቱ ወቅቱን በሙሉ ይሰበስባል እንጂ የሚታየውን ገጽ አይደለም። በሰፊ ክፍተት ላይ ጊዜ ይወስዳል፣ እስኪጨርስም ትሩን መዝጋት አይገባም።"],"example":"በወር መጨረሻ ማስታረቅ ይዘጋጃል፦ የመጀመሪያውና የመጨረሻው ቀን ይቀመጣል፣ ማውጫው ይጫናል፣ ፋይሉም ይመጣል። ከባንኩ አኃዝ ጋር ያለው ልዩነት በክንዋኔ መለያ ይፈለጋል — በሁለቱም ሥርዓቶች ያለ ትርጓሜ የሚገጥም ብቸኛው መስክ ነው።","tips":["በፋይሉ ውስጥ ያሉ መጠኖች በዋና ክፍሎችና በሁለት አኃዝ ናቸው፦ ቅርጸቱ ለሰንጠረዥ ተስማሚ ሆኖ ተዘጋጅቷል።","ከባንኩ ጋር ተመሳሳይ የወቅት ወሰኖችን ውሰድ፦ የአንድ ቀን መንሸራተት ኋላ ላይ በሰዓታት የሚፈለግ ልዩነት ይፈጥራል።","ፋይሉ በማውጫው ሰዓት ይሰየማል — በወቅቱ ስም ቀይረው፣ አለበለዚያ ከወር በኋላ ምንም አይናገርም።"]},"workflowAnalytics":{"title":"የሂደቶች ትንተና","summary":"የተጀመሩ ሂደቶች እንዴት እንደሚሠሩ፦ ስንቱ በሂደት ላይ ነው ስንቱስ ተጠናቀቀ፣ በምን ያህል ጊዜ፣ የት ይቆማሉ፣ ጊዜ ገደቡንም ይጠብቃሉ ወይ። ሁሉም ለተመረጠው ሂደትና ወቅት ይሰላል።","whenToUse"
1:"ሂደቱ በመደበኛው እየሠራ ሆኖ ሰዎች ግን ስለ ጊዜ ሲያማርሩ፣ የትኛው ደረጃ ጊዜውን እንደሚበላ ማወቅ ሲያስፈልግ።","concepts":["የመጠናቀቅ መጠንና የጊዜ ገደብ መጠበቅ የተለያዩ ናቸው። ሂደት ሁልጊዜ ተጠናቆ ሁልጊዜም ሊዘገይ ይችላል።","ማነቆዎች በደረጃ ይለካሉ፦ አማካይና 95ኛው መቶኛ። ሁለተኛውን ተመልከት — አማካዩ በትክክል ቅሬታ የሚነሳባቸውን ጉዳዮች ይሸፍናል።","የማለፍ አቅም የተጀመሩትን ከተጠናቀቁት ይለያል። መስመሮቹ መራራቅ ማለት ከሚዘጉት በላይ ሂደቶች ይጀምራሉ፦ ሰልፉ እያደገ ነው ማለት ነው።","የሰዎች ተግባራት ለብቻቸው ይታያሉ። ጊዜው ወደዚያ የሚሄድ ከሆነ ችግሩ ራስ-ሰርነቱ ሳይሆን ጫናው ወይም የተግባሩ አገላለጽ ነው።"],"example":"የደንበኛ ማስገባት «ዘገየ»። ማጠቃለያው መደበኛ የመጠናቀቅ መጠን ያሳያል ግን የጊዜ ገደብ መጠበቅ 62 በመቶ ነው። ከማነቆዎቹ ውስጥ የሰነድ ማረጋገጫ ደረጃ አለ፦ በአማካይ ሃያ ደቂቃ፣ በ95ኛው መቶኛ ሁለት ቀን። ራስ-ሰሩ ጥሩ ነው፤ ሥራው በሰዎች ላይ እየተከመረ ነው።","tips":["በሁሉም ሂደቶች ጀምረህ ከዚያ አጥብብ፦ የአካባቢ ውድቀት የሚታየው ከጠቅላላው ዳራ ጋር ሲነጻጸር ብቻ ነው።","ባዶ ወቅት ማለት ያለው ታሪክ በሙሉ ማለት ነው — ከበፊትና ከኋላ ለማነጻጸር ቀኖቹን በግልጽ አስቀምጥ።","ከአንድ ደቂቃ በታች አማካይ 95ኛውን መቶኛ እስካልተመለከትክ ድረስ ለደስታ ምክንያት አይደለም።"]},"onboardingTemplates":{"title":"የማስገባት አብነቶች","summary":"ዝግጁ የደንበኛ መቀበያ መርሐዎች — ለSaaS፣ ለፊንቴክና ለባንክ። እያንዳንዱ የደረጃዎቹን ብዛትና የKYC ማረጋገጫዎቹን ስብስብ ያሳያል፤ ከአብነቱ የድርጅቱ የሥራ ሂደት ይፈጠራል።","whenToUse":"ማስገባት በፍጥነት ሲያስፈልግና መርሐን ከባዶ መገንባት ትርጉም ሲያጣ — እንዲሁም ለራስህ እንደ መነሻ።","concepts":["አብነት ንድፍ ነው እንጂ የሚሠራ ሂደት አይደለም። ከእሱ ሂደት እስካልተፈጠረ ድረስ ምንም አያስጀምርም።","ሦስቱ አብነቶች የሚለያዩት በማረጋገጫ ጥልቀት እንጂ በዘርፍ አይደለም፦ የባንኩ ከፊንቴክ፣ ፊንቴክም ከSaaS ይጠብቃል። በምትሠራበት መስፈርት ምረጥ እንጂ በኩባንያህ ስም አይደለም።","የተፈጠረው ሂደት ከአብነቱ ይነጠላል፦ እሱን ማረም አብነቱን አይለውጥም፣ አብነቱን ማዘመንም ቀደም ሲል የተፈጠሩ ሂደቶችን አይደርስም።","ቅድመ-እይታ ደረጃዎቹንና የማረጋገጫ ስብስቡን ከመፍጠር በፊት ያሳያል — ለማየት ብቻ ሂደት ከመፍጠር ይልቅ እሱን ተጠቀም።"],"example":"የፊንቴክ ድርጅት ከማዕቀብ ማረጋገጫ ጋር ማስገባት ያስፈልገዋል። የባንክ አብነቱን ቅድመ-እይታ ይከፍታሉ፣ ማረጋገጫው በስብስቡ ውስጥ መኖሩን ያረጋግጣሉ፣ ከእሱ ግልጽ ስም ያለው ሂደት ይፈጥራሉ፣ ከዚያም የራሳቸውን ቅጂ ብቻ ያርማሉ።","tips":["ለሂደቱ ተናጋሪ ስም ስጠው፦ «ማስገባት 3» ከወር በኋላ ከሌሎቹ አይለይም።","ከባዱን አብነት መምረጥ ቀላሉን ኋላ ላይ ከማሟላት ይቀላል፦ ትርፍ ደረጃዎችን ማስወገድ የጎደሉ ማረጋገጫዎችን ከመጨመር ይፈጥናል።","ትክክለኛው ድርጅት መመረጡን አረጋግጥ፦ ሂደቱ በእሱ ውስጥ ይፈጠራል እንጂ «በጥቅሉ» አይደለም።"]},"community":{"title":"የብድር ማኅበራትና ዕቁቦች","summary":"በአንድ ገጽ ላይ ሁለት ዝርዝሮች፦ የድርጅቱ የብድር ማኅበራትና ዕቁቦች። በዕቁብ ላይ ከስንቱ ስንተኛው ዙር እየሄደ እንዳለ፣ ቀጣዩ መቼ እንደሚደርስና ስንት አባል እንዳለ ይታያል።","whenToUse"
1:"የማኅበረሰቡን ሁኔታ በአጠቃላይ ማወቅ ሲያስፈልግ፦ የትኞቹ ዕቁቦች እየሄዱ ናቸው፣ የትኛው በቅርቡ ይከፍላል፣ የት አባላት አይበቁም።","concepts":["ማኅበርና ዕቁብ የተለያዩ ናቸው። ማኅበር የጋራ ካፒታል ያለው ኅብረት ነው፤ ዕቁብ ደግሞ መጨረሻው የሚታወቅ የመዋጮና የክፍያ ዝግ ዙር ነው።","«ዙር 3 ከ12» የአፈጻጸም መቶኛ ሳይሆን በተራው ውስጥ ያለ ቦታ ነው፦ ያን ያህል አባል አስቀድሞ ተከፍሎታል።","የቀጣዩ ዙር ቀን ከዙሩ ርዝመት ይመነጫል እንጂ በእጅ አይቀመጥም፦ የዕቁቡን መለኪያዎች ሳይነኩ ማንቀሳቀስ አይቻልም።","የተፈጠረ ዕቁብ አይታረምም፦ የቦታዎች ብዛት፣ መዋጮውና የዙሩ ርዝመት ለመላው ዙር የተወሰኑ ውሳኔዎች ናቸው።"],"example":"በማኅበረሰቡ ክፍያ ዘገየ ተብሎ ይማረራል። ዝርዝሩ ዕቁቡ በዙር 5 ከ12 እንዳለና ቀጣዩ ዙር ከሳምንት በኋላ እንደሆነ ያሳያል — መዘግየት የለም፣ አባሉ ተራውን እየጠበቀ ነው።","tips":["አዲስ ዕቁብ ከመክፈትህ በፊት ተመሳሳይ አለመኖሩን አረጋግጥ፦ አባላት ሁለት ዙር በአንድ ጊዜ አይሸከሙም።","ምንዛሬው በሚፈጠርበት ጊዜ ይመረጣል ለመላው ዙርም ይሠራል፦ በተለያዩ ምንዛሬዎች መዋጮ መቀላቀል አይቻልም።","ካርዱ ወደ ዕቁቡ ዝርዝር ይመራል — አባላትና የዙር ታሪክ እዚያ ናቸው።"]},"pfpDashboard":{"title":"የተሳትፎ ፋይናንስ አጠቃላይ ዕይታ","summary":"የትርፍ ክፍፍል ሞጁል አራት ቁጥሮች፦ ስንት ዘመቻ እየሄደ ነው፣ ስንት ተሰብስቧል፣ ስንት ባለሀብት አለ፣ ስንትስ ተከፍሏቸዋል። መግቢያ እንጂ የሥራ ቦታ አይደለም።","whenToUse":"በቀን አንድ ጊዜ ወይም ከአመራሩ ጋር ከመነጋገር በፊት — ዝርዝሩ የት እንደሚፈለግ ለማወቅ።","concepts":["የተሰበሰበውና የተከፈለው ተቃራኒ ፍሰቶች ናቸው እንጂ አንድ ቁጥር አይደሉም። የመጀመሪያው ከባለሀብቶች መጣ፤ ሁለተኛው ወደ እነሱ ተመለሰ።","ንቁ ዘመቻዎች በሁኔታ ይቆጠራሉ እንጂ በእንቅስቃሴ አይደለም፦ በዚህ ሳምንት መዋጮ የሌለው ዘመቻ አሁንም ንቁ ነው።","ትልልቅ መጠኖች ወደ ሺዎችና ሚሊዮኖች ይጠራሉ — ለማመሳከር ቁጥሮቹን ከዘመቻዎች ገጽ ውሰድ እንጂ ከዚህ አይደለም።","ቁጥሮቹ መላውን ድርጅት ይሸፍናሉ። እዚህ በዘመቻ፣ በባለሀብት ወይም በምንዛሬ ክፍፍል የለም፦ ያ በየገጹ ላይ ነው።"],"example":"አመራሩ ሩብ ዓመቱ እንዴት እየሄደ እንደሆነ ይጠይቃል። ዕይታው የባለሀብቶች ቁጥር እየጨመረ ሆኖ የተሰበሰበው መጠን እንዳልተለወጠ ያሳያል፦ ማለት አማካይ መዋጮ ወርዷል — ምርመራውም በዘመቻዎች ይቀጥላል እንጂ እዚህ አይደለም።","tips":["ባዶ እሴት መለኪያው አልደረሰም ማለት ነው እንጂ ዜሮ ነው ማለት አይደለም።","ዕይታውን ከሒሳብ መዝገብ ጋር በቀጥታ አታወዳድር፦ እዚህ የሞጁሉ ሁኔታ ነው እንጂ የመዝገብ እንቅስቃሴ አይደለም።","ለዝርዝሩ ወደ ዘመቻዎች፣ ባለሀብቶችና ክፍፍሎች ሂድ — ዕይታው የት እንደሚሄዱ ብቻ ያሳያል።"]},"pfpRegulatory":{"title":"የቁጥጥር ሪፖርቶች","summary":"የተሳትፎ ፋይናንስ ሞጁል በሚሠራበት መስፈርት መሠረት ሪፖá
1ˆ­á‰¶á‰½á¦ የECSP ወቅታዊ ሪፖርት፣ የAAOIFI ይፋ ማድረግና የትርፍ ሰርተፍኬት። ሪፖርቱ በአዝራር ይፈጠራል ከዚያም ይወርዳል።","whenToUse":"ወደ ማስረከቢያ ቀን ሲቃረብ፣ በተቆጣጣሪ ጥያቄ፣ እና ባለሀብት የትርፉን ማረጋገጫ ሲጠይቅ።","concepts":["ሪፖርት በተፈጠረበት ቅጽበት ያለ ምስል ነው። ከዚያ በኋላ የተለወጡ መረጃዎች አይገቡበትም፦ ትኩስ ካስፈለገ እንደገና ፍጠር።","ስሪት አንድ ዓይነት በተፈጠረ ቁጥር ይጨምራል። ሪፖርት ስትልክ ስሪቱን መዝግብ — አለበለዚያ ስለ ልዩነት መከራከር አይቻልም።","«ተፈጠረ» ማለት ለማውረድ ዝግጁ ነው ማለት እንጂ ተልኳል ማለት አይደለም። ወደ ተቆጣጣሪ መላክ ከመድረኩ ውጭ ይከናወናል።","ሦስቱ ዓይነቶች የተለያዩ መስፈርቶችን ያሟላሉ፦ ECSP የመድረኩ ወቅታዊ ሪፖርት፣ AAOIFI በእስልምና መስፈርቶች ይፋ ማድረግ፣ የትርፍ ሰርተፍኬት ደግሞ ለአንድ ባለሀብት የሚሰጥ ሰነድ ነው።"],"example":"ተቆጣጣሪው የሩብ ዓመቱን ወቅታዊ ሪፖርት ጠየቀ። ECSP ይፈጠራል፣ «ተፈጠረ» የሚለው ሁኔታ ይጠበቃል፣ ፋይሉ ይወርዳል፣ የስሪቱ ቁጥርም ይመዘገባል — ከወር በኋላ እነዚያ ቁጥሮች ከየት እንደመጡ ማስረዳት ካስፈለገ።","tips":["ወቅቱ ከተዘጋ በኋላ ፍጠር እንጂ በመጨረሻው ቀኑ አይደለም፦ አለበለዚያ ዘግይተው የመጡ እንቅስቃሴዎች ይቀራሉ።","የወረዱትን ፋይሎች ራስህ አስቀምጥ፦ ዝርዝሩ ሪፖርት እንደነበረ ያሳያል፣ ግን ቅጂህ የላክኸው ነው።","አንድን ዓይነት «ለጥንቃቄ» አትፍጠር፦ እያንዳንዱ ስሪት ኋላ የትኛው ወደ ተቆጣጣሪ እንደሄደ ማብራሪያ ይጠይቃል።"]},"pfpDaos":{"title":"ያልተማከሉ ድርጅቶች","summary":"የድርጅቱ የDAO ዝርዝር፦ ስም፣ የድምፅ አሰጣጥ ሞዴል፣ ምልዓተ ጉባኤና ሁኔታ። ከዚህ DAO ይፈጠራል፣ ከዚህም ወደ ሐሳቦችና ድምፅ አሰጣጥ ይሸጋገራል።","whenToUse":"የማኅበረሰብ ውሳኔዎችን አንድ አስተዳዳሪ ሳይሆን አባላት ሲወስኑ፣ የድምፅ አሰጣጥ ሥርዓቱም መጽናት ሲኖርበት።","concepts":["የድምፅ አሰጣጥ ሞዴል የማን ድምፅ ምን ያህል እንደሚመዝን ይወስናል፦ አንድ አባል አንድ ድምፅ፣ ወይም በድርሻ የሚመዘን። እነዚህ የተለያዩ የፖለቲካ ሥርዓቶች ናቸው እንጂ የማሳያ ቅንብር አይደሉም።","ምልዓተ ጉባኤ አብላጫ ድምፅ አይደለም። የተሳትፎ ደረጃ ነው፦ ውጤቱ እንዲቆጠር ስንት ድምፅ መሰጠት እንዳለበት።","በጣም ከፍ ያለ ምልዓተ ጉባኤ ከዝቅተኛው ይበልጥ አደገኛ ነው፦ በእሱ ሐሳቦች ጨርሶ አያልፉም፣ ውሳኔዎችም ደንቡን አልፈው ወደ አስተዳዳሪው ይመለሳሉ።","DAO በካቢኔው ውስጥ ያሉ መብቶችን አይሽርም። ድምፅ አሰጣጡ የማኅበረሰቡን ውሳኔ ይወስናል፤ የሚያስፈጽሙት ግን የመድረኩ የተለመዱ ዘዴዎች ናቸው።"],"example":"አንድ ኅብረት ሥራ ማኅበር ትርፉ ወዴት እንደሚሄድ መወሰን አለበት። በድርሻ የተመዘነ ድምፅና 30 በመቶ ምልዓተ ጉባኤ ያለው DAO ይፈጥራሉ፦ ትልልቅ ባለድርሻዎች በትንንሾቹ ብዛት አይዋጡም፣ ያለ ተሳትፎ ግን ምንም አያልፍም።","tips":["ምልዓተ ጉባኤውን በእውነተኛ ተሳትፎ አስቀምጥ እንጂ በሚፈለገው አይደለም፦ ከንቁዎቹ ሠላሳ በመቶ ከዝርዝሩ ስድሳ በመቶ ይሻላል።","ስሙን ከዓመት በኋላ ይህ DAO ምን እንደሚወስን ግልጽ በሚያደርግ መልኩ ጻፍ።","የድምፅ አሰጣጥ ሞዴሉን ከመጀመሪያው ድምፅ በፊት ምረጥ፦ ደንቡን በመሃል መቀየር አባላትን ለማጋጨት እርግጠኛ መንገድ ነው።"]},"infraFinance":{"title":"የአውጪ ፖርትፎሊዮ","summary":"የተሰጡ ቦንዶችና ሱኩክ ማጠቃለያ፦ ስንት ንብረት፣ ስንት በዝውውር ላይ፣ ስንት ባለሀብት፣ ቀጣዩ ኩፖንም መቼ እንደሚደርስ። ከታች የሰነዶች ዝርዝርና ለባለሀብቶች የሚቀርብ ሪፖርት አለ።","whenToUse"
1:"ከኩፖን ቀን በፊት፣ ለባለሀብቶች ሪፖርት ሲዘጋጅ፣ እና በቅርቡ የሚደርሰውን በፍጥነት ማየት ሲያስፈልግ።","concepts":["ቦንድና ሱኩክ በአንድ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ናቸው ግን አወቃቀራቸው የተለያየ ነው፦ የሱኩክ ገቢ ከወለድ ምጣኔ ሳይሆን ከንብረት ጋር ይታሰራል — ከዚህም የተነሳ የይፋ ማድረግ መስፈርቶቹ ይለያያሉ።","«እስከ መክፈያ ቀሪ ቀናት» የሥራ ጊዜ ገደብ ነው እንጂ መረጃ አይደለም፦ በእሱ ግዢው ይታቀዳል፣ ባለሀብቶችም ይነገራቸዋል።","«ተቋርጧል» የሰነዱ ሁኔታ ነው እንጂ የመድረኩ ብልሽት አይደለም፦ ሁኔታው እስኪቀየር ክፍያዎቹ አይሄዱም።","ቀጣዩ ኩፖን ለሁሉም ባለቤቶች የሚደርስ መጠን ነው እንጂ ለአንዱ አይደለም፦ በባለሀብት መከፋፈሉ የሪፖርቱ ሥራ ነው እንጂ የጭንቅላት አይደለም።"],"example":"እስከ ኩፖን ቀን አንድ ሳምንት ቀርቷል። ማጠቃለያው የሚመጣውን ክፍያ መጠን ያሳያል፣ ዝርዝሩ ደግሞ የትኛው ሰነድ እንደሚያመነጨው። ለባለሀብቶች ሪፖርት ይዘጋጃል፣ በሒሳቡ ላይ የሚከፈል መኖሩም አስቀድሞ ይረጋገጣል።","tips":["ሪፖርቱ እንደ ፋይል ይወርዳል — በወቅቱ አስቀምጠው እንጂ በወረደበት ቀን አይደለም።","የኩፖኑ ምጣኔ በመቶኛ ይታያል፦ ከአውጪው ሁኔታዎች ጋር አመሳክረው እንጂ ከባለሀብቱ ተስፋ ጋር አይደለም።","የተከፈሉ ሰነዶች በዝርዝሩ ውስጥ ይቀራሉ፦ ይህ ታሪክ ነው እንጂ አሁን ያለ ግዴታ አይደለም።"]},"minterKyb":{"title":"የአውጪ ማረጋገጫ","summary":"የቶከን አውጪውን ሰነዶች ለምርመራ ማቅረብና የዚያ ምርመራ ሁኔታ። መቅረብ የሚቻለው አንድ ጊዜ ነው — መገለጫው እየጠበቀ እያለ፤ ከዚያ በኋላ አዝራሩ ይጠፋል።","whenToUse":"ወደ አውታረ መረቡ ሲገቡ፦ ማረጋገጫው እስኪያልፍ ድረስ ቶከን ማውጣትና ማቃጠል አይቻልም።","concepts":["የመገለጫው ሁኔታ ምን ማድረግ እንደሚቻል ይወስናል። ማቅረብ የሚፈቀደው መገለጫው በሚጠብቅበት ሁኔታ ብቻ ነው፤ «በምርመራ ላይ» እና «ጸድቋል» በስህተት ሁለት ጊዜ እንዳይቀርብ አዝራሩን ያጠፋሉ።","ውድቅ መደረግ መጨረሻ ሳይሆን ለማስተካከል መመለስ ነው። ዳግም ማቅረብን የሚከፍተው የአውታረ መረቡ ኦፕሬተር እንጂ በዚህ ገጽ ላይ ያለው አዝራር አይደለም።","አስተያየቱን የአውታረ መረቡ ኦፕሬተር ያነበዋል። በሰነዶቹ ውስጥ ያሉትን ልዩነቶች የሚያብራራውን ጻፍ እንጂ የሰነዶቹን ድግግሞሽ አይደለም።","ማረጋገጫው የአውጪ ድርጅቱን ይመለከታል እንጂ አንድን ሰው አይደለም፦ ኃላፊው ቢቀየር የምርመራው ሁኔታ አይለወጥም።"],"example":"አንድ ድርጅት እንደ አውጪ ይገባል። መገለጫው ማቅረብን ይጠብቃል፦ አስተያየቱን ሞልተው ያቀርባሉ፣ ሁኔታውም «ቀርቧል» ይሆናል። ከዚያ የኦፕሬተሩን ውሳኔ ይጠብቃሉ — ደግሞ መጫን ምንም አያፋጥንም፣ አዝራሩ አስቀድሞ ጠፍቷል።","tips":["ከመላክህ በፊት ሰነዶቹን አረጋግጥ፦ ዳግም ማቅረብ በኦፕሬተሩ ላይ እንጂ በአንተ ላይ አይወሰንም።","የማቅረቢያው ቀን ይመዘገባል — ማን ምን ያህል እንደጠበቀ ሲጣራ የሚጠቀስ ነው።","«ጸድቋል» የሚለው ሁኔታ ማውጣትንና ማቃጠልን ይከፍታል፤ ከዚያ በፊት የቶከን ሥራዎች አይገኙም።"]},"minterMintBurn":{"title":"የማውጣትና የማቃጠል አፈጻጸም","summary":"አውጪው በሰንሰለቱ ላይ ሊፈጽማቸው የሚገቡ የጸደቁ ጥያቄዎች ሰልፍ። በብዙ ፊርማ ቦርሳ ውስጥ ከተፈረመ በኋላ የግብይቱ ሃሽ እዚህ ይገባና ጥያቄው ይዘጋል።","whenToUse"
1:"የአውታረ መረቡ ኦፕሬተር ጥያቄ ባጸደቀ ቁጥር፦ በሰንሰለቱ ላይ የአንተን ተግባር የሚጠብቀው እሱ ነው እንጂ ተቃራኒው አይደለም።","concepts":["በዝርዝሩ ውስጥ የጸደቁ ጥያቄዎች ብቻ አሉ። ውሳኔ የሚጠብቁትና ውድቅ የተደረጉት እዚህ አይገቡም — በታሪኩ ውስጥ ናቸው።","መድረኩ በአንተ ምትክ አይፈርምም። ዝውውሩ በብዙ ፊርማ ቦርሳ ውስጥ ይከናወናል፤ ገጹ ግን ጥያቄውን አስቀድሞ ከተፈጸመ ግብይት ጋር ብቻ ያገናኛል።","ሃሽ ማረጋገጫ ነው እንጂ ትዕዛዝ አይደለም። እሱን በማስገባት ክንዋኔው በሰንሰለቱ ላይ መከናወኑን ትገልጻለህ፤ መጠኑንና አድራሻውን ማመሳከር ቀድሞ እንጂ ኋላ አይደለም።","አፈጻጸም የማይመለስ ነው። በስህተት የተያያዘ ሃሽ በአውታረ መረቡ ኦፕሬተር በኩል ይታረማል እንጂ በገጹ ውስጥ በመሰረዝ አይደለም።"],"example":"ኦፕሬተሩ የአንድ ሚሊዮን ማውጣት አጸደቀ። አውጪው በብዙ ፊርማ ቦርሳ ውስጥ ፊርማዎችን ይሰበስባል፣ ግብይቱ ወደ ሰንሰለቱ ይገባል፣ ሃሹም ከአሳሹ ተቀድቶ ወደ ጥያቄው ይገባል። ጥያቄው ተፈጽሟል ይሆናል — በመዝገቡና በሰንሰለቱ መካከል ያለው ልዩነት ተዘጋ።","tips":["በጥያቄው ውስጥ ያለውን መጠንና አውታረ መረብ በእውነት ከፈረምከው ጋር አመሳክር፦ መድረኩ ይህን በአንተ ምትክ ማድረግ አይችልም።","ሃሹን ግብይቱ እንደተረጋገጠ ወዲያው አስገባ እንጂ በቀኑ መጨረሻ አይደለም፦ ጥያቄው ክፍት እስከሆነ ሪፖርቱ አይገጣጠምም።","የጸደቀ ጥያቄ ለቀናት መንጠልጠሉ ለኦፕሬተሩ ሳይሆን ለአንተ ምልክት ነው፦ በሰንሰለቱ ላይ ምንም አልተከናወነም።"]},"minterHistory":{"title":"የማውጣትና የማቃጠል ታሪክ","summary":"የአውጪው ሁሉም የማውጣትና የማቃጠል ጥያቄዎች — ከዓይነት፣ ሁኔታና ቀናት ጋር። «ምን ተከናወነ» ለሚለው ይመልሳል እንጂ «አሁን ምን ላድርግ» ለሚለው አይደለም።","whenToUse":"ከሒሳብ ጋር ሲያመሳክሩ፣ አከራካሪ ክንዋኔ ሲመረምሩ፣ እና ለአውታረ መረቡ ኦፕሬተር ምን መቼ እንደተከናወነ ማሳየት ሲያስፈልግ።","concepts":["ታሪኩ ሁሉንም ሁኔታዎች ይይዛል፣ ውድቅ የተደረጉትንና የተሰረዙትንም ጨምሮ፦ መዝገብ ነው እንጂ የስኬት ዝርዝር አይደለም።","የዓይነት ማጣሪያ ማውጣትንና ማቃጠልን ይለያል። በዝውውር ላይ ላለው መጠን ሁለቱም ያስፈልጋሉ፦ ልዩነቱ እንጂ ድምሩ አይደለም።","መዝገቦች አይታረሙም። ስህተት በአዲስ ጥያቄ ይታረማል እንጂ አሮጌውን በማስተካከል አይደለም — አለበለዚያ ታሪኩ ማስረጃ መሆኑ ያበቃል።","የጥያቄው ቀንና የአፈጻጸሙ ቀን የተለያዩ ናቸው። ለሪፖርት ሁልጊዜ ማለት ይቻላል ሁለተኛው ነው የሚያስፈልገው።"],"example":"ሒሳቡ በአንድ ወር አይገጥምም። በታሪኩ ውስጥ ማውጣትን፣ ከዚያም ማቃጠልን አጣርተው ድምሮቹን ከመዝገብ እንቅስቃሴዎች ጋር ያመሳክራሉ፦ በሚቀጥለው ወር በአንደኛው ቀን የተፈጸመ ጥያቄ ይገኛል — ልዩነቱን የፈጠረው እሱ ነው።","tips":["ከአውታረ መረቡ ኦፕሬተር ጋር ከመከራከርህ በፊት ታሪኩን ክፈት፦ በውስጡ ያሉት ቀናት ከማስታወስ ይልቅ ተጨባጭ ናቸው።","የተሰረዘና ውድቅ የተደረገ አንድ አይደሉም፦ የመጀመሪያውን ጠያቂው አነሳው፣ ሁለተኛውን ኦፕሬተሩ።","ለማመሳከር የተፈጸሙትን መዝገቦች ውሰድ፦ የጸደቀ ግን ያልተፈጸመ ጥያቄ ገና ቶከን አልፈጠረም።"]},"installmentSale":{"title":"Instalment sale contract","summary":"The wizard creates a contract in which the seller buys the asset, takes ownership and resells it at a markup fixed at signing. The markup grows neither with time nor with delay — that is what separates it from a loan.","whenToUse"
1:"When the buyer needs the asset now and will pay for it over time."},"lease":{"title":"Lease contract","summary":"The wizard creates a lease and shows both possible endings on the first step. The form is chosen once: an operating lease ends by return, a finance lease by transfer of title after full payment, and it cannot be changed later.","whenToUse":"When the user needs the asset and the owner keeps both title and the ownership costs."},"investmentDeposit":{"title":"Investment deposit","summary":"The wizard creates an application for a term deposit whose return depends on results. The indicative rate sits on its own step with a plain warning: it records the past, takes part in no calculation and is not a promise.","whenToUse":"When the depositor accepts results instead of an announced rate."},"ermOnboarding":{"title":"የስጋት አስተዳደር የመጀመሪያ ውቅር ረዳት","summary":"ረዳቱ የስጋት ክፍሉ ያለ እነሱ የማይሠራባቸውን አራት ውሳኔዎች ሰብስቦ በአንድ የመጨረሻ ደረጃ ይልካቸዋል፦ የምድብ ስርዓት፣ የማትሪክስ ሚዛን፣ የስጋት ፍላጎትና የመጀመሪያ ስጋቶች። በመንገድ ላይ ምንም አይጻፍም — በመጀመሪያ ቅንብሮች፣ ከዚያ ፍላጎት፣ ከዚያ ስጋቶች፤ ምክንያቱም የፍላጎት መቻቻል ከሚዛኑ ጣሪያ ጋር ይመዘናል፣ ስጋትም የምድብ ስርዓቱን ምድብ ይጠቅሳል። መተግበር የሞዱል ቅንብሮችን ሙሉ በሙሉ ይተካል፦ ሚዛኑን፣ ክልሎቹንና ነባሪውን የምድብ ስርዓት።","whenToUse":"የስጋት ሞዱሉ አሁን ሲበራና መዝገቡ ገና ባዶ ሲሆን፣ ወይም ወሰኑ ከባዶ ሲገነባ ይጠቀሙበት — አዲስ የማትሪክስ መጠንና አዲስ የክልል ስብስብ። አንድ ነገር ብቻ የሚቀየር ከሆነ የሞዱል ቅንብሮች ገጽ ይፈጥናል፣ ሌላውንም አይነካም።","concepts":["ማትሪክሱ ተለዋዋጭ ነው፦ በእያንዳንዱ ዘንግ ከ3 እስከ 6 ደረጃ፤ ስለዚህ 5x5 ከ3x3 እና ከ6x4 ጎን ያለ አንድ አማራጭ ነው። የሳጥን ነጥብ ዕድል በተጽዕኖ ሲባዛ ነው፤ ስለዚህ የሚዛኑ ጣሪያ የዘንጎቹ ርዝመት ውጤት ነው።","ክልሎቹ ከ1 እስከ ጣሪያው ያሉትን ነጥቦች ያለ ክፍተትና ያለ መደራረብ መሸፈን አለባቸው። ክልል የሌለው ነጥብ በካርታው ላይ ቀለም የሌለው ስጋት ነው፣ በክልል ሪፖርት ውስጥ ረድፍ የለውም፣ ከፍላጎትም ጋር አይመዘንም፤ ስለዚህ ሽፋኑ ተያያዥ እስኪሆን ድረስ ረዳቱ ወደፊት አይሄድም።","የዘንጉን መጠን መቀየር ክልሎቹን ወደ አዲሱ ጣሪያ ያመዛዝናቸዋል፦ መግለጫዎቹና ምጣኔዎቹ ይጠበቃሉ፣ ገደቦቹም ሚዛኑን ይከተላሉ።","የፍላጎት መግለጫውን የሚሰበስበው የፍላጎት ገጹ የሚጠቀመው ተመሳሳይ አርታዒ ነው። የመቻቻል መጠኑ በዋና መለኪያዎች ይተየባል፣ በዚያች አንዲት በተፈተነች መንገድም ወደ ንዑስ መለኪያዎች ይሄዳል — ለአንድ ገንዘብ ሁለተኛ ቅጽ የለም።","የመጀመሪያዎቹ ስጋቶች እንደ ረቂቅ ይመዘገባሉ፦ ረዳቱ ርዕስና ምድብ ይወስዳል፣ ግምገማው፣ ባለቤቱና የመፍትሔ ዕቅዱ ግን በስጋት ካርዱ ላይ ይሠራሉ።"],"example":"አዲስ ድርጅት ሞዱሉን አሁን አነቃው። በረዳቱ ውስጥ FERMA-2002ን ይመርጣል፣ 4x5 ፍርግርግ ያስቀምጣል (አራት የዕድል ደረጃዎች፣ አምስት የተጽዕኖ ደረጃዎች፣ ጣሪያ 20)፣ በ1-20 ላይ አራት ክልሎችን ይቆርጣል፣ መቻቻሉ 12 የሆነ አንድ የፍላጎት መግለጫ ይጽፋል፣ ሦስት የታወቁ ስጋቶችንም ይዘረዝራል። መተግበር ቅንብሮቹን ያስቀምጣል፣ መግለጫውን ይፈጥራል፣ ሦስቱንም ስጋቶች እንደ ረቂቅ ወደ መዝገቡ ያስገባል።","tips":["መዝገቡ ከመሙላቱ በፊት የማትሪክሱን መጠን ይወስኑ፦ ግምገማዎች የደረጃውን ቦታ ይጠቅሳሉ፣ በኋላ ሚዛኑን ማሳነስም ከፍተኛዎቹን ደረጃዎች ቦታ አልባ ያደርጋቸዋል።","የፍላጎት ደረጃውን መዝለል ይቻላል — መዝገቡ ያለ እሱም ይሠራል፣ ግን ማንኛውም ግምገማ ከገደብ ጋር አይመዘንም።","ረዳቱ manage_erm_settings ፈቃድ ይፈልጋል፦ የራሱን ማያ ገጽ ብቻ ሳይሆን የሞዱሉን ቅንብሮች ይጽፋል።"]},"ermHub":{"title":"የስጋት አስተዳደር አጠቃላይ እይታ","summary":"የክፍሉ መግቢያ፦ በራሳቸው ፈጽሞ የማይጸዱ አራት ወረፋዎች — የተጣሱ የአመልካች ደፎች፣ የደረሱ የስጋት ግምገማዎች፣ የረዳቱ ረቂቆችና ከኋላቸው የሚሠራ ቁጥጥር የሌላቸው የማዕቀፍ መስፈርቶች። የመዝገቡ መጠንና የማዕቀፎች ሽፋን በጎናቸው እንደ አውድ እንጂ እንደ ተግባር አይደሉም።","whenToUse"
1:"ቀኑን እዚህ ይጀምሩ፦ ማያ ገጹ የሚመልሰው «ዛሬ ውሳኔ የሚያስፈልገው ምንድን ነው» የሚለውን እንጂ «በአጠቃላይ ነገሮች እንዴት ናቸው» የሚለውን አይደለም። እያንዳንዱ ካርድ ድርጊቱ ወደሚፈጸምበት ማያ ገጽ የሚወስድ አገናኝ እንጂ የሚነበብ ሪፖርት አይደለም።","concepts":["የተጣሱ ደፎች — የአመልካቹ የምልክትና የቁጥጥር እሴቶች ክፍት ጥሰቶች፤ የቁጥጥር እሴት የአስተዳደር አካሉን ውሳኔ ይጠይቃል፣ የምልክት እሴት ደግሞ የባለቤቱን ማብራሪያ","የደረሱ ግምገማዎች — next_review_at ያለፈባቸው ስጋቶች፦ ያልተገመገመ ግምገማ ያረጃል፣ አሁናዊውንም ቀሪ ስጋት መግለጹን ያቆማል","የረዳቱ ረቂቆች — በረቂቅ ሁኔታ ላይ origin=ai ያላቸው መዝገቦች፤ ከሠላሳ ቀናት በኋላ ያልተነካ ረቂቅ ጊዜው ያልፍና ሐሳቡ በቀላሉ ይጠፋል","የማዕቀፎች ሽፋን — ከኋላቸው ቢያንስ አንድ ቁጥጥር ያላቸው መስፈርቶች ድርሻ፤ በመሠረት ነጥቦች ይመጣል (100 % = 10 000) እንጂ በመቶኛ ነጥብ ሺሕኛ አይደለም","እዚህ በማትሪክስ ዞን ክፍፍል ሆን ተብሎ የለም፦ ዞን ከስጋቱ አሁናዊ ግምገማ ይመነጫል፣ ውሉም በዞኖች ላይ ማጠቃለያ አያቀርብም — ለዞኖች ወደ ማትሪክሱ ይሂዱ"],"example":"አጠቃላይ እይታው ሁለት የተጣሱ የቁጥጥር እሴቶችንና ሰባት ጊዜያቸው ያለፉ ግምገማዎችን ያሳያል። መጀመሪያ ጥሰቶቹ፦ የቁጥጥር እሴት ከዚህ በኋላ ማስጠንቀቂያ አይደለም። ከዚያም ግምገማዎቹ — ከዓመት በፊት የተገመገመ ስጋት ምንም ቢሆን በሪፖርት ውስጥ የተያዘ ይመስላል።","tips":["የረዳቱ ረቂቆች ቆጣሪ ጌጥ አይደለም፦ ማንም የማይከፍተው በሠላሳ ቀናት ውስጥ ከመዝገቡ ይጠፋል","መዝገቡ በራሱ ያድጋል፤ ወረፋዎቹ ግን አያድጉም — ወረፋዎቹን ይከታተሉ","በፈቃድ የሚገደቡ ካርዶች (አመልካቾች፣ ቁጥጥሮች፣ ቅንብሮች) እንደ ባዶ ቦታ ከመታየት ይልቅ በቀላሉ አይኖሩም"]},"ermRisks":{"title":"የስጋት መዝገብ","summary":"የድርጅቱ ሙሉ የስጋቶች ዝርዝር፣ በሁኔታ፣ በምንጭ፣ በምድብ ስርዓት ምድብ፣ በዓላማና በባለቤት የተጣራ። ማጣራቱ በአገልጋዩ በኩል ነው፣ የማያ ገጹ ሁኔታ በURL ውስጥ ይኖራል፣ የXLSX ውጤቱም ያመነጨውን ማጣሪያ መግለጫ ይዞ ይሄዳል።","whenToUse":"ለተወሰነ ምርጫ ወደዚህ ይምጡ፦ «ኢቫኖቭ የሚያስተዳድራቸው ንቁ የተግባር ስጋቶች»፣ «ረዳቱ ያቀረባቸውና ማንም ያላረጋገጣቸው ሁሉ»። እንዲህ ያለ ምርጫ እንደ አገናኝ ይጋራል — URLው ሙሉ በሙሉ ይገልጸዋል።","concepts":["ሁኔታዎች፦ ረቂቅ፣ ንቁ፣ የተቀነሰ፣ የተቀበለ፣ የተዘጋ፣ ጊዜው ያለፈበት","ምንጩ ሰው ወይም ai ነው፤ ግንባሩ ፈጽሞ አይልከውም — ጀርባው ያስቀምጠዋል፣ ምክንያቱም በማሽን ሐሳብና በሰው ውሳኔ መካከል ያለው ድንበር በደንበኛው ላይ መመሥረት የለበትም","«ክፍት የሆኑት ብቻ» የተዘጉና ጊዜያቸው ያለፉ መዝገቦችን ያስወግዳል — መደበኛው የሥራ ሁኔታ","የመዝገብ ረድፍ ነጥብም ዞንም አይይዝም፦ ግምገማ የተለየ መዝገብ ነው፣ በነጥብ ላይ የተመሠረተው የፖርትፎሊዮ እይታም ከማትሪክሱና ከትልልቅ ስጋቶች ዝርዝር ይመጣል","ቅደም ተከተል በተጫነው ገጽ ላይ እንጂ በመላው መዝገብ ላይ አይሠራም፦ የዝርዝሩ ውል የቅደም ተከተል መስፈርት አይቀበልም፣ ማያ ገጹም ይህን በግልጽ á
1‹­áŠ“áŒˆáˆ«áˆ"],"example":"ካለፈው ሩብ ዓመት የቀረውን ማየት ይፈልጋሉ። «ክፍት የሆኑት ብቻ»ን ከንቁ ሁኔታ ጋር ያስቀምጡና በግምገማ ቀን ከትንሽ ወደ ትልቅ ይደርድሩ — ዳግም እይታ ሲጠብቁ የቆዩ ስጋቶች ወደ ላይ ይወጣሉ።","tips":["ማንኛውንም ማጣሪያ መቀየር ወደ መጀመሪያው ገጽ ይመልሳል — አለበለዚያ ጠባብ በሆነ ስብስብ ባዶ አምስተኛ ገጽ ላይ ያርፉ ነበር","ማጣሪያዎቹን እንደገና ማስጀመር ቅደም ተከተሉን አይነካም፦ አንባቢው ቅደም ተከተሉን ሆን ብሎ ቀይሮታል፣ ማጣሪያውን ማንሳት ብቻ ነው የጠየቀው","ውጤቱ የአሁኑን ማጣሪያ ሁሉንም ገጾች ያልፋል እንጂ የሚታየውን ብቻ አይደለም፦ በትልቅ መዝገብ ላይ ጊዜ ይወስዳል፣ እድገቱም ይታያል"]},"ermRiskCreate":{"title":"ስጋትን መመዝገብ","summary":"የአዲስ የመዝገብ ግቤት ቅጽ፦ ርዕስ፣ ኮድ፣ መግለጫ፣ ከንቁው የምድብ ስርዓት ምድብ፣ አደጋ ላይ ያለው ዓላማ፣ ባለቤት፣ የመለያ ቀንና የቀጣይ ግምገማ ቀን። ማስቀመጥ የስጋት ካርዱን ይከፍታል።","whenToUse":"ስጋቱ ከተለየና ባለቤት ካገኘ በኋላ። ባለቤት የሌለው መዝገብ መፍጠር ይቻላል፣ ግን እንዲህ ያለውን ስጋት ማንም አይገመግመውም፦ ግምገማ የባለቤቱ ግዴታ እንጂ የክፍሉ አይደለም።","concepts":["ምድቡ ከድርጅቱ ንቁ የምድብ ስርዓት ይመጣል (FERMA፣ COSO፣ ባዝል II — የሞዱል ቅንብሮች የሚሰይሙት ማንኛውም)፤ ቅጹ የራሱ ተዋረድ የለውም","ዓላማው ስጋቱን ከሚያሰጋው ነገር ጋር ያስረዋል፦ ያለዚያ ግንኙነት ስጋት ለድርጅቱ ባለው ትርጉም ሊደረደር አይችልም","የቀጣይ ግምገማ ቀኑ ከሞዱል ቅንብሮች የግምገማ ድግግሞሽ አስቀድሞ ይሞላል፣ ሊታረምም ይችላል","የመዝገቡን ምንጭ ቅጹ አይልከውም — ጀርባው ያስቀምጠዋል"],"example":"በአንድ የክፍያ አቅራቢ ላይ ጥገኝነት ተለይቷል። ርዕስና መግለጫ፣ ምድብ «ተግባራዊ → በአቅራቢ ላይ ጥገኝነት»፣ ዓላማ «የክፍያ ማወራረድ ቀጣይነት»፣ ባለቤት — የክንውን ኃላፊ፣ ግምገማ በአንድ ሩብ ዓመት ውስጥ።","tips":["ለኮዱ የራስዎን ቁጥር ይጠቀሙ፦ ከመተግበሪያው ውጪ ባሉ ቃለ ጉባኤዎችና ሪፖርቶች ውስጥ ስጋቱን ለመጥቀስ የሚያስችለው እሱ ነው","እዚህ ምንም ግምገማ አይገባም — የተለየ መዝገብ ሲሆን በውሉ ውስጥ ለንባብ ብቻ ነው፤ ስጋቱን ይመዝግቡ፣ ግምገማውንም በካርዱ ላይ ያንብቡ","ባዶ የግምገማ ቀን «ፈጽሞ አትገምግም» ማለት ነው፦ እንዲህ ያለ ስጋት ጊዜያቸው ባለፈባቸው ወረፋ ውስጥ ፈጽሞ አይታይም"]},"ermRiskDetail":{"title":"የስጋት ካርድ","summary":"ስጋት ከምን እንደተሠራ የሚያንጸባርቁ ስድስት ትሮች፦ አጠቃላይ እይታ፣ በሽፋን የተከፋፈሉ ግምገማዎች (ተፈጥሯዊ፣ ቀሪ፣ ግብ)፣ የመፍትሔ ዕቅዶች፣ ቁጥጥሮች፣ አመልካቾችና የለውጥ ሰንሰለት። እያንዳንዱ ትር የራሱን መረጃ የሚያመጣው ከተከፈተ በኋላ ብቻ ነው።","whenToUse":"ጥያቄው «ነጥቡ ስንት ነው» ሳይሆን «ለምን እንዲህ ሆነ» ሲሆን። በተፈጥሯዊውና በቀሪው ደረጃ መካከል ያለው ልዩነት ቁጥጥሮቹ የሚያመጡት ነው፤ የá‰
1áŒ¥áŒ¥áˆ®á‰½ ትሩም የሚያመጣውን ያሳያል።","concepts":["ተፈጥሯዊ ስጋት — ከቁጥጥሮች በፊት ያለው ግምገማ፤ ቀሪ — ቁጥጥሮቹ ሲሠሩ የሚቀረው፤ ግብ — ድርጅቱ ሊደርስበት ያሰበው","ግምገማዎች በውሉ ውስጥ ለንባብ ብቻ ናቸው፦ ለግምገማዎች POST ወይም PUT ስለሌለ «መገምገም» የሚል አዝራር የለም","ክልሎቹ (አረንጓዴ፣ ቢጫ፣ ቀይ) በሞዱል ቅንብሮች ካሉት ሁለት ደፎች ይመነጫሉ እንጂ እንደ መዝገበ ቃላት አይቀመጡም","ከስጋቱ ጋር የተያያዙ አመልካቾች ቀድመው ያስጠነቅቃሉ፦ የተጣሰ የምልክት እሴት ኪሳራዎቹ ከመከሰታቸው በፊት እዚህ ይታያል","የለውጥ ሰንሰለቱ «ማን መቼ ሁኔታውን ቀየረው» ለሚለው መልስ የሚሰጥበት ነው"],"example":"ቀሪው ነጥብ ከታወጀው የስጋት ፍላጎት በላይ ነው። የቁጥጥሮች ትሩ ሁለት ቁጥጥሮችን ያሳያል፤ አንዱ ለአሥራ አራት ወራት አልተፈተነም — ስለዚህ ቀሪው ደረጃ ከተስፋ ቃል ተሰልቷል። ባለቤትና የመጨረሻ ቀን ያለው የመፍትሔ ዕቅድ ይከፈታል።","tips":["የረዳቱ ረቂቅ ሁኔታውን ወደ ንቁ በማዛወር ይረጋገጣል — የራሱ ቅድመ ሁኔታዎች ያሉት የተለየ ክንውን እንጂ የመስክ ማረሚያ አይደለም","ከስጋት ጋር የተያያዘ ግን ፈጽሞ ያልተፈተነ ቁጥጥር ቀሪውን ግምገማ በወረቀት ላይ ብቻ ያወርዳል","ስጋትን መሰረዝ manage_erm_registerን ይፈልጋል፤ መዝጋቱንም አይተካም፦ የተዘጋ ስጋት በታሪክ ውስጥ ይቆያል"]},"ermRiskEdit":{"title":"ስጋትን ማረም","summary":"ልክ እንደ ምዝገባው ቅጽ፣ በተጫነ መዝገብ ላይ የሚተገበር፦ ርዕስ፣ ኮድ፣ መግለጫ፣ ምድብ፣ ዓላማ፣ ባለቤትና ሁለቱም ቀናት። ግምገማዎች፣ ዕቅዶች፣ ቁጥጥሮችና አመልካቾች እዚህ አይታረሙም — የራሳቸው ማያ ገጾችና የራሳቸው ክንውኖች አሏቸው።","whenToUse":"የመዝገቡ ራሱ ሁኔታዎች ሲቀየሩ፦ አዲስ ባለቤት፣ የተሳለ አገላለጽ፣ ወደ ሌላ የምድብ ስርዓት ምድብ መሸጋገር፣ የተቀየረ የግምገማ ቀን።","concepts":["የሁኔታ ለውጥ የራሱ የውል ክንውን እንጂ የቅጽ መስክ አይደለም፦ ሽግግሩ ቅድመ ሁኔታዎችና የራሱ የመዝገብ ግቤት አለው","በስጋቶች መካከል ሲንቀሳቀሱ ቅጹ እንደገና ይፈጠራል፤ ስለዚህ የተየበው ጽሑፍ ከቀድሞው መዝገብ መረጃ ጋር ፈጽሞ አይቀላቀልም","በጀርባ የሚደረግ ማደስ ሰው እየተየበ ያለውን ፈጽሞ አይደመስስም"],"example":"የስጋቱ ባለቤት ኩባንያውን ለቋል። ካርዱ አዲስ ባለቤትና አዲስ የግምገማ ቀን ያገኛል — አዲሱ ባለቤት የተወረሰ ሳይሆን የራሱ የሆነ ጊዜ ያስፈልገዋል።","tips":["የምድብ ስርዓት ምድብን መቀየር ስጋቱን በእያንዳንዱ የሪፖርት ክፍፍል ውስጥ ያንቀሳቅሰዋል — ለሥርዓት ሳይሆን ሆን ብለው ያድርጉት","ማረም አዲስ የግምገማ ስሪት አይፈጥርም፦ ግምገማዎች የራሳቸውን ታሪክ ይይዛሉ"]},"ermMatrix":{"title":"የስጋት ማትሪክስ","summary":"የፖርትፎሊዮው የሙቀት ካርታ፦ ዕድል በጎን፣ ተጽዕኖ በላይ፣ የስጋቶች ብዛት በሳጥኑ ውስጥ። ፍርግርጉ ተለዋዋጭ ነው፣ ከ3x3 እስከ 6x6፤ መጠኑ ከአገልጋዩ ይመጣል እንጂ ፈጽሞ አይገመትá
1ˆá¢","whenToUse":"ፖርትፎሊዮውን በአጠቃላይ ሲፈልጉ፦ የት እንደሚከማች፣ ጨርሶ ያልተገመገመው ምን እንደሆነ፣ ከአሁኑ ሚዛን ውጪ የወደቀው ምን እንደሆነ። የተሞላ ሳጥን ላይ ጠቅ ማድረግ ከየት እንደመጡ በማስታወሻ ወደ መዝገቡ ይወስድዎታል።","concepts":["የሳጥን ነጥብ የዕድልና የተጽዕኖ ቦታዎች ውጤት ነው፤ የሚዛኑ ጣሪያ የዘንጎቹ ርዝመት ውጤት ነው","የሳጥኑ ክልል በሦስት መንገዶች በአንድ ጊዜ ይተላለፋል — ቀለም፣ የመስመር ንድፍና የፊደል ምልክት፤ ቀለም ብቻውን በቂ አይደለም","የካርታው ሽፋን (ተፈጥሯዊ፣ ቀሪ፣ ግብ) በአገልጋዩ ይመረጣል፣ በማያ ገጹም ላይ ይሰየማል፤ መዳረሻው መስፈርት ስለማይቀበል እዚህ መቀየሪያ የለም","«ያልተገመገመ» በዚህ ሽፋን ውስጥ ግምገማ የሌላቸውን ስጋቶች ይቆጥራል፤ «ከሚዛን ውጪ» ሚዛኑ ሲጠብ ወደ ውጭ የወደቁ ግምገማዎችን ይቆጥራል","5x5 ነባሪ ሳይሆን ከ3x3 እና ከ6x4 ጎን ያለ አማራጭ ነው"],"example":"ድርጅቱ 4x5 ሚዛን ይጠቀማል፣ ጣሪያው 20። አራት ስጋቶች በቀዩ ክልል ውስጥ ናቸው — ሠላሳ አንድ ግን «ያልተገመገሙ» ናቸው። እነዚያ ሠላሳ አንዱ ግምገማ እስኪያገኙ ድረስ ካርታው ከሚመስለው በጣም ያነሰውን ፖርትፎሊዮ ይገልጻል።","tips":["ከቀለሞቹ በፊት «ያልተገመገመ»ንና «ከሚዛን ውጪ»ን ያንብቡ፦ ባዶ ካርታም ጥሩ ሊመስል ይችላል","መዝገቡ የክልል ማጣሪያ የለውም — ነጥቡ በግምገማው ውስጥ እንጂ በመዝገቡ ውስጥ አይኖርም፤ ጠቅ ማድረግም መጋጠሚያዎቹን እንደ ማስታወሻ ይወስዳል","በቅንብሮች ውስጥ የሚዛኑን መጠን መቀየር ክልሎቹን እንደገና ይገነባል፦ ከአዲሱ ጣሪያ በላይ ያሉ የቀድሞ ግምገማዎች «ከሚዛን ውጪ» ውስጥ ያርፋሉ"]},"ermObjectives":{"title":"ዓላማዎች","summary":"ስጋቶች የተያያዙባቸው የድርጅቱ ዓላማዎችና በእያንዳንዳቸው ላይ ስንት ስጋት እንደሚያርፍ። ከዓላማ ጋር ያለው ግንኙነት የስጋቶች ዝርዝርን ወደ ቅድሚያ የሚቀይረው ነው፦ ስጋት የሚያሰጋው ዓላማ ያህል ይመዝናል።","whenToUse":"ፖርትፎሊዮው በምድብ ስርዓት ምድብ ሳይሆን ስጋቶቹ በሚያሰጉት ነገር መነበብ ሲኖርበት፦ የክፍያ ማወራረድ ቀጣይነት፣ የፈቃድ ሁኔታዎች፣ የማስጀመሪያ ቀናት።","concepts":["ዓላማ የራሱ ሁኔታ ያለው የመዝገበ ቃላት ግቤት ነው፤ ስጋቶች በobjective_id ይጠቅሱታል","የዓላማ እይታው የአመራሩን «በእኛና በገባነው ቃል መካከል ምን አለ» የሚል ጥያቄ ይመልሳል፤ የምድብ እይታው ደግሞ የስጋት አስተዳዳሪውን «የት ይከማቻል» የሚል ጥያቄ","ስጋት የሌለው ዓላማ ወይ ማንም ያልመረመረው ዓላማ ነው ወይም ምንም የማያሰጋው ነው — የትኛው እንደሆነ ባለቤቱ ብቻ ሊናገር ይችላል"],"example":"«በአዲስ የሕግ ክልል ተቀባይነትን ማስጀመር» የሚለው ዓላማ ዘጠኝ ስጋቶችን ይሸከማል፤ ሰባቱ ተግባራዊ ሁለቱ ደግሞ የቁጥጥር። ይህ የፕሮጀክት ኮሚቴው አጀንዳ እንጂ የመላው መዝገብ ውጤት አይደለም።","tips":["ዓላማዎችን ማረም በmanage_erm_register ይገደባል — መዝገቡን ከማረም ጋር ተመሳሳይ መብት","ስጋት ከዓላማ ጋር የሚያያዘው በስጋት ካርዱ ላይ እንጂ ከዚህ አይደለም","በዚህ ስሪት ማያ ገጹ ገና አጽም ነው፦ መንገዱ፣ ፈቃዶቹና እገዛው ተያይዘዋል፣ ይዘቱ በሚቀጥለው ደረጃ ይመጣል"]}
1,"ermAppetite":{"title":"የስጋት ፍላጎት","summary":"የስጋት ፍላጎት መግለጫዎች፦ ድርጅቱ ምን ያህል ስጋት ለመሸከም ፈቃደኛ እንደሆነ፣ በየትኛው መቻቻል ውስጥና በማን ሥልጣን። ከጎናቸው አሁናዊው አጠቃቀም አለ — ገና የሚወሰን ነገር እያለ የሚመጣ ምልክት እንጂ ከሆነ በኋላ የሚቀርብ ሪፖርት አይደለም።","whenToUse":"የአስተዳደር አካል ገደብ ሲያጸድቅ፣ ገደብ ከሥራ ሊነሳ ሲገባ፣ እና ፖርትፎሊዮው ወደ ታወጀው ወሰን ምን ያህል እንደቀረበ ማወቅ ሲፈልጉ።","concepts":["የስጋት ፍላጎት (ISO 31000) — ድርጅቱ ዓላማዎቹን ለማሳካት ለመውሰድ ፈቃደኛ የሆነው የስጋት መጠን፤ መቻቻል ደግሞ ከእሱ የተፈቀደው ልዩነት ነው","አጠቃቀሙ በመቶኛ ነጥብ ሺሕኛ ይመጣል (100 % = 100 000) እንጂ በመሠረት ነጥቦች አይደለም፦ እነሱን መቀላቀል በትክክል የአሥር እጥፍ ስሕተት ነው","ማጽደቅ የራሱ ክንውን ነው፦ ፈራሚውንና የጊዜ ማህተሙን የሚያስቀምጠው አገልጋዩ እንጂ ቅጹ አይደለም","መግለጫ ፈጽሞ አይሰረዝም — ከሥራ ይነሳል እንጂ፤ የጸደቀን ገደብ መሰረዝ የአስተዳደር አካልን ውሳኔ ከታሪኩ ጋር ያጠፋል","ማረምና ማጽደቅ በmanage_erm_appetite ይገደባሉ፤ በview_erm ብቻ ገጹ ይነበባል ግን የድርጊት አዝራሮች የሉትም"],"example":"አንድ መግለጫ የሩብ ዓመቱን ጠቅላላ ተግባራዊ ኪሳራዎች ይገድባል። አጠቃቀሙ 82 % ሲሆን ሩብ ዓመቱ እኩሌታ ደርሷል። ይህ ጥሰት አይደለም — ግን ለመጠበቅም ምክንያት አይደለም፦ በዚሁ ፍጥነት ገደቡ ጊዜው ከማብቃቱ በፊት ይጣሳል።","tips":["የመቻቻል መጠኑ በዋና መለኪያዎች ይተየባል፣ በአንዲት በተፈተነች መንገድም ወደ ንዑስ መለኪያዎች ይሄዳል — ለአንድ ገንዘብ ሁለተኛ ቅጽ የለም","የተጣሰ ገደብ ለአስተዳደር አካሉ ጉዳይ እንጂ የሠንጠረዥ ረድፍ አይደለም፦ በውሳኔ መጠናቀቅ አለበት","ያልጸደቀ መግለጫ ምንም አይገድብም — የዓላማ ረቂቅ ብቻ ነው"]},"ermKri":{"title":"ቁልፍ የስጋት አመልካቾች","summary":"የቁልፍ የስጋት አመልካቾች ዝርዝር፦ ኮድ፣ ርዕስ፣ የምንጭ ክፍል (ቴሌሜትሪ፣ SQL፣ ውጫዊ ምግብ)፣ በአመልካቹ የራሱ መለኪያ ያለው የመጨረሻ እሴት፣ ክፍት ጥሰቶች የሚያመለክቱት ዞንና የሁለት ሳምንት አዝማሚያ።","whenToUse":"ስጋቶች ከመከሰታቸው በፊት የሚያስጠነቅቀውን ማየት ሲፈልጉ፣ እና አሁን የትኛው አመልካች ቢጫ ወይም ቀይ እንደሆነ። የምንጭ ክፍሉ ከርዕሱ አጠገብ ነው ምክንያቱም «ለምን መረጃ የለም» ከዚያ ይጀምራል።","concepts":["የምልክት እሴት — የቀደምት ማስጠንቀቂያ ደፍ፦ የባለቤቱን ማብራሪያ ይጠይቃል","የቁጥጥር እሴት — ከዚያ በላይ ማብራሪያ ሳይሆን የአስተዳደር አካል ውሳኔ የሚያስፈልግበት ደፍ","አቅጣጫው ደፉ በየትኛው ጎን እንደሆነ ይወስናል፦ higher_is_worse ወደ ላይ ይባባሳል፣ lower_is_worse ወደ ታች፤ ያለ አቅጣጫ ደፍ አይነበብም","እያንዳንዱ አመልካች የራሱ መለኪያ አለው፦ መቶኛ በመቶኛ ነጥብ ሺሕኛ፣ ገንዘብ በገንዘቡ ሚዛን በንዑስ መለኪያዎች፣ እንዲሁም ብዛት፣ ሚሊሰከንድና ቀናት","መለኪያ ወይም ደፍ የሌለው አመልካች ወደ «አይታወቅም» ይወድቃል እንጂ ወደ «አረንጓዴ» አይደለም፦ አረንጓዴ ነጥብ ማንም ያልመረመረውን ነገር ይመሰክራል"],"example":"«የያልተሳኩ ክፍያዎች ድርሻ» የሚለው አመልካች፣ የምልክት እሴቱ 2 % እና የቁጥጥር እሴቱ 5 % ሆኖ፣ ለሁለተኛ ቀን በ2.4 % ላይ ቆሟል። ዞኑ ቢጫ ነው፣ ጥሰቱ ክፍት ነው፣ ባለቤቱም ማብራሪያ አለበት — የቁጥጥር እሴቱ ላይ ከመድረሱ በፊት።","tips":["ፍለጋና ገጽ መከፋፈል በደንበኛው በኩል ይሰላሉ፦ አመልካቾች በአሥር ሺዎች ሳይሆን በአሥሮች ስለሚቆጠሩ ውሉ ሁሉንም ትርጓሜዎች በአንድ ጊዜ ይመልሳል","ገጹ ሆን ተብሎ አጭር ነው፦ የእያንዳንዱ ረድፍ እሴትና አዝማሚያ የዕለታዊ ማጠቃለያዎች የተለየ ጥያቄ ናቸው","ደፍ የሌለው አመልካች ምንም አይጥስም፣ ተራ የቁጥሮች ተከታታይ ሆኖም ይቀራል"]},"ermKriCreate":{"title":"አመልካች መፍጠር","summary":"ትርጓሜ ቁጥርን ሳይሆን የማግኘቱን መንገድ ይገልጻል፦ የምንጭ ክፍልና ኮድ፣ መለኪያ፣ ድግግሞሽ፣ አቅጣጫና የማጠቃለያ ደንብ። ማስቀመጥ ደፎቹ የሚቀመጡበትን ካርድ ይከፍታል።","whenToUse"
1:"ስጋቱ ከመከሰቱ በፊት የሚባባስ ሊለካ የሚችል መጠን ሲኖር። መጠኑ በመደበኛነትና በተመሳሳይ መንገድ ሊገኝ የማይችል ከሆነ አመልካች አይሆንም።","concepts":["የምንጭ ክፍሉ — የመድረኩ ቴሌሜትሪ፣ የSQL ጥያቄ ወይም ውጫዊ ምግብ — አንድ ነገር ሲበላሽ አመልካቹ እንዴት እንደሚዘጋ ይወስናል","መለኪያው አንድ ጊዜ ይታወጃል፣ የእያንዳንዱንም እሴት ሚዛን ይወስናል፦ percent_milli የመቶኛ ነጥብ ሺሕኛ ነው፣ minor_units ገንዘብ ሲሆን ገንዘብ ይፈልጋል","አቅጣጫ ግዴታ ነው፦ አንድ ቁጥር ለአንድ አመልካች የላይኛው ገደብ ሲሆን ለሌላው የታችኛው ነው","ድግግሞሹ የሚጠበቀውን የመለኪያ ምት ያስቀምጣል — አመልካቹ ዝም ማለቱን የሚያስተውሉትም በዚያ ነው"],"example":"«የክፍያ ማረጋገጫ ጊዜ፣ ሚሊሰከንድ» በቴሌሜትሪ ላይ ይፈጠራል፣ በየሰዓቱ፣ higher_is_worse። ደፎቹ በካርዱ ላይ ይቀመጣሉ፦ ምልክት 3000፣ ቁጥጥር 10000።","tips":["ገንዘባዊ አመልካች ገንዘብ ይፈልጋል፦ ያለ እሱ ሚዛኑ አይታወቅም፣ በተፈጠረ ሚዛን ላይ ያለ ቁጥርም በብዙ እጥፍ ይሳሳታል","ማንም የማያብራራውን አመልካች አይፍጠሩ፦ ደፍ ባለቤት ይፈልጋል","ደፎቹ እዚህ ሆን ተብሎ አይቀመጡም — እስኪኖሩ ድረስ አመልካቹ ምንም አይጥስም"]},"ermKriDetail":{"title":"የአመልካች ካርድ","summary":"የመለኪያ ታሪኩ በግራፍ ላይ ከምልክትና ከቁጥጥር እሴቶች ጋር ተስሎ፣ የደፍ አርታዒና የጥሰት መዝገብ። የደፉ አደገኛ ጎን በአመልካቹ አቅጣጫ ይጠለላል፦ ለlower_is_worse ከመስመሩ በታች፣ ለhigher_is_worse ከላዩ።","whenToUse":"አመልካች ደፍ ሲጥስና ጫጫታን ከአዝማሚያ መለየት ሲያስፈልግ፤ ደፎቹ ለግምገማ ሲደርሱ፤ ጥሰት በማብራሪያ መዘጋት ሲኖርበት።","concepts":["የምልክት እሴቱ ቀደምት ማስጠንቀቂያ ነው፣ የቁጥጥር እሴቱ ደግሞ ከዚያ በላይ የአስተዳደር አካል የሚወስንበት ወሰን","የጥሰት ደረጃዎች በውጤታቸው ይለያያሉ፦ የቁጥጥር እሴትና የአቅም ጥሰት ውሳኔ ይጠይቃሉ፣ የምልክት እሴትና የመቻቻል ጥሰት ደግሞ ማብራሪያ","እሴቶቹ እንደ ሙሉ ቁጥር ይመጣሉ፣ መለኪያውም በትርጓሜው ውስጥ ይታወጃል፦ ማንኛውም ቁጥር ያለ ሚዛኑ አይታተምም","ደፎቹ በዚህ ገጽ ላይ ባለ መገናኛ ውስጥ ይታረማሉ — ሆን ተብሎ የተለየ መንገድ የለም፦ አንባቢው እየተረጎመ ካለው ታሪክ አጠገብ ይቆያል"],"example":"ግራፉ አመልካቹ በአንድ ወር ውስጥ የምልክት እሴቱን ሦስት ጊዜ ሲያልፍ ያሳያል፣ ሁልጊዜም በመዝጊያ ቀን። ይህ ጫና እንጂ ጫጫታ አይደለም — ደፉም ጥፋተኛ አይደለም፦ መቀየር ያለበት ሂደቱ እንጂ በግራፉ ላይ ያለው መስመር አይደለም።","tips":["ማታ የገባ ደፍ በዛሬው የአካባቢ ቀን ተግባራዊ ይሆናል — ቀኑ በአካባቢ ቀን መቁጠሪያ እንጂ በUTC አይሰላም","ጥሰት እንዲጠፋ ደፍን ማንቀሳቀስ ስጋቱን ማየት ማቆም እንጂ ማስወገድ አይደለም","ምንጭ ተዋቅሮ ባዶ ግራፍ መኖሩ ምግቡ ዝም ብሏል ማለት ነው፦ ከምንጭ ክፍሉ ይጀምሩ"]},"ermLossEvents":{"title":"የተግባር ስጋት ክስተቶች","summary":"የተከሰቱ ክስተቶች ማከማቻ፦ የንግድ መስመር፣ የባዝል II የክስተት ዓይነት፣ ምንጭ፣ ጠቅላላ ኪሳራዎችና ማገገሞች፣ የመረጃ ደኅንነት ምልክትና ቀናት። ማጣራቱ ሙሉ በሙሉ በአገልጋዩ በኩል ሲሆን ሁኔታውም በURL ውስጥ ይኖራል።","whenToUse"
1:"በምደባ፣ በጊዜ ወይም በተዛማጅ ክስተቶች ቡድን ምርጫ ሲፈልጉ፦ ለሪፖርት፣ ለድግግሞሽ ትንተና፣ ከሒሳብ አያያዝ ጋር ለማስተያየት።","concepts":["ጠቅላላ ኪሳራዎች ከማገገም በፊት ያለው መጠን ነው፤ ማገገሞች ወደ ሚቀናነሱና ወደማይቀናነሱ ይከፈላሉ፤ የተጣራው ኪሳራ ልዩነታቸው ነው","የባዝል II ምደባ — የንግድ መስመር በክስተት ዓይነት — ክስተቱ በኋላ ሪፖርት የሚደረግበት ነው","የቡድን ማጣቀሻ የአንድ ሥር መንስዔ ክስተቶችን አንድ ላይ ያስራል፦ የተጠቃለሉ ጠቅላላ ኪሳራዎች በረድፍ ሳይሆን በቡድን ይቆጠራሉ","የመረጃ ደኅንነት ምልክቱ ወደ ተለየ የሪፖርት ወሰን የሚወድቁ ክስተቶችን ያመለክታል","ዝርዝሩ የነጻ ጽሑፍ ፍለጋም የመጠን ማጣሪያም የለውም፦ ውሉ ሁለቱንም አይቀበልም፣ በተጫነው ገጽ ላይ በደንበኛ በኩል የሚደረግ ማጣራትም ሺህ ክስተቶች ባሉበት «3 ተገኝቷል» ይላል"],"example":"ማጣሪያ፦ የንግድ መስመር «ክፍያዎችና ማወራረድ»፣ ሩብ ዓመቱ፣ የመረጃ ደኅንነት አዎ። አሥራ ስምንት ክስተቶች፣ ከእነሱ ሦስቱ የቡድን ማጣቀሻ ይጋራሉ — ይህ ወደ ሦስት መዝገብ የተከፈለ አንድ ገጠመኝ ነው፣ ወደ ሪፖርቱም እንደ አንድ መድረስ አለበት።","tips":["ሙሉ በሙሉ ቢመለስም እንኳ ክስተትን ይመዝግቡ፦ ድግግሞሹ እንደ መጠኑ ያህል አስፈላጊ ነው","የመከሰቻ ቀኑና የግኝት ቀኑ የተለያዩ ቀናት ናቸው፣ በመካከላቸው ያለው ልዩነትም በራሱ አመልካች ነው","ማጣሪያው እንደ አገናኝ ይጋራል፦ እያንዳንዱ መስፈርት በURL ውስጥ ይኖራል"]},"ermLossEventCreate":{"title":"ክስተትን መመዝገብ","summary":"አንድ ጥያቄ የክስተቱን መረጃዎች ብቻ ያስቀምጣል፦ መግለጫ፣ ምደባ፣ ቀናት፣ ምንጭ፣ የቡድን ማጣቀሻና የመረጃ ደኅንነት ምልክት። የኪሳራና የማገገም መጠኖች አስቀድሞ በሚኖር ክስተት ላይ በራሳቸው ክንውኖች ይመዘገባሉ።","whenToUse":"እውነታው እንደተረጋገጠ። መጠኑ ገና ባይታወቅም ክስተቱን ይመዝግቡ፦ የግኝት ቀኑ ከመጀመሪያው የጉዳት ግምት ትክክለኛነት ይበልጣል።","concepts":["የባዝል II ምደባ ግዴታ ነው፦ ያለ የንግድ መስመርና የክስተት ዓይነት መዝገቡ ወደ ማንኛውም የሪፖርት ክፍፍል አይደርስም","ክስተቱ አስቀድሞ የሚያውቁት ገጠመኝ አካል ከሆነ የቡድን ማጣቀሻውን ወዲያውኑ ያስቀምጡ","መጠኖቹ ለምቾት ሳይሆን የተለዩ ክንውኖች ናቸው፦ ማገገሞች ሲመጡ ይቀየራሉ፣ ታሪካቸውም ከመረጃዎቹ ተለይቶ መቆየት አለበት"],"example":"የተደገመ ፋይል አርባ ከፋዮችን ሁለት ጊዜ አስከፍሏል። አንድ ክስተት ከመከሰቻና ከግኝት ቀን ጋር ይመዘገባል፣ የንግድ መስመር «ክፍያዎችና ማወራረድ»፣ የክስተት ዓይነት «አፈጻጸም፣ አቅርቦትና የሂደት አስተዳደር»። ጠቅላላ ኪሳራዎቹ በመቀጠል ይመዘገባሉ፤ ማገገሞቹም ተመላሽ ክፍያዎቹን ይከተላሉ።","tips":["መዝገቡን ለመፍጠር የመጨረሻውን መጠን አይጠብቁ፦ መጠን የሌለው ክስተት ቀን ከሌለው ይልቅ የበለጠ እውነተኛ ነው","የመረጃ ደኅንነት ምልክቱን በክስተቱ á
1‹­á‹˜á‰µ እንጂ በያዘው ቡድን አያስቀምጡ"]},"ermLossEventDetail":{"title":"የክስተት ካርድ","summary":"የክስተቱ መረጃዎች፣ ጠቅላላ ኪሳራዎችና ማገገሞች፣ ከስጋቶችና ከቁጥጥሮች ጋር ግንኙነቶች፣ ሰንሰለቱና የክለሳ መዝገቡ። መረጃዎቹ እዚህ በተለመደ ማዘመኛ አይታረሙም፦ ጉልህ መረጃዎች ምክንያትና የሠራተኛውን ስም በያዘ ክለሳ ይቀየራሉ።","whenToUse":"አዲስ እውነታዎች ሲመጡ፦ ማገገም፣ የተጣራ መጠን፣ ከስጋት ጋር ግንኙነት፣ የምርመራ ሁኔታ ለውጥ። እንዲሁም ለኦዲተር ማን መረጃውን እንደቀየረውና በምን መሠረት እንደሆነ ማሳየት ሲያስፈልግ።","concepts":["ክለሳ (አንቀጽ 6.20) ምክንያትና በስም የተጠቀሰ ሠራተኛ ያለው ክንውን ነው፦ የተለመደ ማዘመኛ የአገልግሎት መስኮችን ብቻ ይቀበላል፣ ይህን መስፈርት በዝምታ የሚያልፍ «ማረም» የሚል አዝራርም የለም","ጠቅላላ ኪሳራዎች፣ የሚቀናነሱና የማይቀናነሱ ማገገሞች፣ እና የተጣራው ኪሳራ አራት የተለያዩ ቁጥሮች ናቸው፤ ሪፖርቱም እያንዳንዱን ይጠይቃል","የሁኔታ ለውጥ የራሱ ቅድመ ሁኔታዎችና የራሱ የመዝገብ ግቤት ያለው የተለየ ክንውን ነው","ከስጋት ጋር ያለ ግንኙነት አንድን እውነታ ወደ መከራከሪያ ይቀይረዋል፦ የተከሰተ ክስተት የስጋቱን አሁናዊ ግምገማ ያረጋግጣል ወይም ያስተባብላል"],"example":"ከምዝገባው አንድ ወር በኋላ ኢንሹራንሱ የጉዳቱን ከፊል ሸፍኗል። ማገገሙ ይመዘገባል፣ የተጣራው ኪሳራ እንደገና ይሰላል፣ ክስተቱም ከ«የጅምላ ሂደት ውድቀት» ስጋት ጋር ይያያዛል — የዚያም ቀሪ ግምገማ ንድፈ ሐሳባዊ መሆኑ ያቆማል።","tips":["ግልጽ ምክንያት የሌለው ክለሳ ጥቅም የለውም፦ ምክንያቱን የሚያነበው ኦዲተር እንጂ ሥርዓቱ አይደለም","መጠኖቹ ከአገልጋዩ ከገንዘቡና ከሚዛኑ ጋር በንዑስ መለኪያዎች ይመጣሉ፤ ሚዛኑ በማይታወቅበት ጊዜ «ለሁሉም ጊዜ» ቁጥር ሳይሆን ሰረዝ ይታያል"]},"ermTreatmentPlans":{"title":"የስጋት መፍትሔ ዕቅዶች","summary":"ስጋትን ወደ ግቡ ደረጃ ለማድረስ የታሰቡ ዕቅዶች፦ ሁኔታ፣ ባለቤት፣ የመጨረሻ ቀንና በውስጣቸው ያሉ ድርጊቶች። ከሠንጠረዡ በላይ ጊዜ ያለፈባቸው ቆጣሪ አለ፦ ዕቅድ ሳይጠናቀቅ እስከተንጠለጠለ ድረስ የስጋቱ ቀሪ ደረጃ መፍትሔው አስቀድሞ እንደሠራ ተቆጥሮ ይቀጥላል።","whenToUse":"ስጋትን ለመቀነስ የተገባ እያንዳንዱ ቃል በአንድ ቦታ መታየት ሲኖርበት፦ የጸደቀው፣ በሂደት ላይ ያለው፣ ጊዜው ያለፈበትና በማን እጅ እንዳለ።","concepts":["የስጋት መፍትሔ (ISO 31000) — እርምጃዎችን መምረጥና መፈጸም፦ መቀነስ፣ ማስተላለፍ፣ መራቅ ወይም መቀበል","ውሉ «ጊዜው ያለፈበት» የሚል ሁኔታ የለውም፦ ጊዜው ያለፈበት ማለት ከመጨረሻ ቀኑ ያለፈ ክፍት ዕቅድ ነው፣ ማያ ገጹም ያሰላዋል","ሁኔታዎች፦ ረቂቅ፣ ማጽደቅ በመጠባበቅ ላይ፣ የጸደቀ፣ በሂደት ላይ፣ የተጠናቀቀ፣ የተቀባይነት ያጣ፣ የተሰረዘ","በዕቅድ ውስጥ ያሉት ድርጊቶች በእውነት የሚከናወነው ናቸው፤ ድርጊት የሌለው ዕቅድ ዓላማ ብቻ ነው","የግብ የስጋት ደረጃው ዕቅዱ የሚያደርሰው ነው፤ ያለ እሱ ሠርቶ እንደሆነ ለመለካት መንገድ የለም"],"example":"ሃያ ሦስት ዕቅዶች፣ ስድስቱ ጊዜያቸው ያለፈ፣ ከእነዚያ ስድስት አራቱ በአንድ ባለቤት እጅ። ይህ የዕቅድ ችግር ሳይሆን የባለቤቱ አቅም ችግር ነው፣ የሚፈታውም ቀናትን በማንቀሳቀስ ሳይሆን በማከፋፈል ነው።","tips":["የመጨረሻ ቀንን ማንቀሳቀስ ውሳኔ እንጂ የመስክ ማረሚያ አይደለም፦ የተራዘመ ዕቅድ ምክንያት ይፈልጋል","ጊዜው ያለፈበት ዕቅድ በሪፖá
1ˆ­á‰¶á‰½ ውስጥ ፖርትፎሊዮውን ያሳምረዋል — በክፍሉ ውስጥ በጣም ውድ የሆነው ጸጥተኛ ስሕተት","ማጣሪያዎቹና ገጹ በURL ውስጥ ይኖራሉ፦ «የኢቫኖቭ ጊዜያቸው ያለፉ ሁሉም ዕቅዶች» አገናኝ ነው"]},"ermControls":{"title":"የቁጥጥር ቤተ መጻሕፍት","summary":"የቁጥጥሮች ዝርዝር ከውጤታማነታቸውና ለመጨረሻ ጊዜ ከተፈተኑበት ቀን ጋር። አስፈላጊው ዝርዝሩ ሳይሆን ለፈተና የደረሱ ቁጥጥሮች ቆጣሪ ነው፦ ያልተፈተነ ቁጥጥር በሪፖርቶች ውስጥ ቀሪውን የስጋት ደረጃ ማውረዱን ይቀጥላል።","whenToUse":"ጥያቄው «ይህን ስጋት በእውነት የሚገታው ምንድን ነው» ሲሆን፣ እና የፈተና መርሐ ግብር ሲታቀድ። ማጣሪያው በውጤታማነት ይሠራል፦ ያልተፈተነ፣ ውጤታማ፣ በከፊል ውጤታማ፣ ውጤታማ ያልሆነ።","concepts":["ውጤታማነት የመጨረሻው ፈተና ውጤት እንጂ ቁጥጥሩን የጻፈው ሰው ዓላማ አይደለም","«ያልተፈተነ» ማለት «ይሠራል» ማለት አይደለም፦ እስከ መጀመሪያው ፈተና ቁጥጥር ዕቅድ ነው","ቁጥጥርን መፈተን ሁለት የውል ክንውኖች ናቸው፦ ፈተና ይከፈታል፣ ከዚያም በውጤት ይዘጋል፤ «ፈትነው» የሚል አንድ ጥያቄ የለም","ፈቃዶቹ ተለያይተዋል፦ manage_erm_controls ይፈጥራል ያርማልም፣ test_erm_controls ይፈትናል ብቻ — ፈታኙ ፈጽሞ «መፍጠር» የሚል አዝራር አያይም","ቁጥጥር የማዕቀፍ መስፈርቶችን ሊያሟላ ይችላል፤ ግንኙነቱ የሚነበበው ከቁጥጥሩ በኩል ነው"],"example":"አርባ ቁጥጥሮች፣ ከእነሱ አሥራ አንዱ ለመጨረሻ ጊዜ ከዓመት በላይ በፊት ተፈትነዋል። እነዚያ አሥራ አንዱ ቀሪ ደረጃቸው ከተስፋ ቃል የተሰላ ስጋቶች ጀርባ ይቆማሉ — የሩብ ዓመቱ የፈተና መርሐ ግብርም የሚጀምረው በትክክል ከዚያ ነው።","tips":["የመጨረሻው ፈተና ቀን ከቁጥጥሩ ጀርባ ምንም እንደሌለ የሚያሳይ ብቸኛው ቦታ ነው","ውጤታማ ያልሆነ ቁጥጥር ጉድለት ያስከትላል፦ ጉድለት ላለማንሳት ብሎ ፈተናን «በከፊል ውጤታማ» ብሎ መዝጋት ራስን ማታለል ነው","የውጤታማነት ማጣሪያው በURL ውስጥ ይቀመጣል"]},"ermControlDetail":{"title":"የቁጥጥር ካርድ","summary":"ቁጥጥሩ የሚገታው ምንድን ነው፣ የትኞቹን የማዕቀፍ መስፈርቶች ያሟላል፣ መቼና በምን ውጤት ተፈተነ። ግንኙነቶቹ ሆን ተብሎ ከፈተና ታሪኩ አጠገብ ናቸው፦ በአምስት ስጋቶች ላይ ያለ፣ ለሁለት ዓመት ያልተፈተነ ቁጥጥር ማለት ከተስፋ ቃል የተገመገሙ አምስት ስጋቶች ማለት ነው።","whenToUse":"ከፈተና በፊት ወሰኑን ለመረዳት፤ ከፈተና በኋላ ውጤቱ የሚነካውን ለማየት፤ ጉድለት በሚመረመርበት ጊዜ በትክክል ምን እንደወደቀ ለማግኘት።","concepts":["የፈተና ታሪኩ ከውጤቶቻቸውና ከቀናቶቻቸው ጋር የተከፈቱና የተዘጉ ፈተናዎች ቅደም ተከተል ነው","የማዕቀፍ መስፈርቶች ከቁጥጥሩ በኩል ይነበባሉ፤ ከስጋት ጋር ያለው ግንኙነት ግን ከስጋቱ በኩል ይፈጠራል ይታያልም — የቁጥጥሩ ካርድ የስጋቶች ዝርዝር የለውም","ውጤታማ ያልሆነ ፈተና ጉድለት ለማንሳት መሠረት እንጂ ቁጥጥሩን እንደገና ለመጻፍ ምክንያት አይደለም","የቁጥጥሩ ባለቤት ስለ አፈጻጸሙ፣ የስጋቱ ባለቤት ስለ ስጋቱ ደረጃ ይመልሳሉ፦ እነዚህ የተለያዩ ሚናዎች ናቸው"],"example":"«የወጪ መዝገብ ማስተያየት» የሚለው ቁጥጥር ሁለት የማዕቀፍ መስፈርቶችን ያሟላል፣ ከሦስት ስጋቶችም ጋር ተያይዟል። የመጨረሻው ፈተናው ከአሥራ አራት ወራት በፊት «በከፊል ውጤታማ» በሚል ውጤት ነበር። ስለዚህ ሦስት ቀሪ ግምገማዎች ከልክ በላይ ተገምተዋል፣ የጉድለቱ ቦታም ከሪፖርቱ በኋላ ሳይሆን በፊት ነው።","tips":["ከቁጥጥሩ አገላለጽ በፊት የመጨረሻውን የፈተና ቀን ያንብቡ","ቁጥጥር የማዕቀፍ መስፈርት የሚያሟላ ከሆነ ውጤታማ አለመሆኑ ወዲያውኑ የሽፋን ክፍተት ይሆናል"]},"ermFrameworks":{"title":"የማዕቀፎች ሽፋን","summary":"ከተመረጠው ማዕቀፍ ስንት መስፈርቶች በሚሠሩ ቁጥጥሮች እንደተሸፈኑ። በአንድ ጊዜ አንድ ማዕቀፍ፦ PCI DSS እና SOX ክፍሎቻቸውን በተለያየ መንገድ ይቆጥራሉ፣ በእነሱም የተለያየ ነገር ያመለክታሉ፤ ስለዚህ አንድ ሠንጠረዥ ሊጋሩ አይችሉም።","whenToUse"
1:"ከውጫዊ ግምገማ በፊትና ሥራ ሲታቀድ፦ ማያ ገጹ መስፈርቶች ጨርሶ ቁጥጥር የሌላቸው የት እንደሆኑ፣ ቁጥጥር ኖሮ ግን ውጤታማ ያልሆነ የት እንደሆነ ያሳያል።","concepts":["ሽፋኑ በመሠረት ነጥቦች ይመጣል (100 % = 10 000) — እነዚህ የስጋት አመልካቾች የሚጠቀሙበት የመቶኛ ነጥብ ሺሕኛ አይደሉም","ሁለቱ ድርሻዎች ይለያያሉ፦ ማንኛውም የተያያዘ ቁጥጥር ያላቸው መስፈርቶች፣ እና ውጤታማ ቁጥጥር ያላቸው መስፈርቶች፤ ሁለተኛው ሁልጊዜ እውነተኛው ነው","ማዕቀፍ በኮድ እንጂ በid አይጠራም — ስለዚህ ምርጫው በURL ውስጥ ይኖራል፣ የተጋራ አገናኝም ቃል በገባበት ቦታ ያርፋል","ቁጥጥር የሌለው መስፈርትና ውጤታማ ያልሆነ ቁጥጥር ያለው መስፈርት የተለያዩ ክፍተቶች ናቸው፣ በተለያየ መንገድም ይዘጋሉ"],"example":"ማዕቀፉ 8 400 የመሠረት ነጥቦች የተሸፈኑ መስፈርቶችን ያሳያል — 84 % — ውጤታማ ቁጥጥር ያላቸው ግን 6 100 ብቻ፣ ማለትም 61 %። እነዚያ 23 የመቶኛ ነጥቦች ከኦዲተሩ ጋር የሚደረገው ውይይት ናቸው።","tips":["አንዱን ብቻ ከማንበብ ይልቅ ሁለቱን የሽፋን ቁጥሮች ያወዳድሩ፦ የተያያዘ ቁጥጥር ገና የሚሠራ ቁጥጥር አይደለም","ማዕቀፍን መቀየር አገናኙን ይቀይረዋል — ምርጫው ተደርጎበት ለባልደረባዎ ይላኩት","የሽፋን መሠረት ነጥቦችን ከአመልካቾች የመቶኛ ነጥብ ሺሕኛ ጋር አያምታቱ፦ ልዩነቱ በትክክል የአሥር እጥፍ ነው"]},"ermDeficiencies":{"title":"የቁጥጥር ጉድለቶች","summary":"ቁጥጥር የማይሠራባቸው ቦታዎች መዝገብ፦ ክብደት፣ እንዴት እንደተገኘ፣ ባለቤት፣ የማስተካከያ ቀን። ከሠንጠረዡ በላይ በክብደት የተከፋፈሉ ቆጣሪዎችና፣ ለብቻው፣ ጊዜያቸው ያለፉት ብዛት አሉ፦ ቀኑ ያለፈበት ጉድለት ዕቅድ መሆኑ ቀርቶ እውነታ ሆኗል።","whenToUse":"ካልተሳካ የቁጥጥር ፈተና በኋላ፣ ከውስጥ ወይም ከውጭ ኦዲት በኋላ፣ እና ለግምገማ ሲዘጋጁ — ኦዲተሩ መጀመሪያ ምን እንደሚመለከት ለማየት።","concepts":["ክብደት፦ ዝቅተኛ፣ መካከለኛ፣ ከፍተኛ፣ ወሳኝ — ደረጃ አሰጣጡ ከዝርዝሩ ሙሉነት ይበልጣል","ምንጩ (የቁጥጥር ፈተና፣ የውስጥ ኦዲት፣ የውጭ ኦዲት) ራሳችን አግኝተነው እንደሆነ ይናገራል","ጉድለት ከቁጥጥር ጋር ይያያዛል፣ በቁጥጥሩም በኩል ቀሪ ግምገማቸው በእሱ ላይ ከሚመሠረቱ ስጋቶች ጋር","ጊዜው ማለፉ ከማስተካከያው ቀን ይሰላል፣ የተለየ ሁኔታም አይደለም"],"example":"ሁለት ወሳኝ ጉድለቶች፣ ሁለቱም ከቀናቸው አንድ ወር አልፈዋል። ይህ ውጫዊ ገምጋሚ መጀመሪያ የሚከፍተው ነው፣ ውይይቱም የሚጀምረው በይዘታቸው ሳይሆን ቀኑ ለምን እንዳለፈ ነው።","tips":["የውስጥ ኦዲት ያገኘውና በጊዜው የተስተካከለ ጉድለት ለሥርዓቱ ይመሰክራል፤ ተመሳሳዩ ጉድለት ጊዜው ካለፈበት ግን በእሱ ላይ ይመሰክራል","ወሳኝ ክብደት ከዝቅተኛው በአንድ ደረጃ ከፍ ያለ ባለቤት ይፈልጋል፦ ሥልጣን የሌለው ቀን አይከበርም"]},"ermAcceptances":{"title":"የስጋት ተቀባይነት","summary":"ስጋትን እንዳለ ለመቀበል የሚቀርቡ ጥያቄዎችና በእነሱ ላይ የሚወሰኑ ውሳኔዎች። ተቀባይነት በISO 31000 ሕጋዊ የመፍትሔ መንገድ ነው — ግን እንደ ውሳኔ ከተመዘገበ በኋላ ብቻ፦ በዝምታ ያለ መፍትሔ የተተወ ስጋት ተቀባይነት ያገኘ ስጋት አይደለም።","whenToUse"
1:"ስጋትን መቀነስ ከመሸከሙ ይልቅ ውድ ሲሆንና ሥልጣን ያለው ሰው ይህን መመዝገብ ሲኖርበት። የማትሪክሱ ቀይ ክልል ሁልጊዜ ማጽደቅ ይጠይቃል።","concepts":["ተቀባይነት ደራሲ፣ ቀንና የማብቂያ ጊዜ ያለው ውሳኔ ነው — የመፍትሔ ዕቅድ አለመኖር አይደለም","የapprove_risk_acceptance መብት መዝገቡን ከማረም መብት ተለይቷል፦ ስጋቱን የሚቀበለው የመዘገበው ሰው አይደለም","ተቀባይነት ጊዜው ያልፋል፦ ጊዜው ሲያበቃ ስጋቱ ለዘላለም ተቀባይነት ካገኘ ሆኖ ከመቆየት ይልቅ ወደ መደበኛው ዑደት ይመለሳል","ተቀባይነትን መሻር የራሱ ክንውን ነው፦ ውሳኔው ከምክንያቱ ጋር በግልጽ ይሰረዛል"],"example":"የአንድ ስጋት ቀሪ ግምገማ በቀዩ ክልል ውስጥ ሲሆን የመፍትሔ ዕቅዱም ከእሱ ከሚመጣው የአንድ ዓመት ኪሳራ ይበልጣል። ለአንድ ዓመት ከማረጋገጫ ጋር የተቀባይነት ጥያቄ ይቀርባል፤ ውሳኔው የአስተዳደር አካሉ እንጂ የስጋቱ ባለቤት አይደለም።","tips":["የማብቂያ ጊዜ የሌለው ተቀባይነት ውሳኔ ሳይሆን ስጋቱን ማየት ማቆሚያ መንገድ ነው","ተቀባይነት ያገኘ ስጋት አሁንም መለካት አለበት፦ ተቀባይነት ያገኘው ደረጃ እንጂ ዕውርነት አይደለም","በዚህ ስሪት ማያ ገጹ ገና አጽም ነው፦ መንገዱ፣ ፈቃዶቹና እገዛው ተያይዘዋል፣ ይዘቱ በሚቀጥለው ደረጃ ይመጣል"]},"ermReports":{"title":"የስጋት ሪፖርት አቀራረብ","summary":"የሚታተም ዓመታዊ የአመራር ሪፖርት፦ የፖርትፎሊዮ ስብጥር፣ ማትሪክሱ፣ የስጋት ፍላጎት፣ ትልልቅ ስጋቶችና ለተመረጠው ዓመት የማዕቀፎች ሽፋን፣ ለኅትመት በአንድ ገጽ ተሰብስበው። ሞዱሉ በአገልጋይ በኩል ሪፖርት አያወጣም።","whenToUse":"ለአስተዳደር አካል ወይም ለቦርድ ሰነድ ሲያስፈልግ፦ የዓመቱ ምስል በአንድ ቦታ፣ ለኅትመትና ለፊርማ ዝግጁ።","concepts":["ሪፖርቱ የአመራር ሪፖርት ነው፣ ይህንም ይናገራል፦ የቁጥጥር ቅጾች (0409106፣ የDORA RoI) በአሳሽ ውስጥ አይሰበሰቡም","መተግበሪያው የገነባው ቅጽ አገልጋዩ ከሚፈርምበት ጋር አይመሳሰልም፣ ልዩነቱም በተቆጣጣሪው ፊት ይወጣ ነበር — ስለዚህ እዚህ እንዲህ ያለ ሁኔታ የለም","መረጃው የክፍሉ ማያ ገጾች ከሚጠቀሙባቸው ተመሳሳይ ምንጮች ይመጣል፦ የፖርትፎሊዮ ማጠቃለያ፣ የሙቀት ካርታ፣ ፍላጎት፣ ትልልቅ ስጋቶች፣ ሽፋን","የገጹ ራስጌ ወደ ወረቀት አይሄድም፦ የሚታተመው ሪፖርት እንጂ የማያ ገጽ ቅጂ አይደለም"],"example":"ለቦርድ ስብሰባ ያለፈው ዓመት ይመረጣል፣ ገጹ ወደ PDF ይታተማል፣ ከስጋት ተቀባይነት ውሳኔዎች ቃለ ጉባኤዎች ጋርም ከሰነዶቹ ጋር ይያያዛል።","tips":["ሰነዱ ከድርጅቱ ሲወጣ የሪፖርቱን የማረጋገጫ ድምር ያረጋግጡ፦ የታተሙት እነዚህ ቁጥሮች መሆናቸውን ያረጋግጣል","ሪፖርቱ የቁጥጥር ቅጽን አይተካም፣ አንዱ ነኝም አይልም"]},"ermSupervisory":{"title":"የቁጥጥር ሪፖርት","summary":"የአደጋ ሞጁል የቁጥጥር ቅጾች በሕግ ክልልና በተቆጣጣሪ አካል ተሰባስበው፦ የእያንዳንዱ የማቅረብ ድግግሞሽና የፋይል ቅርጸት፣ ከአገልጋዩ የሚያዝ አዝራርና እስካሁን የወጣው ሁሉ ታሪክ — ከማረጋገጫ ድምርና ከማውረድ ጋር።","whenToUse"
1:"ቅጽ ወደ ተቆጣጣሪ አካል መሄድ ሲኖርበት፦ ለሪፖርት ጊዜው ያዙት፣ አገልጋዩ እስኪያወጣው ይጠብቁ እና ፋይሉን እንደተዘጋጀ ያውርዱት።","concepts":["የቅጾቹ ዝርዝር የአገልጋዩ መልስ ነው እንጂ በኮንሶሉ ውስጥ የተጻፈ ዝርዝር አይደለም፦ በካታሎግ የሌለ ቅጽ በዚህ ማያ ገጽም የለም","ፋይሉ እንደወጣ በትክክል ይወርዳል — የኅትመት እይታ የለም፣ ምክንያቱም በአሳሽ ውስጥ የተገጣጠመ ቅጂ ከቀረበው ፋይል ማረጋገጫ ድምር ጋር አይመሳሰልም","ለኮንሶሉ የማረጋገጫ ውሳኔ አይሰጠውም፦ የወጣ ቅጽ የማረጋገጫ ድምርና መጠን ይዟል፣ ያልተሳካው ደግሞ አገልጋዩ የቆመበትን ምክንያት","«ለሕግ ክልልዎ ቅጽ የለም» እና «እስካሁን ማቅረብ አልተደረገም» የተለያዩ ሁኔታዎች ናቸው እና ለየብቻ ይታያሉ","የቁጥጥር ሪፖርት በአደጋ ሞጁሉ ላይ የሚጨመር የሚከፈልበት አማራጭ ነው፤ ያለ እሱ ካታሎጉ በአገልጋዩ ራሱ ውሳኔ ባዶ ሆኖ ይመለሳል"],"example":"DORA Register of Information በዓመት አንድ ጊዜ ይቀርባል፦ ጊዜው ወደ ሪፖርት ዓመቱ ይቀመጣል፣ ቅጹ ይታዘዛል፣ የወጣውም ጥቅል ወርዶ ይላካል፣ የማረጋገጫ ድምሩም በማቅረቢያ መዝገብ ውስጥ ይመዘገባል።","tips":["የማረጋገጫ ድምሩን ከማቅረቡ ጋር አብረው ይመዝግቡ፦ የላኩትን ፋይል አገልጋዩ ካወጣው ጋር የሚያገናኘው እሱ ብቻ ነው","በ«አልተሳካም» ሁኔታ ያለ ቅጽ የኮንሶል ስህተት አይደለም — ምክንያቱን ያንብቡ፦ አገልጋዩ ምን መገጣጠም እንዳልቻለ ይናገራል"]},"ermSettings":{"title":"የስጋት ሞዱል ቅንብሮች","summary":"መላው ክፍል የሚመሠረትባቸው መሠረታዊ ደንቦች፦ ንቁው የምድብ ስርዓት፣ የማትሪክሱ ልኬቶች (ከ3x3 እስከ 6x6) ከደረጃ መግለጫዎችና ከክልል ደፎች ጋር፣ ነባሪው ፍላጎት፣ የግምገማ ድግግሞሽና ብጁ የስጋት መስኮች።","whenToUse":"በመጀመሪያ ውቅር ጊዜና ዘዴው ሲከለስ። በዕለት ተዕለት ሥራ ማንም እዚህ አይመጣም፦ ሚዛኑን መቀየር አስቀድሞ የተደረገውን እያንዳንዱን ግምገማ ይነካል።","concepts":["ልኬቶቹ ተለዋዋጭ ናቸው፦ 5x5 ከ3x3 እና ከ6x4 ጎን ያለ አማራጭ ሲሆን የሚመጣውም ከቅንብሮች ብቻ ነው","ውሉ የደረጃዎችን ብዛት፣ የመግለጫ ካርታዎችንና ሁለት ደፎችን (አረንጓዴና ቢጫ) ይቀበላል — የደረጃዎችም ሆነ የክልሎች ዝርዝር አይይዝም","መጠን መቀየር ክልሎቹን ከአዲሱ የነጥብ ጣሪያ አንጻር እንደገና ይገነባል፤ አለበለዚያ ከፍተኛዎቹ ነጥቦች ክልል አልባ ይሆኑ ነበር፣ ክልል የሌለው ስጋትም ወደ ሪፖርትም ወደ ፍላጎት ማነጻጸርም አይደርስም","የካርዱ ብጁ መስኮች የራሳቸው ሀብት ሲሆኑ በራሳቸው ጥያቄዎች ይቀመጣሉ","ቁጥጥሮች፣ የማዕቀፍ ሽፋንና የቁጥጥር ሪፖርት ከመሠረታዊው ሞጁል በላይ የሚገዙ አማራጮች ናቸው፦ ያለ እነሱ ማያ ገጾቹ ባዶ ቦታ ሳይሆን የሞጁሉን ካርድ ያሳያሉ"],"example":"አንድ ድርጅት ከ5x5 ወደ 4x5 ይሸጋገራል። የነጥብ ጣሪያው ከ25 ወደ 20 ይወርዳል፣ የክልሎቹ ደፎችም ከዚያ አንጻር እንደገና ይገነባሉ፣ ከ20 በላይ ነጥብ ያላቸው ግምገማዎችም እንደገና እስኪገመገሙ ድረስ በሙቀት ካርታው ላይ «ከሚዛን ውጪ» ሆነው ይታያሉ።","tips":["መዝገቡ ከመሙላቱ በፊት ልኬቶቹን ይወስኑ፦ ግምገማዎች የደረጃ ቦታን ይጠቅሳሉ፣ ሚዛኑን ማሳነስም ከፍተኛዎቹን ደረጃዎች የሚሄዱበት ቦታ ያሳጣቸዋል","ማረም በmanage_erm_settings ይገደባል፤ ያለ እሱ ገጹ ይነበባል፣ መስኮቹ ይሰናከላሉ፣ የማስቀመጫ አዝራርም የለም","ንቁውን የምድብ ስርዓት መቀየር መላውን መዝገብ እንደገና ይመድባል — የዘዴ ውሳኔ እንጂ የገጽታ ቅንብር አይደለም"]},"ermIntegrations":{"title":"የውጭ GRC","summary":"ከውጭ የተገዢነት መድረኮች (Drata፣ Vanta) ጋር ያሉ ግንኙነቶች፦ ምን እንደተገናኘ፣ ልውውጡ በጊዜ ሰሌዳ እንደሚካሄድ፣ መቼ መጨረሻ እንደተካሄደ፣ እንዴት እንዳበቃና የትኞቹ ቁጥጥሮቻቸው ከእኛ ጋር እንደተዛመዱ።","whenToUse"
1:"ድርጅቱ ቁጥጥሮቹን በውጭ የGRC መድረክ ሲይዝና ሁኔታቸውና የፍተሻ ውጤቶቻቸው በእጅ ከመገልበጥ ይልቅ ወደዚህ እንዲደርሱ ሲፈልግ።","concepts":["የመዳረሻ ቁልፍ ለመጻፍ ብቻ ነው፦ ተመስጥሮ ይቀመጣል፣ አገልጋዩም አይመልሰውም — ማያ ገጹ ቁልፍ መቀመጡን መናገርና እንዲተካ ማድረግ ብቻ ይችላል","ግንኙነቱ እንደ ረቂቅ ይፈጠራል፤ ቁልፉ ከአቅራቢው ተረጋግጦ በኋላ ወደ ሥራ ይገባል","ሁኔታው የሰው ውሳኔ ነው፣ የልውውጡ ውጤት ደግሞ መጨረሻ የተከሰተው ነው፦ የከሸፈ ልውውጥ ግንኙነቱን አያጠፋም፣ ሙከራው ይደገማል","አጋር የሌለው የውጭ ቁጥጥር በተዛማጅነት ዝርዝሩ ይቀራል — ይህ ሥራ እንጂ ባዶ ቦታ አይደለም"],"example":"Drata በንባብ ቁልፍ ተገናኘ፣ ቁልፉ ተረጋገጠ፣ ግንኙነቱ ወደ ሥራ ገባ፣ ልውውጡም በቀን አንድ ጊዜ ይካሄዳል፦ ቁጥጥሮቻቸው በኮድ ከእኛ ጋር ይዛመዳሉ፣ እያንዳንዱ ፍተሻቸውም እዚህ በፍተሻ ታሪክ ውስጥ ይገባል።","tips":["በጊዜ ሰሌዳ የሚደረግ ልውውጥ መጥፋቱ ግንኙነቱን አያቋርጥም፦ አሁንም በእጅ ማስጀመር ይቻላል","አጋር ከሌላቸው የውጭ ቁጥጥሮች የእኛን መፍጠር በነባሪ ጠፍቷል — የውጭው ሥርዓት ማትሪክስዎን እንዲሞላ ከፈለጉ ብቻ ያብሩት"]},"envPromotion":{"title":"Promote settings to production","summary":"The wizard moves a bundle of settings from the test environment to production: terminals and FX rates are exported as one JSON document, the operator chooses what to take, sees a plan against prod and applies it. The same file can be saved, attached to a ticket and applied later. Before the wizard, settings verified on test were re-entered in production by hand — and the drift between environments became the very bug that made a channel behave differently in production than during certification.","whenToUse":"After the test environment is configured and verified, and production must receive the same configuration. The wizard does not replace configuration and does not run rollouts: it transfers what is already configured, while enabling production terminals belongs to the Go-live wizard.","concepts":["A bundle is a JSON document in the surelle.config-bundle/1 format without identifiers or environment. Objects carry a natural key: for a terminal — partner, provider, currency, type and wallet; for a rate — provider and currency pair.","Matching by key: a match in production means an update, no match means a create. Re-applying therefore never duplicates.","The plan is the platform's answer before anything is written: create, update, unchanged, blocked. A blocked entry always has a reason.","Blockers: the partner is missing in the organization, or the provider wallet does not exist in production. Routing would silently drop such a terminal — the wizard says so before creating it.","Created terminals are disabled unless requested otherwise: enabling in production is a separate decision with a rollout, not a side effect of import.","The file contains provider parameters — the client's credentials with providers. It is the client's secret and is kept like keys."],"example":"Three Bank131 terminals (RUB, USD, EUR) and a RUB/USDT rate are configured on test. The operator exports the bundle from test, deselects EUR (not needed in production yet), builds the plan: two terminals to create, the rate to update (production has an old one). Applies — the terminals appear disabled, the rate is updated. Then the Go-live wizard enables the RUB terminal with a 10 → 30 → 60 → 100 % rollout.","tips":["Build the plan against production first and read the blockers: they name what production is missing.","Store the bundle file with the release ticket — it is the record of what was transferred.","Do not enable terminals via import. Enable them through a rollout, where there is observation and rollback.","A bundle from another organization is rejected by the platform; only support can move settings between organizations."]},"ecosystem":{"title":"Organisation catalogue","summary":"A section that brings together payment channel terms, law firms and assessors, alongside the company's own paid services. It answers the two questions that come up once the product is assembled 
1in the test environment: who will arrange the licence, and which channel to route payments through. We do not answer them ourselves — licences and channel contracts remain your responsibility — but we bring the answers together in one place.","whenToUse":"Open it when the environment is configured but the payment channel or the legal side of the launch is not settled yet. It is also the place to start if you are comparing whether moving card data handling to us is cheaper than attesting compliance on your own.","concepts":["Two zones rather than one list. On top, «Company services»: paid services of 2PiR LLC, the same legal entity that supplies the platform. Below, a catalogue of independent firms. The split is deliberate: in one list our own entry would have to be ranked against third parties, and any sorting rule would read as self-preference.","Three entry types in the catalogue: channel offer (fee, lead time, connection link), law firm (jurisdictions, specialisation) and compliance assessment (scope, lead time). Filters are by entry type and region; the region list is built from the entries themselves, so it never offers an empty option. Next to them is a search box by company name: the catalogue holds four hundred entries, and a specific firm is quicker to find by name.","The ready-adapter line appears only on channel offers. It is checked against the platform's live provider list rather than taken from the card on trust, and it shows which channel will start fastest. Having an adapter does not mean the channel will approve your category — that is the channel's decision.","Every entry carries the date its terms were confirmed. Terms are set by the firm and published by us, so you can see as of when they hold. If the date is old, confirm the terms at the source.","Every card ends with contact details: an address where the firm publishes one, phone, email and website. The section collects no requests and forwards nothing — you write to the party you choose directly. Where a card says the firm publishes no direct contacts, it takes enquiries only through the form on its own website. A request form appears only on cards of firms that have confirmed the exchange format with us: there the enquiry is logged on our side and passed to the firm directly."],"example":"An operator has assembled the environment in test and is stuck on which bank to route payments through in their region. They open the section, filter by region, see two channel offers, and one of them shows a ready adapter. The other has none — integration will be needed, and that is a conversation about timing. They follow the link on the chosen one and sign the contract with the bank directly: we are not a party to it.","tips":["Do not confuse this with the «Module Catalog», which enables platform capabilities for your organisation, or with «Partners», which lists your merchants.","The menu item appears once at least two entries from independent firms are published. A single entry is not a choice but an exclusive recommendation. Company services do not count towards this.","We do not connect you to the party you choose and do not vouch for the outcome: a licence is decided by the regulator, an account by the bank, compliance by the assessor.","Working inside our environment reduces your own assessment scope for card data requirements but does not remove the obligation to comply. How much remains is determined by your scenarios and your assessor."]},"agenticCommerce":{"title":"Agentic commerce","summary":"The wizard turns on payments made by a person's software agent rather than by the person, and sets the bounds those payments run inside. An organization configures this for itself and offers it to its partners: the platform performs the mandate checks, so a partner needs neither to parse signatures nor to keep a key registry of their own.","whenToUse":"When an organization's partners need to sell through agents — assistants that search and buy on a person's behalf. Configuration is a one-off per environment: afterwards the partner uses the ordinary payment API while the platform handles mandates and delegated rights. Available to a client with settings permission when the Agentic Commerce module is active.","concepts":["A mandate (AP2) is a person's signed authorisation: buy this, from this merchant, up to this amount, until this moment. The agent presents it instead of clicking Pay","An intent mandate is standing permission, signed while the person was present and spent later when they are not; a cart mandate describes one specific purchase","A delegated right is the string an agent presents instead of a payment credential: it permits a charge against the organization's card, account or wallet within stated bounds. The credential is never shown to the agent and cannot be recovered from the right","The trusted key registry answers whose signatures the organization accepts. Without it a signature proves nothing: anyone can generate a key pair and sign themselves an authorisation","Signing mode: the platform with the organization's Vault key, or the user in their own wallet. The second means the platform physically cannot sign on a person's behalf","Organization ceilings apply on top of a mandate: the mandate bounds one purchase, the ceiling bounds what the organization is willing to hand agents at all. The lower of the two wins","The ACP agentic checkout is a purchase inside someone else's chat: the agent drives the flow while the platform serves the session and the charge"],"example":"A bank wants its merchants to accept purchases from assistants. In the wizard it enables AP2, picks server-side signing (the Vault path secret/agentic/mandate-signing), sets a 500 EUR per-payment and 2000 EUR daily ceiling, adds its wallet's public key to the registry, and on the dry-run step pastes a mandate that wallet issued. A verdict of \\"verified\\" means the configuration works. The merchant then receives the API key, the organization id and a link to the partner documentation.","tips":["Start in the test environment: settings are per environment, and a mistake in the key registry surfaces on the dry-run step rather than on a live payment","An empty ceiling means \\"no ceiling beyond the mandate\\", not zero. If the organization is not prepared to spend whatever a person authorised, set one","One charge per right is the whole point of a delegated right. Anything above one means the agent can repeat a payment without fresh authorisation","Revoking a key works backwards in time and invalidates mandates already issued — that is for compromise. For planned rotation, set a validity window when adding the replacement","An issuer's private key never goes into the registry: the platform needs only the public half"]},"workflowDeadLetter":{"title":"Failure review","summary":"Process tasks that could not be completed: the step handler failed as many times as the retry policy allows, and the process cannot move on by itself. The page shows which node the process stopped at, what the other side answered and how many attempts were made.","whenToUse"
1:"Daily while the list is not empty: every entry is a customer process standing still. Also when investigating a stuck payment complaint and after a provider outage.","concepts":["Not every failure ends up here — only one that exhausted its attempts. Retries apply to failures backed by state on the other side: connection loss, timeout, service refusal. An answer like 'no such account' is not retried, because it will not change.","If the step has an error boundary event drawn in the process itself, the failure follows that path and never reaches this page: the process handles such a case on its own.","Retrying from here re-executes the step for real, rather than marking it done. The process continues from the same place once the step finally succeeds.","Closing an entry does not execute the step: the process stays where it is. It is a decision not to pursue it, not a confirmation that all is well.","The entry context keeps the process variables as of the failure and the task it happened on — they show what data the step could not handle."],"example":"A payout provider stopped responding. The 'send payout' step retried three times with a growing delay and reached the review page with a timeout answer. The operator sees the entry, confirms from the provider log that the connection is back, and presses Retry — the step runs again, the payout goes out, the process continues. If the provider declined the payout on the merits, retrying is pointless: the operator closes the entry and raises a case.","tips":["Before retrying, make sure the cause is gone: a retry against an unresolved cause spends an attempt and returns the entry.","Retrying a payment step without provider-side idempotency can create a second charge — check with the provider before retrying by hand.","The same node appearing here repeatedly is not an operator's task but a reason to change the process or the node's retry policy.","A burst of entries in a short period usually means a provider outage rather than a problem with each individual process."]}}}`),t={help:e};export{t as default,e as help};

Line numbers count LF bytes from the start of the resource, as the search results do. Vendor segments are library code the classifier recognised; they are stored but not indexed. Bytes are shown as Latin1 characters, one per byte.